Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/BabylonJS/Babylon.js

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk.h

@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxsdk.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_H_
-
-/**
-  * \mainpage FBX SDK Reference
-  * <p>
-  * \section welcome Welcome to the FBX SDK Reference
-  * The FBX SDK Reference contains reference information on every header file, 
-  * namespace, class, method, enum, typedef, variable, and other C++ elements 
-  * that comprise the FBX software development kit (SDK).
-  * <p>
-  * The FBX SDK Reference is organized into the following sections:
-  * <ul><li>Class List: an alphabetical list of FBX SDK classes
-  *     <li>Class Hierarchy: a textual representation of the FBX SDK class structure
-  *     <li>Graphical Class Hierarchy: a graphical representation of the FBX SDK class structure
-  *     <li>File List: an alphabetical list of all documented header files</ul>
-  * <p>
-  * \section otherdocumentation Other Documentation
-  * Apart from this reference guide, an FBX SDK Programming Guide and many FBX 
-  * SDK examples are also provided.
-  * <p>
-  * \section aboutFBXSDK About the FBX SDK
-  * The FBX SDK is a C++ software development kit (SDK) that lets you import 
-  * and export 3D scenes using the Autodesk FBX file format. The FBX SDK 
-  * reads FBX files created with FiLMBOX version 2.5 and later and writes FBX 
-  * files compatible with MotionBuilder version 6.0 and up. 
-  */
-
-#pragma pack(push, 8)	//FBXSDK is compiled with default value (8)
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_NAMESPACE_USING
-	#define FBXSDK_NAMESPACE_USING 1
-#endif
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Core Base Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxbitset.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxcharptrset.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxcontainerallocators.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxdynamicarray.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstatus.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxfile.h>
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxfolder.h>
-#endif
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxhashmap.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxintrusivelist.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmap.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmemorypool.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxpair.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxset.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstringlist.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxtime.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxtimecode.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxutils.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Core Math Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxmath.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxdualquaternion.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxmatrix.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxquaternion.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector2.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector4.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Core Sync Includes
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxatomic.h>
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxclock.h>
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxsync.h>
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxthread.h>
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Core Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxclassid.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxconnectionpoint.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxdatatypes.h>
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxmodule.h>
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxloadingstrategy.h>
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxmanager.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxobject.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxperipheral.h>
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxplugin.h>
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxplugincontainer.h>
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxproperty.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertydef.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertyhandle.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertypage.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertytypes.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxquery.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxqueryevent.h>
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxscopedloadingdirectory.h>
-	#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxscopedloadingfilename.h>
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxxref.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//File I/O Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxexporter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxexternaldocreflistener.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxfiletokens.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxglobalcamerasettings.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxgloballightsettings.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxgobo.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbximporter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiobase.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiopluginregistry.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiosettings.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxstatisticsfbx.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxstatistics.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Scene Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxcollection.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxcollectionexclusive.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxcontainer.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxcontainertemplate.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxdisplaylayer.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxdocument.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxdocumentinfo.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxenvironment.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxgroupname.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxlibrary.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxobjectmetadata.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxpose.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxreference.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxscene.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxselectionset.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxselectionnode.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxtakeinfo.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxthumbnail.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxvideo.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Scene Animation Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimcurve.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimcurvebase.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimcurvefilters.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimcurvenode.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimevalclassic.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimevalstate.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimevaluator.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimlayer.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimstack.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/animation/fbxanimutilities.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Scene Constraint Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxcharacternodename.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxcharacter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxcharacterpose.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraint.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintaim.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintcustom.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintparent.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintposition.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintrotation.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintscale.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintsinglechainik.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxconstraintutils.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxcontrolset.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/constraint/fbxhik2fbxcharacter.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Scene Geometry Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxblendshape.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxblendshapechannel.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxcache.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxcachedeffect.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxcamera.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxcamerastereo.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxcameraswitcher.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxcluster.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxdeformer.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxgenericnode.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxgeometry.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxgeometrybase.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxgeometryweightedmap.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxlight.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxlimitsutilities.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxline.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxlodgroup.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxmarker.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxmesh.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxnode.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxnodeattribute.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxnull.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxnurbs.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxnurbscurve.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxnurbssurface.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxopticalreference.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxpatch.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxproceduralgeometry.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxshape.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxskeleton.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxskin.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxsubdeformer.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxsubdiv.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxtrimnurbssurface.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxvertexcachedeformer.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/geometry/fbxweightedmapping.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Scene Shading Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxshadingconventions.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxbindingsentryview.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxbindingtable.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxbindingtableentry.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxbindingoperator.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxconstantentryview.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxentryview.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxfiletexture.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbximplementation.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbximplementationfilter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbximplementationutils.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxlayeredtexture.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxoperatorentryview.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxproceduraltexture.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxpropertyentryview.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxsemanticentryview.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxsurfacelambert.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxsurfacematerial.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxsurfacephong.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/shading/fbxtexture.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Utilities Includes
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxdeformationsevaluator.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxprocessor.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxprocessorxref.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxprocessorxrefuserlib.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxprocessorshaderdependency.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxclonemanager.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxgeometryconverter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxmanipulators.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxmaterialconverter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxrenamingstrategyfbx5.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxrenamingstrategyfbx6.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxrenamingstrategyutilities.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxrootnodeutility.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxusernotification.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#if defined(FBXSDK_NAMESPACE) && (FBXSDK_NAMESPACE_USING == 1)
-	using namespace FBXSDK_NAMESPACE;
-#endif
-
-#pragma pack(pop)
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxalloc.h

@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxalloc.h
-  * Allocation functions definition.
-  *
-  * It is possible to override memory allocation functions throughout the FBX SDK by
-  * providing system memory allocation functions using the handler set functions below.
-  * The Microsoft Windows implementation in debug mode allows to specify where the
-  * allocations happen by providing the standard block type, file name and line number.
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_ALLOC_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_ALLOC_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#if defined(_DEBUG) && defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WIN)
-	#include <crtdbg.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_MAC)
-	#include <malloc/malloc.h>
-#else
-	#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_CPU_32) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_IOS)
-	#define FBXSDK_MEMORY_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)8U)
-#else
-	#define FBXSDK_MEMORY_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)16U)
-#endif
-
-#define FBXSDK_MEMORY_COPY(dst, src, size) {memcpy(dst,src,size);}
-
-typedef void*	(*FbxMallocProc)(size_t);			//! Function pointer signature used to replace "malloc"
-typedef void*	(*FbxCallocProc)(size_t, size_t);	//! Function pointer signature used to replace "calloc"
-typedef void*	(*FbxReallocProc)(void*, size_t);	//! Function pointer signature used to replace "realloc"
-typedef void	(*FbxFreeProc)(void*);				//! Function pointer signature used to replace "free"
-
-/** Set the global memory allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \param pHandler Function pointer that implements the necessary procedure to allocate memory in the system. */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxSetMallocHandler(FbxMallocProc pHandler);
-
-/** Set the global zero'd memory allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \param pHandler Function pointer that implements the necessary procedure to allocate zero'd memory in the system. */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxSetCallocHandler(FbxCallocProc pHandler);
-
-/** Set the global memory re-allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \param pHandler Function pointer that implements the necessary procedure to re-allocate memory in the system. */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxSetReallocHandler(FbxReallocProc pHandler);
-
-/** Set the global memory freeing function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \param pHandler Function pointer that implements the necessary procedure to free memory in the system. */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxSetFreeHandler(FbxFreeProc pHandler);
-
-/** Get the global memory allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal malloc */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxMallocProc FbxGetMallocHandler();
-
-/** Get the global zero'd memory allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal calloc */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxCallocProc FbxGetCallocHandler();
-
-/** Get the global memory re-allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal realloc */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxReallocProc FbxGetReallocHandler();
-
-/** Get the global memory freeing function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal free */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxFreeProc FbxGetFreeHandler();
-
-/** Get the default global memory allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal malloc */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxMallocProc FbxGetDefaultMallocHandler();
-
-/** Get the default global zero'd memory allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal calloc */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxCallocProc FbxGetDefaultCallocHandler();
-
-/** Get the default global memory re-allocation function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal realloc */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxReallocProc FbxGetDefaultReallocHandler();
-
-/** Get the default global memory freeing function used internally by the FBX SDK.
-* \return pHandler Function pointer on FBX's internal free */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxFreeProc FbxGetDefaultFreeHandler();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxMalloc(size_t pSize);
-	FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxCalloc(size_t pCount, size_t pSize);
-	FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxRealloc(void* pData, size_t pSize);
-	FBXSDK_DLL void FbxFree(void* pData);
-	FBXSDK_DLL char* FbxStrDup(const char* pString);
-	FBXSDK_DLL wchar_t* FbxStrDupWC(const wchar_t* pString);
-
-	//These versions of allocators use the default system mallocs, and on Windows we also pass the debugging parameters.
-	//If you define FBXSDK_ALLOC_DEBUG in your project, the FBX SDK will use these debug versions everywhere.
-	FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxMallocDebug(size_t pSize, int pBlock, const char* pFile, int pLine);
-	FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxCallocDebug(size_t pCount, size_t pSize, int pBlock, const char* pFile, int pLine);
-	FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxReallocDebug(void* pData, size_t pSize, int pBlock, const char* pFile, int pLine);
-	FBXSDK_DLL void FbxFreeDebug(void* pData, int pBlock);
-
-	//When FBXSDK_ALLOC_DEBUG is defined, redirect allocation calls to the debug version.
-	#if defined(FBXSDK_ALLOC_DEBUG)
-		#define FbxMalloc(s) FbxMallocDebug(s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
-		#define FbxCalloc(c, s) FbxCallocDebug(c, s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
-		#define FbxRealloc(p, s) FbxReallocDebug(p, s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
-		#define FbxFree(p) FbxFreeDebug(p, _NORMAL_BLOCK)
-	#endif
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! Deletion policy for pointer template classes that uses the delete operator.
-template <class Type> class FbxDeletionPolicyDefault
-{
-public:
-	//! Destruction policy implementation.
-	static inline void DeleteIt(Type** pPtr)
-	{
-		if( *pPtr )
-		{
-			delete *pPtr;
-			*pPtr = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-};
-
-//! Deletion policy for pointer template classes that uses the FbxDelete() function.
-template<typename T> void FbxDelete(T* p);
-template<typename T> void FbxDelete(const T* p);
-template <class Type> class FbxDeletionPolicyDelete
-{
-public:
-	//! Destruction policy implementation.
-	static inline void DeleteIt(Type** mPtr)
-	{
-		if( *mPtr )
-		{
-			FbxDelete(*mPtr);
-			*mPtr = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-};
-
-//! Deletion policy for pointer template classes that uses the FbxFree() function.
-template <class Type> class FbxDeletionPolicyFree
-{
-public:
-	//! Destruction policy implementation.
-	static inline void DeleteIt(Type** pPtr)
-	{
-		if( *pPtr )
-		{
-			FbxFree(*pPtr);
-			*pPtr = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-};
-
-//! Deletion policy for pointer template classes that uses the Destroy() function.
-template <class Type> class FbxDeletionPolicyObject
-{
-public:
-	//! Destruction policy implementation.
-	static inline void DeleteIt(Type** pPtr)
-	{
-		if( *pPtr )
-		{
-			(*pPtr)->Destroy();
-			*pPtr = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-};
-
-/** FbxAutoPtr mimics the \c auto_ptr class template implementation available in the C++ Standard Library. The \c auto_ptr template
-* class describes an object that stores a pointer to a single allocated object of type Type* that ensures that the object to which
-* it points gets destroyed automatically when control leaves a scope. */
-template<class Type, class Policy=FbxDeletionPolicyDefault<Type> > class FbxAutoPtr
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-	explicit FbxAutoPtr(Type* pPtr=0) : mPtr(pPtr){}
-
-	//! Destructor.
-	~FbxAutoPtr() { Policy::DeleteIt(&mPtr); }
-
-	//! Retrieve the pointer it holds.
-	inline Type* Get() const { return mPtr; }
-
-	//! Member access operator.
-	inline Type* operator->() const { return mPtr; }
-
-	//! Convert to a Type pointer.
-	inline operator Type* () const { return mPtr; }
-
-	//! Dereference operator.
-	inline Type& operator*() const { return *mPtr; }
-
-	//! Logical not operator.
-	inline bool operator!() const { return mPtr == 0; }
-
-	//! Convert to boolean value.
-	inline operator bool () const { return mPtr != 0; }
-
-	//! Reset the scoped pointer by swapping with another pointer.
-	inline void Reset(Type* pPtr=0)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT(pPtr == 0 || pPtr != mPtr);	//Catch self-reset errors
-		FbxAutoPtr<Type, Policy>(pPtr).Swap(*this);
-	}
-
-	//! Swap with another pointer.
-	inline void Swap(FbxAutoPtr& pOther)
-	{
-		Type* TmpPtr = pOther.mPtr;
-		pOther.mPtr = mPtr;
-		mPtr = TmpPtr;
-	}
-
-	//! Release the pointer, so that it won't perform deletion in its destruction.
-	inline Type* Release()
-	{
-		Type* TmpPtr = mPtr;
-		mPtr = NULL;
-		return TmpPtr;
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	FbxAutoPtr(const FbxAutoPtr&);
-	FbxAutoPtr& operator=(const FbxAutoPtr&);
-
-	Type* mPtr;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Scoped pointer for FbxMalloc allocations, which call FbxFree() to deallocate.
-template <class Type> class FbxAutoFreePtr : public FbxAutoPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyFree<Type> >
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-    explicit FbxAutoFreePtr(Type* pPtr=0) : FbxAutoPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyFree<Type> >(pPtr){}
-};
-
-//! Scoped pointer for FbxNew allocations, which call FbxDelete() to deallocate.
-template <class Type> class FbxAutoDeletePtr : public FbxAutoPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyDelete<Type> >
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-    explicit FbxAutoDeletePtr(Type* pPtr=0) : FbxAutoPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyDelete<Type> >(pPtr){}
-};
-
-//! Scoped pointer for FbxObject derived classes, which call Destroy() to deallocate.
-template <class Type> class FbxAutoDestroyPtr : public FbxAutoPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyObject<Type> >
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-    explicit FbxAutoDestroyPtr(Type* pPtr=0) : FbxAutoPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyObject<Type> >(pPtr){}
-};
-
-
-/** FbxSharedPtr class describes an object that stores a pointer to a single allocated object of type 
-* Type* that ensures that the object to which it points gets destroyed automatically when the control 
-* leaves a scope and the reference count is 0. */
-class RefCount
-{
-public:
- 	RefCount()	{ Init(); };
-	~RefCount() { Init(); };
-
-	void    Init()   { count = 0; }
-	void	IncRef() { count++; }
-	int	    DecRef() { count--; if (count < 0) count = 0; return count; }
-	
-private:
-	int  count;
-};
-
-template<class Type, class Policy=FbxDeletionPolicyDefault<Type> > class FbxSharedPtr
-{
-public:
-	// Default constructor.
-	FbxSharedPtr() : 
-		mPtr(0),
-		mRef(0)
-	{}
-
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-	explicit FbxSharedPtr(Type* pPtr) : 
-		mPtr(pPtr),
-		mRef(0)
-	{ 
-		if (pPtr != 0) 
-		{
-			mRef = (RefCount*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(RefCount)); 
-			mRef->Init();
-			mRef->IncRef(); 
-		}
-	}
-
-	//! Copy constructor
-	FbxSharedPtr(const FbxSharedPtr& pSPtr) : 
-		mPtr(pSPtr.mPtr), 
-		mRef(pSPtr.mRef) 
-	{ 
-		if (pSPtr.mPtr != 0 && mRef != 0) 
-			mRef->IncRef(); 
-	}
-
-	// Assignment operator
-	FbxSharedPtr& operator=(const FbxSharedPtr& pSPtr)
-	{
-		if (this != &pSPtr) // avoid self assignment
-		{
-			Reset();
-
-			if (pSPtr.mPtr)
-			{
-				mPtr = pSPtr.mPtr;
-				mRef = pSPtr.mRef;
-				FBX_ASSERT(mRef != NULL);
-				mRef->IncRef();
-			}
-		}
-		return *this;
-	}
-
-	//! Destructor.
-	~FbxSharedPtr() { Destroy(); }
-
-	void Destroy() { Reset(); }
-
-	//! Retrieve the pointer it holds.
-	inline Type* Get() const { return mPtr; }
-
-	//! Member access operator.
-	inline Type* operator->() const { return mPtr; }
-
-	//! Convert to a Type pointer.
-	inline operator Type* () const { return mPtr; }
-
-	//! Dereference operator.
-	inline Type& operator*() const { return *mPtr; }
-
-	//! Logical not operator.
-	inline bool operator!() const { return mPtr == 0; }
-
-	//! Convert to boolean value.
-	inline operator bool () const { return mPtr != 0; }
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	void Reset() 
-	{		
-		if (mRef)
-		{
-			FBX_ASSERT(mPtr != 0);
-			if (mRef->DecRef() == 0)
-			{
-				Policy::DeleteIt(&mPtr); 
-				FbxFree(mRef);
-				mRef = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	Type* mPtr;
-	RefCount* mRef;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Scoped pointer for FbxMalloc allocations, which call FbxFree() to deallocate.
-template <class Type> class FbxSharedFreePtr : public FbxSharedPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyFree<Type> >
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-    explicit FbxSharedFreePtr(Type* pPtr=0) : FbxSharedPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyFree<Type> >(pPtr){}
-};
-
-//! Scoped pointer for FbxNew allocations, which call FbxDelete() to deallocate.
-template <class Type> class FbxSharedDeletePtr : public FbxSharedPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyDelete<Type> >
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-    explicit FbxSharedDeletePtr(Type* pPtr=0) : FbxSharedPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyDelete<Type> >(pPtr){}
-};
-
-//! Scoped pointer for FbxObject derived classes, which call Destroy() to deallocate.
-template <class Type> class FbxSharedDestroyPtr : public FbxSharedPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyObject<Type> >
-{
-public:
-	//! Construct from a pointer.
-    explicit FbxSharedDestroyPtr(Type* pPtr=0) : FbxSharedPtr<Type, FbxDeletionPolicyObject<Type> >(pPtr){}
-};
-
-
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_ALLOC_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxarch.h

@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxarch.h
-  * Architecture definition.
-  * 
-  * List of available preprocessor defines that can appear on various systems:
-  *
-  * Operating System Environment:
-  *    FBXSDK_ENV_WIN (Windows)
-  *    FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE (Windows Store App)
-  *    FBXSDK_ENV_MAC (MacOSX)
-  *    FBXSDK_ENV_IOS (iOS)
-  *    FBXSDK_ENV_LINUX (Linux)
-  *
-  * Architecture:
-  *    FBXSDK_ARCH_IX86 (Intel x86)
-  *    FBXSDK_ARCH_AMD64 (AMD64)
-  *    FBXSDK_ARCH_ARM (Advanced RISC Machine)
-  *
-  * Processor:
-  *    FBXSDK_CPU_32 (32bit processor)
-  *    FBXSDK_CPU_64 (64bit processor)
-  *
-  * Compiler:
-  *    FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC (Microsoft Compiler)
-  *    FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU (GNU Compiler)
-  *    FBXSDK_COMPILER_INTEL (Intel Compiler)
-  *    FBXSDK_COMPILER_CLANG (Clang Compiler)
-  *
-  * These definitions are based on the information found here:
-  * http://predef.sourceforge.net/index.php
-  *
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_ARCH_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_ARCH_H_
-
-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64) //Microsoft Windows ------------------------------
-
-	#define FBXSDK_ENV_WIN 1
-
-	#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP)
-		#define FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE 1
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(_M_X64)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_AMD64 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_64 1
-	#elif defined(_M_IX86)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_IX86 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_32 1
-	#elif defined(_M_ARM)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_ARM 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_32 1
-	#else
-		#error Unsupported architecture!
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-		#define FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC 1
-	#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-		#define FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU 1
-	#elif defined(__ICL)
-		#define FBXSDK_COMPILER_INTEL 1
-	#else
-		#error Unsupported compiler!
-	#endif
-
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__MACH__) //Apple MacOS/X ---------------------------
-
-    #include "TargetConditionals.h"
-
-	#define FBXSDK_ENV_MAC 1
-
-    #if TARGET_OS_IPHONE || TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR
-        #define FBXSDK_ENV_IOS 1
-    #endif
-
-	#if defined(__i386__)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_IX86 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_32 1
-	#elif defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__x86_64)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_AMD64 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_64 1
-	#elif defined(__arm__)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_ARM 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_32 1
-    #elif defined(__arm64__)
-        #define FBXSDK_ARCH_ARM 1
-        #define FBXSDK_CPU_64 1
-	#else
-		#error Unsupported architecture!
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(__GNUC__)
-		#define FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU 1
-	#endif
-
-    #if defined(__clang__)
-        #define FBXSDK_COMPILER_CLANG 1
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU) && !defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_CLANG)
-		#error Unsupported compiler!
-	#endif
-
-#elif defined(__linux__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(EMSCRIPTEN) || defined(ANDROID) //Linux ---------------------------------
-
-	#define FBXSDK_ENV_LINUX 1
-
-  	#if defined(EMSCRIPTEN)
-  		#define FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN 1
-  	#endif
-
-	#if defined(ANDROID)
-		#define FBXSDK_ENV_ANDROID 1
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(__i386__)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_IX86 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_32 1
-	#elif defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__x86_64)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_AMD64 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_64 1
-    #elif defined(__arm__)
-		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_ARM 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_32 1
-	#elif defined(EMSCRIPTEN)
-  		#define FBXSDK_ARCH_AMD64 1
-		#define FBXSDK_CPU_64 1
-  	#else
-		#error Unsupported architecture!
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(__GNUC__)
-		#define FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU 1
-	#elif defined(EMSCRIPTEN)
-  		#define FBXSDK_COMPILER_EMSCRIPTEN 1 
-	#else
-		#error Unsupported compiler!
-	#endif
- #else
-	#error Unsupported platform!
-#endif
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Compiler Specifics
-#if defined(FBXSDK_SHARED)
-	#if defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC) || defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_INTEL)
-		#define FBXSDK_DLLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
-		#define FBXSDK_DLLEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
-	#elif defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU) && (__GNUC__ >= 4)
-		#define FBXSDK_DLLIMPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
-		#define FBXSDK_DLLEXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
-	#else
-		#define FBXSDK_DLLIMPORT
-		#define FBXSDK_DLLEXPORT
-	#endif
-#else
-	#define FBXSDK_DLLIMPORT
-	#define FBXSDK_DLLEXPORT
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_DLL
-	#define FBXSDK_DLL FBXSDK_DLLIMPORT
-#endif
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC)
-	#pragma warning(disable : 4251)	//'identifier' : class 'type' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of class 'type2'
-    #if _MSC_VER >= 1300 // 7.1
-        #define FBX_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
-    #else
-        #define FBX_DEPRECATED
-    #endif
-#elif defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_GNU) || defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_EMSCRIPTEN)
-    #define FBX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
-#elif defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_INTEL)
-    #if __INTEL_COMPILER >= 810
-        #define FBX_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
-    #else
-        #define FBX_DEPRECATED
-    #endif
-#else
-	#error Unsupported compiler!
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FBXSDK_COMPILER_CLANG
-	#define FBX_UNUSED(p) _Pragma(FBX_STRINGIFY(unused(p)))
-#else
-	#define FBX_UNUSED(p) (void)(p)
-#endif
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Platform Standardization
-#ifndef NULL
-	#if defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8))
-		#define NULL (__null)
-	#else	
-    	#if defined(__cplusplus)
-    		#define NULL 0
-    	#else
-    		#define NULL ((void*)0)
-    	#endif
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(_MAX_PATH)
-	#define _MAX_PATH 260
-#endif
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WIN)
-	#define snprintf _snprintf //for stdio.h platform compatibility
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC)
-	#ifndef strcmpi
-		#define strcmpi strcasecmp
-	#endif
-	#ifndef stricmp
-		#define stricmp strcasecmp
-	#endif
-	#ifndef strncmpi
-		#define strncmpi strncasecmp
-	#endif
-	#ifndef strnicmp
-		#define strnicmp strncasecmp
-	#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_ARCH_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxdebug.h

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxdebug.h
-  * Debugging macros and functions.
-  * 
-  * All macros and functions are removed in release builds. To enable asserts, a debug build is required as well
-  * as the environment variable "FBXSDK_ASSERT" set to 1 is also required. By default, assertions will pop-up
-  * a window. It is possible to disable the pop-up on the Windows platform by calling the following code:
-  * \code
-  * _CrtSetReportMode(_CRT_ASSERT, _CRTDBG_MODE_DEBUG);
-  * \endcode
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_DEBUG_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_DEBUG_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** If this environment variable is set to 1, the FBX SDK will assert in debug builds */
-#define FBXSDK_ASSERT_ENVSTR "FBXSDK_ASSERT"
-
-/** The assertion procedure signature. If a different assertion procedure must be provided, it should have this signature.
-* \param pFileName The file name where the assertion occurred.
-* \param pFunctionName The function name where the assertion occurred.
-* \param pLineNumber The line number in the file where the assertion occurred.
-* \param pMessage The message to display when the assertion occurs. */
-typedef void (*FbxAssertProc)(const char* pFileName, const char* pFunctionName, const unsigned int pLineNumber, const char* pMessage);
-
-/** Change the procedure used when assertion occurs.
-* \param pAssertProc The procedure to be called when assertions occurs. */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxAssertSetProc(FbxAssertProc pAssertProc);
-
-//! Change the procedure back to the default one.
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxAssertSetDefaultProc();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-
-FBXSDK_DLL void _FbxAssert(const char* pFileName, const char* pFunctionName, const unsigned int pLineNumber, bool pFormat, const char* pMessage, ...);
-FBXSDK_DLL void _FbxTrace(const char* pMessage, ...);
-
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-    template <bool x> struct FbxStaticAssertType;
-    template<> struct FbxStaticAssertType<true>			{enum{value=1};};
-    template<> struct FbxStaticAssertType<false>		{enum{value=-1};};
-	#define FBX_ASSERT(Condition)						{if(!(Condition)){_FbxAssert(__FILE__,__FUNCTION__,__LINE__,false,#Condition);}}
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_MSG(Condition, Message, ...)		{if(!(Condition)){_FbxAssert(__FILE__,__FUNCTION__,__LINE__,true,Message,##__VA_ARGS__);}}
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_NOW(Message, ...)				_FbxAssert(__FILE__,__FUNCTION__,__LINE__,true,Message,##__VA_ARGS__);
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_RETURN(Condition)				{if(!(Condition)){FBX_ASSERT_NOW(#Condition); return;}}
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(Condition, Value)	{if(!(Condition)){FBX_ASSERT_NOW(#Condition); return Value;}}
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_STATIC(Condition)				typedef char FbxBuildBreakIfFalse[FbxStaticAssertType<(bool)(Condition)>::value];
-	#define FBX_TRACE(Message, ...)						{_FbxTrace(Message,##__VA_ARGS__);}
-#else
-	#define FBX_ASSERT(Condition)						((void)0)
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_MSG(Condition, Message, ...)		((void)0)
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_NOW(Message, ...)				((void)0)
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_RETURN(Condition)				if(!(Condition)){return;}
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(Condition, Value)	if(!(Condition)){return Value;}
-	#define FBX_ASSERT_STATIC(Condition)
-	#define FBX_TRACE(Message, ...)						((void)0)
-#endif
-
-template<typename T> struct FbxIncompatibleWithArray{ enum {value = 0}; };
-
-#define FBXSDK_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY_TEMPLATE(T)\
-	struct FbxIncompatibleWithArray< T >{\
-		union {\
-			T t();\
-		} catcherr;\
-		enum {value = 1};}
-
-#define FBXSDK_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY(T)\
-	template<> FBXSDK_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY_TEMPLATE(T)
-
-#define FBXSDK_IS_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY(T) ((bool) FbxIncompatibleWithArray<T>::value)
-
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_DEBUG_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxnew.h

@@ -1,510 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxnew.h
-  * New operator override templates.
-  *
-  * Instead of overloading the operator new in the FBX SDK, we provide a set of templates
-  * that are used internally to create objects. This mechanic allows the FBX SDK to call
-  * a different memory allocator.
-  * \see FbxSetMallocHandler FbxSetCallocHandler FbxSetReallocHandler FbxSetFreeHandler FbxSetMSizeHandler
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_NEW_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_NEW_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <new>
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC)
-	#pragma warning(push)
-	#pragma warning(disable : 4345) //warning C4345: behavior change: an object of POD type constructed with an initializer of the form () will be default-initialized
-#endif
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-//Type traits for primitive types
-template<typename T> struct FbxSimpleType { enum {value = 0}; };
-template<typename T> struct FbxSimpleType<T*> { enum {value = 1}; };
-template<typename T> struct FbxSimpleType<const T> { enum {value = FbxSimpleType<T>::value}; };
-template<typename T, size_t n> struct FbxSimpleType<T[n]> { enum {value = FbxSimpleType<T>::value}; };
-
-#define FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(T) template<> struct FbxSimpleType<T>{ union {T t;} catcherr; enum {value = 1};}
-
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(bool);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(char);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(unsigned char);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(short);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(unsigned short);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(int);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(unsigned int);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(long);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(unsigned long);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(float);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(double);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(long double);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(long long);
-FBXSDK_DEFINE_SIMPLE_TYPE(unsigned long long);
-
-#define FBXSDK_IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(T) ((bool)FbxSimpleType<T>::value)
-
-template<typename T> T* FbxNew()
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T();
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1> T* FbxNew(T1& p1)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1, p2, p3, p4);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, const T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, const T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4, const T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6, const T7& p7)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6, const T7& p7, const T8& p8)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8);
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8, typename T9> T* FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6, const T7& p7, const T8& p8, const T9& p9)
-{
-	T* p = (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T));
-	return new(p)T(p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8,p9);
-}
-
-template<typename T> void FbxDelete(T* p)
-{
-	if( p )
-	{
-		((T*)p)->~T();
-		FbxFree(p);
-	}
-}
-
-template<typename T> void FbxDelete(const T* p)
-{
-	if( p )
-	{
-		((T*)p)->~T();
-		FbxFree(const_cast<T*>(p));
-	}
-}
-
-template<typename T> T* FbxNewArray(const int n)
-{
-	if( FBXSDK_IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(T) )
-	{
-		return (T*)FbxMalloc(sizeof(T)*n);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		void* pTmp = FbxMalloc(sizeof(T) * n + sizeof(int));
-		T* p = (T*)((int*)pTmp+1);
-		*((int*)pTmp) = n;
-		for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-		{
-			new((T*)p+i)T;	//in-place new, not allocating memory so it is safe.
-		}
-		return p;
-	}
-}
-
-template<typename T> void FbxDeleteArray(T* p)
-{
-	if( p )
-	{
-		if( !FBXSDK_IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(T) )
-		{
-			for( int i = 0; i < ((int*)p)[-1]; ++i )
-			{
-				((T*)p)[i].~T();
-			}
-			FbxFree((int*)p-1);
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			FbxFree((void*)p);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-#define FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW()\
-	template<typename T>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew();\
-	template<typename T, typename T1>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3);\
-    \
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4);\
-    \
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, const T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, const T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, T3& p3, T4& p4, const T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, T4& p4, const T5& p5);\
-    template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>\
-    friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5);\
-    \
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6, const T7& p7);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6, const T7& p7, const T8& p8);\
-	template<typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8, typename T9>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNew(const T1& p1, const T2& p2, const T3& p3, const T4& p4, const T5& p5, const T6& p6, const T7& p7, const T8& p8, const T9& p9);\
-	template<typename T>\
-	friend void FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxDelete(T* p);\
-	template<typename T>\
-	friend void FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxDelete(const T* p);\
-	template<typename T>\
-	friend T* FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxNewArray(const int n);\
-	template<typename T>\
-	friend void FBXSDK_NAMESPACE::FbxDeleteArray(T* p);
-
-#ifdef FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC
-	#pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_NEW_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxstdcompliant.h

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxstdcompliant.h
-* Macros to properly support the CRT secure functions. */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_STDCOMPLIANT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_STDCOMPLIANT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WIN)
-	#define FBXSDK_printf							printf_s
-	#define FBXSDK_fprintf							fprintf_s
-	inline int FBXSDK_sprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, ...){ va_list vl; va_start(vl, format); int ret = vsprintf_s(dst, dstsize, format, vl); va_end(vl); return ret; }
-	inline int FBXSDK_snprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, ...){ va_list vl; va_start(vl, format); int ret = vsnprintf_s(dst, dstsize, _TRUNCATE, format, vl); va_end(vl); return ret; }
-	inline int FBXSDK_vsprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, va_list vl){ return vsprintf_s(dst, dstsize, format, vl); }
-	inline int FBXSDK_vsnprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, va_list vl){ return vsnprintf_s(dst, dstsize, _TRUNCATE, format, vl); }
-	#define FBXSDK_stricmp(dst, src)				_stricmp(dst, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_strnicmp(dst, src, count)		_strnicmp(dst, src, count)
-	#define FBXSDK_strcpy(dst, size, src)			strcpy_s(dst, size, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_strncpy(dst, size, src, count)	strncpy_s(dst, size, src, count)
-	#define FBXSDK_strcat(dst, size, src)			strcat_s(dst, size, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_strtok(str, delim, ctx)			strtok_s(str, delim, ctx)
-	#define FBXSDK_wcscpy(dst, size, src)			wcscpy_s(dst, size, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_wcscat(dst, size, src)			wcscat_s(dst, size, src)
-#if !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE)
-	#define FBXSDK_getpid							_getpid
-	#define FBXSDK_getcwd							_getcwd
-#else
-	inline int FBXSDK_getpid(){ return 0; }
-	inline char* FBXSDK_getcwd(char*,int){ return NULL; }
-#endif
-	#define FBXSDK_localtime(ptm, time)				{ struct tm tms; ptm = &tms; localtime_s(ptm, time); }
-	#define FBXSDK_gmtime(ptm, time)				{ struct tm tms; ptm = &tms; gmtime_s(ptm, time); }
-	#define FBXSDK_fopen(fp, name, mode)			fopen_s(&fp, name, mode)
-
-#elif defined(FBXSDK_ENV_MAC) || defined(FBXSDK_ENV_LINUX)
-	#define FBXSDK_printf							printf
-	#define FBXSDK_fprintf							fprintf
-	inline int FBXSDK_sprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, ...){ va_list vl; va_start(vl, format); int ret = vsprintf(dst, format, vl); va_end(vl); return ret; }
-	inline int FBXSDK_snprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, ...){ va_list vl; va_start(vl, format); int ret = vsnprintf(dst, dstsize, format, vl); va_end(vl); return ret; }
-	inline int FBXSDK_vsprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, va_list vl){ return vsprintf(dst, format, vl); }
-	inline int FBXSDK_vsnprintf(char* dst, size_t dstsize, const char* format, va_list vl){ return vsnprintf(dst, dstsize, format, vl); }
-	#define FBXSDK_stricmp(dst, src)				stricmp(dst, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_strnicmp(dst, src, count)		strnicmp(dst, src, count)
-	#define FBXSDK_strcpy(dst, size, src)			strcpy(dst, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_strncpy(dst, size, src, count)	strncpy(dst, src, count)
-	#define FBXSDK_strcat(dst, size, src)			strcat(dst, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_strtok(str, delim, ctx)			strtok(str, delim)
-	#define FBXSDK_wcscpy(dst, size, src)			wcscpy(dst, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_wcscat(dst, size, src)			wcscat_s(dst, src)
-	#define FBXSDK_getpid							getpid	
-	#define FBXSDK_getcwd							getcwd
-	#define FBXSDK_localtime(tm, time)				tm=localtime(time)
-	#define FBXSDK_gmtime(tm, time)					tm=gmtime(time)
-	#define FBXSDK_fopen(fp, name, mode)			fp=fopen(name, mode)
-
-#else
-	#error Unsupported platform!
-#endif
-
-#define FBXSDK_strdup								FbxStrDup
-
-//The scanf family functions cannot easily be used in both secure and non-secure versions because
-//Microsoft's secure version expects the size of the string/char* arguments following their address.
-//On Unix machines the scanf family functions do not have this behavior and trying to use the same
-//calls would result in compiler errors because the arguments would not match the format string.
-//Using the following macros in the code will simply desable the warning at compile time.
-#if defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300)
-	#define FBXSDK_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNING_BEGIN\
-	{\
-		__pragma(warning(push))\
-		__pragma(warning(disable : 4996))\
-	}
-    
-	#define FBXSDK_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNING_END\
-	{\
-		__pragma(warning(pop))\
-	}
-#else
-	#define FBXSDK_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNING_BEGIN
-	#define FBXSDK_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNING_END
-#endif
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_STDCOMPLIANT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxtypes.h

@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxtypes.h
-  * Basic types definition.
-  *
-  * Standard basic types used across the FBX SDK. There is also platform independent
-  * definitions that guarantee size across operating systems. The FBXSDK_SYSTEM_IS_LP64
-  * define is set to 1 when the operating system defines the "long" C++ type as 64-bit.
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_TYPES_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_TYPES_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxarch.h>
-
-//Note: On MacOSX and Linux 64-bit, long is defined as 64-bits while on Windows
-//it is still a 32-bits for backward compatibility. We stick with Windows standard.
-#if defined(FBXSDK_CPU_64) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WIN)
-	#define FBXSDK_SYSTEM_IS_LP64 1
-#endif
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxObject;
-
-typedef bool			FbxBool;
-typedef signed char		FbxChar;
-typedef unsigned char	FbxUChar;
-typedef signed short	FbxShort;
-typedef unsigned short	FbxUShort;
-typedef signed int		FbxInt;
-typedef unsigned int	FbxUInt;
-typedef float			FbxFloat;
-typedef double			FbxDouble;
-
-typedef FbxBool*		FbxBoolPtr;
-typedef FbxChar*		FbxCharPtr;
-typedef FbxUChar*		FbxUCharPtr;
-typedef FbxShort*		FbxShortPtr;
-typedef FbxUShort*		FbxUShortPtr;
-typedef FbxInt*			FbxIntPtr;
-typedef FbxUInt*		FbxUIntPtr;
-typedef FbxFloat*		FbxFloatPtr;
-typedef FbxDouble*		FbxDoublePtr;
-
-typedef FbxInt			FbxEnum;
-typedef FbxObject*		FbxReference;
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Architecture independent defines (guarantee size)
-#if defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC)
-	#define FBXSDK_LONGLONG(x)	(x##i64)
-	#define FBXSDK_ULONGLONG(x)	(x##Ui64)
-
-	typedef signed __int8		FbxInt8;
-	typedef unsigned __int8		FbxUInt8;
-	typedef signed __int16		FbxInt16;
-	typedef unsigned __int16	FbxUInt16;
-	typedef signed __int32		FbxInt32;
-	typedef unsigned __int32	FbxUInt32;
-	typedef signed __int64		FbxInt64;
-	typedef unsigned __int64	FbxUInt64;
-#else
-	#define FBXSDK_LONGLONG(x)	(x##LL)
-	#define FBXSDK_ULONGLONG(x)	(x##ULL)
-
-	typedef signed char			FbxInt8;
-	typedef unsigned char		FbxUInt8;
-	typedef signed short		FbxInt16;
-	typedef unsigned short		FbxUInt16;
-	typedef signed int			FbxInt32;
-	typedef unsigned int		FbxUInt32;
-	typedef signed long long	FbxInt64;
-	typedef unsigned long long	FbxUInt64;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FBXSDK_SYSTEM_IS_LP64
-	typedef signed int			FbxLong;
-	typedef unsigned int		FbxULong;
-#else
-	typedef signed long			FbxLong;
-	typedef unsigned long		FbxULong;
-#endif
-typedef FbxInt64				FbxLongLong;
-typedef FbxUInt64				FbxULongLong;
-
-typedef FbxLong*				FbxLongPtr;
-typedef FbxULong*				FbxULongPtr;
-typedef FbxLongLong*			FbxLongLongPtr;
-typedef FbxULongLong*			FbxULongLongPtr;
-
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN)
-	typedef FbxInt32 			__int32_t;
-	typedef FbxUInt32			__uint32_t;
-	typedef FbxInt64  			__int64_t;
-	typedef FbxUInt64			__uint64_t;
-#endif
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Minimum and Maximum values for types
-#define FBXSDK_CHAR_MIN			-128
-#define FBXSDK_CHAR_MAX			127
-#define FBXSDK_UCHAR_MIN		0
-#define FBXSDK_UCHAR_MAX		255
-#define FBXSDK_SHORT_MIN		-32768
-#define FBXSDK_SHORT_MAX		32767
-#define FBXSDK_USHORT_MIN		0
-#define FBXSDK_USHORT_MAX		65535
-#define FBXSDK_INT_MIN			0x80000000
-#define FBXSDK_INT_MAX			0x7fffffff
-#define FBXSDK_UINT_MIN			0
-#define FBXSDK_UINT_MAX			0xffffffff
-#define FBXSDK_LONG_MIN			FBXSDK_INT_MIN
-#define FBXSDK_LONG_MAX			FBXSDK_INT_MAX
-#define FBXSDK_ULONG_MIN		FBXSDK_UINT_MIN
-#define FBXSDK_ULONG_MAX		FBXSDK_UINT_MAX
-#define FBXSDK_LONGLONG_MIN		FBXSDK_LONGLONG(0x8000000000000000)
-#define FBXSDK_LONGLONG_MAX		FBXSDK_LONGLONG(0x7fffffffffffffff)
-#define FBXSDK_ULONGLONG_MIN	FBXSDK_ULONGLONG(0)
-#define FBXSDK_ULONGLONG_MAX	FBXSDK_ULONGLONG(0xffffffffffffffff)
-#define FBXSDK_FLOAT_MIN		FLT_MIN
-#define FBXSDK_FLOAT_MAX		FLT_MAX
-#define FBXSDK_FLOAT_EPSILON	FLT_EPSILON
-#define FBXSDK_DOUBLE_MIN		DBL_MIN
-#define FBXSDK_DOUBLE_MAX		DBL_MAX
-#define FBXSDK_DOUBLE_EPSILON	DBL_EPSILON
-#define FBXSDK_TOLERANCE		(1.0e-6)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Handle and atomic definition (size change depending of architecture)
-#if defined(FBXSDK_CPU_32)
-	typedef FbxUInt32			FbxHandle;
-	#define FBXSDK_REF_MIN		FBXSDK_UINT_MIN
-	#define FBXSDK_REF_MAX		FBXSDK_UINT_MAX
-
-	typedef FbxLong				FbxAtomic;
-	#define FBXSDK_ATOMIC_MIN	FBXSDK_LONG_MIN
-	#define FBXSDK_ATOMIC_MAX	FBXSDK_LONG_MAX
-#elif defined(FBXSDK_CPU_64)
-	typedef FbxUInt64			FbxHandle;
-	#define FBXSDK_REF_MIN		FBXSDK_ULONGLONG_MIN
-	#define FBXSDK_REF_MAX		FBXSDK_ULONGLONG_MAX
-
-	typedef FbxInt64			FbxAtomic;
-	#define FBXSDK_ATOMIC_MIN	FBXSDK_LONGLONG_MIN
-	#define FBXSDK_ATOMIC_MAX	FBXSDK_LONGLONG_MAX
-#else
-	#error Unsupported architecture!
-#endif
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Various utility functions for fbxsdk basic types
-inline const FbxChar				FbxMin(const FbxChar){ return FBXSDK_CHAR_MIN; }
-inline const FbxUChar				FbxMin(const FbxUChar){ return FBXSDK_UCHAR_MIN; }
-inline const FbxShort				FbxMin(const FbxShort){ return FBXSDK_SHORT_MIN; }
-inline const FbxUShort				FbxMin(const FbxUShort){ return FBXSDK_USHORT_MIN; }
-inline const FbxInt					FbxMin(const FbxInt){ return FBXSDK_INT_MIN; }
-inline const FbxUInt				FbxMin(const FbxUInt){ return FBXSDK_UINT_MIN; }
-inline const FbxLongLong			FbxMin(const FbxLongLong){ return FBXSDK_LONGLONG_MIN; }
-inline const FbxULongLong			FbxMin(const FbxULongLong){ return FBXSDK_ULONGLONG_MIN; }
-inline const FbxFloat				FbxMin(const FbxFloat){ return FBXSDK_FLOAT_MIN; }
-inline const FbxDouble				FbxMin(const FbxDouble){ return FBXSDK_DOUBLE_MIN; }
-
-inline const FbxChar				FbxMax(const FbxChar){ return FBXSDK_CHAR_MAX; }
-inline const FbxUChar				FbxMax(const FbxUChar){ return FBXSDK_UCHAR_MAX; }
-inline const FbxShort				FbxMax(const FbxShort){ return FBXSDK_SHORT_MAX; }
-inline const FbxUShort				FbxMax(const FbxUShort){ return FBXSDK_USHORT_MAX; }
-inline const FbxInt					FbxMax(const FbxInt){ return FBXSDK_INT_MAX; }
-inline const FbxUInt				FbxMax(const FbxUInt){ return FBXSDK_UINT_MAX; }
-inline const FbxLongLong			FbxMax(const FbxLongLong){ return FBXSDK_LONGLONG_MAX; }
-inline const FbxULongLong			FbxMax(const FbxULongLong){ return FBXSDK_ULONGLONG_MAX; }
-inline const FbxFloat				FbxMax(const FbxFloat){ return FBXSDK_FLOAT_MAX; }
-inline const FbxDouble				FbxMax(const FbxDouble){ return FBXSDK_DOUBLE_MAX; }
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_SYSTEM_IS_LP64
-	inline const FbxLong			FbxMin(const FbxLong){ return FBXSDK_LONG_MIN; }
-	inline const FbxULong			FbxMin(const FbxULong){ return FBXSDK_ULONG_MIN; }
-	inline const FbxLong			FbxMax(const FbxLong){ return FBXSDK_LONG_MAX; }
-	inline const FbxULong			FbxMax(const FbxULong){ return FBXSDK_ULONG_MAX; }
-#endif
-
-template<class T> inline const T	FbxMin(const T){};
-template<class T> inline const T	FbxMax(const T){};
-
-template<class T> inline T			FbxMin(const T x, const T y){ return (x < y) ? x : y; }
-template<class T> inline T			FbxMax(const T x, const T y){ return (x > y) ? x : y; }
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Vector Template Types
-template<class T> class FBXSDK_DLL FbxVectorTemplate2
-{
-public:
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate2(){ *this = T(0); }
-	inline explicit FbxVectorTemplate2(T pValue){ *this = pValue; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate2(T pData0, T pData1){ mData[0] = pData0; mData[1] = pData1; }
-	inline ~FbxVectorTemplate2(){}
-	inline T& operator[](int pIndex){ return mData[pIndex]; }
-	inline const T& operator[](int pIndex) const { return mData[pIndex]; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& operator=(const T& pValue){ mData[0] = pValue; mData[1] = pValue; return *this; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& operator=(const FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& pVector){ mData[0] = pVector.mData[0]; mData[1] = pVector.mData[1]; return *this; }
-	inline bool operator==(const FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& pVector) const { return ((mData[0] == pVector.mData[0]) && (mData[1] == pVector.mData[1])); }
-	inline bool operator!=(const FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& pVector) const { return !operator==( pVector ); }
-	inline T* Buffer(){ return mData; }
-	inline const T* Buffer() const { return mData; }
-	T mData[2];
-};
-
-template<class T> class FBXSDK_DLL FbxVectorTemplate3
-{
-public:
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate3(){ *this = T(0); }
-	inline explicit FbxVectorTemplate3(T pValue){ *this = pValue; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate3(T pData0, T pData1, T pData2){ mData[0] = pData0; mData[1] = pData1; mData[2] = pData2; }
-	inline ~FbxVectorTemplate3(){}
-	inline T& operator[](int pIndex) { return mData[pIndex]; }
-	inline const T& operator[](int pIndex) const { return mData[pIndex]; }
-	inline operator FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& () const { return *((FbxVectorTemplate2<T>*)this); }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& operator=(T const &pValue){ mData[0] = pValue; mData[1] = pValue; mData[2] = pValue; return *this; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& operator=(const FbxVectorTemplate2<T>& pVector){ mData[0] = pVector.mData[0]; mData[1] = pVector.mData[1]; return *this; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& operator=(const FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& pVector){ mData[0] = pVector.mData[0]; mData[1] = pVector.mData[1]; mData[2] = pVector.mData[2]; return *this; }
-	inline bool operator==(const FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& pVector) const { return ((mData[0] == pVector.mData[0]) && (mData[1] == pVector.mData[1]) && (mData[2] == pVector.mData[2])); }
-	inline bool operator!=(const FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& pVector) const { return !operator==(pVector); }
-	inline T* Buffer(){ return mData; }
-	inline const T* Buffer() const { return mData; }
-	T mData[3];
-};
-
-template<class T> class FBXSDK_DLL FbxVectorTemplate4
-{
-public:
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate4(){ *this = T(0); }
-	inline explicit FbxVectorTemplate4(T pValue){ *this = pValue; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate4(T pData0, T pData1, T pData2, T pData3){ mData[0] = pData0; mData[1] = pData1; mData[2] = pData2; mData[3] = pData3; }
-	inline ~FbxVectorTemplate4(){}
-	inline T& operator[](int pIndex){ return mData[pIndex]; }
-	inline const T& operator[](int pIndex) const { return mData[pIndex]; }
-	inline operator FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& () const { return *((FbxVectorTemplate3<T>*)this); }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate4<T>& operator=(const T& pValue){ mData[0] = pValue; mData[1] = pValue; mData[2] = pValue; mData[3] = pValue; return *this; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate4<T>& operator=(const FbxVectorTemplate3<T>& pValue){ mData[0] = pValue[0]; mData[1] = pValue[1]; mData[2] = pValue[2]; return *this; }
-	inline FbxVectorTemplate4<T>& operator=(const FbxVectorTemplate4<T>& pVector){ mData[0] = pVector.mData[0]; mData[1] = pVector.mData[1]; mData[2] = pVector.mData[2]; mData[3] = pVector.mData[3]; return *this; }
-	inline bool operator==(const FbxVectorTemplate4<T>& pVector) const { return ((mData[0] == pVector.mData[0]) && (mData[1] == pVector.mData[1]) && (mData[2] == pVector.mData[2]) && (mData[3] == pVector.mData[3])); }
-	inline bool operator!=(const FbxVectorTemplate4<T>& pVector) const { return !operator==( pVector ); }
-	inline T* Buffer(){ return mData; }
-	inline const T* Buffer() const { return mData; }
-	T mData[4];
-};
-
-typedef FbxVectorTemplate2<FbxDouble> FbxDouble2;
-typedef FbxVectorTemplate3<FbxDouble> FbxDouble3;
-typedef FbxVectorTemplate4<FbxDouble> FbxDouble4;
-typedef FbxVectorTemplate4<FbxDouble4> FbxDouble4x4;
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_ARCH_TYPES_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h

@@ -1,489 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxarray.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_ARRAY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_ARRAY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Class for array of basic elements such as pointers and basic types. This class will not
-* call constructor and destructor for elements, thus it is not suitable for object references.
-* Memory allocations are always done in a single contiguous memory region. */
-template <class T> class FbxArray
-{
-public:
-	//! Element compare function pointer definition
-	typedef int (*CompareFunc)(const void*, const void*);
-
-	//! Constructor.
-	FbxArray() : mSize(0), mCapacity(0), mArray(NULL){}
-
-	//! Reserve constructor.
-	FbxArray(const int pCapacity) : mSize(0), mCapacity(0), mArray(NULL){ if( pCapacity > 0 ) Reserve(pCapacity); }
-
-	//! Copy constructor.
-	FbxArray(const FbxArray& pArray) : mSize(0), mCapacity(0), mArray(NULL){ *this = pArray; }
-
-	/** Destructor.
-	* \remark The destructor for each element will not be called. */
-	~FbxArray(){ Clear(); }
-
-	/** Insert an element at the given position, growing the array if capacity is not sufficient.
-	* \param pIndex Position where to insert the element. Must be a positive value.
-	* \param pElement Element to insert in the array.
-	* \param pCompact If \c true and capacity is exceeded, grow capacity by one, otherwise double capacity (default).
-	* \return -1 if insert failed, otherwise the position of the inserted element in the array.
-	* \remark If the given index is greater than Size(), the element is appended at the end. Use compact mode only if you need to save memory. */
-	inline int InsertAt(const int pIndex, const T& pElement, bool pCompact=false)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(pIndex >= 0, -1);
-		int lIndex = FbxMin(pIndex, mSize);
-		if( mSize >= mCapacity )
-		{
-			T lElement = pElement;	//Copy element because we might move memory
-			int lNewCapacity = FbxMax(pCompact ? mCapacity + 1 : mCapacity * 2, 1);	//We always double capacity when not compacting
-			T* lArray = Allocate(lNewCapacity);
-			FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(lArray, -1);
-			mArray = lArray;
-			mCapacity = lNewCapacity;
-			return InsertAt(pIndex, lElement);	//Insert copied element because reference might be moved
-		}
-
-		if( lIndex < mSize )	//Move elements to leave a space open to insert the new element
-		{
-			//If pElement is inside memmove range, copy element and insert copy instead
-			if( (&pElement >= &mArray[lIndex]) && (&pElement < &mArray[mSize]) )
-			{
-				T lElement = pElement;
-				return InsertAt(pIndex, lElement);
-			}
-			memmove(&mArray[lIndex + 1], &mArray[lIndex], (mSize - lIndex) * sizeof(T));
-		}
-
-		memcpy(&mArray[lIndex], &pElement, sizeof(T));
-		mSize++;
-
-		return lIndex;
-	}
-
-	/** Append an element at the end of the array, doubling the array if capacity is not sufficient.
-	* \param pElement Element to append to the array.
-	* \return -1 if add failed, otherwise the position of the added element in the array. */
-	inline int Add(const T& pElement)
-	{
-		return InsertAt(mSize, pElement);
-	}
-
-	/** Append an element at the end of array, if not already present, doubling the array if capacity is not sufficient.
-	* \param pElement Element to append to the array.
-	* \return -1 if add failed, otherwise the position of the added element in the array. */
-	inline int AddUnique(const T& pElement)
-	{
-		int lIndex = Find(pElement);
-		return ( lIndex == -1 ) ? Add(pElement) : lIndex;
-	}
-
-	/** Append an element at the end of the array, growing the array by one element if capacity is not sufficient.
-	* \param pElement Element to append to the array.
-	* \return -1 if add failed, otherwise the position of the added element in the array. */
-	inline int AddCompact(const T& pElement)
-	{
-		return InsertAt(mSize, pElement, true);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve the number of element contained in the array. To increase the capacity without increasing the size, please use Reserve().
-	* \return The number of element in the array.
-	* \remark The size of the array cannot exceed its capacity. */
-	inline int Size() const { return mSize; }
-
-	/** Retrieve the current allocated memory capacity of the array.
-	* \return The capacity of the array in number of element.
-	* \remark The capacity will always be greater or equal to its size. */
-	inline int Capacity() const { return mCapacity; }
-
-	/** Retrieve a reference of the element at given index position in the array.
-	* \param pIndex Position of element in the array.
-	* \return A reference to the element at the specified position in the array.
-	* \remark No error will be thrown if the index is out of bounds. */
-	inline T& operator[](const int pIndex) const
-	{
-	#ifdef _DEBUG
-		FBX_ASSERT_MSG(pIndex >= 0, "Index is out of range!");
-		if( pIndex >= mSize )
-		{
-			if( pIndex < mCapacity )
-			{
-				FBX_ASSERT_NOW("Index is out of range, but not outside of capacity! Call SetAt() to use reserved memory.");
-			}
-			else FBX_ASSERT_NOW("Index is out of range!");
-		}
-	#endif
-		return (T&)mArray[pIndex];
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve a copy of the element at given index position in the array.
-	* \param pIndex Position of element in the array.
-	* \return The value of the element at the specified position in the array.
-	* \remark No error will be thrown if the index is out of bounds. */
-	inline T GetAt(const int pIndex) const
-	{
-		return operator[](pIndex);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve a copy of the first element.
-	* \return Copy of the first element.
-	* \remark The array should have at least one element and no error will be thrown if the array is empty. */
-	inline T GetFirst() const
-	{
-		return GetAt(0);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve a copy of the last element.
-	* \return Copy of the last element.
-	* \remark The array should have at least one element and no error will be thrown if the array is empty. */
-	inline T GetLast() const
-	{
-		return GetAt(mSize-1);
-	}
-
-	/** Find first matching element, from first to last.
-	* \param pElement The element to be compared to each of the elements.
-	* \param pStartIndex The position to start searching from.
-	* \return Position of first matching element or -1 if there is no matching element. */
-	inline int Find(const T& pElement, const int pStartIndex=0) const
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(pStartIndex >= 0, -1);
-		for( int i = pStartIndex; i < mSize; ++i )
-		{
-			if( operator[](i) == pElement ) return i;
-		}
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/** Find first matching element, from last to first.
-	* \param pElement The element to be compared to each of the elements.
-	* \param pStartIndex The position to start searching from.
-	* \return Position of first matching element or -1 if there is no matching element. */
-	inline int FindReverse(const T& pElement, const int pStartIndex=FBXSDK_INT_MAX) const
-	{
-		for( int i = FbxMin(pStartIndex, mSize-1); i >= 0; --i )
-		{
-			if( operator[](i) == pElement ) return i;
-		}
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/** Request for allocation of additional memory without inserting new elements. After the memory has been reserved, please use SetAt() to initialize elements.
-	* \param pCapacity The number of additional element memory allocation requested.
-	* \return \c true if the memory allocation succeeded or if the capacity is unchanged, \c false otherwise.
-	* \remark If the requested capacity is less than or equal to the current capacity, this call has no effect. In either case, Size() is unchanged. */
-	inline bool Reserve(const int pCapacity)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(pCapacity > 0, false);
-		if( pCapacity > mCapacity )
-		{
-			T* lArray = Allocate(pCapacity);
-			FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(lArray, false);
-			mArray = lArray;
-			mCapacity = pCapacity;
-
-			//Initialize new memory to zero
-			memset(&mArray[mSize], 0, (mCapacity - mSize) * sizeof(T));
-		}
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	/** Set the element at given position in the array.
-	* \param pIndex Position of element in the array.
-	* \param pElement The new element.
-	* \remark If the index is outside range, and outside capacity, this call has no effect. However, if index is
-	* within capacity range, element count is increased such that Size() will become pIndex + 1. */
-	inline void SetAt(const int pIndex, const T& pElement)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN(pIndex < mCapacity);
-		if( pIndex >= mSize ) mSize = pIndex + 1;
-		if( mArray ) memcpy(&mArray[pIndex], &pElement, sizeof(T));
-	}
-
-	/** Set the value of the first element.
-	* \param pElement The new value of the last element.
-	* \remark The array should have at least one element and no error will be thrown if the array is empty. */
-	inline void SetFirst(const T& pElement)
-	{
-		SetAt(0, pElement);
-	}
-
-	/** Set the value of the last element.
-	* \param pElement The new value of the last element.
-	* \remark The array should have at least one element and no error will be thrown if the array is empty. */
-	inline void SetLast(const T& pElement)
-	{
-		SetAt(mSize-1, pElement);
-	}
-
-	/** Remove an element at the given position in the array.
-	* \param pIndex Position of the element to remove.
-	* \return Removed element.
-	* \remark No error will be thrown if the index is out of bounds. */
-	inline T RemoveAt(const int pIndex)
-	{
-		T lElement = GetAt(pIndex);
-		if( pIndex + 1 < mSize )
-		{
-			memmove(&mArray[pIndex], &mArray[pIndex + 1], (mSize - pIndex - 1) * sizeof(T));
-		}
-		mSize--;
-		return lElement;
-	}
-
-	/** Remove the first element in the array.
-	* \return Removed element.
-	* \remark The array should have at least one element and no error will be thrown if the array is empty. */
-	inline T RemoveFirst()
-	{
-		return RemoveAt(0);
-	}
-
-	/** Remove the last element in the array.
-	* \return Removed element.
-	* \remark The array should have at least one element and no error will be thrown if the array is empty. */
-	inline T RemoveLast()
-	{
-		return RemoveAt(mSize-1);
-	}
-
-	/** Remove first matching element in the array.
-	* \param pElement Element to be removed.
-	* \return \c true if a matching element is found and removed, \c false otherwise. */
-	inline bool RemoveIt(const T& pElement)
-	{
-		int Index = Find(pElement);
-		if( Index >= 0 )
-		{
-			RemoveAt(Index);
-			return true;
-		}
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/** Remove a range of elements at the given position in the array.
-	* \param pIndex Begin position of the elements to remove.
-	* \param pCount The count of elements to remove.
-	* \return \c true if successful, otherwise \c false. */
-	inline void RemoveRange(const int pIndex, const int pCount)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN(pIndex >= 0);
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN(pCount >= 0);
-		if( pIndex + pCount < mSize )
-		{
-			memmove(&mArray[pIndex], &mArray[pIndex + pCount], (mSize - pIndex - pCount) * sizeof(T));
-		}
-		mSize -= pCount;
-	}
-
-	/** Inserts or erases elements at the end such that Size() becomes pSize, increasing capacity if needed. Please use SetAt() to initialize any new elements.
-	* \param pSize The new count of elements to set the array to. Must be greater or equal to zero.
-	* \return \c true if the memory (re)allocation succeeded, \c false otherwise.
-	* \remark If the requested element count is less than or equal to the current count, elements are freed from memory. Otherwise, the array grows and elements are unchanged. */
-	inline bool Resize(const int pSize)
-	{
-		if( pSize == mSize && mSize == mCapacity ) return true;
-
-		if( pSize == 0 )
-		{
-			Clear();
-			return true;
-		}
-
-		FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(pSize > 0, false);
-		if( pSize != mCapacity )
-		{
-			T* lArray = Allocate(pSize);
-			FBX_ASSERT_RETURN_VALUE(lArray, false);
-			mArray = lArray;
-		}
-
-		if( pSize > mCapacity )	//Initialize new memory to zero
-		{
-			memset(&mArray[mSize], 0, (pSize - mSize) * sizeof(T));
-		}
-
-		mSize = pSize;
-		mCapacity = pSize;
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	/** Increase size of array by the specified size.
-	* \param pSize The size to add to the array size.
-	* \return \c true if operation succeeded, \c false otherwise. */
-	inline bool Grow(const int pSize)
-	{
-		return Resize(mSize + pSize);
-	}
-
-	/** Reduce size of array by the specified size.
-	* \param pSize The size to remove from the array size.
-	* \return \c true if operation succeeded, \c false otherwise. */
-	inline bool Shrink(const int pSize)
-	{
-		return Resize(mSize - pSize);
-	}
-
-	/** Compact the array so that its capacity is the same as its size.
-	* \return \c true if operation succeeded, \c false otherwise. */
-	inline bool Compact()
-	{
-		return Resize(mSize);
-	}
-
-	/** Reset the number of element to zero and free the memory allocated.
-	* \remark This only free the memory allocated by the array, and doesn't call the destructor of each element. */
-	inline void Clear()
-	{
-		if( mArray != NULL )
-		{
-			mSize = 0;
-			mCapacity = 0;
-			FbxFree(mArray);
-			mArray = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Sort the array using the specified compare function pointer
-	* \param pCompareFunc The compare function to use to sort elements. */
-	inline void Sort(CompareFunc pCompareFunc)
-	{
-		qsort(mArray, mSize, sizeof(T), pCompareFunc);
-	}
-
-	//! Get pointer to internal array of elements.
-	inline T* GetArray() const { return mArray ? (T*)mArray : NULL; }
-
-	//! Cast operator.
-	inline operator T* (){ return mArray ? (T*)mArray : NULL; }
-
-	/** Append another array at the end of this array.
-	* \param pOther The other array to append to this array. */
-	inline void AddArray(const FbxArray<T>& pOther)
-	{
-		if( Grow(pOther.mSize) )
-		{
-			memcpy(&mArray[mSize - pOther.mSize], pOther.mArray, pOther.mSize * sizeof(T));
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Append the elements of another array at the end of this array if they are not present.
-	* \param pOther Another array. */
-	inline void AddArrayNoDuplicate(const FbxArray<T>& pOther)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0, c = pOther.mSize; i < c; ++i )
-		{
-			AddUnique(pOther[i]);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Remove the elements of another array from this array is they are present.
-	* \param pOther Another array. */
-	inline void RemoveArray(const FbxArray<T>& pOther)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0, c = pOther.mSize; i < c; ++i )
-		{
-			RemoveIt(pOther[i]);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Operator to copy elements of an array.
-	* \return this array containing a copy of pOther elements. */
-	inline FbxArray<T>& operator=(const FbxArray<T>& pOther)
-	{
-		if( this != &pOther )
-		{
-			if( Resize(pOther.mSize) )
-			{
-				memcpy(mArray, pOther.mArray, pOther.mSize * sizeof(T));
-			}
-		}
-		return *this;
-	}
-
-	/** Operator to compare elements of an array.
-	* \return \c true if the two arrays are equal, otherwise \c false. */
-	inline bool operator==(const FbxArray<T>& pOther) const
-	{
-		if( this == &pOther ) return true;
-		if( mSize != pOther.mSize ) return false;
-		return memcmp(mArray, pOther.mArray, sizeof(T) * mSize) == 0;
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	inline int GetCount() const { return mSize; }
-
-private:
-	inline T* Allocate(const int pCapacity)
-	{
-		return (T*)FbxRealloc(mArray, pCapacity * sizeof(T));
-	}
-
-	int	mSize;
-	int	mCapacity;
-	T*	mArray;
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_COMPILER_MSC)
-    //Previously class FbxArray is for pointers. Somehow, it's used to store other types. Here's a compile-time checking for known incompatible classes.
-    //If it happens you find new incompatible ones, declare them with macro FBXSDK_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY. Also see file fbxstring.h.
-    FBX_ASSERT_STATIC(FBXSDK_IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(T) || __is_enum(T) || (__has_trivial_constructor(T)&&__has_trivial_destructor(T)) || !FBXSDK_IS_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY(T));
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Call FbxFree on each element of the array, and then clear it.
-template <class T> inline void FbxArrayFree(FbxArray<T>& pArray)
-{
-	for( int i = 0, c = pArray.Size(); i < c; ++i )
-	{
-		FbxFree(pArray[i]);
-	}
-	pArray.Clear();
-}
-
-//! Call FbxDelete on each element of the array, and then clear it.
-template <class T> inline void FbxArrayDelete(FbxArray<T>& pArray)
-{
-	for( int i = 0, c = pArray.Size(); i < c; ++i )
-	{
-		FbxDelete(pArray[i]);
-	}
-	pArray.Clear();
-}
-
-//! Call Destroy on each element of the array, and then clear it.
-template <class T> inline void FbxArrayDestroy(FbxArray<T>& pArray)
-{
-	for( int i = 0, c = pArray.Size(); i < c; ++i )
-	{
-		(pArray[i])->Destroy();
-	}
-	pArray.Clear();
-}
-
-//! Make sure to break build if someone try to make FbxArray<FbxArray<T>>, which is not supported.
-template <class T> FBXSDK_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY_TEMPLATE(FbxArray<T>);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_ARRAY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxbitset.h

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxbitset.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_BITSET_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_BITSET_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** An automatic growing array of bit.
-  *
-  * The bit array will automatically grow when specifying bit indexes that are greater
-  * than the array size when calling SetBit or UnsetBit. Indexes can vary from 0 to
-  * FBXSDK_UINT_MAX-1. When an invalid index is returned from any functions, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX
-  * is returned. The bit array is not thread safe.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxBitSet
-{
-public:
-	/** Constructor.
-	  * \param pInitialSize Initial bit array size in bit count (not in byte count!).
-	  */
-	FbxBitSet(const FbxUInt pInitialSize=0);
-
-	//! Destructor.
-	virtual ~FbxBitSet();
-
-	/** Set the bit at the specified bit index to true regardless of its current value.
-	  * \param pBitIndex The bit index in the array in the range of [0, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX-1].
-	  */
-	void SetBit(const FbxUInt pBitIndex);
-
-	/** Set all the bits to the specified value regardless of their current value.
-	  * \param pValue The boolean value to set to all bits.
-	  */
-	void SetAllBits(const bool pValue);
-
-	/** Set the bit at the specified bit index to false regardless of its current value.
-	  * \param pBitIndex The bit index in the array in the range of [0, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX-1].
-	  */
-	void UnsetBit(const FbxUInt pBitIndex);
-
-	/** Get the bit boolean value at the specified bit index.
-	  * \param pBitIndex The bit index in the array in the range of [0, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX-1].
-	  * \return True if the bit is set, false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool GetBit(const FbxUInt pBitIndex) const;
-
-	/** Get the bit index of the first bit that is currently set.
-	  * \return The bit index of the first set bit, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX if none found.
-	  */
-	FbxUInt GetFirstSetBitIndex() const;
-
-	/** Get the bit index of the last bit that is currently set.
-	  * \return The bit index of the last set bit, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX if none found.
-	  */
-	FbxUInt GetLastSetBitIndex() const;
-
-	/** Get the bit index of the next set bit after the specified bit index.
-	  * \param pBitIndex The start bit index in the array in the range of [0, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX-1].
-	  * \return The bit index of the next set bit, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX if none found.
-	  */
-	FbxUInt GetNextSetBitIndex(const FbxUInt pBitIndex) const;
-
-	/** Get the bit index of the previous set bit before the specified bit index.
-	  * \param pBitIndex The start bit index in the array in the range of [0, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX-1].
-	  * \return The bit index of the previous set bit, FBXSDK_UINT_MAX if none found.
-	  */
-	FbxUInt GetPreviousSetBitIndex(const FbxUInt pBitIndex) const;
-
-private:
-	void Grow(const FbxUInt pNewSize);
-
-	void* mData;
-	FbxUInt mSize;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_BITSET_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxcharptrset.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcharptrset.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_CHARPTRSET_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_CHARPTRSET_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** This class contains the data structure support for char pointer set.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxCharPtrSet
-{
-public:
-	/** Class constructor
-	* \param pItemPerBlock Number of item per block. Default is 20. */
-	FbxCharPtrSet(int pItemPerBlock=20);
-
-	//! Class destructor
-	~FbxCharPtrSet();
-
-	/** Add a new item.
-	* \param pReference char pointer reference to the item.
-	* \param pItem FbxHandle to the item. */
-	void Add(const char* pReference, FbxHandle pItem);
-
-	/** Removes an item.
-	* \param pReference char reference to the item.
-	* \return true if successful. */
-	bool Remove(const char* pReference);
-
-	/** Get an item's reference.
-	* \param pReference char reference to the item.
-	* \param PIndex index to the item.
-	* \return FbxHandle to the item, NULL if fails. */
-	FbxHandle Get(const char* pReference, int* PIndex=NULL);
-
-	/** Get an item's reference from index.
-	* \param pIndex index to the item.
-	* \return FbxHandle to the item, NULL if fails. */
-	FbxHandle& operator[](int pIndex);
-
-	/** Get an item's reference from index.
-	* \param pIndex index to the item.
-	* \param pReference char reference to the item.
-	* \return FbxHandle to the item, NULL if fails. */
-	FbxHandle GetFromIndex(int pIndex, const char** pReference=NULL);
-
-	/** Removes an item by index.
-	* \param pIndex index to the item. */
-	void RemoveFromIndex(int pIndex);
-
-	/** Get the number of item in the array.
-	* \return the number of element in the set. */
-	inline int GetCount() const { return mCharPtrSetCount; }
-
-	//! Sorts the array.
-	void Sort();
-
-	//! Clears the array.
-	void Clear();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	struct CharPtrSet;
-
-	inline void SetCaseSensitive(bool pIsCaseSensitive){ mIsCaseSensitive = pIsCaseSensitive; }
-
-private:
-	CharPtrSet*	FindEqual(const char* pReference) const;
-
-	CharPtrSet*	mCharPtrSetArray;
-	int			mCharPtrSetCount;
-	int			mBlockCount;
-	int			mItemPerBlock;
-	bool		mIsChanged;
-	bool		mIsCaseSensitive;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_CHARPTRSET_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxcontainerallocators.h

@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcontainerallocators.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_CONTAINER_ALLOCATORS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_CONTAINER_ALLOCATORS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** An allocator class for use as a template parameter to one of the
-  * container class (FbxMap, FbxSet, FbxDynamicArray...) must implement these.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxBaseAllocator
-{
-public:
-	/** The class constructor.  
-	  * \param pRecordSize the size of one record held by the container. 
-	  * \remarks The parameter pRecordSize is not necessarily the same 
-	  *  size as of the value type, since the
-	  *  container may wrap the value into a private class.
-	  */
-	FbxBaseAllocator(const size_t pRecordSize) :
-		mRecordSize(pRecordSize)
-	{
-	}
-
-	/** This tells the allocator that we are about to call AllocateRecords
-	  * one or many times to allocate pRecordCount records. 
-	  * \param pRecordCount
-	  * \remarks This gives the allocator a chance to do whatever it deems necessary
-	  * to optimize subsequent allocations, for example, by preallocating a
-	  * sufficiently large pool of memory.
-	  */
-	void Reserve(const size_t /*pRecordCount*/)
-	{
-		// By default, ignore all preallocating requests.
-	}
-
-	/** Returns a pointer to a uninitialized continuous block of memory
-	  * able to hold pRecordCount * pRecordSize  bytes.  
-	  * \param pRecordCount
-	  * \remarks pRecordSize was defined in the Constructor description, above.
-	  */
-	void* AllocateRecords(const size_t pRecordCount=1)
-	{
-		return FbxMalloc(pRecordCount * mRecordSize);
-	}
-
-	/** Frees a block of memory returned by AllocateRecords. 
-	  * \param pRecord
-	  */
-	void FreeMemory(void* pRecord)
-	{
-		FbxFree(pRecord);
-	}
-
-	/** \return the size of each record allocated. 
-	  */
-	size_t GetRecordSize() const
-	{
-		return mRecordSize;
-	}
-
-private:
-	size_t mRecordSize;
-};
-
-/** This allocator only frees the allocated memory when it is deleted.
-  * This is a good allocator for building dictionaries, where we only
-  * add things to a container, but never remove them.
-  */
-class FbxHungryAllocator
-{
-public:
-	FbxHungryAllocator(size_t pRecordSize) :
-		mRecordSize(pRecordSize),
-		mRecordPoolSize(0),
-		mData(NULL)
-	{
-	}
-
-	FbxHungryAllocator(const FbxHungryAllocator& pOther) :
-		mRecordSize(pOther.mRecordSize),
-		mRecordPoolSize(pOther.mRecordPoolSize),
-		mData(NULL)
-	{
-	}
-
-	~FbxHungryAllocator()
-	{
-		MemoryBlock* lCurrent = mData;
-		MemoryBlock* lNext = lCurrent ? lCurrent->mNextBlock : 0;
-		while (lCurrent)
-		{
-			FbxDelete(lCurrent);
-			lCurrent = lNext;
-			lNext = lCurrent ? lCurrent->mNextBlock : 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	void Reserve(const size_t pRecordCount)
-	{
-		MemoryBlock* lMem = FbxNew< MemoryBlock >(pRecordCount* mRecordSize);
-		lMem->mNextBlock = mData;
-		mData = lMem;
-		mRecordPoolSize += pRecordCount;
-	}
-
-	void* AllocateRecords(const size_t pRecordCount = 1)
-	{
-		MemoryBlock* lBlock = mData;
-		void* lRecord = NULL;
-
-		while( (lBlock != NULL) && ((lRecord = lBlock->GetChunk(pRecordCount * mRecordSize)) == NULL) )
-		{
-			lBlock = lBlock->mNextBlock;
-		}
-
-		if( lRecord == NULL )
-		{
-			size_t lNumRecordToAllocate = mRecordPoolSize / 8 == 0 ? 2 : mRecordPoolSize / 8;
-			if( lNumRecordToAllocate < pRecordCount )
-			{
-				lNumRecordToAllocate = pRecordCount;
-			}
-			Reserve(lNumRecordToAllocate);
-			lRecord = AllocateRecords(pRecordCount);
-		}
-		return lRecord;
-	}
-
-	void FreeMemory(void* /*pRecord*/)
-	{
-		// "Hungry": release memory only when the allocator is destroyed.
-	}
-
-	size_t GetRecordSize() const
-	{
-		return mRecordSize;
-	}
-
-	FbxHungryAllocator& operator=(const FbxHungryAllocator& pOther)
-	{
-		if( this != &pOther )
-		{
-			// The next call to AllocateRecords() may skip over currently reserved
-			// records if the size changes drastically, but otherwise GetChunk()
-			// is size-oblivious.
-			if( mRecordSize < pOther.mRecordSize )
-			{
-				mRecordPoolSize = 0;
-			}
-
-			mRecordSize = pOther.mRecordSize;
-		}
-		return(*this);
-	}
-
-private:
-	class MemoryBlock
-	{
-	public:
-		MemoryBlock(size_t pSize) :
-			mNextBlock(NULL),
-			mData(NULL),
-			mFreeData(NULL),
-			mEnd(NULL)
-		{
-			mData = FbxMalloc(pSize);
-			mFreeData = mData;
-			mEnd = reinterpret_cast<char*>(mData) + pSize;
-		}
-
-		~MemoryBlock()
-		{
-			FbxFree(mData);
-		}
-
-		void* GetChunk(const size_t pSize)
-		{
-			if( reinterpret_cast<char*>(mFreeData) + pSize < mEnd )
-			{
-				void* lChunk = mFreeData;
-				mFreeData = reinterpret_cast<char*>(mFreeData) + pSize;
-				return lChunk;
-			}
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		MemoryBlock*	mNextBlock;
-		void*			mData;
-		void*			mFreeData;
-		void*			mEnd;
-	};
-
-	size_t			mRecordSize;
-	size_t			mRecordPoolSize;
-	MemoryBlock*	mData;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_CONTAINER_ALLOCATORS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxdynamicarray.h

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxdynamicarray.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_DYNAMICARRAY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_DYNAMICARRAY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxcontainerallocators.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Template class for dynamic array holding objects.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * \see FbxStaticArray
-  */
-template <typename Type, typename Allocator=FbxBaseAllocator> class FbxDynamicArray
-{
-public:
-	//! Default constructor.
-	FbxDynamicArray() :
-		mArray(NULL),
-		mCapacity(0),
-		mSize(0),
-		mAllocator(sizeof(Type))
-	{
-	}
-
-	/** Constructor.
-	* \param pInitialSize initial capacity of this array */
-	FbxDynamicArray(const size_t pInitialSize) :
-		mArray(NULL),
-		mCapacity(0),
-		mSize(0),
-		mAllocator(sizeof(Type))
-	{
-		Reserve(pInitialSize);
-	}
-
-	/** Copy constructor.
-	* \remarks The copy constructor of \c Type will be 
-	* invoked in order to copy the value of elements to the
-	* new array.
-	*/
-	FbxDynamicArray(const FbxDynamicArray& pArray) :
-		mArray(NULL),
-		mCapacity(0),
-		mSize(0),
-		mAllocator(sizeof(Type))
-	{
-		Reserve(pArray.mCapacity);
-		CopyArray(mArray, pArray.mArray, pArray.mSize);
-		mSize = pArray.mSize;
-	}
-
-	//! Destructor.
-	~FbxDynamicArray()
-	{
-		for( size_t i = 0; i < mSize; ++i )
-		{
-			mArray[i].~Type();
-		}
-		mAllocator.FreeMemory(mArray);
-	}
-
-	//! Gets the current capacity of the array.
-	size_t Capacity() const
-	{
-		return mCapacity;
-	}
-
-	//! Gets the size of the array.
-	size_t Size() const
-	{
-		return mSize;
-	}
-
-	/** Assures that sufficient memory is allocated to hold n objects in the array, and increases the capacity if necessary.
-	* \param pCount Number of objects to reserve */
-	void Reserve(const size_t pCount)
-	{
-		if( pCount > mCapacity )
-		{
-			//We don't use mAllocator.PreAllocate, because we want our array to be continuous in memory.
-			Type* lNewArray = (Type*)mAllocator.AllocateRecords(pCount);
-			MoveArray(lNewArray, mArray, mSize);
-			mAllocator.FreeMemory(mArray);
-			mArray = lNewArray;
-			mCapacity = pCount;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Appends n objects at the end of the array.
-	* \param pItem object to append
-	* \param pNCopies number of copies to append */
-	void PushBack(const Type& pItem, const size_t pNCopies = 1)
-	{
-		if( mSize + pNCopies > mCapacity )
-		{
-			size_t lNewSize = mCapacity + mCapacity / 2;	//grow by 50%
-			if( mSize + pNCopies > lNewSize )
-			{
-				lNewSize = mSize + pNCopies;
-			}
-			Reserve(lNewSize);
-		}
-		FBX_ASSERT(mSize + pNCopies <= mCapacity);
-		Fill(mArray + mSize, pItem, pNCopies);
-		mSize += pNCopies;
-	}
-
-	/** Inserts n objects at the specified position.
-	* \param pIndex position index
-	* \param pItem object to insert
-	* \param pNCopies number of copies to append */
-	void Insert(const size_t pIndex, const Type& pItem, const size_t pNCopies=1)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT(pIndex >= 0);
-		FBX_ASSERT(pIndex <= mSize);
-		Type lValue = pItem; // in case pItem is in array
-		if( pNCopies == 0 )
-		{
-		}
-		else if( pIndex >= mSize )
-		{
-			PushBack(pItem, pNCopies);
-		}
-		else if( mSize + pNCopies > mCapacity )
-		{
-			size_t lNewSize = mCapacity + mCapacity / 2;	//not enough room, grow by 50%
-			if( mSize + pNCopies > lNewSize )
-			{
-				lNewSize = mSize + pNCopies;
-			}
-
-			Type* lNewArray = (Type*)mAllocator.AllocateRecords(lNewSize);
-			MoveArray(lNewArray, mArray, pIndex); // copy prefix
-			Fill(lNewArray + pIndex, pItem, pNCopies); // copy values
-			MoveArray(lNewArray + pIndex + pNCopies, mArray + pIndex, mSize - pIndex); // copy suffix
-			mAllocator.FreeMemory(mArray);
-			mArray = lNewArray;
-			mSize += pNCopies;
-			mCapacity = lNewSize;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			// copy suffix backwards
-			MoveArrayBackwards(mArray + pIndex + pNCopies, mArray + pIndex, mSize - pIndex);
-			Fill(mArray + pIndex, pItem, pNCopies); // copy values
-			mSize += pNCopies;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Removes n objects at the end.
-	* \param pNElements number of objects to remove */
-	void PopBack(size_t pNElements=1)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT(pNElements <= mSize);
-		for( size_t i = mSize - pNElements; i < mSize; ++i )
-		{
-			mArray[i].~Type();
-		}
-		mSize -= pNElements;
-	}
-
-	/** Removes n objects at the specified position.
-	* \param pIndex position index
-	* \param pNElements number of objects to remove */
-	void Remove(const size_t pIndex, size_t pNElements=1)
-	{
-		FBX_ASSERT(pIndex >= 0);
-		FBX_ASSERT(pIndex <= mSize);
-		FBX_ASSERT(pIndex + pNElements <= mSize);
-		if( pIndex + pNElements >= mSize )
-		{
-			PopBack(pNElements);
-		}
-		else
-		{            
-			for( size_t i = pIndex; i < pIndex + pNElements; ++i )
-			{
-				mArray[i].~Type();
-			}
-			MoveOverlappingArray(&mArray[pIndex], &mArray[pIndex + pNElements], mSize - pIndex - pNElements);
-			mSize -= pNElements;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/** Gets nth object in the array.
-	* \param pIndex position index */
-	Type& operator[](const size_t pIndex)
-	{
-		return mArray[pIndex];
-	}
-
-	/** Gets nth object in the array.
-	* \param pIndex position index */
-	const Type& operator[](const size_t pIndex) const
-	{
-		return mArray[pIndex];
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve the first item in the array.
-	* \return The first item in the array. */
-	Type& First()
-	{
-		return operator[](0);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve the first item in the array.
-	* \return The first item in the array. */
-	const Type& First() const
-	{
-		return operator[](0);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve the last item in the array.
-	* \return The last item in the array. */
-	Type& Last()
-	{
-		return operator[](mSize-1);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve the last item in the array.
-	* \return The last item in the array. */
-	const Type& Last() const
-	{
-		return operator[](mSize-1);
-	}
-
-	/** Find first matching element, from first to last.
-	* \param pItem The item to try to find in the array.
-	* \param pStartIndex The index to start searching from.
-	* \return Index of the first matching item, otherwise returns -1 (equivalent of SIZE_MAX for size_t). */
-	size_t Find(const Type& pItem, const size_t pStartIndex=0) const
-	{
-		for( size_t i = pStartIndex; i < mSize; ++i )
-		{
-			if( operator[](i) == pItem ) return i;
-		}
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/** Assignment operator.
-	* \remarks The copy constructor of \c Type will be invoked in order to copy the value of elements to the new array. */
-	FbxDynamicArray& operator=(const FbxDynamicArray& pArray)
-	{
-		Reserve(pArray.mCapacity);
-		CopyArray(mArray, pArray.mArray, pArray.mSize);
-		mSize = pArray.mSize;
-		return *this;
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	static void CopyArray(Type* pDest, const Type* pSrc, size_t pCount)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < int(pCount); i++ )
-		{
-			new(&(pDest[i])) Type(pSrc[i]);	//in-place new won't allocate memory, so it is safe
-		}
-	}
-
-	static void MoveArray(Type* pDest, const Type* pSrc, size_t pCount)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < int(pCount); i++ )
-		{
-			new(&(pDest[i])) Type(pSrc[i]);	//in-place new won't allocate memory, so it is safe
-		}
-
-		for( int i = 0; i < int(pCount); i++ )
-		{
-			pSrc[i].~Type();
-		}
-	}
-
-	static void MoveOverlappingArray(Type* pDest, const Type* pSrc, size_t pCount)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < int(pCount); i++ )
-		{
-			new(&(pDest[i])) Type(pSrc[i]);	//in-place new won't allocate memory, so it is safe
-			pSrc[i].~Type();
-		}
-	}
-
-	static void MoveArrayBackwards(Type* pDest, const Type* pSrc, size_t pCount)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < int(pCount); ++i )
-		{
-			new(&(pDest[pCount-1-i])) Type(pSrc[pCount-1-i]);	//in-place new won't allocate memory, so it is safe
-			pSrc[pCount-1-i].~Type();
-		}
-	}
-
-	static void Fill(Type* pDest, const Type& pItem, size_t pCount)
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < int(pCount); i++ )
-		{
-			new(&(pDest[i])) Type(pItem);	//in-place new won't allocate memory, so it is safe
-		}
-	}
-
-    Type*		mArray;
-    size_t		mCapacity;
-    size_t		mSize;
-    Allocator	mAllocator;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_DYNAMICARRAY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxfile.h

@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxfile.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_FILE_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_FILE_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxStream;
-
-/**
-    Class for interfacing with files, providing a similar interface for files independant of the OS or filesystem.
-*/
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxFile
-{
-public:
-	enum EMode {eNone, eReadOnly, eReadWrite, eCreateWriteOnly, eCreateReadWrite, eCreateAppend};
-	enum ESeekPos {eBegin, eCurrent, eEnd};
-
-    FbxFile();
-    virtual ~FbxFile();
-
-	/** Opens a file on disk using the specified read/write mode.
-	  * \param pFileName_UTF8 Filename in UTF8 (compatible with ASCII)
-      * \param pMode Mode in which to open the file, e.g. eReadOnly, eCreateReadWrite, etc.
-      * \param pBinary Whether the file is to be opened in binary or text mode.
-	  * \return True if opening is successful.
-	  */
-    virtual bool        Open(const char* pFileName_UTF8, const EMode pMode=eCreateReadWrite, const bool pBinary=true);
-
-	/** Opens a file from a data stream using the specified read/write mode.
-	  * \param pStream Stream instance with which the file will be read/written
-      * \param pStreamData User-defined data to pass as a parameter to the stream's Open() method.
-      * \param pMode Deprecated/Unused.
-	  * \return True if opening is successful.
-	  */
-    virtual bool        Open(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData, const char* pMode);
-
-	/** Closes a file, freeing its handle.
-	  * \return True if closing is successful.
-	  */
-    virtual bool        Close();
-
-    /** Seek to a specific position in the file, starting from either beginning, current position or end
-	  * \param pOffset Offset to seek to (advance the file position cursor) starting from pSeekPos
-      * \param pSeekPos Starting position from which to seek to.  Beginning, current position or end.
-	  */
-    virtual void		Seek(const FbxInt64 pOffset, const ESeekPos pSeekPos=eBegin);
-
-	/** Returns the position at which the file cursor currently is.  For example, will be ==0 for beginning and ==FileSize for end.
-	  * \return The position at which the file cursor currently is.
-	  */
-    virtual FbxInt64	Tell() const;
-
-	/** Read a part of the file into a buffer
-      * \param pDstBuf Pre-allocated buffer in which to read data
-      * \param pSize Size of the data chunk to be read in bytes
-	  * \return Number of bytes read.
-	  */
-    virtual	size_t		Read(void* pDstBuf, const size_t pSize);
-
-	/** Read a part of the file as a string into a buffer
-      * \param pDstBuf Pre-allocated buffer in which to read the string
-      * \param pDstSize Size of the data chunk to be read in characters
-      * \param pStopAtFirstWhiteSpace If true, will stop reading at first white space, otherwise it will stop at the first line feed (\n)
-	  * \return Pointer on the data read.  Equivalent to parameter pDstBuf
-	  */
-	virtual char*		ReadString(char* pDstBuf, const size_t pDstSize, bool pStopAtFirstWhiteSpace=false);
-
-	/** Write a buffer to an opened file
-      * \param pSrcBuf Pre-allocated buffer from which to write data
-      * \param pSize Size of the data chunk to be written in bytes
-	  * \return Number of bytes written.
-	  */
-    virtual size_t		Write(const void* pSrcBuf, const size_t pSize);
-
-	/** Write a formatted string to an opened file
-      * \param pFormat Pre-allocated format buffer from which to write data
-      * \param ... Variable number of arguments describing the values in the previous parameter. 
-	  * \return True if data was successfully written
-	  */
-    virtual bool		WriteFormat(const char* pFormat, ...);
-
-	/** Modify the size of a file. Null characters ('\0') are appended if the file is extended. 
-      * If the file is truncated, all data from the end of the shortened file to the original length of the file is lost.
-      * Please note that this function considers the current file cursor as the beginning of the file.
-      * It is therefore required to use Seek(0) prior to calling it if we want the size specified by the
-      * pSize parameter to be absolute.
-      * \param pSize New desired file size
-	  * \return True if file was successfully truncated
-	  */
-    virtual bool		Truncate(const FbxInt64 pSize);
-
-	/** Checks whether the current file cursor position is at the end of file.
-	  * \return True if the cursor is at the end of file, false otherwise.
-	  */
-    virtual bool		EndOfFile() const;
-
-	/** Gets the size of the currently opened file.
-	  * \return File size
-	  */
-	virtual FbxInt64	GetSize();
-
-    /** Unused function in this default implementation.  Must be implemented by memory files.       
-      * \param pMemPtr Unused
-	  * \param pSize Unused
-	  */
-	virtual void		GetMemoryFileInfo(void** pMemPtr, size_t pSize);
-
-	/** Checks whether the file is currently opened.
-	  * \return True if file is opened, false otherwise
-	  */
-    bool                IsOpen() const;
-
-	/** Checks whether the file is currently opened with a user-provided streaming interface instead of just the file name
-	  * \return True if file has been opened with a stream interface, false otherwise
-	  */
-    bool                IsStream() const;
-
-	/** Returns the full file path name, as provided when opening it.
-	  * \return File full path
-	  */
-    const char*			GetFilePathName() const;
-
-	/** Returns the mode with which the file was opened, when calling the Open() method.
-	  * \return Mode with which the file was opened
-	  */
-    EMode				GetFileMode() const;
-
-	/** Returns last encountered error when performing any operation on the file.
-	  * \return Last error code
-	  */
-    int                 GetLastError();
-
-	/** Resets the current error code and the end of file indicator of the opened file
-	  */
-    void                ClearError();
-
-protected:
-	FILE*				mFilePtr;
-    FbxStream*          mStreamPtr;
-	bool                mIsOpen;
-	bool                mIsStream;
-	EMode				mMode;
-	FbxString			mFileName;
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxFileUtils
-{
-public:
-	/** Delete a file from disk.
-	  * \param pFileName_UTF8 The file to be deleted.
-	  * \return True if delete is successful.
-	  */
-    static bool Delete(const char* pFileName_UTF8);
-
-	/** Rename a file on disk.
-	  * \param pFileName_UTF8 The file to be renamed.
-	  * \param pNewName_UTF8 The new file name upon rename.
-	  * \return True if rename is successful.
-	  */
-    static bool Rename(const char* pFileName_UTF8, const char* pNewName_UTF8);
-
-	/** Copy one file's content to another file (if the destination file not exist, it will be created).
-	  * \param pDestination_UTF8 The destination file path
-	  * \param pSource_UTF8 The source file path
-	  * \return Return true if copy is successfully.
-	  */
-	static bool Copy(const char* pDestination_UTF8, const char* pSource_UTF8);
-
-	//! Get given file's size.
-	static FbxInt64 Size(const char* pFilePath_UTF8);
-
-	/** Find if the specified file exist.
-	  * \param pFilePath_UTF8 The file path to test against.
-	  * \return Returns true if the file exist.
-	  */
-	static bool Exist(const char* pFilePath_UTF8);
-
-	/** Find if the specified file is in read-only mode.
-	  * \param pFilePath_UTF8 The file path to test against.
-	  * \return Returns true if the file is in read-only mode.
-	  */
-	static bool IsReadOnly(const char* pFilePath_UTF8);
-
-	// We return a KLong that in fact is a cast of a time_t.
-	//! Get given file's last date.
-	static FbxLong GetLastDate(const char* pPath_UTF8);
-
-	//! Set the given file's last date as the given date.
-	static bool SetLastDate(const char* pPath_UTF8, FbxLong pTime);
-
-	/** Get some content of a file.
-	  * \param pStr The content get from file.
-	  * \param pSize The size of content.
-	  * \param pStream The opened stream of file.
-	  */
-	static char* FGets(char* pStr, int pSize, FILE* pStream);
-};
-
-template<class T> inline const T FbxSwab(const T x)
-{
-	switch( sizeof(x) )
-	{
-		case 2:
-		{
-			FbxUInt8 t[2];
-			t[0] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[1];
-			t[1] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[0];
-			return *(T*)&t;
-		}
-
-		case 4:
-		{
-			FbxUInt8 t[4];
-			t[0] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[3];
-			t[1] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[2];
-			t[2] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[1];
-			t[3] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[0];
-			return *(T*)&t;
-		}
-
-		case 8:
-		{
-			FbxUInt8 t[8];
-			t[0] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[7];
-			t[1] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[6];
-			t[2] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[5];
-			t[3] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[4];
-			t[4] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[3];
-			t[5] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[2];
-			t[6] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[1];
-			t[7] = ((FbxUInt8*)&x)[0];
-			return *(T*)&t;
-		}
-
-		default:
-			return x;
-	}
-}
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_FILE_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxfolder.h

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxfolder.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_FOLDER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_FOLDER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Class for iterating into file system folders and the items contained. */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxFolder
-{
-public:
-	//! The different entry type that can be found in folders.
-	enum EEntryType
-	{
-		eRegularEntry,	//!< Regular entry, such as file.
-		eFolderEntry	//!< Folder entry that potentially contain more files.
-	};
-
-	/** Open the specified folder for browsing its content.
-	* \param pFolderPath_UTF8 The folder path to open.
-	* \return True if the folder path was successfully open, false otherwise. */
-	bool Open(const char* pFolderPath_UTF8);
-
-	/** Get the next item in the folder.
-	* \return True if another item was found after the current one. */
-	bool Next();
-
-	/** Get the type of the current entry in the folder.
-	* \return The entry type. */
-	EEntryType GetEntryType() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the name of the current entry in the folder.
-	* \return The name of the current entry. */
-	FbxString GetEntryName() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the extension name of the current entry.
-	* \return The extension name of the current entry. */
-	char* GetEntryExtension() const;
-
-	/** Close the folder when done browsing its content. */
-	void Close();
-
-	/** Find out if the folder was successfully opened the last time Open was called.
-	* \return True if the folder is currently open. */
-	bool IsOpen() const;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxFolder();
-	~FbxFolder();
-
-private:
-	struct FolderImpl;
-	FolderImpl* mImpl;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_FOLDER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxhashmap.h

@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxhashmap.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_HASHMAP_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_HASHMAP_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmap.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-template<class T> class FbxNoOpDestruct { public: static inline void DoIt(T&) {} };
-template<class T> class FbxPtrDestruct  { public: static inline void DoIt(T& v) { FbxDelete(v); v = NULL; } };
-
-//True if equal, false otherwise
-template<class T> class FbxDefaultComparator{ public: static inline bool CompareIt( const T& t1, const T& t2 ) { return t1 == t2; } };
-
-/** \brief This object represents a standard hash map.  You must provide the typename of KEY and VALUE as well
-    as the typename of the class that contains the hash function to use to hash values.   The hash class must
-    overload operator() and be built like this.
-    \code
-    class SimpleHash
-    {
-    public:
-        inline unsigned int operator() ( const int pKey ) const
-        {
-            return pKey;
-        }
-    };
-    \endcode
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-template< typename KEY, typename VALUE, typename HASH, class Destruct = FbxNoOpDestruct<VALUE>, class Comparator = FbxDefaultComparator<KEY> >
-class FbxHashMap
-{
-public:
-	typedef KEY KeyType;
-	typedef VALUE ValueType;
-	typedef HASH HashFunctorType;
-
-private:
-
-	class ListItem
-	{
-	public:
-		ListItem* mNext;
-		ValueType mValue;
-		KeyType mKey;
-
-		ListItem()
-			:
-		mNext(NULL)
-		{
-		}
-
-        ~ListItem()
-        {
-            Destruct::DoIt(mValue);        
-        }
-	};
-
-public:
-    /**
-    Iterate through every element in a hash map.
-    */
-	class Iterator
-	{
-	public:
-
-		typedef ListItem ListItemType;
-		typedef FbxPair< KeyType, ValueType > KeyValuePair;
-
-        /**
-        Copy constructor
-        */
-		Iterator( const Iterator& pOther )
-			:
-			mMap( pOther.mMap ),
-			mBucketIndex( pOther.mBucketIndex ),
-			mCurrentItem( pOther.mCurrentItem )
-		{
-
-		}
-
-        /**
-        Destructor
-        */
-		~Iterator(){};
-
-        /**
-        Used to dereference an iterator and give it a behavior more similar to a pointer.
-        \return The KeyValuePair currently referenced by the iterator
-        */
-		KeyValuePair operator*() const
-		{
-			KeyValuePair lItem;
-
-			if( mCurrentItem )
-			{
-				lItem.mFirst = mCurrentItem->mKey;
-				lItem.mSecond = mCurrentItem->mValue;
-				return lItem;
-			}
-
-			FBX_ASSERT_NOW("Accessing out of bounds iterator");
-
-			return lItem;
-		}
-
-        /**
-        Advances the iterator to the next keyvaluepair in the hashmap.  It does not wrap around so 
-        advancing after reaching the last element will not point back to the first one.
-        */
-		void Next()
-		{
-			if( !mCurrentItem )
-				return;
-
-			if( mCurrentItem->mNext )
-			{
-				mCurrentItem = mCurrentItem->mNext;
-				return;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mBucketIndex++;
-				for( ; mBucketIndex < mMap->mBuckets.GetCount(); ++mBucketIndex )
-				{
-					if( mMap->mBuckets[ mBucketIndex ] )
-					{
-						mCurrentItem = mMap->mBuckets[ mBucketIndex ];
-						return;
-					}
-				}
-				
-				if( mBucketIndex >= mMap->mBuckets.GetCount() )
-				{
-					*this = mMap->End();
-					return;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-
-        /**
-        Check equivalence between two iterators.  There are 3 conditions for equivalence between 2 iterators:
-        1) Item being referenced by the iterator must be equivalent
-        2) They must point at the same index
-        3) They must point on the same map
-        \return true if both iterators are equal, false otherwise
-        */
-		bool operator==( const Iterator& pOther ) const
-		{
-			return	mCurrentItem == pOther.mCurrentItem && 
-					mBucketIndex == pOther.mBucketIndex &&
-					mMap == pOther.mMap;
-		}
-
-        /**
-        Check inequivalence between 2 iterators.  Please see operator== for more information.
-        \return true if both iterators are NOT equal, false if they are
-        */
-		bool operator!=( const Iterator& pOther ) const
-		{
-			return !(*this == pOther);
-		}
-
-		/**
-        Assign the current iterator to the one on the right hand side of the operator.  After assignment they will
-        reference the same object, at the same index, in the same map.
-        \return The new iterator
-        */
-		Iterator& operator=( const Iterator& pOther )
-		{
-			this->mBucketIndex = pOther.mBucketIndex;
-			this->mMap = pOther.mMap;
-			this->mCurrentItem = pOther.mCurrentItem;
-			return *this;
-		}
-
-    private:
-		const FbxHashMap* mMap;		
-
-		int mBucketIndex;
-		ListItemType* mCurrentItem;
-		
-		Iterator(const FbxHashMap* pMap, int pBucketIndex, ListItemType* pCurrentItem)
-			:
-			mMap( pMap ),
-			mBucketIndex(pBucketIndex),
-			mCurrentItem(pCurrentItem)
-		{
-
-		}
-
-		friend class FbxHashMap;
-	};
-	
-	/**
-    Construct a FbxHashMap with an user-defined maximum number of elements.
-    \param pBucketSize Initial maximum number of elements.
-    */
-	FbxHashMap( int pBucketSize )
-	{
-		mBuckets.Resize( pBucketSize );
-	}
-
-	/**
-    Construct a FbxHashMap with the default maximum number of elements (30)
-    */
-    FbxHashMap()
-    {
-        mBuckets.Resize(30);
-    }
-
-	/**
-    Clear all elements in the hash map before destroying itself
-    */
-	~FbxHashMap()
-	{
-		Clear();
-		mBuckets.Clear();
-	}
-
-	/**
-    Calls operator delete on all elements of the hashmap, de-allocating all memory and destroying them
-    */
-	void Clear()
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < mBuckets.GetCount(); ++i)
-		{
-			if( mBuckets[i] )
-			{
-				ListItem* lNext = mBuckets[i]->mNext;
-				while( lNext )
-				{
-					ListItem* lNextNext = lNext->mNext;
-					FbxDelete(lNext);
-					lNext = lNextNext;
-				}
-
-				FbxDelete(mBuckets[i]);
-				mBuckets[i] = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	/**
-    Find an element in the hashmap.  If no element exist with the specified key, returns an iterator pointing on the
-    end of the map (not an actual KeyValuePair).
-    \param pKey The value of the key corresponding to the element
-    \return An Iterator referencing that element
-    */
-	const Iterator Find( const KeyType& pKey ) const
-	{
-		unsigned int lIndex = mHashFunctor(pKey);
-		lIndex = lIndex % mBuckets.GetCount();
-		ListItem* lItem = mBuckets[lIndex];
-		while( lItem )
-		{
-            if( Comparator::CompareIt( lItem->mKey, pKey ) )
-			{
-				Iterator lIt( this, lIndex, lItem );
-				return lIt;
-			}
-			lItem = lItem->mNext;
-		}
-		
-		return End();
-	}
-	
-	/**
-    Remove an element in the hashmap.
-    \param pKey The key value of the element to remove
-    \return The value of the element that was just deleted.  If the element does not exist, a value created with its default constructor will be returned
-    */
-	VALUE Remove( const KEY& pKey )
-    {
-		unsigned int lIndex = mHashFunctor(pKey);
-		lIndex = lIndex % mBuckets.GetCount();
-		ListItem* lItem = mBuckets.GetAt(lIndex);
-        ListItem* lLastItem = NULL;
-		
-        while( lItem )
-		{
-			if( lItem->mKey == pKey )
-			{
-                if( lLastItem )
-                    lLastItem->mNext = lItem->mNext;
-
-                if( mBuckets.GetAt(lIndex) == lItem ) 
-                    mBuckets.SetAt(lIndex, lItem->mNext );
-
-                VALUE lValue = lItem->mValue;
-                FbxDelete(lItem);
-                
-                return lValue;
-			}
-
-            lLastItem = lItem;
-			lItem = lItem->mNext;
-		}
-		
-        return VALUE();
-    }
-
-    /** Add or retrieve a KeyValuePair from the Hashmap.  If there is already an entry in the map for an element
-    with key value specified in parameter, the value will be returned.  Otherwise, a new entry will be created
-    with this key value and the default value for ValueType will be returned.  It can be modified using the 
-    assignment operator
-    \param pKey The key for which to retrieve/add a value.
-    \return Value of the element referenced by the key specified in parameter.
-    */
-	ValueType& operator[]( const KeyType& pKey )
-	{
-        unsigned int lIndex = 0;
-		Iterator lIt = InternalFind( pKey, lIndex);
-		if( lIt != End() )
-		{
-			return lIt.mCurrentItem->mValue;
-		}
-
-		lIndex = lIndex % mBuckets.GetCount();
-		ListItem* lItem = FbxNew< ListItem >();
-		lItem->mNext = NULL;
-		lItem->mKey = pKey;
-
-		if( !mBuckets.GetAt(lIndex) )
-		{
-			mBuckets.SetAt(lIndex, lItem);
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			lItem->mNext = mBuckets.GetAt(lIndex);
-			mBuckets.SetAt(lIndex, lItem);
-		}
-
-		return lItem->mValue;
-	}
-
-    /** Returns an iterator pointing on the first non-null element in the map
-    \return An iterator pointing on the first non-null element in the map.
-    */
-	Iterator Start() const
-	{
-		for( int i = 0; i < mBuckets.GetCount(); ++i )
-		{
-			if( mBuckets[i] )
-			{
-				Iterator lIt( this, i, mBuckets[i] );
-				return lIt;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return End();
-	}
-
-    /** Returns an iterator pointing on the last element in the map.  This is not an actual KeyValuePair but 
-    * but an iterator pointing on a null element. 
-    \return Iterator pointing on a null value at the end of the map
-    */
-	Iterator End() const
-	{
-		Iterator lIt( this, 0, NULL );
-		return lIt;
-	}
-
-private:
-
-    // Avoid calculating the hashvalue twice
-	const Iterator InternalFind( const KeyType& pKey, unsigned int& pOutCalculatedIndex ) const
-	{
-		pOutCalculatedIndex = mHashFunctor(pKey);
-		unsigned int lIndex = pOutCalculatedIndex % mBuckets.GetCount();
-		ListItem* lItem = mBuckets[lIndex];
-		while( lItem )
-		{
-            if( Comparator::CompareIt( lItem->mKey, pKey ) )
-			{
-				Iterator lIt( this, lIndex, lItem );
-				return lIt;
-			}
-			lItem = lItem->mNext;
-		}
-		
-		return End();
-	}
-
-
-	// not implemented yet!
-	FbxHashMap( const FbxHashMap& pOther ) {};
-
-	FbxArray<ListItem*> mBuckets;
-	HashFunctorType mHashFunctor;
-
-	friend class Iterator;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_HASHMAP_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxintrusivelist.h

@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxintrusivelist.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_INTRUSIVE_LIST_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_INTRUSIVE_LIST_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-
-#define FBXSDK_INTRUSIVE_LIST_NODE(Class, NodeCount)\
-    public: inline FbxListNode<Class>& GetListNode(int index = 0){ return this->mNode[index]; }\
-    private: FbxListNode<Class> mNode[NodeCount];
-
-template <typename T> class FbxListNode
-{
-    typedef FbxListNode<T> NodeT; 
-
-public:
-	explicit FbxListNode(T* pData = 0):mNext(0),mPrev(0),mData(pData){}
-	~FbxListNode(){ Disconnect(); }
-
-	void Disconnect()
-	{
-		if ( mPrev != 0 )
-			mPrev->mNext = mNext;
-
-		if ( mNext != 0 )
-			mNext->mPrev = mPrev;
-
-		mPrev = mNext = 0;
-	}
-
-	NodeT*	mNext;
-	NodeT*	mPrev;
-	T*		mData;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------
-// template arg T: Type listed
-//          arg NodeIndex: If an object listed has  multiple list node, which
-//                         index corresponds to the right node
-template <typename T, int NodeIndex=0> class FbxIntrusiveList
-{
-public:
-    typedef T         allocator_type;
-    typedef T         value_type;
-    typedef T&        reference;
-    typedef const T&  const_reference;
-    typedef T*        pointer;
-    typedef const T*  const_pointer;
-
-    typedef FbxListNode<T> NodeT;
-
-    // Construction / Destruction
-    FbxIntrusiveList():mHead(0)
-    {
-        mHead.mNext = mHead.mPrev = &mHead;
-    }
-    ~FbxIntrusiveList()
-    {
-        while(!Empty())
-            Begin().Get()->Disconnect();  // LINUXNote:  should be Erase(Begin()); but there's an issue with gcc 4.2
-    };
-
-    // true if the list's size is 0.
-    bool Empty() const
-    {
-        return ((mHead.mNext==&mHead)&&(mHead.mPrev==&mHead));
-    }
-
-    // Back Insertion Sequence  Inserts a new element at the end.  
-    void PushBack(T& pElement)
-    {
-        NodeT* pNode = &pElement.GetListNode(NodeIndex);
-        pNode->mData = &pElement;
-
-        if (Empty())
-        {
-            pNode->mNext = &mHead;
-            pNode->mPrev = &mHead;
-            mHead.mNext = pNode;
-            mHead.mPrev = pNode;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pNode->mNext = &mHead;
-            pNode->mPrev = mHead.mPrev;
-
-            pNode->mPrev->mNext = pNode;
-            mHead.mPrev = pNode;
-        }
-    }
-
-    void PushFront(T& pElement)
-    {
-        NodeT* pNode = &pElement.GetListNode(NodeIndex);
-        pNode->mData = &pElement;
-
-        if (Empty())
-        {
-            pNode->mNext = &mHead;
-            pNode->mPrev = &mHead;
-            mHead.mNext = pNode;
-            mHead.mPrev = pNode;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pNode->mNext = mHead.mNext;
-            pNode->mPrev = &mHead;
-
-            pNode->mNext->mPrev = pNode;
-            mHead.mNext = pNode;
-        }
-    }
-
-    void PopFront()
-    {
-        iterator begin = Begin();
-        Erase(begin);
-    }
-
-    void PopBack()
-    {
-        Erase(--(End()));
-    }
-
-public:
-    class IntrusiveListIterator
-    {
-    public:
-        explicit IntrusiveListIterator(NodeT* ptr=0):mPtr(ptr){}
-
-        // pre-increment
-        IntrusiveListIterator& operator++()
-        {
-            mPtr = mPtr->mNext;return (*this);
-        }
-        // post-increment
-        const IntrusiveListIterator operator++(int)
-        {
-            IntrusiveListIterator temp = *this;
-            ++*this;
-            return (temp);
-        }
-        // pre-decrement
-        IntrusiveListIterator& operator--()
-        {
-            mPtr = mPtr->mPrev;return *this;
-        }
-        // post-decrement
-        const IntrusiveListIterator operator--(int)
-        {
-            IntrusiveListIterator temp = *this;
-            --*this;
-            return (temp);
-        }
-        IntrusiveListIterator& operator=(const IntrusiveListIterator &other){mPtr = other.mPtr; return *this;}
-
-        reference operator*() const { return *(mPtr->mData); }
-        pointer operator->() const { return (&**this); }
-        bool operator==(const IntrusiveListIterator& other)const{ return mPtr==other.mPtr; } 
-        bool operator!=(const IntrusiveListIterator& other)const{ return !(*this == other); } 
-
-        inline NodeT* Get()const { return mPtr; }
-
-    private:
-        NodeT* mPtr;
-    };
-
-    class  IntrusiveListConstIterator
-    {
-    public:
-        explicit IntrusiveListConstIterator(const NodeT* ptr=0):mPtr(ptr){}
-
-       // pre-increment
-        IntrusiveListConstIterator& operator++()
-        {
-            mPtr = mPtr->mNext;return (*this);
-        }
-        // post-increment
-        const IntrusiveListConstIterator operator++(int)
-        {
-            IntrusiveListConstIterator temp = *this;
-            ++*this;
-            return (temp);
-        }
-        // pre-decrement
-        IntrusiveListConstIterator& operator--()
-        {
-            mPtr = mPtr->mPrev;return *this;
-        }
-        // post-decrement
-        const IntrusiveListConstIterator operator--(int)
-        {
-            IntrusiveListConstIterator temp = *this;
-            --*this;
-            return (temp);
-        }
-        IntrusiveListConstIterator& operator=(const IntrusiveListConstIterator &other){mPtr = other.mPtr; return *this;}
-
-        const_reference operator*() const { return *(mPtr->mData); }
-        const_pointer operator->() const { return (&**this); }
-        bool operator==(const IntrusiveListConstIterator& other)const{ return mPtr==other.mPtr; } 
-        bool operator!=(const IntrusiveListConstIterator& other)const{ return !(*this == other); } 
-
-        inline const NodeT* Get()const { return mPtr; }
-
-    private:
-        mutable const NodeT* mPtr;
-    };
-
-    // --- Iterator definitions ---
-    typedef IntrusiveListIterator iterator;
-    typedef IntrusiveListConstIterator const_iterator;
-
-    // iterator support
-    inline iterator Begin() { return iterator(mHead.mNext); }
-    inline const_iterator Begin() const { return const_iterator(mHead.mNext); }
-    inline iterator End() { return iterator(&mHead); }
-    inline const_iterator End() const { return const_iterator(&mHead); }
-
-    // Because there is no real use, for the reverse iterators, 
-    // they have not been implemented. 
-
-    reference Front(){return (*Begin());}
-    const_reference Front() const { return (*Begin()); }
-    reference Back(){ return (*(--End())); }
-    const_reference Back() const{ return (*(--End())); }
-
-    iterator& Erase(iterator& it)
-    {
-        it.Get()->Disconnect();
-        return (++it);
-    }
-private:
-    NodeT mHead;
-
-    // Not copyable
-    FbxIntrusiveList(const FbxIntrusiveList&);
-    FbxIntrusiveList& operator=(const FbxIntrusiveList& Right){return (*this);}
-};
-
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_INTRUSIVE_LIST_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmap.h

@@ -1,408 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmap.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MAP_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MAP_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxredblacktree.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxObject;
-
-/** Default compare functor for FbxMap and FbxSet, which assumes operator < is defined.
-Here is examples of different compare class implementations:
-With Key = int
-\code
-class IntCompare
-{
-    inline int operator()(int pKeyA, int pKeyB) const
-    {
-        return pKeyA < pKeyB ? -1 : (pKeyA > pKeyB ? 1 : 0);
-    }
-};
-\endcode
-With Key = Class
-\code
-class ClassCompare
-{
-	inline int operator()(const Class& pKeyA, const Class& pKeyB) const
-	{
-		return pKeyA < pKeyB ? -1 : (pKeyA > pKeyB ? 1 : 0);
-	}
-};
-\endcode
-With Key = char*
-\code
-class StrCompare
-{
-	inline int operator()(const char* pKeyA, const char* pKeyB) const
-	{
-		return strcmp(pKeyA, pKeyB);
-	}
-};
-\endcode
-*/
-template <typename Type> struct FbxLessCompare
-{
-    inline int operator()(const Type& pLeft, const Type& pRight) const
-    {
-        return (pLeft < pRight) ? -1 : ((pRight < pLeft) ? 1 : 0);
-    }
-};
-
-/** This class implements an efficient map based on key comparison, which stores key-value pairs.
-It executes insertion, deletion and query operations in O(log(n)) time. */
-template <typename Key, typename Type, typename Compare=FbxLessCompare<Key>, typename Allocator=FbxBaseAllocator> class FbxMap
-{
-protected:
-	//! This class defines the key-value pairs used by the map.
-	class KeyValuePair : private FbxPair<const Key, Type>
-	{
-	/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-	** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-	*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-	#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	public:
-		typedef const Key	KeyType;
-		typedef const Key	ConstKeyType;
-		typedef Type		ValueType;
-		typedef const Type	ConstValueType;
-
-		KeyValuePair(const Key& pFirst, const Type& pSecond) : FbxPair<const Key, Type>(pFirst, pSecond){}
-		ConstKeyType& GetKey() const { return this->mFirst; }
-		KeyType& GetKey(){ return this->mFirst; }
-		ConstValueType& GetValue() const { return this->mSecond; }
-		ValueType& GetValue(){ return this->mSecond; }
-	#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-	};
-
-	//! Declaration of the storage type used by the map.
-	typedef FbxRedBlackTree<KeyValuePair, Compare, Allocator> StorageType;
-
-public:
-	typedef Type									ValueType;
-	typedef Key										KeyType;
-	typedef typename StorageType::RecordType		RecordType;
-	typedef typename StorageType::IteratorType		Iterator;
-	typedef typename StorageType::ConstIteratorType	ConstIterator;
-
-	/** Preallocate memory.
-	* \param pRecordCount The number of elements. */
-	inline void Reserve(unsigned int pRecordCount)
-	{
-		mTree.Reserve(pRecordCount);
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the number of key-value pairs it holds.
-	inline int GetSize() const
-	{
-		return mTree.GetSize();
-	}
-
-	/** Insert a key-value pair.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \param pValue The value.
-	* \return If the key is already present in the map, returns the existing pair and false; else returns the pointer to the new key-value and true. */
-	inline FbxPair<RecordType*, bool> Insert(const KeyType& pKey, const ValueType& pValue)
-	{
-		return mTree.Insert(KeyValuePair(pKey, pValue));
-	}
-
-	/** Delete a key-value pair.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \return \c true if success, \c false if key is not found. */
-	inline bool Remove(const KeyType& pKey)
-	{
-		return mTree.Remove(pKey);
-	}
-
-	//! Clear the map.
-	inline void Clear()
-	{
-		mTree.Clear();
-	}
-
-	//! Query whether the map is empty.
-	inline bool Empty() const
-	{
-		return mTree.Empty();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the begin iterator of the map.
-	Iterator Begin()
-	{
-		return Iterator(Minimum());
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the end iterator of the map.
-	Iterator End()
-	{
-		return Iterator();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the begin iterator of the map.
-	ConstIterator Begin() const
-	{
-		return ConstIterator(Minimum());
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the end iterator of the map.
-	ConstIterator End() const
-	{
-		return ConstIterator();
-	}
-
-	/** Query a key.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \return A key-value pair if success, NULL if the key is not found. */
-	inline const RecordType* Find(const KeyType& pKey) const
-	{
-		return mTree.Find(pKey);
-	}
-
-	/** Query a key.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \return A key-value pair if success, NULL if it's not found. */
-	inline RecordType* Find(const KeyType& pKey)
-	{
-		return mTree.Find(pKey);
-	}
-
-	/** Find the key-value pair with the smallest key greater than a specified key.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \return The found key-value pair. */
-	inline const RecordType* UpperBound(const KeyType& pKey) const
-	{
-		return mTree.UpperBound(pKey);
-	}
-
-	/** Find the key-value pair with the smallest key greater than a specified key.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \return The found key-value pair. */
-	inline RecordType* UpperBound(const KeyType& pKey)
-	{
-		return mTree.UpperBound(pKey);
-	}
-
-	/** Retrieve the reference of the value in the key-value pairs in map.
-	* \param pKey The key.
-	* \return The reference of the value.
-	* \remark If the key is not found, a new key-value pair will be inserted. */
-	inline ValueType& operator[](const KeyType& pKey)
-	{
-		RecordType* lRecord = Find(pKey);
-
-		if( !lRecord )
-		{
-			lRecord = Insert(pKey, ValueType()).mFirst;
-		}
-
-		return lRecord->GetValue();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the key-value pair which is the minimum key in map.
-	inline const RecordType* Minimum() const
-	{
-		return mTree.Minimum();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the key-value pair which is the minimum key in map.
-	inline RecordType* Minimum()
-	{
-		return mTree.Minimum();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the key-value pair which is the maximum key in map.
-	inline const RecordType* Maximum() const
-	{
-		return mTree.Maximum();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the key-value pair which is the maximum key in map.
-	inline RecordType* Maximum()
-	{
-		return mTree.Maximum();
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	inline FbxMap(){}
-	inline FbxMap(const FbxMap& pMap) : mTree(pMap.mTree){}
-	inline ~FbxMap(){ Clear(); }
-
-private:
-	StorageType mTree;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-/** A simple map class representing a dictionary-like data structure.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-template <class Key, class Type, class Compare> class FBXSDK_DLL FbxSimpleMap
-{
-public:
-    typedef typename FbxMap<Key, Type, Compare>::RecordType* Iterator;
-
-	/** Add a key-value pair as an element.
-	* \param pKey The new key.
-	* \param pValue The new value. */
-	inline void Add(const Key& pKey, const Type& pValue)
-	{
-		mMap.Insert(pKey, pValue);
-	}
-
-	/** Find an element with a given key.
-	* \param pKey The given key.
-	* \return The iterator pointing to the found element or NULL if fails. */
-	inline Iterator Find(const Key& pKey) const
-	{
-		return (Iterator)mMap.Find(pKey);
-	}
-
-	/** Find an element with a given value.
-	* \param pValue The given value.
-	* \return The iterator pointing to the found element or NULL if fails. */
-	inline Iterator Find(const Type& pValue) const
-	{
-		Iterator lIterator = GetFirst();
-		while( lIterator )
-		{
-			if( lIterator->GetValue() == pValue )
-			{
-				return lIterator;
-			}
-			lIterator = GetNext(lIterator);
-		}
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/** Remove an element from the map.
-	* \param pIterator The given element. */
-	inline void Remove(Iterator pIterator)
-	{
-		if( pIterator ) mMap.Remove(pIterator->GetKey());
-	}
-
-	/** Get the first element.
-	* \return The the heading element. */
-	inline Iterator GetFirst() const
-	{
-		return (Iterator)mMap.Minimum();
-	}
-
-	/** Get the next element of a given element.
-	* \param pIterator The given element.
-	* \return The next element. */
-	inline Iterator GetNext(Iterator pIterator) const
-	{
-		return (Iterator)pIterator ? pIterator->Successor() : 0;
-	}
-
-	//! Remove all of the elements.
-	inline void Clear() 
-	{
-		mMap.Clear();
-	}
-
-	/** Reserve the space for given number elements.
-	* \param pSize The given number. */
-	inline void Reserve(int pSize)
-	{
-		mMap.Reserve(pSize);
-	}
-
-	/** Query the count of elements in the map.
-	* \return The count of elements. */
-	inline int GetCount() const
-	{
-		return mMap.GetSize();
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	inline FbxSimpleMap(){}
-
-private:
-    FbxMap<Key, Type, Compare> mMap;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-/** This class template declare a simple FbxObject map.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-template <class Type, class Compare> class FBXSDK_DLL FbxObjectMap : public FbxSimpleMap<Type, FbxObject*, Compare>
-{
-public:
-    //! Constructor
-    inline FbxObjectMap(){}
-
-    /** Get the object contained in an element.
-      * \param pIterator The given element.
-      * \return The object.
-      */
-    inline FbxObject* Get(typename FbxSimpleMap<Type, FbxObject*, Compare>::Iterator pIterator)
-    {
-        return pIterator ? pIterator->GetValue() : 0;
-    }
-};
-
-/** A class that maps strings to objects with a basic string comparator.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxObjectStringMap : public FbxObjectMap<FbxString, FbxStringCompare>
-{
-public:
-    //! Constructor
-    inline FbxObjectStringMap(){}
-};
-
-//! Call FbxFree on each element of the map, and then clear it.
-template <typename K, typename V, typename C, typename A> inline void FbxMapFree(FbxMap<K, V, C, A>& pMap)
-{
-	for( typename FbxMap<K, V, C, A>::Iterator i = pMap.Begin(); i != pMap.End(); ++i )
-	{
-		FbxFree(i->GetValue());
-	}
-	pMap.Clear();
-}
-
-//! Call FbxDelete on each element of the map, and then clear it.
-template <typename K, typename V, typename C, typename A> inline void FbxMapDelete(FbxMap<K, V, C, A>& pMap)
-{
-	for( typename FbxMap<K, V, C, A>::Iterator i = pMap.Begin(); i != pMap.End(); ++i )
-	{
-		FbxDelete(i->GetValue());
-	}
-	pMap.Clear();
-}
-
-//! Call Destroy on each element of the map, and then clear it.
-template <typename K, typename V, typename C, typename A> inline void FbxMapDestroy(FbxMap<K, V, C, A>& pMap)
-{
-	for( typename FbxMap<K, V, C, A>::Iterator i = pMap.Begin(); i != pMap.End(); ++i )
-	{
-		i->GetValue()->Destroy();
-	}
-	pMap.Clear();
-}
-
-template class FbxSimpleMap<FbxString, FbxObject*, FbxStringCompare>;
-template class FbxObjectMap<FbxString, FbxStringCompare>;
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MAP_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmemorypool.h

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmemorypool.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MEMORY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MEMORY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxatomic.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** \brief Class to create a simple fixed-size-blocks memory pool to allocate memory dynamically. */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxMemoryPool
-{
-public:
-	/** Memory pool constructor.
-	* \param pBlockSize		The size of one memory block.
-	* \param pBlockCount	The count of block that should be pre-allocated.
-	* \param pResizable		Whether memory pool can grow if no block are availalbe upon calling Allocate.
-	* \param pConcurrent	Whether the pool supports concurrent allocation and release operations.
-	* \remark				All memory blocks must be released before the memory pool is destroyed, otherwise a memory leak will occur. */
-	FbxMemoryPool(size_t pBlockSize, FbxInt64 pBlockCount=0, bool pResizable=true, bool pConcurrent=true);
-
-	/** Memory pool destructor. Upon destruction, all memory blocks of the pool will be de-allocated. */
-	~FbxMemoryPool();
-
-	/** Free memory of all memory blocks from this memory pool, also effectively resetting the block count to zero.
-	* \remark The block size and alignment/resize/concurrent support will remain unchanged. */
-	void Reset();
-
-	/** Allocate or lock a memory block for usage.
-	* \return An memory block pointer that can be NULL if the memory pool cannot grow in size and no blocks are available. */
-	void* Allocate();
-
-	/** Dispose or unlock a memory block.
-	* \param pMemBlock A pointer to the memory block to release. This will not free the block's memory, instead simply putting it back in the available stack. */
-	void Release(void* pMemBlock);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-    void*		Pop();
-
-	FbxInt64	mMaxBlockCount;
-    FbxAtomic	mFreeBlockCount;
-    void*		mFreeBlocksStack;
-    size_t		mBlockSize;
-    bool		mResizable;
-    bool		mSupportConcurrentAccess;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MEMORY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmultimap.h

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmultimap.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MULTIMAP_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MULTIMAP_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Class to manipulate a map that can contain multiple times the same key.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxMultiMap
-{
-public:
-	struct Pair
-	{
-		FbxHandle mKey;
-		FbxHandle mItem;
-	};
-
-	/** If can't find the matching item,append a item at the end of the array.
-	* If find the matching item ,insert the new item before the matching item. 
-    * \param pKey The value of Key in new item, also is the character for matching.
-	* \param pItem The value of Item in new item.
-	* \return If add successfully return true,otherwise return false.
-    */
-    bool Add(FbxHandle pKey, FbxHandle pItem);
-	
-	/** Remove the first matching item, whose reference is the same as given.
-	* \param pKey The given reference.
-	* \return If remove successfully return true,otherwise return false.
-	*/
-    bool Remove(FbxHandle pKey);
-	
-	/** Remove all the matching item, whose item is the same as given.
-	* \param pItem The given item.
-	* \return If remove successfully return true,otherwise return false.
-	*/
-    bool RemoveItem(FbxHandle pItem);
-
-    /** Set first matching item with the given parameter.
-    * \param pKey The character for matching.
-	* \param pItem  The value of Item that the matching item will be set.
-	* \return If set successfully return true,otherwise return false.
-    */
-    bool SetItem(FbxHandle pKey, FbxHandle pItem);
-
-    /** Get first matching item with the given parameter.
-    * \param pKey The character for matching.
-	* \param pIndex The pointer to the index of the matching item.
-	* \return The value of Item in the matching item.
-    * \remarks If there are multiple elements that match the character, the index returned is unspecified.
-    */
-    FbxHandle Get(FbxHandle pKey, int* pIndex=NULL);
-
-	//! Delete the array.
-    void Clear();
-
-	/** Get the item of the given index.
-    * \param pIndex The index for matching.
-	* \param pKey The pointer to the Key of the matching item.
-	* \return The value of Item in the matching item.
-    */
-    FbxHandle GetFromIndex(int pIndex, FbxHandle* pKey=NULL);
-
-	/** Remove the item of the given index
-	* \param pIndex The given index.
-	* \return If remove successfully return true,otherwise return false.
-	*/
-    bool RemoveFromIndex(int pIndex);
-
-	/** Get number of items in the array.
-	* \return The number of items in the array. */
-    int GetCount() const { return mSetCount; }
-
-	/** Swap the value of Key and Item in every item of array, and sort the new array with the value of Key. */
-    void Swap();
-
-	/** Sort the array according the value of Key in each item. */
-    void Sort();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxMultiMap(int pItemPerBlock=20);
-	FbxMultiMap(const FbxMultiMap& pOther);
-	~FbxMultiMap();
-
-    FbxMultiMap& operator=(const FbxMultiMap&);
-
-private:
-    Pair*	FindEqual(FbxHandle pKey) const;
-
-    Pair*	mSetArray;
-    int		mSetCount;
-    int		mBlockCount;
-    int		mItemPerBlock;
-    bool	mIsChanged;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_MULTIMAP_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxpair.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxpair.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_PAIR_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_PAIR_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** This class template holds a pair of objects.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-template <typename First, typename Second> class FbxPair
-{
-public:
-	//! Constructor.
-	inline FbxPair() : mFirst(), mSecond() {}
-
-	/** Constructor.
-	* \param pFirst The first object.
-	* \param pSecond The second object. */
-	inline FbxPair(const First& pFirst, const Second& pSecond) : mFirst(pFirst), mSecond(pSecond) {}
-
-	/** Assignment operator.
-	* \param pOther The pair to be copied. */
-	inline FbxPair<First, Second>& operator=(const FbxPair<First, Second>& pOther)
-	{
-		mFirst = pOther.mFirst;
-		mSecond = pOther.mSecond;
-		return *this;
-	}
-
-	/** Comparison operator.
-	* \param pOther The pair to be compared. */
-	inline bool operator==(const FbxPair<First, Second>& pOther)
-	{
-		return mFirst == pOther.mFirst && mSecond == pOther.mSecond;
-	}
-
-	/** Inverse comparison operator.
-	* \param pOther The pair to be compared. */
-	inline bool operator!=(const FbxPair<First, Second>& pOther)
-	{
-		return !operator==(pOther);
-	}
-
-	First mFirst;	//!< The first object in the pair.
-	Second mSecond;	//!< The second object in the pair.
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_PAIR_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxset.h

@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxset.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_SET_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_SET_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxredblacktree.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmap.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** This class implements an efficient set based on value comparison, which stores values.
-* It executes insertion, deletion and query operations in O(log(n)) time. */
-template <typename Type, typename Compare=FbxLessCompare<Type>, typename Allocator=FbxBaseAllocator> class FbxSet
-{
-protected:
-	//! This class defines the value type used by the set.
-	class Value
-	{
-	/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-	** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-	*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-	#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	public:
-		typedef const Type KeyType;
-		typedef const Type ConstKeyType;
-		typedef const Type ValueType;
-		typedef const Type ConstValueType;
-
-		inline Value(const Type& pValue) : mValue(pValue){}
-		inline KeyType& GetKey() const { return mValue; }
-		inline ConstKeyType& GetKey(){ return mValue; }
-		inline ValueType& GetValue() const { return mValue; }
-		inline ConstValueType& GetValue(){ return mValue; }
-
-	protected:
-		ValueType mValue;
-
-	private:
-		Value& operator=(const Value&);
-	#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-	};
-
-	//! Declaration of the storage type used by the set.
-	typedef FbxRedBlackTree<Value, Compare, Allocator> StorageType;
-
-public:
-	typedef Type ValueType;
-	typedef typename StorageType::RecordType        RecordType;
-	typedef typename StorageType::IteratorType      Iterator;
-	typedef typename StorageType::ConstIteratorType ConstIterator;
-
-	/** Preallocate memory.
-	* \param pRecordCount The number of elements.
-	*/
-	inline void Reserve(unsigned int pRecordCount)
-	{
-		mTree.Reserve(pRecordCount);
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the number of values it holds.
-	inline int GetSize() const
-	{
-		return mTree.GetSize();
-	}
-
-	/** Insert a value.
-	* \param pValue The value.
-	* \return If the value is already present in the map, returns the existing value and false; else returns the pointer to the new value and true. */
-	inline FbxPair<RecordType*, bool> Insert(const ValueType& pValue)
-	{
-		return mTree.Insert(Value(pValue));
-	}
-
-	/** Delete a value.
-	* \param pValue The value.
-	* \return \c true if success, \c false if value is not found. */
-	inline int Remove(const ValueType& pValue)
-	{
-		return mTree.Remove(pValue);
-	}
-
-	//! Clear the set.
-	inline void Clear()
-	{
-		mTree.Clear();
-	}
-
-	//! Query whether the set is empty.
-	inline bool Empty() const
-	{
-		return mTree.Empty();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the begin iterator of the set.
-	Iterator Begin()
-	{
-		return Iterator(Minimum());
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the end iterator of the set.
-	Iterator End()
-	{
-		return Iterator();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the begin iterator of the set.
-	ConstIterator Begin() const
-	{
-		return ConstIterator(Minimum());
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the end iterator of the set.
-	ConstIterator End() const
-	{
-		return ConstIterator();
-	}
-
-	/** Find a given value in the set.
-	* \param pValue The value to find.
-	* \return The value in the set, or NULL if the value is not found in the set. */
-	inline const RecordType* Find(const ValueType& pValue) const
-	{
-		return mTree.Find(pValue);
-	}
-
-	/** Find a given value in the set.
-	* \param pValue The value to find.
-	* \return The value in the set, or NULL if the value is not found in the set. */
-	inline RecordType* Find(const ValueType& pValue)
-	{
-		return mTree.Find(pValue);
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the minimum value in the set.
-	inline const RecordType* Minimum() const
-	{
-		return mTree.Minimum();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the minimum value in the set.
-	inline RecordType* Minimum()
-	{
-		return mTree.Minimum();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the maximum value in the set.
-	inline const RecordType* Maximum() const
-	{
-		return mTree.Maximum();
-	}
-
-	//! Retrieve the maximum value in the set.
-	inline RecordType* Maximum()
-	{
-		return mTree.Maximum();
-	}
-
-	//! Equality operator.
-	inline bool operator==(const FbxSet<Type, Compare, Allocator>& pOther) const
-	{
-		return (this == &pOther) || (mTree == pOther.mTree);
-	}
-
-	//! Inequality operator.
-	inline bool operator != (const FbxSet<Type, Compare, Allocator>& pOther) const
-	{
-		return !(*this == pOther);
-	}
-
-	/** Intersect with another set.
-	* \param pOther The other set.
-	* \return The intersection set of the two sets. */
-	inline FbxSet Intersect(const FbxSet& pOther) const
-	{
-		FbxSet lReturn;
-		ConstIterator lBegin = Begin();
-		for (; lBegin != End(); ++lBegin)
-		{
-			if (pOther.Find(lBegin->GetValue()) != NULL)
-				lReturn.Insert(lBegin->GetValue());
-		}
-		return lReturn;
-	}
-
-	/** Unite with another set.
-	* \param pOther The other set.
-	* \return The union set of the two sets (no duplicated items). */
-	inline FbxSet Union(const FbxSet& pOther) const
-	{
-		FbxSet lReturn(*this);
-		ConstIterator lBegin = pOther.Begin();
-		for (; lBegin != End(); ++lBegin)
-		{
-			if (Find(lBegin->GetValue()) == NULL)
-				lReturn.Insert(lBegin->GetValue());
-		}
-		return lReturn;
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-    inline FbxSet(){}
-    inline FbxSet(const FbxSet& pSet) : mTree(pSet.mTree){}
-    inline ~FbxSet(){ Clear(); }
-
-private:
-    StorageType mTree;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_SET_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstatus.h

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxstatus.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STATUS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STATUS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** This class facilitates the testing/reporting of errors.  It encapsulates the
-  * status code and the internal FBXSDK error code as returned by the API functions.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxStatus
-{
-public:
-
-
-    //! Available status codes.
-    enum EStatusCode {        
-        eSuccess = 0,                           //!< Operation was successful
-        eFailure,                               //!< Operation failed
-        eInsufficientMemory,                    //!< Operation failed due to insufficient memory
-        eInvalidParameter,                      //!< An invalid parameter was provided
-        eIndexOutOfRange,                       //!< Index value outside the valid range
-        ePasswordError,                         //!< Operation on FBX file password failed
-        eInvalidFileVersion,                    //!< File version not supported (anymore or yet)
-        eInvalidFile                            //!< Operation on the file access failed
-    };
-
-    //! Default constructor.
-    FbxStatus();
-
-    FbxStatus(EStatusCode pCode);
-    FbxStatus(const FbxStatus& rhs);
-
-    FbxStatus&      operator=(const FbxStatus& rhs);
-
-    /** Equivalence operator.
-      * \param rhs Status object to compare.
-      * \return \c True if all the members of \e rhs are equal to this instance members and \c False otherwise.
-      */
-    bool            operator==(const FbxStatus& rhs)    const   { return (mCode == rhs.mCode); }
-    /** Equivalence operator.
-      * \param pCode Status code to compare.
-      * \return \c True if the code member of this instance equals \e pCode and \c False otherwise.
-      */
-    bool            operator==(const EStatusCode pCode) const   { return (mCode == pCode); }
-    /** Non-Equivalence operator.
-      * \param rhs Status object to compare.
-      * \return \c True if at least one member of \e rhs is not equal to this instance member and \c True otherwise.
-      */
-    bool            operator!=(const FbxStatus& rhs)    const   { return (mCode != rhs.mCode); }
-    /** Non-Equivalence operator.
-      * \param rhs Status code to compare.
-      * \return \c True if the code member of this instance equals \e rhs and \c False otherwise.
-      */
-    bool            operator!=(const EStatusCode rhs)   const   { return (mCode != rhs); }
-
-    /** The conversion operator that converts a FbxStatus object to bool.
-      *	The result it returns will be \c True if the FbxStatus does not contain
-      * an error, and \c False if it does.
-      */
-    operator        bool() const    { return mCode==eSuccess; }
-
-    /** Determines whether there is an error.
-      * \return \c True if an error occured and \c False if the operation was sucessful.
-      */
-    bool            Error() const   { return !this->operator bool(); }
-
-    //! Clear error code and message from the instance. After this call, it will behave as if it contained eSuccess.
-    void            Clear();
-
-    //! Retrieve the type of error that occurred, as specified in the enumeration.
-    EStatusCode     GetCode() const { return mCode; }
-
-    /** Change the current code of the instance.
-      * \param rhs New code value.
-      */
-    void            SetCode(const EStatusCode rhs);
-
-    /** Change the current code of the instance.
-      * \param rhs New code value.
-      * \param pErrorMsg Optional error description string. This string can have formatting characters
-      *                  The function will use the vsnprintf function to assemble the final string
-      *                  using an internal buffer of 4096 characters.
-      */
-    void            SetCode(const EStatusCode rhs, const char* pErrorMsg, ...);
-
-    //! Get the error message string corresponding to the current code.
-    const char*     GetErrorString() const;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-
-private:
-    EStatusCode     mCode;
-    FbxString       mErrorString;
-
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STATUS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h

@@ -1,505 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxstring.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STRING_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STRING_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Convert string from UTF8 to wide-char
-* \param pInUTF8 Input string
-* \param pOutWideChar output string
-* \param pOutWideCharSize size of the allocated output string buffer
-* \remark Output buffer should be release by caller */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxUTF8ToWC(const char* pInUTF8, wchar_t*& pOutWideChar, size_t* pOutWideCharSize=NULL);
-
-/** Convert string from wide-char to UTF8
-* \param pInWideChar input string
-* \param pOutUTF8 output string
-* \param pOutUTF8Size size of the allocated output string buffer
-* \remark Output buffer should be release by caller */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxWCToUTF8(const wchar_t* pInWideChar, char*& pOutUTF8, size_t* pOutUTF8Size=NULL);
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WIN)
-	/** Convert string from wide-char to ANSI
-	* \param pInWideChar input string
-	* \param pOutANSI output string
-	* \param pOutANSISize size of the allocated output string buffer
-	* \remark Output buffer should be release by caller */
-	FBXSDK_DLL void FbxWCToAnsi(const wchar_t* pInWideChar, char*& pOutANSI, size_t* pOutANSISize=NULL);
-
-	/** Convert string from ANSI to wide-char
-	* \param pInANSI input string
-	* \param pOutWideChar output string
-	* \param pOutWideCharSize size of the allocated output string buffer
-	* \remark Output buffer should be release by caller */
-	FBXSDK_DLL void FbxAnsiToWC(const char* pInANSI, wchar_t*& pOutWideChar, size_t* pOutWideCharSize=NULL);
-
-	/** Convert string from ANSI to UTF8
-	* \param pInANSI input string
-	* \param outUTF8 output string
-	* \param pOutUTF8Size size of the allocated output string buffer
-	* \remark Output buffer should be release by caller */
-	FBXSDK_DLL void FbxAnsiToUTF8(const char* pInANSI, char*& pOutUTF8, size_t* pOutUTF8Size=NULL);
-
-	/** Convert string from UTF8 to ANSI
-	* \param pInUTF8 input string
-	* \param pOutANSI output string
-	* \param pOutANSISize size of the allocated output string buffer
-	* \remark Output buffer should be release by caller */
-	FBXSDK_DLL void FbxUTF8ToAnsi(const char* pInUTF8, char*& pOutANSI, size_t* pOutANSISize=NULL);
-#endif
-
-/** Utility class to manipulate strings.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxString
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	* \name Constructors and Destructor
-	*/
-	//@{
-		//! Default constructor.
-		FbxString();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be copied. */
-		FbxString(const FbxString& pString);
-
-		/** String constructor.
-		* \param pString The string used to construct FbxString. */
-		FbxString(const char* pString);
-
-		/** Character constructor.
-		* \param pChar The character used to construct FbxString.
-		* \param pNbRepeat The number of times to repeat the character. Default value is 1 */
-		FbxString(char pChar, size_t pNbRepeat=1);
-
-		/** String constructor with maximum length.
-		* \param pCharPtr The string used to construct FbxString. 
-		* \param pLength  Maximum length. */
-		FbxString(const char* pCharPtr, size_t pLength);
-
-		/** Integer constructor.
-		* \param pValue The int value used to construct FbxString. */
-		FbxString(const int pValue);
-
-		/** Float constructor.
-		* \param pValue The float value used to construct FbxString. */
-		FbxString(const float pValue);
-
-		/** Double constructor.
-		* \param pValue The double value used to construct FbxString. */
-		FbxString(const double pValue);
-
-		//! Destructor.
-		~FbxString();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Buffer Access and Validation
-	*/
-	//@{
-		//! Get string length like "C" strlen().
-		size_t GetLen() const;
-
-		//! Get string length like "C" strlen().
-		size_t Size() const;
-
-		//! Return \c true if string length equal zero.
-		bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-		//! Discard the content of the string.
-		FbxString& Clear();
-
-		/** Access by reference.
-		* \param pIndex   The index.
-		* \return The reference of the char at pIndex. */
-		char& operator[](int pIndex);
-
-		/** Access by copy.
-		* \param pIndex   The index.
-		* \return The char at pIndex. */
-		char operator[](int pIndex) const;
-
-		//! Non-const buffer access.
-		char* Buffer();
-
-		//! Const buffer access.
-		const char* Buffer()const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name String Operations
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** FbxString assignment operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& operator=(const FbxString& pString);
-
-		/** Character assignment operator.
-		* \param pChar The character to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& operator=(char pChar);
-
-		/** String assignment operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& operator=(const char* pString);
-
-		/** Int assignment operator.
-		* \param pValue The int value to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& operator=(int pValue);
-
-		/** Float assignment operator.
-		* \param pValue The float value to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& operator=(float pValue);
-
-		/** Double assignment operator.
-		* \param pValue The double value to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& operator=(double pValue);
-
-		/** FbxString append.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& operator+=(const FbxString& pString);
-
-		/** Character append.
-		* \param pChar  The character to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& operator+=(char pChar);
-
-		/** String append.
-		* \param pString The string to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& operator+=(const char* pString);
-
-		/** Integer append.
-		* \param pValue The int value to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& operator+=(int pValue);
-
-		/** Float append.
-		* \param pValue The float value to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& operator+=(float pValue);
-
-		/** Double append.
-		* \param pValue The double value to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& operator+=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Equality operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be compared. */
-		bool operator== (const FbxString& pString) const;
-
-		/** Inequality operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be compared. */
-		bool operator!= (const FbxString& pString) const;
-
-		/** Inferior to operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be compared. */
-		bool operator< (const FbxString& pString) const;
-
-		/** Inferior or equal to operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be compared. */
-		bool operator<= (const FbxString& pString) const;
-
-		/** Superior or equal to operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be compared. */
-		bool operator>= (const FbxString& pString) const;
-
-		/** Superior to operator.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be compared. */
-		bool operator> (const FbxString& pString) const;
-
-		/** Equality operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be compared. */
-		bool operator== (const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Inequality operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be compared. */
-		bool operator!= (const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Inferior to operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be compared. */
-		bool operator< (const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Inferior or equal to operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be compared. */
-		bool operator<= (const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Superior or equal to operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be compared. */
-		bool operator>= (const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Superior to operator.
-		* \param pString The string to be compared. */
-		bool operator> (const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** FbxString concatenation.
-		* \param pString1 FbxString 1 to be concatenated to FbxString 2.
-		* \param pString2 FbxString 2 to be concatenated to FbxString 1 */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString1, const FbxString& pString2);
-
-		/** Character concatenation.
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Character.
-		* \param pChar  Character to be concatenated to FbxString */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, char pChar);
-
-		/** Character concatenation.
-		* \param pChar  Character to be concatenated to FbxString
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Character. */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(char pChar, const FbxString& pString);
-
-		/** String concatenation.
-		* \param pString1  FbxString to be concatenated to String.
-		* \param pString2  String to be concatenated to FbxString */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString1, const char* pString2);
-
-		/** String concatenation.
-		* \param pString1  String to be concatenated to FbxString
-		* \param pString2  FbxString to be concatenated to String. */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const char* pString1, const FbxString& pString2);
-
-		/** Integer concatenation.
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Integer.
-		* \param pValue  Integer to be concatenated to FbxString */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, int pValue);
-
-		/** Integer concatenation.
-		* \param pValue  Integer to be concatenated to FbxString 
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Integer. */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(int pValue, const FbxString& pString);
-
-		/** Float concatenation.
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Float.
-		* \param pValue  Float to be concatenated to FbxString */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, float pValue);
-
-		/** Float concatenation.
-		* \param pValue  Float to be concatenated to FbxString
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Float. */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+( float pValue, const FbxString& pString);
-
-		/** Double concatenation.
-		* \param pString  FbxString to be concatenated to Double.
-		* \param pValue  Double to be concatenated to FbxString */
-		friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, double pValue);
-
-		//! Cast operator.
-		operator const char*() const;
-
-		/** String assignment function with maximum length.
-		  * \param pString The string to be assigned.
-		  * \param pLength The maximum length of string to be assigned. */
-		const FbxString& Copy(const char* pString, size_t pLength);
-
-		/** Append as "C" strncat().
-		* \param pString The string to be appended.
-		* \param pLength The length of chars to be appended. */
-		const FbxString& Append(const char* pString, size_t pLength);
-
-		/** Compare as "C" strcmp().
-		* \param pString    The string to be compared. */
-		int Compare(const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Compare as "C" stricmp().
-		* \param pString    The string to be compared. */
-		int CompareNoCase(const char* pString) const;
-
-		/** Swap the contents of two strings.
-		* \param pString The FbxString to be swapped. */
-		void Swap(FbxString& pString);
-
-		//! Uppercase conversion.
-		FbxString Upper() const;
-
-		//! Lowercase conversion.
-		FbxString Lower() const;
-	//@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name Substring Extraction
-    */
-    //@{
-		/** Extract middle string for a given length.
-		* \param pFirst The start index of FbxString to be extracted.
-		* \param pCount The length of sub-string to be extracted. */
-		FbxString Mid(size_t pFirst, size_t pCount) const;
-
-		/** Extract middle string up to the end.
-		* \param pFirst The start index of FbxString to be extracted. */
-		FbxString Mid(size_t pFirst) const;
-
-		/** Extract left string.
-		* \param pCount The length of sub-string to be extracted. */
-		FbxString Left(size_t pCount) const;
-
-		/** Extract right string.
-		* \param pCount The length of sub-string to be extracted. */
-		FbxString Right(size_t pCount) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Padding
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** \enum EPaddingType      Padding types.
-		* - \e eRight
-		* - \e eLeft
-		* - \e eBoth */
-		enum EPaddingType {eRight, eLeft, eBoth};
-
-		/** Add padding characters.
-		* \param pPadding The padding type.
-		* \param pLen The length limit of FbxString after padding. 
-		* \param pCar The character to be padded. */
-		FbxString Pad(EPaddingType pPadding, size_t pLen, char pCar=' ') const;
-
-		/** Remove padding characters.
-		* \param pPadding The padding type.
-		* \param pCar The character to be padded. 
-		* \remark If pCar == '\0' the function will remove all the characters that are tested by isspace(). */
-		FbxString UnPad(EPaddingType pPadding, char pCar='\0') const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Search
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Look for a single character match, like "C" strchr().
-		* \param pChar The character to look for.
-		* \param pStartPosition  Start position to look for.
-		* \return Index or -1 if not found. */
-		int Find(char pChar, size_t pStartPosition=0) const;
-
-		/** Look for a substring match, like "C" strstr().
-		* \param pStrSub The substring to look for.
-		* \param pStartPosition  Start position to look for.
-		* \return Starting index or -1 if not found. */
-		int Find(const char* pStrSub, size_t pStartPosition=0) const;
-
-		/** Look for the last occurrence of character in string, like "C" strrchr().
-		* \param pChar The character to look for.
-		* \return Index or -1 if not found. */
-		int ReverseFind(char pChar) const;
-
-		/** Look for a single character match, like "C" strpbrk().
-		* \param pStrCharSet The character set.
-		* \param pStartPosition The start position.
-		* \return Index or -1 if not found. */
-		int FindOneOf(const char* pStrCharSet, size_t pStartPosition=0) const;
-
-		/** Replace a substring.
-		* \param pFind The substring to look for.
-		* \param pReplaceBy The string to replace by.
-		* \param pStartPosition The start position. 
-		* \return \c true if substring found and replaced. */
-		bool FindAndReplace(const char* pFind, const char* pReplaceBy, size_t pStartPosition=0);
-
-		/** Replace all occurrence of a substring.
-		* \param pFind The substring to look for.
-		* \param pReplaceBy The string to replace by.
-		* \return \c true if something got replaced. */
-		bool ReplaceAll(const char* pFind, const char* pReplaceBy);
-
-        /** Replace all occurrence of character to find by replacement character.
-		* \param pFind The character to look for.
-		* \param pReplaceBy The character to replace by.
-		* \return \c true if character found and replaced. */
-		bool ReplaceAll(char pFind, char pReplaceBy);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Token Extraction
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Get number of tokens.
-		* \param pSpans The span
-		* \return The number of tokens. */
-		int GetTokenCount(const char* pSpans) const;
-
-		/** Get token at given index.
-		* \param pTokenIndex The token index.
-		* \param pSpans The span */
-		FbxString GetToken(int pTokenIndex, const char* pSpans) const;
-	//@}
-
-private:
-	// Lengths/sizes in characters. 
-	// Note: an extra character is always allocated.
-	char* mData; // Actual string (zero terminated).
-
-	FbxString(size_t pSrc1Len, const char* pSrc1Data, size_t pSrc2Len, const char* pSrc2Data); // Previously ConcatCopy
-	void Init();
-
-	//! Invalidate string.
-	void Invalidate();
-
-	void FreeBuffer();
-	void FreeBuffer(char *&pOldData);
-
-	bool AllocCopy(FbxString& pDest, size_t pCopyLen, size_t pCopyIndex) const;
-	bool AllocBuffer(size_t pLen);
-	bool AllocBuffer(size_t pLen, char*& pOldData);
-
-	bool AssignCopy(size_t pSrcLen, const char* pSrcData);
-	bool ConcatInPlace(size_t pSrcLen, const char* pSrcData);
-
-	bool IsIn(char pChar, const char* pString) const;
-	bool InternalFindAndReplace(const char* pFind, const char* pReplaceBy, size_t& pStartPosition); 
-};
-
-FBXSDK_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_ARRAY(FbxString);
-
-//! FbxString concatenation.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString1, const FbxString& pString2);
-
-//! Character concatenation.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, char pChar);
-
-//! String concatenation.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString1, const char* pString2);
-
-//! Integer concatenation.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, int pValue);
-
-//! Float concatenation.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, float pValue);
-
-//! Double concatenation.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString operator+(const FbxString& pString, double pValue);
-
-//! Functor to compare FbxString
-struct FbxStringCompare { inline int operator()(const FbxString& pKeyA, const FbxString& pKeyB) const { return pKeyA.Compare(pKeyB); } };
-
-//! Functor to compare FbxString without case sensitivity
-struct FbxStringCompareNoCase { inline int operator()(const FbxString& pKeyA, const FbxString& pKeyB) const { return pKeyA.CompareNoCase(pKeyB); } };
-
-//! Functor to compare "C" strings
-struct FbxCharPtrCompare { inline int operator()(const char* pKeyA, const char* pKeyB) const { return strcmp(pKeyA, pKeyB); } };
-
-//! Functor to compare "C" strings without case sensitivity
-struct FbxCharPtrCompareNoCase { inline int operator()(const char* pKeyA, const char* pKeyB) const { return FBXSDK_stricmp(pKeyA, pKeyB); } };
-
-/** Remove the given char in the given string.
-* \param pString The given string.
-* \param pToRemove The given char that ought to be removed.
-* \remarks Strings used in this function are case-sensitive. */
-inline void FbxRemoveChar(FbxString& pString, char pToRemove)
-{
-    int lPos = pString.ReverseFind(pToRemove);
-    while( lPos >= 0 )
-    {
-        pString = pString.Left(lPos) + pString.Mid(lPos + 1);
-        lPos = pString.ReverseFind(pToRemove);
-    }
-}
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STRING_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstringlist.h

@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxstringlist.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STRING_LIST_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STRING_LIST_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-//! Wraps a string (FbxString) and a pointer (FbxHandle).
-class FbxStringListItem
-{
-public:
-    FbxStringListItem(){ mReference = 0; }
-    FbxStringListItem(const char* pString, FbxHandle pRef=0){ mString = pString; mReference = pRef; }
-
-    FbxString	mString; 
-    FbxHandle		mReference;
-};
-
-inline int FbxCompareStringListSort(const void* E1, const void* E2)
-{
-	return FBXSDK_stricmp((*(FbxStringListItem**)E1)->mString.Buffer(), (*(FbxStringListItem**)E2)->mString.Buffer());
-}
-
-inline int FbxCompareStringListFindEqual(const void* E1, const void* E2)
-{
-	return FBXSDK_stricmp((*(FbxStringListItem*)E1).mString.Buffer(), (*(FbxStringListItem**)E2)->mString.Buffer());
-}
-
-inline int FbxCompareCaseSensitiveStringList(const void *E1,const void *E2)
-{
-	return strcmp((*(FbxStringListItem*)E1).mString.Buffer(), (*(FbxStringListItem**)E2)->mString.Buffer());
-}
- 
-//! Base class of FbxStringList.
-template <class Type> class FbxStringListT
-{
-protected:
-    FbxArray<Type*> mList;
-
-public:
-	/**
-     * \name Operation With The Array 
-     */
-   //@{
-
-	 /** Append a item at the end of the array.
-    * \return Index of appended pointer.
-    */
-    int		AddItem( Type* pItem )		{ return mList.Add( pItem ); }
-
-    /** Insert a item in the array.
-    * \param pIndex Position where to insert the item.
-    * \param pItem  Item to insert.
-    * \return Position of the inserted item in the array.
-    * \remarks If the given index is out of range, the pointer is appended at the end of the array.
-    */
-	int		InsertItemAt( int pIndex, Type* pItem )	{ return mList.InsertAt( pIndex, pItem ); }
-
-	//! Access item at given index.
-    Type*   GetItemAt( int pIndex )	const	{ return mList[pIndex]; }
-
-	/** Find first matching item.
-    * \return Index of first matching item found or -1 if there is no matching element.
-    */
-    int		FindItem( Type* pItem )	const	{ return mList.Find( pItem ); }
-	//}@
-
-public : 
-    /**
-     * \name Constructor and Destructor
-     */
-   //@{
-
-	//! Default constructor.
-    FbxStringListT()
-    {
-    }
-
-	//! Destructor.
-    virtual ~FbxStringListT() { Clear(); }
-	//}@
-
-	//!Remove the item at the end of the array and delete the associated object.
-    void RemoveLast() { RemoveAt( mList.GetCount()-1 ); }
-
-	/** Get number of items in the array.
-     * \return The number of items in the array.
-     */
-    inline int		GetCount() const { return mList.GetCount(); }
-
-	//! Access the string in the item at given index.
-    FbxString&   operator[](int pIndex) { return mList[pIndex]->mString; }
-
-    //! Access the value of reference in the item at given index.
-    FbxHandle		GetReferenceAt(int pIndex) const { return mList[pIndex]->mReference; }
-
-    //! Set the value of reference at given index.        
-    void			SetReferenceAt(int pIndex, FbxHandle pRef) { mList[pIndex]->mReference = pRef; }
-
-	//! Access the pointer of string at given index.
-    char*		GetStringAt(int pIndex) const { if (pIndex<mList.GetCount()) return mList[pIndex]->mString.Buffer(); else return NULL; }
-    
-	//! Set string at given index.
-	virtual bool	SetStringAt(int pIndex, const char* pString) 
-    { 
-	    if (pIndex<mList.GetCount()) 
-	    {
-		    mList[pIndex]->mString = pString; 
-		    return true;
-	    } else return false; 
-    }
-   
-    /** Find first matching item.
-    * \return Index of first matching item found or -1 if  there is no
-    * matching element.
-    */
-    int Find( Type& pItem ) const
-    { 
-	    for (int Count=0; Count<mList.GetCount(); Count++) {
-		    if (mList[Count]==&pItem) {
-			    return Count;
-		    }
-	    }
-	    return -1;
-    }
-
-	/** Find first matching item which has the same reference as given parameter.
-    * \return Index of first matching item found or -1 if  there is no
-    * matching element.
-    */
-    int FindIndex( FbxHandle pReference ) const
-    { 
-	    for (int Count=0; Count<mList.GetCount(); Count++) {
-		    if (mList[Count]->mReference==pReference) {
-			    return Count;
-		    }
-	    }
-	    return -1;
-    }
-
-	/** Find first matching item in array whose string address is the same as given pointer.
-    * \return Index of first matching item found or -1 if  there is no
-    * matching element.
-    */
-    int FindIndex( const char* pString ) const
-    { 
-	    for (int lCount=0; lCount<mList.GetCount(); lCount++) {
-		    if (mList[lCount]->mString==pString) {
-			    return lCount;
-		    }
-	    }
-	    return -1;
-    }
-
-	/** Access the value of reference of the first matching item in array 
-	* whose string address is the same as given pointer.
-    * \return The value of reference of the first matching item found or NULL if  there is no
-    * matching element.
-    */
-    FbxHandle FindReference(const char* pString ) const
-    {
-    int lIndex = FindIndex( pString );
-	    if (lIndex!=-1) {
-		    return mList[lIndex]->mReference;
-	    }
-	    return 0; // NULL
-    }
-
-	//! Remove first matching item.
-    bool Remove ( Type& pItem )
-    {
-    int lIndex = Find( pItem );
-        if (lIndex>=0) {
-		    RemoveAt( lIndex );
-		    return true;
-	    }
-	    return false;
-    }
-
-	//! Remove first matching item in array whose string address is the same as given pointer.
-    bool Remove (const char* pString )
-    {
-    int lIndex = FindIndex( pString );
-        if (lIndex>=0) {
-		    RemoveAt( lIndex );
-		    return true;
-	    }
-	    return false;
-    }
-
-	//! Remove first matching item.
-    bool RemoveIt ( Type& pItem )
-    {
-    int lIndex = Find( pItem );
-        if (lIndex>=0) {
-		    RemoveAt( lIndex );
-		    return true;
-	    }
-	    return false;
-    }
-
-	//! Sort the array by the string of every item,not case sensitive.
-    void Sort( )
-    {
-	    qsort( &(mList.GetArray()[0]),mList.GetCount(),sizeof(FbxStringListItem*),FbxCompareStringListSort );
-    }
-
-    /** Find first matching item which has the same string as given parameter,not case sensitive.
-    * \return the pointer of matching item found or NULL if  there is no
-    * matching element.
-	* \remark To cast the returned pointer to the FbxStringListItem you need a double indirection: (FbxStringListItem**)
-    */
-	void* FindEqual(const char* pString) const
-    {
-    FbxStringListItem Key(pString);  
-    
-	    if (mList.GetCount() != 0)
-	    {
-		    return bsearch ( &Key, &(mList.GetArray()[0]),mList.GetCount(),sizeof(FbxStringListItem*),FbxCompareStringListFindEqual );
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		    return NULL ;
-	    }
-    }
-
-	/** Find first matching item which has the same string as given parameter, case sensitive.
-    * \return the pointer of matching item found or NULL if  there is no
-    * matching element.
-	* \remark To cast the returned pointer to the FbxStringListItem you need a double indirection: (FbxStringListItem**)
-    */
-	void* FindCaseSensitive(const char* pString) const
-	{
-    FbxStringListItem Key(pString);  
-    
-	    if (mList.GetCount() != 0)
-	    {
-		    return bsearch ( &Key, &(mList.GetArray()[0]),mList.GetCount(),sizeof(FbxStringListItem*), FbxCompareCaseSensitiveStringList);
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		    return NULL ;
-	    }
-	
-	}
-
-
-	//! Add a new item at the end of array.
-    int Add( const char* pString, FbxHandle pItem=0 ) 
-    { 
-	    return InsertAt( mList.GetCount(),pString,pItem ); 
-    }
-
-    virtual int InsertAt( int pIndex, const char* pString, FbxHandle pItem=0 ) 
-    { 
-	    return mList.InsertAt( pIndex,FbxNew< Type >( pString,(FbxHandle)pItem )); 
-    }
-
-    /** Remove the item at the given position in the array and delete the associated object.
-    * \param pIndex Position of the item to remove.
-    * \remarks If the index is not valid, nothing is performed. Otherwise,
-    * the item is removed from the array and the items are shifted to fill the
-    * empty slot.
-    */
-	virtual void RemoveAt(int pIndex)
-    { 
-	    FbxDelete(mList.RemoveAt(pIndex));
-    }
-
-	//! Delete the array.
-    virtual void Clear()
-    {
-		FbxArrayDelete(mList);
-    }
-
-	/** Get the string of all the item.
-    * \return The text of string, each item's string separated by '~'.
-    */
-   virtual void GetText(FbxString& pText) const
-    {
-	    int	lCount;
-	    for (lCount=0; lCount<mList.GetCount(); lCount++) 
-        {
-            pText += mList[lCount]->mString;
-            if (lCount<mList.GetCount()-1) 
-            {               
-                pText += "~";               
-            }
-	    }
-    }
-
-    /** Clear the array and set the array's new items with the substring separated by '~' from the given string.
-    * \param pList The string which used to generate the new items.
-	* \return The last index of the item in the new array.
-    * \remarks The number of items in the new array is the same as the number of substrings, 
-	* and the string of each item is decided by the content of each substring.
-    */ 
-    virtual int SetText(const char* pList)
-    {
-    int		lPos=0, lOldPos = 0;
-    int		lLastIndex=0;
-    FbxString	lName=pList;
-
-	    Clear();
-	    for (lPos=0; lName.Buffer()[lPos]!=0; lPos++) {
-    	    if (lName.Buffer()[lPos]=='~') {
-        	    lName.Buffer()[lPos]=0;
-        	    lLastIndex = Add(lName.Buffer()+lOldPos);
-        	    lOldPos=lPos+1;
-    	    }
-	    }
-
-	    if(lOldPos != lPos)
-	    {
-	        lLastIndex = Add(lName.Buffer()+lOldPos);
-	    }
-	    return lLastIndex;
-    } 
-
-
-};
-
-/** Array that stores pairs of FbxString and a pointer.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxStringList : public FbxStringListT<FbxStringListItem>
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructors
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Default constructor.
-		FbxStringList(); 
-
-		//! Copy constructor.
-		FbxStringList( const FbxStringList& pOriginal );
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	 * \name Assignment Operators
-	 */
-	//@{
-		//! FbxStringList assignment function.
-		void CopyFrom( const FbxStringList* pOriginal  );
-
-		//! FbxStringList assignment operator.
-		FbxStringList& operator=(const FbxStringList& pOriginal);
-	//@}
-};
-	  
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_STRING_LIST_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxtime.h

@@ -1,648 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxtime.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_TIME_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_TIME_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxtimecode.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_INFINITE		FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_INFINITY)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_MINUS_INFINITE	FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_MINFINITY)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_ZERO			FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_ZERO)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_EPSILON			FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_EPSILON)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_ONE_SECOND		FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_ONE_MINUTE		FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_MINUTE)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_ONE_HOUR		FbxTime(FBXSDK_TC_HOUR)
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_ASSERT_EPSILON	0.5
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_FORWARD			1
-#define FBXSDK_TIME_BACKWARD		-1
-
-class FbxTimeModeObject;
-
-/** Class to encapsulate time units.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * FbxTime can measure time in hour, minute, second, frame, field, residual and also combination of these units.
-  * It is recommended to use FbxTime for all time related operations. For example, currently it is used in FbxGlobalSettings,
-  * FbxGlobalTimeSettings, FbxCache, all curve filters and all animation-related classes, etc.
-  * FbxTime is just used to represent a moment, to represent a period of time, FbxTimeSpan should be used.
-  * \see FbxTimeSpan
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime 
-{
-public:
-	/** Long long constructor.
-	  * \param pTime Initial value defined as a 64bit integer.
-	  */
-	FbxTime(const FbxLongLong pTime=0){ mTime = pTime; }
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Time Modes and Protocols
-	  */
-    //@{
-		/** Time modes.
-		  * \remarks
-		  * EMode \c eNTSCDropFrame is used for broadcasting operations where 
-		  * clock time must be (almost) in sync with time code. To bring back color 
-		  * NTSC time code with clock time, this mode drops 2 frames per minute
-		  * except for every 10 minutes (00, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50). 108 frames are 
-		  * dropped per hour. Over 24 hours the error is 2 frames and 1/4 of a 
-		  * frame. A time-code of 01:00:03:18 equals a clock time of 01:00:00:00
-		  * 
-		  * \par
-		  * EMode \c eNTSCFullFrame represents a time address and therefore is NOT 
-		  * IN SYNC with clock time. A time code of 01:00:00:00 equals a clock time 
-		  * of 01:00:03:18.
-		  * 
-		  * - \e eDefaultMode		
-		  * - \e eFrames120			120 frames/s
-		  * - \e eFrames100			100 frames/s
-		  * - \e eFrames60          60 frames/s
-		  * - \e eFrames50          50 frames/s
-		  * - \e eFrames48          48 frame/s
-		  * - \e eFrames30          30 frames/s (black and white NTSC)
-		  * - \e eFrames30Drop		30 frames/s (use when display in frame is selected, equivalent to NTSC drop)
-		  * - \e eNTSCDropFrame		~29.97 frames/s drop color NTSC
-		  * - \e eNTSCFullFrame		~29.97 frames/s color NTSC
-		  * - \e ePAL				25 frames/s	PAL/SECAM
-		  * - \e eFrames24			24 frames/s Film/Cinema
-		  * - \e eFrames1000		1000 milli/s (use for date time)
-		  * - \e eFilmFullFrame		~23.976 frames/s
-		  * - \e eCustom            Custom frame rate value
-		  * - \e eFrames96			96 frames/s
-		  * - \e eFrames72			72 frames/s
-		  * - \e eFrames59dot94		~59.94 frames/s
-		  * - \e eModesCount		Number of time modes
-		  */
-		enum EMode
-		{
-			eDefaultMode,
-			eFrames120,
-			eFrames100,
-			eFrames60,
-			eFrames50,
-			eFrames48,
-			eFrames30,
-			eFrames30Drop,
-			eNTSCDropFrame,
-			eNTSCFullFrame,
-			ePAL,
-			eFrames24,
-			eFrames1000,
-			eFilmFullFrame,
-			eCustom,
-			eFrames96,
-			eFrames72,
-			eFrames59dot94,
-			eModesCount
-		};
-
-		/** Time protocols enumaration
-		  * - \e eSMPTE				SMPTE EProtocol
-		  * - \e eFrameCount		Frame count
-		  * - \e eDefaultProtocol	Default protocol (initialized to eFRAMES)
-		  */
-		enum EProtocol {eSMPTE, eFrameCount, eDefaultProtocol};
-
-		/** Set default time mode.
-		  * \param pTimeMode  Time mode identifier.
-		  * \param pFrameRate Custom framerate, only have effect in case of pTimeMode = FbxTime::eCustom
-		  * \remarks It is meaningless to set default time mode to \c eDefaultMode.
-		  */
-		static void SetGlobalTimeMode(EMode pTimeMode, double pFrameRate=0.0);
-
-		/** Get default time mode.
-		  * \return Currently set time mode identifier.
-		  * \remarks Default time mode initial value is eFrames30.
-		  */
-		static EMode GetGlobalTimeMode();
-
-		/** Set default time protocol.
-		  * \param pTimeProtocol Time protocol identifier.
-		  * \remarks It is meaningless to set default time protocol to \c eDefaultProtocol.
-		  */
-		static void SetGlobalTimeProtocol(EProtocol pTimeProtocol);
-
-		/** Get default time protocol.
-		  * \return Currently set time protocol identifier.
-		  * \remarks Default time protocol initial value is eSMPTE.
-		  */
-		static EProtocol GetGlobalTimeProtocol();
-
-		/** Get frame rate associated with time mode, in frames per second.
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return Frame rate value.
-		  */
-		static double GetFrameRate(EMode pTimeMode);
-
-		/** Get time mode associated with frame rate.
-		  * \param pFrameRate The frame rate value.
-		  * \param pPrecision The tolerance value.
-		  * \return The corresponding time mode identifier or \c eDefaultMode if no time 
-		  * mode associated to the given frame rate is found.
-		  */
-		static EMode ConvertFrameRateToTimeMode(double pFrameRate, double pPrecision=0.00000001);
-	//@}
-	
-	/**
-	  * \name Time Conversion
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Set time in internal format.
-		  * \param pTime Time value to set.
-		  */
-		inline void Set(FbxLongLong pTime){ mTime = pTime; }
-
-		/** Get time in internal format.
-		  * \return Time value.
-		  */
-		inline FbxLongLong Get() const { return mTime; }
-
-		/** Set time in milliseconds.
-		  * \param pMilliSeconds Time value to set.
-		  */
-		inline void SetMilliSeconds(FbxLongLong pMilliSeconds){ mTime = pMilliSeconds * FBXSDK_TC_MILLISECOND; }
-
-		/** Get time in milliseconds.
-		  * \return Time value.
-		  */
-		inline FbxLongLong GetMilliSeconds() const { return mTime / FBXSDK_TC_MILLISECOND; }
-
-		/** Set time in seconds.
-		  * \param pTime Time value to set.
-		  */
-		void SetSecondDouble(double pTime);
-
-		/** Get time in seconds.
-		  * \return Time value.
-		  */
-		double GetSecondDouble() const;
-
-		/** Set time in hour/minute/second/frame/field format.
-		  * \param pHour The hours value.
-		  * \param pMinute    The minutes value.
-		  * \param pSecond    The seconds value.
-		  * \param pFrame     The frames values.
-		  * \param pField     The field value.
-		  * \param pTimeMode  Time mode identifier.
-		  * \remarks Parameters pHour, pMinute, pSecond, pFrame and pField are summed together.
-		  * For example, it is possible to set the time to 83 seconds in the following
-		  * ways: SetTime(0,1,23) or SetTime(0,0,83).
-		  */
-		void SetTime(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, int pFrame=0, int pField=0, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode);
-
-		/** Set time in hour/minute/second/frame/field/residual format.
-		  * \param pHour The hours value.
-		  * \param pMinute       The minutes value.
-		  * \param pSecond       The seconds value.
-		  * \param pFrame        The frames values.
-		  * \param pField        The field value.
-		  * \param pResidual     The hundredths of frame value.
-		  * \param pTimeMode     Time mode identifier.
-		  * \remarks Parameters pHour, pMinute, pSecond, pFrame, pField and pResidual 
-		  * are summed together, just like above.
-		  * pResidual represents hundredths of frame, and won't necessarily
-		  * correspond to an exact internal value.
-		  *
-		  * \remarks The time mode can't have a default value, because
-		  *         otherwise SetTime(int, int, int, int, int, int)
-		  *         would be ambiguous. Please specify DEFAULT_MODE.
-		  */
-		void SetTime(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, int pFrame, int pField, int pResidual, EMode pTimeMode);
-
-		/** Get time in hour/minute/second/frame/field/residual format.
-		  * \param pHour       The returned hours value.
-		  * \param pMinute     The returned minutes value.
-		  * \param pSecond     The returned seconds value.
-		  * \param pFrame      The returned frames values.
-		  * \param pField      The returned field value.
-		  * \param pResidual   The returned hundredths of frame value.
-		  * \param pTimeMode   The time mode identifier which will dictate the extraction algorithm.
-		  * \return \c true if the pTimeMode parameter is a valid identifier and thus the extraction
-		  * succeeded. If the function returns \c false, all the values are set to 0.
-		  */
-		bool GetTime(int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField, int& pResidual, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode) const;
-
-		/** Snaps a time value to the time value associated with the nearest frame.
-		  * \param pRound  If \c true the return value is rounded to the nearest integer.
-		  * \return        The snapped time value.
-		  */
-		FbxTime	GetFramedTime(bool pRound=true) const;
-
-		/** Set time in frame format.
-		  * \param pFrames The number of frames.
-		  * \param pTimeMode The time mode identifier which will dictate the extraction algorithm.
-		  */
-		void SetFrame(FbxLongLong pFrames, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode);
-
-		/** Set time in frame format, including fractions.
-		  * \param pFrames The number of frames in decimal value.
-		  * \param pTimeMode The time mode identifier which will dictate the extraction algorithm.
-		  */
-		void SetFramePrecise(FbxDouble pFrames, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode);
-
-		/** Get number of hours in time.
-		  * \return Hours value.
-		  */
-		int GetHourCount() const;
-
-		/** Get number of minutes in time.
-		  * \return Minutes value.
-		  */
-		int GetMinuteCount() const;
-
-		/** Get number of seconds in time.
-		  * \return Seconds value.
-		  */
-		int GetSecondCount() const;
-
-		/** Get number of frames in time.
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return Integer value representing the frame count.
-		  */
-		FbxLongLong GetFrameCount(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode) const;
-
-		/** Get precise number of frames in time, including fractions.
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return Decimal value representing the frame count, including fractions.
-		  */
-		FbxDouble GetFrameCountPrecise(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode) const;
-
-		/** Get number of fields in time.
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return Fields value.
-		  */
-		FbxLongLong GetFieldCount(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode) const;
-
-		/** Get residual time exceeding last full field.
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return Residual value.
-		  */
-		int GetResidual(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode) const;
-
-		/** Test for Drop Frame mode
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return True if the pTimeMode is a Drop Frame mode.
-		  */
-		static bool IsDropFrame(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode);
-
-		/** Separator char between second and frame.
-		  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-		  * \return ';' is returned if pTimeMode is a DropFrame mode otherwise ':'.
-		  */
-		char GetFrameSeparator(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode) const;
-
-		/** Get time in a human readable format.
-		  * \param pTimeString An array large enough to contain a minimum of 19 characters.
-          * \param pTimeStringSize Size of the pTimeString buffer used with secure functions.
-		  * \param pInfo The amount of information if time protocol is \c eSMPTE:
-		  * <ul><li>1 means hours only
-		  *     <li>2 means hours and minutes
-		  *     <li>3 means hours, minutes and seconds
-		  *     <li>4 means hours, minutes, seconds and frames
-		  *     <li>5 means hours, minutes, seconds, frames and field
-		  *     <li>6 means hours, minutes, seconds, frames, field and residual value</ul>
-		  * \param pTimeMode Requested time mode.
-		  * \param pTimeFormat Requested time protocol.
-		  * \return pTimeString parameter filled with a time value or set to a empty string
-		  * if parameter pInfo is not valid.
-		  */
-		char* GetTimeString(char* pTimeString, const FbxUShort& pTimeStringSize, int pInfo=5, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode, EProtocol pTimeFormat=eDefaultProtocol) const;
-
-		enum EElement {eHours, eMinutes, eSeconds, eFrames, eField, eResidual};
-
-		/** Get the time in a human readable format.
-		* \param pStart The starting element type used to format the time string.
-		* \param pEnd The last element type used to format the time string.
-		* \param pTimeMode The time mode requested.
-		* \param pTimeFormat The time format requested.
-		* \return The human readable time string. */
-		FbxString GetTimeString(EElement pStart=eHours, EElement pEnd=eResidual, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode, EProtocol pTimeFormat=eDefaultProtocol) const;
-
-        /** Set time in a human readable format.
-		  * \param pTime An array of a maximum of 18 characters.
-		  * If time protocol is \c eSMPTE, pTimeString must be formatted this way:
-		  * "[hours:]minutes[:seconds[.frames[.fields]]]". Hours, minutes, seconds, 
-		  * frames and fields are parsed as integers and brackets indicate optional 
-		  * parts. 
-		  * If time protocol is \c eFRAME, pTimeString must be formatted this way:
-		  * "frames". Frames is parsed as a 64 bits integer.
-		  * \param pTimeMode   Given time mode.
-		  * \param pTimeFormat Given time protocol.
-		  * \return True if the set time string succeed, otherwise return false.
-		  */
-		bool SetTimeString(const char* pTime, EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode, EProtocol pTimeFormat=eDefaultProtocol);
-    //@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Time Operators
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Equality operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be compared.
-		  * \return \c true if equal, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator==(const FbxTime& pTime) const { return mTime == pTime.mTime; }
-
-		/** Inequality operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be compared.
-		  * \return \c true if unequal, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator!=(const FbxTime& pTime) const { return mTime != pTime.mTime; }
-
-		/** Superior or equal to operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be compared.
-		  * \return \c true if this FbxTime is superior or equal to the passed FbxTime, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator>=(const FbxTime& pTime) const { return mTime >= pTime.mTime; }
-
-		/** Inferior or equal to operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be compared.
-		  * \return \c true if this FbxTime is inferior or equal to the passed FbxTime, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator<=(const FbxTime& pTime) const { return mTime <= pTime.mTime; }
-
-		/** Superior to operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be compared.
-		  * \return \c true if this FbxTime is superior to the passed FbxTime, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator>(const FbxTime& pTime) const { return mTime > pTime.mTime; }
-
-		/** Inferior to operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be compared.
-		  * \return \c true if this FbxTime is inferior to the passed FbxTime, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator<(const FbxTime& pTime) const { return mTime < pTime.mTime; } 
-
-		/** Assignment operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be assigned.
-		  */
-		inline FbxTime& operator=(const FbxTime& pTime) { mTime = pTime.mTime; return *this; }
-
-		/** Addition operator.
-		  * \param  pTime The FbxTime to be added.
-		  * \return This FbxTime after addition.
-		  */
-		inline FbxTime& operator+=(const FbxTime& pTime) { mTime += pTime.mTime; return *this; }
-
-		/** Subtraction operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be subtracted.
-		  * \return This FbxTime after subtraction.
-		  */
-		inline FbxTime& operator-=(const FbxTime& pTime) { mTime -= pTime.mTime; return *this; }
-
-		/** Addition operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be added.
-		  * \return A temporary FbxTime after addition. 
-		  */
-		FbxTime operator+(const FbxTime& pTime) const;
-
-		/** Subtraction operator.
-		  * \param pTime The FbxTime to be subtracted.
-		  * \return A temporary FbxTime after subtraction. 
-		  */
-		FbxTime operator-(const FbxTime& pTime) const;
-
-		/** Multiplication operator.
-		  * \param Mult Multiply this FbxTime by int Mult.
-		  * \return A temporary FbxTime after multiplication. 
-		  */
-		FbxTime operator*(const int Mult) const;
-
-		/** Division operator.
-		  * \param pTime Divide this FbxTime by pTime.
-		  * \return A temporary FbxTime after division. 
-		  */
-		FbxTime operator/(const FbxTime& pTime) const;
-
-		/** Multiplication operator.
-		  * \param pTime Multiply this FbxTime by pTime.
-		  * \return A temporary FbxTime after multiplication. 
-		  */
-		FbxTime operator*(const FbxTime& pTime) const;
-/*
-		//! Increment time of one unit of the internal format (prefix form).
-		inline FbxTime& operator++() { mTime += 1; return (*this); }
-
-		//! Increment time of one unit of the internal format (postfix form).
-		inline const FbxTime operator++(int) { FbxTime lOld = *this; ++(*this); return lOld; }
-
-		//! Decrement time of one unit of the internal format (prefix form).
-		inline FbxTime& operator--() { mTime -= 1; return (*this); }
-
-		//! Decrement time of one unit of the internal format (postfix form).
-		inline const FbxTime operator--(int) { FbxTime lOld = *this; --(*this); return lOld; }*/
-	//@}
-
-	/** One frame value for a specified time mode.
-	  * \param pTimeMode Time mode identifier.
-	  * \return the time code of a one frame.
-	  */
-	static FbxLongLong GetOneFrameValue(EMode pTimeMode=eDefaultMode);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	// Keep compatibility with old fbx format
-	enum EOldMode
-	{
-		eOLD_DEFAULT_MODE,		//Default mode set using FbxTime::SetGlobalTimeMode(EMode pTimeMode)
-		eOLD_CINEMA,			//24 frameOLD_s/s
-		eOLD_PAL,				//25 frameOLD_s/s	 PAL/SECAM
-		eOLD_FRAMES30,			//30 frameOLD_s/s	 BLACK & WHITE NTSC
-		eOLD_NTSC_DROP_FRAME,   //29.97002617 frameOLD_s/s COLOR NTSC
-		eOLD_FRAMES50,			//50 frameOLD_s/s
-		eOLD_FRAMES60,			//60 frameOLD_s/s
-		eOLD_FRAMES100,			//100 frameOLD_s/s
-		eOLD_FRAMES120,			//120 frameOLD_s/s
-		eOLD_NTSC_FULL_FRAME,	//29.97002617 frameOLD_s/s COLOR NTSC
-		eOLD_FRAMES30_DROP,		//30 frameOLD_s/s
-		eOLD_FRAMES1000			//1000 frameOLD_s/s
-	};
-
-private:
-	FbxLongLong					mTime; //In 1 / 46,186,158,000 Seconds
-
-	static EMode				gsGlobalTimeMode;
-	static EProtocol			gsGlobalTimeProtocol;
-	static FbxTimeModeObject*	gsTimeObject;
-
-	void InternalSetTime(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField, EMode pTimeMode);
-
-    friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EMode		FbxGetGlobalTimeMode();
-	friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxTimeModeObject*	FbxGetGlobalTimeModeObject();
-    friend FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EProtocol	FbxGetGlobalTimeFormat();
-	friend FBXSDK_DLL void					FbxSetGlobalTimeMode(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode, double pFrameRate);
-    friend FBXSDK_DLL void					FbxSetGlobalTimeFormat(FbxTime::EProtocol pTimeFormat);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-/** FbxTime in seconds constructor.
-  * \param pTime 
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL inline FbxTime FbxTimeSeconds(const FbxDouble& pTime=0.0)
-{
-	FbxTime lTime;
-	lTime.SetSecondDouble(pTime);
-	return lTime;
-}
-
-/** Class to encapsulate time intervals.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * \see FbxTime 
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxTimeSpan
-{
-public:
-	//! Constructor.
-	FbxTimeSpan() {}
-
-	/** Constructor.
-	  * \param pStart Beginning of the time interval.
-	  * \param pStop  Ending of the time interval.
-	  */
-	FbxTimeSpan(FbxTime pStart, FbxTime pStop){ mStart = pStart; mStop = pStop; }
-
-	/** Set start and stop time.
-	  * \param pStart Beginning of the time interval.
-	  * \param pStop  Ending of the time interval.
-	  */
-	inline void Set(FbxTime pStart, FbxTime pStop){ mStart = pStart; mStop = pStop; }
-
-	/** Set start time.
-	  * \param pStart Beginning of the time interval.
-	  */
-	inline void SetStart(FbxTime pStart){ mStart = pStart; }
-
-	/** Set stop time.
-	  * \param pStop  Ending of the time interval.
-	  */
-	inline void SetStop(FbxTime pStop){ mStop = pStop; }
-
-	/** Get start time.
-	  * \return Beginning of time interval.
-	  */
-	inline FbxTime GetStart() const { return mStart; }
-
-	/** Get stop time.
-	  * \return Ending of time interval.
-	  */
-	inline FbxTime GetStop() const { return mStop; }
-
-	/** Get time interval in absolute value.
-	  * \return Time interval.
-	  */
-	inline FbxTime GetDuration() const { if( mStop > mStart ) return mStop - mStart; else return mStart - mStop; }
-
-	/** Get time interval.
-	  * \return Signed time interval.
-	  */
-	inline FbxTime GetSignedDuration() const { return mStop - mStart; }
-
-	/** Get direction of the time interval.
-	  * \return \c FBXSDK_TIME_FORWARD if time interval is forward, \c FBXSDK_TIME_BACKWARD if backward.
-	  */
-	inline int GetDirection() const { if( mStop >= mStart ) return FBXSDK_TIME_FORWARD; else return FBXSDK_TIME_BACKWARD; }
-
-	/** Return \c true if the time is inside the timespan.
-	  * \param pTime Judge whether pTime is inside the timespan.
-	  * \return \c True if is, \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool IsInside(FbxTime pTime) const;
-
-	/** Return the intersection of the two time spans.
-	  * \param pTime 
-	  * \return The intersection of pTime and this FbxTimeSpan.
-	  */
-	FbxTimeSpan Intersect(const FbxTimeSpan& pTime) const;
-
-	/** Inequality operator.
-	  * \param pTime FbxTimeSpan compared with this one.
-	  * \return \c True if unequal, \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool operator!=(const FbxTimeSpan& pTime) const;
-
-	/** Equality operator.
-	  * \param pTime FbxTimeSpan compared with this one.
-	  * \return \c True if equal, \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool operator==(const FbxTimeSpan& pTime) const;
-
-	/** Unite with another FbxTimeSpan
-	  * \param pSpan The FbxTimeSpan
-	  * \param pDirection FBXSDK_TIME_FORWARD or FBXSDK_TIME_BACKWARD
-	  * \remarks This function assumes both of the FbxTimeSpan objects are in the same direction.
-	  * Use FBXSDK_TIME_FORWARD when start < stop in both timespan
-	  * Use FBXSDK_TIME_BACKWARD when start > stop in both timespan
-	  */
-	void UnionAssignment(const FbxTimeSpan& pSpan, int pDirection=FBXSDK_TIME_FORWARD);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	FbxTime mStart;
-	FbxTime mStop;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxLocalTime
-{
-public:
-	FbxLocalTime();
-
-	int mYear;
-	int mMonth;
-	int mDay;
-	int mHour;
-	int mMinute;
-	int mSecond;
-	int mMillisecond;
-};
-
-FBXSDK_DLL void					FbxGetCurrentLocalTime(FbxLocalTime& pLocalTime);
-
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EMode		FbxGetGlobalTimeMode();
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTimeModeObject*	FbxGetGlobalTimeModeObject();
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EProtocol	FbxGetGlobalTimeFormat();
-FBXSDK_DLL void					FbxSetGlobalTimeMode(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode, double pFrameRate=0.0);
-FBXSDK_DLL void					FbxSetGlobalTimeFormat(FbxTime::EProtocol pTimeFormat);
-
-// Use those functions to keep the compatibility with old time mode since we added new time mode.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EOldMode		FbxGetOldTimeModeCorrespondance(FbxTime::EMode pMode);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EMode		FbxGetTimeModeFromOldValue(FbxTime::EOldMode pOldMode);
-
-// We now store the framerate instead of the time mode.
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EMode		FbxGetTimeModeFromFrameRate(char* pFrameRate);
-FBXSDK_DLL void					FbxGetControlStringList(char* pControlString, FbxTime::EProtocol pTimeFormat);
-FBXSDK_DLL const char*			FbxGetGlobalFrameRateString(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode);
-FBXSDK_DLL const char*			FbxGetGlobalTimeModeString(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode);
-FBXSDK_DLL double				FbxGetFrameRate(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode);
-
-// Time format
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EProtocol	FbxSelectionToTimeFormat(int pSelection);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxTime::EMode		FbxSelectionToTimeMode(int pSelection);
-FBXSDK_DLL int					FbxTimeToSelection(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode=FbxTime::eDefaultMode, int pTimeFormat=FbxTime::eDefaultProtocol);
-FBXSDK_DLL const char*			FbxGetTimeModeName(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode);
-FBXSDK_DLL int					FbxGetFrameRateStringListIndex(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode);
-FBXSDK_DLL bool					FbxIsValidCustomFrameRate(double pFramerate);
-FBXSDK_DLL bool					FbxGetNearestCustomFrameRate(double pFramerate, double& pNearestRate);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_TIME_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxtimecode.h

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxtimecode.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_TIMECODE_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_TIMECODE_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#define FBXSDK_TC_ZERO					FBXSDK_LONGLONG(0)  
-#define FBXSDK_TC_EPSILON				FBXSDK_LONGLONG(1)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MINFINITY				FBXSDK_LONGLONG(-0x7fffffffffffffff)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_INFINITY				FBXSDK_LONGLONG(0x7fffffffffffffff)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_FIX_DEN				FBXSDK_LONGLONG(100000000)
-
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MILLISECOND			FBXSDK_LONGLONG(46186158)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_SECOND				FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MILLISECOND*1000)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MINUTE				FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND*60)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_HOUR					FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MINUTE*60)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_DAY					FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_HOUR*24)
-
-// Frame @ 30 Hz
-#define FBXSDK_TC_NTSC_FIELD			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/30/2)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_NTSC_FRAME			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/30)
-
-// Frame @ 29.9700299700 Hz
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FIELD			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME/2)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/30*1001/1000)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_2_FRAMES		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*2)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_30_FRAMES		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*30)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1798_FRAMES		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*1798)		// leap minute
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1800_FRAMES		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*1800)		// ~1 minute
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_17982_FRAMES	FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*17982)	// ~10 minutes
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_107892_FRAMES	FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*107892)	// ~1 hour
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_108000_FRAMES	FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*108000)
-
-// For 29.9700299700 non-drop, btw : same values as with 23.976
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1_SECOND		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_FRAME*30)		// 1 frame * 30
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1_MINUTE		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1_SECOND*60)	// 1 minute (1800 frames)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1_HOUR			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_1_SECOND*3600)	// 1 hour
-
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_NUM				FbxULong(FBXSDK_TC_FIX_DEN*1000*30/1001)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MNTSC_DEN				FBXSDK_TC_FIX_DEN
-
-// Frame @ 25 Hz
-#define FBXSDK_TC_PAL_FIELD				FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/25/2)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_PAL_FRAME				FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/25)
-
-// Frame @ 24 Hz
-#define FBXSDK_TC_FILM_FRAME			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/24)
-
-// Frame @ 23.9760239760 Hz
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_FIELD			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_FRAME/2)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_FRAME			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_SECOND/24*1001/1000)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_1_SECOND		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_FRAME*24)		// 1 frame * 24   
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_1_MINUTE		FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_1_SECOND*60)	// 1 minute (1440 frames)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_1_HOUR			FbxLongLong(FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_1_SECOND*3600)	// 1 hour
-
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_NUM				FbxULong(FBXSDK_TC_FIX_DEN*1000*24/1001)
-#define FBXSDK_TC_MFILM_DEN				FBXSDK_TC_FIX_DEN
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#define FBXSDK_TC_REM(quot, num, den)		((quot) = (num) / (den), (quot) * (den))
-#define FBXSDK_TC_HOUR_REM(quot, num, den)	((quot) = ((num - (-FbxLongLong(num < 0) & (den - 1))) / (den)), (quot) * (den))
-
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSeconds(FbxLongLong pTime);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCMinutes(FbxLongLong pTime);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCHours(FbxLongLong pTime);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetRate(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, FbxLongLong pPeriod);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetRate(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, FbxLongLong pPeriod);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetNTSC(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetNTSC(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetMNTSCnd(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetMNTSCnd(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetMNTSC_2Xnd(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetMNTSC_2Xnd(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetMNTSC(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetMNTSC(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetPAL(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetPAL(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetFILM(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetFILM(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCSetFILMND(int pHour, int pMinute, int pSecond, FbxLongLong pFrame, int pField);
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxTCGetFILMND(FbxLongLong pTime, int& pHour, int& pMinute, int& pSecond, int& pFrame, int& pField);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_TIMECODE_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/base/fbxutils.h

@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxutils.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_UTILITIES_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_UTILITIES_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstatus.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	/** Retrieve the environment variable value.
-	* \return A new string containing the environment variable value. */
-	FBXSDK_DLL FbxString FbxGetEnv(const char* pEnvVar);
-
-	/** Get the application directory
-	* \return The application directory. */
-	FBXSDK_DLL FbxString FbxGetApplicationDirectory();
-#endif
-
-/** Retrieve the system temporary folder path name.
-* \return A new string containing the system temporary folder path name. */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString FbxGetSystemTempPath();
-
-/** Override the system temporary folder path name.
-  * \param pPathUTF8 The system temporary folder to use for override.
-  * \return True if the system temporary folder path has been set and False otherwise.
-  * \remark The system temporary folder is limited to _MAX_PATH characters. Trying to set
-  * a longer value will fail and the current system temporary folder path is left unchanged.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL bool FbxSetSystemTempPath(const char* pPathUTF8);
-
-/** Retrieve the working directory of the system in UTF8 format.
-* \return A string that contain the current working directory of the system. */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxString FbxGetCurrentWorkPath();
-
-/** Change the working directory of the system. */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxSetCurrentWorkPath(const char* pPath_UTF8);
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPathUtils
-{
-public:
-	/** Bind together a root path with a file path.
-	  * \param pRootPath The root path that will get binded to the file path.
-	  * \param pFilePath The file path to bind to the root path.
-	  * \param pCleanPath If true, the resulting path will be cleaned via FbxPathUtils::Clean().
-	  * \return Both paths binded together forming a new file path.
-	  * \remark If the file path is already a full valid path, pFilePath is returned.
-	  */
-	static FbxString Bind(const char* pRootPath, const char* pFilePath, bool pCleanPath=true);
-
-	/** Extract the folder name from the given file path.
-	  * \param pFilePath The given file path.
-	  * \return The folder name. If there isn't any '\\' or '/' in  the given file path, it will return pFilePath.
-	  */
-	static FbxString GetFolderName(const char* pFilePath);
-
-	/** Extract file name from the given file path.
-	  * \param pFilePath The given file path.
-	  * \param pWithExtension Decide the file name with extension or without extension.
-	  * If it is true, return the file name with extension;
-	  * if it is false, return the file name without extension.
-	  */
-	static FbxString GetFileName(const char* pFilePath, bool pWithExtension=true);
-
-	/** Extract the file extension in the given file path.
-	  * \param pFilePath The file path to extract the extension.
-	  * \return The file extension without the '.' character.
-	  * \remark Return empty string if the file path doesn't contain a valid extension.
-	  */
-	static FbxString GetExtensionName(const char* pFilePath);
-
-	/** Change or append a file extension to the specified file path.
-	  * \param pFilePath The file path to change the file extension
-	  * \param pExtension The extension to change or append to the file path.
-	  * \return The file path with the file extension changed/added.
-	  * \remark If the file path doesn't end with a valid file name, pFilePath is returned.
-	  */
-	static FbxString ChangeExtension(const char* pFilePath, const char* pExtension);
-
-	//! Test if the given path is relative path, if it is return true.
-	static bool IsRelative(const char* pPath);
-
-	/** Get the given new path's relative path to the given root path.
-	  * \param pRootPath The given root path
-	  * \param pNewPath The given new path. If it is only file name, the default directory is work directory.
-	  * \return The relative path.
-	  * \remarks If the given two paths have the same drive, the function will turn  '\\' in the relative path to  '/'.
-	  */
-	static FbxString GetRelativePath(const char* pRootPath, const char* pNewPath);
-
-	//! Get the given new path's relative path to the given root path.
-	static FbxString GetRelativeFilePath(const char* pRootPath, const char* pNewFilePath);
-
-	/** Get the full path of given path (if the given path is relative path,
-	  * it will take current directory as default root path.)
-	  */
-	static FbxString Resolve(const char* pRelPath);
-
-	//! Clean the redundant and useless denotations in given path name.
-	static FbxString Clean(const char* pPath);
-
-	/** Generate full safe file path name you can use to create new file.
-	  * \param pFolder The folder where the file name should be attempted to be created.
-	  * \param pPrefix The prefix of generated file name.
-	  * \return A valid file path that can safely be used to create a new file.
-	  */
-	static FbxString GenerateFileName(const char* pFolder, const char* pPrefix);
-
-	/** Verify if the specified folder path exist.
-	* \param pFolderPathUTF8 The folder path to test its existance.
-	* \return True if the folder path exist, false otherwise.
-	* \remark This function work for relative paths. It will search from the current work path. */
-	static bool Exist(const char* pFolderPathUTF8);
-
-	/** Create the specified folder path if it doesn't exist.
-	* \param pFolderPathUTF8 The folder path to create, in UTF8 encoding.
-	* \return True if folder path already exist, or if it was successfully created, false otherwise.
-	* \remark This function will create multiple folders if needed, and it also work for relative paths. */
-	static bool Create(const char* pFolderPathUTF8);
-
-	/** Delete the specified folder path and all its content recursively.
-	* \param pFolderPathUTF8 The folder path to delete, in UTF8 encoding.
-	* \return True if folder path was successfully deleted, false otherwise.
-	* \remark This function work for relative paths. It will search from the current work path. */
-	static bool Delete(const char* pFolderPathUTF8);
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	/** Verify if the folder contains items or not.
-	* \param pFolderPath_UTF8 The folder path to test if it contains items.
-	* \return True if the folder contain any kind of entry type. */
-	static bool IsEmpty(const char* pFolderPath_UTF8);
-#endif
-};
-
-/** Global accessor to an FbxStatus object.
-* This object is not used internally by the FBX SDK. It is provided for convenience and its usage is shown in the custom reader/writers samples. */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxStatusGlobal
-{
-public:
-	static FbxStatus& GetRef() 
-	{ 
-		if( !mStatusPtr )
-		{ 
-			mStatusPtr = FbxNew<FbxStatus>(); 
-		} 
-		return *mStatusPtr; 
-	}
-
-private:
-	FbxStatusGlobal(){ mStatusPtr = NULL; }
-	~FbxStatusGlobal(){ FbxDelete<FbxStatus>(mStatusPtr); }
-	static FbxStatusGlobal sgFbxStatusGlobal;
-	static FbxStatus* mStatusPtr;
-};
-
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_BASE_UTILITIES_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxclassid.h

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxclassid.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_CLASSID_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_CLASSID_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxClassIdInfo;
-class FbxObject;
-class FbxPropertyHandle;
-class FbxManager;
-
-//! The function pointer type for object constructor functions.
-typedef FbxObject* (*FbxObjectCreateProc)(FbxManager& pManager, const char* pName, const FbxObject* pFrom);
-
-/** Internal class used to differentiate objects during run-time. Essentially, each class has an unique ClassId, that the
-* system can request in order to test if the class match the description. This class implement the necessary tools to be able
-* to perform hierarchic class testing. This means that a class B that inherits from the class A will answer yes to a "Is A"
-* query of type A or B, but will answer no to a class C that can still inherit from A. All class must inherit from FbxObject
-* before they can have their own ClassId. When using the standard macros to create new types of objects in the FBX SDK, a
-* static ClassId will automatically be generated for that new class.
-*
-* When objects are exported to an FBX file, their class type is maintained using 3 sort of strings. They are the Object Type
-* string, the Object Sub Type string and the Object Type Prefix. There is no good or bad way to choose the value of these
-* identifiers, but it is preferable to use meaningful values to keep the ASCII version of FBX readable and easy to understand.
-* \see FbxObject */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxClassId
-{
-public:
-	//! Constructor.
-	FbxClassId();
-
-	/** Advanced constructor were we can specify the general parameters for this ClassId.
-	* \param pClassName The name of the class represented.
-	* \param pParentClassId The parent ClassId of this class.
-	* \param pConstructor A function pointer to a construction method for this ClassId.
-	* \param pFBXType The FBX file Object Type string associated to this class.
-	* \param pFBXSubType The FBX file Object Sub Type string associated to this class. */
-	FbxClassId(const char* pClassName, const FbxClassId& pParentClassId, FbxObjectCreateProc pConstructor=0, const char* pFBXType=NULL, const char* pFBXSubType=NULL);
-
-	//! Destructor.
-	void Destroy();
-
-	/** Retrieve the class name.
-	* \return The class identification string name. */
-	const char* GetName() const;
-
-    /** Retrieve the parent ClassId.
-	* \return The parent ClassId. */
-	FbxClassId GetParent() const;
-
-	/** Create an instance of this class.
-	* \param pManager The FBX SDK Manager to be used to instantiate this object. This allow the object to use the same memory manager as the provided manager.
-	* \param pName The name to assign to this new object instance.
-	* \param pFrom An object to clone if it matches the same ClassId. This is an optional parameter.
-	* \return The newly created instance of this class. */
-	FbxObject* Create(FbxManager& pManager, const char* pName, const FbxObject* pFrom);
-
-	/** Override the function pointer method to construct this object.
-	* \param pConstructor A newly defined function pointer to a construction method to replace the existing one.
-	* \return True if the operation was successful. */
-	bool Override(FbxObjectCreateProc pConstructor);
-
-	/** Test if this class is a hierarchical children of the specified class type. This is the standard method to differentiate object classes.
-	* \param pId The class type to test against self.
-	* \return True if the object is a hierarchical children of the type specified.
-	* \remark This function will perform a complete search until it reaches the top level class, but it will stop as soon as one ClassId matches the test. */
-	bool Is(const FbxClassId& pId) const;
-
-	/** Equivalence operator.
-	* \param pClassId The class type to test against self.
-	* \return \c true if the ClassId is exactly the same, \c false otherwise.
-	* \remark This function only perform direct equality test, and doesn't test hierarchic children. */
-	bool operator==(const FbxClassId& pClassId) const;
-
-	/** Inequivalence operator.
-	* \param pClassId The class type to test against self.
-	* \return \c true if the ClassId is not the same, \c false otherwise.
-	* \remark This function only perform direct inequality test, and doesn't test hierarchic children. */
-	bool operator!=(const FbxClassId& pClassId) const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the FBX file Object Type string associated to this class.
-	* \param pAskParent If \c true, retrieve the parent ClassId, but only if self ClassId is not valid.
-	* \return The FBX file Object Type string associated to this class. */
-	const char* GetFbxFileTypeName(bool pAskParent=false) const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the FBX file Object Sub Type string associated to this class.
-	* \return The FBX file Object Sub Type string associated to this class. */
-	const char* GetFbxFileSubTypeName() const;
-
-	/** Find out if self ClassId is valid or not.
-	* \return \c true if self ClassId is valid, \c false otherwise. */
-	inline bool IsValid() const { return mClassInfo ? true : false; }
-    
-	/** Set the Object Type Prefix string associated to this class. This will change the "ObjectTypePrefix::" found in front
-	* of object name in the FBX file. This is useful to differentiate objects by their name without using the Object Type or
-	* Sub Type strings in the file.
-	* \param pObjectTypePrefix The Object Type prefix string. */
-	void SetObjectTypePrefix(const char* pObjectTypePrefix);
-
-	/** Retrieve the Object Type Prefix string associated to this class.
-	* \return The Object Type Prefix string. */
-	const char* GetObjectTypePrefix();
-   
-	/** Retrieve the root property handle of this class. This is useful to access the default property hierarchy for this
-	* class. This allow users to retrieve information such as the default value for all properties of this class.
-	* \return The root property handle for this class. */
-	FbxPropertyHandle* GetRootClassDefaultPropertyHandle();
-
-	/** Increase the instance reference count for this class type.
-	* \return the new count of reference to this class after increment. */
-	int ClassInstanceIncRef();
-
-	/** Decrease the instance reference count for this class type.
-	* \return the new count of reference to this class after decrement. */
-	int ClassInstanceDecRef();
-	 
-	/** Retrieve the instance reference count for this class type.
-	* \return The reference count of this class type. */
-	int GetInstanceRef();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	inline FbxClassIdInfo* GetClassIdInfo() { return mClassInfo; }
-    inline const FbxClassIdInfo* GetClassIdInfo() const { return mClassInfo; }
-
-private:
-	FbxClassId(FbxClassIdInfo* mClassInfo);
-
-	bool SetFbxFileTypeName(const char* pName);
-	bool SetFbxFileSubTypeName(const char* pName);
-
-	FbxClassIdInfo* mClassInfo;
-
-	friend class FbxManager;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Functor to compare FbxClassId
-struct FbxClassIdCompare
-{
-	inline int operator()(const FbxClassId& pKeyA, const FbxClassId& pKeyB) const
-	{
-		const FbxClassIdInfo* lKeyA = pKeyA.GetClassIdInfo();
-		const FbxClassIdInfo* lKeyB = pKeyB.GetClassIdInfo();
-		return lKeyA < lKeyB ? -1 : (lKeyA > lKeyB ? 1 : 0);
-	}
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_CLASSID_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxconnectionpoint.h

@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxconnectionpoint.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_CONNECTION_POINT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_CONNECTION_POINT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxConnection
-{
-public:
-	enum EType
-	{ 
-		eNone = 0,
-		// System or user
-		eSystem = 1 << 0,
-		eUser = 1 << 1,
-		eSystemOrUser = eUser | eSystem,
-		// Type of Link
-		eReference = 1 << 2,
-		eContains = 1 << 3,
-		eData = 1 << 4,
-		eLinkType = eReference | eContains | eData,
-		eDefault = eUser | eReference,
-		eUnidirectional = 1 << 7
-	};
-};
-
-class FbxConnectionPointFilter;
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxConnectionPoint
-{
-public:
-	enum EDirection
-	{ 
-		eDirSrc = 1 << 0,	// Contains sources
-		eDirDst = 1 << 1,	// Contains destinations
-		eDirUni = 1 << 2,	// Connection is not 2 ways
-		eDirBoth = eDirSrc | eDirDst,
-		eDirMask = eDirSrc | eDirDst | eDirUni
-	};
-
-	enum EType
-	{
-		eStandard = 0,
-		eSubConnection = 1 << 3,		// Connect is a sub Connect of another
-		eTypeMask = eSubConnection
-	}; 
-
-	enum EAttribute
-	{
-		eDefault = 0,
-		eCache = 1 << 4,			
-		eAttributeMask = eCache
-	}; 
-
-	enum EAllocFlag
-	{
-		eNotAllocated = 0,
-		eAllocated = 1 << 5,
-		eAllocFlagMask = eAllocated
-	};
-
-	enum ECleanedFlag
-	{
-		eNotCleaned = 0,
-		eCleaned = 1 << 6,
-		eCleanedFlagMask = eCleaned
-	};
-
-	enum EEvent
-	{
-		eSrcConnectRequest,
-		eDstConnectRequest,
-		eSrcConnect,
-		eDstConnect,
-		eSrcConnected,
-		eDstConnected,
-		eSrcDisconnect,
-		eDstDisconnect,
-		eSrcDisconnected,
-		eDstDisconnected,
-		eSrcReplaceBegin,
-		eSrcReplaceEnd,
-		eDstReplaceBegin,
-		eDstReplaceEnd,
-		eSrcReorder,
-		eSrcReordered
-	};
-
-	// Constructor/Destructor	
-	FbxConnectionPoint(void* pData=0);
-	virtual ~FbxConnectionPoint();
-
-	void SetFilter(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pConnectFilter, EType pType=eStandard);
-	void InternalClear();
-
-	//! Clear the ConnectList without any regards to what is connected
-	void WipeConnectionList();
-	void Destroy();
-	void SubConnectRemoveAll();
-
-	inline FbxConnectionPoint*			GetSubOwnerConnect(){ return GetConnectType() == eSubConnection ? mOwner : NULL; }
-	inline FbxConnectionPointFilter*	GetFilter(){ return mFilter; }
-
-	virtual bool		IsInReplace(FbxConnectionPoint* p1, FbxConnectionPoint* p2);
-
-	inline void			SetConnectType(EType pType){ mFlags = (mFlags & ~eTypeMask) | pType; }
-	inline EType		GetConnectType(){ return EType(mFlags & eTypeMask); }
-	inline void			SetDirection(int pDirections){ mFlags = (mFlags & ~eDirMask) | pDirections; }
-	inline EDirection	GetDirection(){ return EDirection(mFlags & eDirMask); }
-	inline void			SetAttribute(int pAttributes){ mFlags = (mFlags & ~eAttributeMask) | pAttributes; }
-	inline EAttribute	GetAttribute(){ return EAttribute(mFlags & eAttributeMask); }
-	inline void			SetAllocatedFlag(bool pBool){ mFlags = ( pBool ) ? mFlags | eAllocated : mFlags & ~eAllocFlagMask; }
-	inline bool			GetAllocatedFlag(){ return ( mFlags & eAllocFlagMask ) ? true : false; }
-	inline void			SetCleanedFlag(bool pBool){ mFlags = ( pBool ) ? mFlags | eCleaned : mFlags & ~eCleanedFlagMask; }
-	inline bool			GetCleanedFlag(){ return ( mFlags & eCleanedFlagMask ) ? true : false; }		
-
-	bool				IsValidSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-	bool				IsValidDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-	bool				IsValidSrcConnection(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType);
-	bool				IsValidDstConnection(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType);
-	bool				RequestValidSrcConnection(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType );
-	bool				RequestValidDstConnection(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType );
-
-	bool				ConnectSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc,FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType=FbxConnection::eNone);
-	bool				ConnectDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pDst,FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType=FbxConnection::eNone);
-	bool				ConnectSrcAt(int pDst_SrcIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType=FbxConnection::eNone);
-	bool				ConnectDstAt(int pSrc_DstIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType=FbxConnection::eNone);
-	static bool			ConnectConnect(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc,FbxConnectionPoint* pDst,FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType);
-	static bool			ConnectAt(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc, int pSrc_DstIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst, int pDst_SrcIndex, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType);
-
-	bool				DisconnectDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc);
-	bool				DisconnectSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc);
-	void				DisconnectAllSrc();
-	void				DisconnectAllDst();
-	static bool			DisconnectConnect(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc,FbxConnectionPoint* pDst);
-	bool				DisconnectDstAt(int pIndex);
-	bool				DisconnectSrcAt(int pIndex);
-
-	bool				ReplaceInDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pDstOld, FbxConnectionPoint* pDstNew, int pIndexInNew);
-	bool				ReplaceInSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrcOld, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrcNew, int pIndexInNew);
-	bool				ReplaceDstAt(int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst);
-	bool				ReplaceSrcAt(int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc);
-	bool				SwapSrc(int pIndexA, int pIndexB);
-
-	/** Change the position of a source Connect.
-	* \param pIndex	Position of the Connect to move.
-	* \param pAtIndex	Position where to move the Connect.
-	* \return			\c True if the Connect was moved.
-	* \remarks After the move, the Connect will be precisely at position pAtIndex.
-	*/
-	bool MoveSrcAt(int pIndex, int pAtIndex);
-
-	/** Change the position of a source Connect.
-	* \param pSrc		Connect to move.
-	* \param pAtSrc	Connect at which position to move.
-	* \return			\c True if the Connect was moved.
-	* \remarks After the move, the Connect will be precisely at the position where pAtSrc was before the move.
-	*/
-	bool MoveSrcAt(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc, FbxConnectionPoint* pAtSrc);
-
-	// Access services
-	bool IsConnectedSrc(FbxConnectionPoint*);
-	bool IsConnectedDst(FbxConnectionPoint*);
-	inline bool IsConnected(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect) { return IsConnectedSrc(pConnect) || IsConnectedDst(pConnect); }
-
-	inline int					GetSrcCount() const { return mConnectionList.GetSrcCount(); }
-	inline FbxConnectionPoint*	GetSrc(int pIndex) const { return mConnectionList.GetSrc(pIndex);}
-	inline FbxConnection::EType	GetSrcType(int pIndex) const { return mConnectionList.GetSrcType(pIndex);}
-	inline int					GetDstCount() const { return mConnectionList.GetDstCount(); }
-	inline FbxConnectionPoint*	GetDst(int pIndex) const { return mConnectionList.GetDst(pIndex);}
-	inline FbxConnection::EType	GetDstType(int pIndex) const { return mConnectionList.GetDstType(pIndex);}
-
-	inline int					FindSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect){ return mConnectionList.FindSrc(pConnect); }
-	inline int					FindDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect){ return mConnectionList.FindDst(pConnect); }
-
-	// Filtered versions	
-	inline int					GetSrcCount(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter){ return (pFilter) ? SubConnectGetOrCreate(pFilter)->GetSrcCount() : GetSrcCount(); }
-	inline FbxConnectionPoint*	GetSrc(int pIndex,FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter){ return (pFilter) ? SubConnectGetOrCreate(pFilter)->GetSrc(pIndex) : GetSrc(pIndex); }
-	inline FbxConnection::EType	GetSrcType(int pIndex,FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter){ return (pFilter) ? SubConnectGetOrCreate(pFilter)->GetSrcType(pIndex) : GetSrcType(pIndex); }
-	inline int					GetDstCount(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter){ return (pFilter) ? SubConnectGetOrCreate(pFilter)->GetDstCount() : GetDstCount(); }
-	inline FbxConnectionPoint*	GetDst(int pIndex,FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter){ return (pFilter) ? SubConnectGetOrCreate(pFilter)->GetDst(pIndex): GetDst(pIndex); }
-	inline FbxConnection::EType	GetDstType(int pIndex,FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter){ return (pFilter) ? SubConnectGetOrCreate(pFilter)->GetDstType(pIndex) : GetDstType(pIndex); }
-
-	void* GetData(){ return mData; }
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-protected:
-	class ConnectionList
-	{
-	public:
-		ConnectionList();
-		~ConnectionList();
-
-		void					Clear();
-
-		void					InsertSrcAt(int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pType);
-		void					AddSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pType);
-		void					RemoveSrcAt(int pIndex);
-		int						FindSrc(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect) const;
-		int						GetSrcCount() const; 
-		FbxConnectionPoint*		GetSrc(int pIndex) const;
-		FbxConnection::EType	GetSrcType(int pIndex) const;
-
-		void					InsertDstAt(int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pType);
-		void					AddDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pType);
-		void					RemoveDstAt(int pIndex);
-		int						FindDst(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect) const;
-		int						GetDstCount() const;
-		FbxConnectionPoint*		GetDst(int pIndex) const;
-		FbxConnection::EType	GetDstType(int pIndex) const;
-
-	protected:
-		struct Connection {
-			Connection(FbxConnectionPoint* pPoint, FbxConnection::EType pType) : mPoint(pPoint), mType(pType){}
-			FbxConnectionPoint* mPoint; FbxConnection::EType mType;
-		};
-		FbxArray<Connection>	mSrcList;
-		FbxArray<Connection>	mDstList;
-	};
-
-	void				SubConnectAdd(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-	void				SubConnectRemove(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-	FbxConnectionPoint* SubConnectFind(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter);
-	FbxConnectionPoint* SubConnectGetOrCreate(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter);
-	void				SubConnectFill(FbxConnectionPoint*	pConnect);
-
-	virtual	bool		ConnectNotify(EEvent pAction, FbxConnectionPoint* pThis, int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect=NULL, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType=FbxConnection::eNone, FbxConnectionPoint* pNewConnect=NULL);
-	virtual void		ConnectCleanUp(FbxConnectionPoint* pThis);
-
-	int					FindSrcIndexFromOwnerConnectIndex(FbxConnectionPoint* pOwner, int pOwnerIndex);
-	int					FindDstIndexFromOwnerConnectIndex(FbxConnectionPoint* pOwner, int pOwnerIndex);
-
-	bool				InternalMoveSrcBefore(int pIndex, int pBeforeIndex);
-
-private:
-	inline void			InsertSrcAt(int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType){ mConnectionList.InsertSrcAt(pIndex, pConnect, pConnectionType); }
-	inline void			InsertDstAt(int pIndex, FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType){ mConnectionList.InsertDstAt(pIndex, pConnect, pConnectionType); }
-	inline void			RemoveSrcAt(int pIndex){ mConnectionList.RemoveSrcAt(pIndex); }
-	inline void			RemoveDstAt(int pIndex){ mConnectionList.RemoveDstAt(pIndex); }    	
-
-	static bool			InternalConnectBefore(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc_BeforeDst, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst_BeforeSrc, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType);
-	static bool			UserConnectBefore(FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc_BeforeDst, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst_BeforeSrc, FbxConnection::EType pConnectionType);
-	static bool			EmitReplaceNotify(FbxConnectionPoint* pDstOwner, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrcOwner, FbxConnectionPoint* pDst, FbxConnectionPoint* pSrc, EEvent pConnectAction, FbxConnectionPoint* pNew);
-
-	virtual bool				SetOwnerConnect(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-	inline FbxConnectionPoint*	GetOwnerConnect(){ return mOwner;  }
-	bool						ConnectOwnedConnect(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-	bool						DisconnectOwnedConnect(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect);
-
-	void*							mData;
-	int								mFlags;
-	FbxConnectionPoint*				mOwner;
-	ConnectionList					mConnectionList;
-	FbxArray<FbxConnectionPoint*>	mSubConnectList;
-	FbxArray<FbxConnectionPoint*>	mSubConnectCreatedList;		
-	FbxConnectionPointFilter*		mFilter;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-/** Class to manage Connect Filter */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxConnectionPointFilter
-{
-public: 
-    virtual ~FbxConnectionPointFilter() {};
-    
-	//! Return reference ConnectionPoint filter.
-	virtual FbxConnectionPointFilter* Ref();
-
-	//! Cancel reference
-	virtual void Unref();
-
-	//! Get unique filter ID
-	virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const { return 0; }
-
-	/** Judge if the given Connection Point is valid
-	* \param pConnect The given Connection Point.
-	* \return \c True if valid, \c false if not valid. */
-	virtual bool IsValid(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect) const;
-
-	/** Judge if the given Connection Point is a valid connection
-	* \param pConnect The given Connection Point.
-	* \param pType Connection type.
-	* \return \c True if valid, \c false if not valid. */
-	virtual bool IsValidConnection(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect, FbxConnection::EType pType) const;
-
-	/** Judge if it is equal with the given  ConnectionPoint filter.
-	* \param pConnectFilter The given  ConnectionPoint filter.
-	* \return \c True if equal, \c false if unequal. */
-	virtual bool IsEqual(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pConnectFilter) const;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_CONNECTION_POINT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxdatatypes.h

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxdatatypes.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_DATA_TYPES_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_DATA_TYPES_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertytypes.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertyhandle.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** FBX SDK data type class
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType
-{
-public:
-	static FbxDataType Create(const char* pName, const EFbxType pType);
-	static FbxDataType Create(const char* pName, const FbxDataType& pDataType);
-
-	/**
-	  *\name Constructor and Destructor.
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Constructor.
-		FbxDataType();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		  * \param pDataType Another FbxDataType object copied to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxDataType(const FbxDataType& pDataType);
-
-		//! Destroy this datatype.
-		void Destroy();
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  * \param pTypeInfoHandle Type information handle
-		  */
-		FbxDataType(const FbxPropertyHandle& pTypeInfoHandle);
-
-		//! Destructor.
-		~FbxDataType();
-	//@}
-
-	/** Assignment operator
-	  * \param pDataType Datatype whose value is assigned to this datatype.
-	  * \return This datatype
-	  */
-    inline FbxDataType& operator=(const FbxDataType& pDataType){ mTypeInfoHandle=pDataType.mTypeInfoHandle; return *this; }
-
-	/**
-	  * \name boolean operation
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Equality operator
-		  * \param pDataType Datatype to compare to.
-		  * \return \c true if equal,\c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator==(const FbxDataType& pDataType) const { return mTypeInfoHandle==pDataType.mTypeInfoHandle; }
-
-		/** Non-equality operator
-		  * \param pDataType Datatype to compare to.
-		  * \return \c true if unequal,\c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		inline bool operator!=(const FbxDataType& pDataType) const { return mTypeInfoHandle!=pDataType.mTypeInfoHandle; }
-	//@}
-
-	/** Test whether this datatype is a valid datatype.
-	  * \return \c true if valid, \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	inline bool Valid() const { return mTypeInfoHandle.Valid(); }
-
-	/** Test if this datatype is the specified datatype. 
-	  * \param pDataType Datatype to compare to.
-	  * \return \c true if this datatype is the specified datatype, \c false otherwise. 
-	  */
-	inline bool Is(const FbxDataType& pDataType) const { return mTypeInfoHandle.Is(pDataType.mTypeInfoHandle); }
-
-	/** Retrieve this data type.
-	  * \return This data type.
-	  */
-	EFbxType GetType() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve data type name.
-	  * \return Data type name.
-	  */
-	const char* GetName() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the information handle of this data type.
-	  * \return Information handle of this data type.
-	  */
-	inline const FbxPropertyHandle& GetTypeInfoHandle() const { return mTypeInfoHandle; }
-
-private:
-	FbxPropertyHandle mTypeInfoHandle;
-    friend class FbxManager;
-};
-
-/** Retrieve data type from type enumeration index
-  * \param pType The type enumeration index
-  * \return The corresponding data type
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL const FbxDataType& FbxGetDataTypeFromEnum(const EFbxType pType);
-
-/** Retrieve data type name string used by I/O operations
-  * \param pDataType The data type instance to retrieve its I/O name string
-  * \return The data type name string
-  * \remark This function is only used during I/O operations. It is not equal
-  *         to the actual data type name.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL const char* FbxGetDataTypeNameForIO(const FbxDataType& pDataType);
-
-//! \name Basic Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxUndefinedDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxBoolDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxCharDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxUCharDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxShortDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxUShortDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxIntDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxUIntDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLongLongDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxULongLongDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxFloatDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxHalfFloatDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDoubleDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDouble2DT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDouble3DT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDouble4DT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDouble4x4DT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxEnumDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxStringDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTimeDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxReferenceDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxBlobDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDistanceDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxDateTimeDT;
-//@}
-
-//! \name Extended Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxColor3DT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxColor4DT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxCompoundDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxReferenceObjectDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxReferencePropertyDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxVisibilityDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxVisibilityInheritanceDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxUrlDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxXRefUrlDT;
-//@}
-
-//! \name Transform Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTranslationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxRotationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxScalingDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxQuaternionDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLocalTranslationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLocalRotationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLocalScalingDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLocalQuaternionDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTransformMatrixDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTranslationMatrixDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxRotationMatrixDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxScalingMatrixDT;
-//@}
-
-//! \name Material Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialEmissiveDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialEmissiveFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialAmbientDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialAmbientFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialDiffuseDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialDiffuseFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialBumpDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialNormalMapDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialTransparentColorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialTransparencyFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialSpecularDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialSpecularFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialShininessDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialReflectionDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialReflectionFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialDisplacementDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialVectorDisplacementDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialCommonFactorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxMaterialCommonTextureDT;
-//@}
-
-//! \name Layer Element Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementUndefinedDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementNormalDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementBinormalDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementTangentDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementMaterialDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementTextureDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementPolygonGroupDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementUVDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementVertexColorDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementSmoothingDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementCreaseDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementHoleDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementUserDataDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLayerElementVisibilityDT;
-//@}
-
-//! \name I/O Specialized Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxAliasDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxPresetsDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxStatisticsDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTextLineDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxUnitsDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxWarningDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxWebDT;
-//@}
-
-//! \name External Support Data Types
-//@{
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxActionDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxCameraIndexDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxCharPtrDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxConeAngleDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxEventDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxFieldOfViewDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxFieldOfViewXDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxFieldOfViewYDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxFogDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxHSBDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxIKReachTranslationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxIKReachRotationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxIntensityDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxLookAtDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxOcclusionDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxOpticalCenterXDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxOpticalCenterYDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxOrientationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxRealDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxRollDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxScalingUVDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxShapeDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxStringListDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTextureRotationDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTimeCodeDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTimeWarpDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxTranslationUVDT;
-	extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxDataType FbxWeightDT;
-//@}
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_DATA_TYPES_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxemitter.h

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxemitter.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_EMITTER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_EMITTER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxintrusivelist.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxeventhandler.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxListener;
-
-/** Base class to emit event with the specified event type.
-* The event type could be a specific class which derived from FbxEvent. Please read FbxEmitter::Emit() for more details. 
-* Event emitter contains a list of event handlers.
-* FBX object could be used as emitter, since FbxObject is derived from FbxEmitter.
-* Before using emitter to emit an event, one or more event handlers must be added to the handlers list of current emitter.
-* In other words, it's "bind event handlers to emitter".
-* There are two ways to bind event handlers to emitter.
-* \li 1. If you already got an event handler and would like to bind it to current emitter, please call FbxEmitter::AddListener().
-* \li 2. Or you can create an event listener first and then call FbxListener::Bind().
-* It will create an event handler automatically and bind the handler to the specified emitter.
-* It's similar to unbind or remove an even handler. For more details, 
-* \see FbxEmitter::RemoveListener()
-* \see FbxListener::Unbind()
-* \remarks An object(emitter) can emit a certain type of event, the plug-in(listener) who are listening to that type of event, 
-* will receive a signal and take action to process the event data. 
-* \par The whole process of event is:
-* \li 1. Create an emitter and a listener, then bind them together via the same event handler.
-* \li 2. Emitter can emit an event at certain conditions. The event could be handled by event handler.
-* \li 3. Once an event is emitted, the listener to this event will receive a signal. 
-* \li 4. And then the listener could process the event data according to the types of event, by calling event handler.
-* \note The event data is process by the callback function of event handler.
-* \nosubgrouping
-* \see FbxListener FbxEventHandler FbxEvent FbxEventBase
-*/
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEmitter
-{
-public:
-	/** Add the specified event handler to current emitter list.
-	* \param pHandler The event handler will be added to the handlers list of current emitter. */
-	void AddListener(FbxEventHandler& pHandler);
-
-	/** Remove the specified event handler from current emitter list.
-	* \param pHandler The event handler will be removed from the handlers list of current emitter. */
-	void RemoveListener(FbxEventHandler& pHandler);
-
-	/** Emit an event with the specified the event type. One the event is emitted, the listener to this event will receive a signal.
-	* \param pEvent Specify the event type to emit. Could be a specific class which derived from FbxEvent, such as FbxObjectPropertyChanged.
-	* \see FbxEventBase FbxObjectPropertyChanged FbxEventReferencedDocument FbxEventPostExport
-	* \see FbxEventPostImport FbxEventPreExport FbxEventPreImport FbxEventPopulateSystemLibrary */
-	template <typename EventType> void Emit(const EventType& pEvent) const
-	{
-		if( !mData ) return;
-		EventHandlerList::iterator itBegin = mData->mEventHandlerList.Begin();
-		EventHandlerList::iterator itEnd = mData->mEventHandlerList.End();
-		for( EventHandlerList::iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it )
-		{
-			if ((*it).GetHandlerEventType() == pEvent.GetTypeId())
-			{
-				(*it).FunctionCall(pEvent);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxEmitter();
-	~FbxEmitter();
-
-protected:
-    typedef FbxIntrusiveList<FbxEventHandler, FbxEventHandler::eEmitter> EventHandlerList;
-    struct EventData { EventHandlerList mEventHandlerList; };
-    EventData* mData;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_EMITTER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxevent.h

@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxevent.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_EVENT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_EVENT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertytypes.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** FBX SDK event base class. 
-  * An event is something that is emitted by an emitter, with the goal of being filled by the listener that listen to it. 
-  * You can see that like a form that you send to some people. If those people know how to fill the form, they fill it and return
-  * it to you with the right information in it. FBX object could be used as emitter, since FbxObject is derived from FbxEmitter.
-  * Meanwhile, plug-in could be used as listener, since FbxPlugin is derived from FbxListener.
-  * The derived class of FbxEventBase contains a type ID to distinguish different types of events.
-  * FBX object can emit different types of FBX events at different conditions. 
-  * \par The whole process of event is:
-  * \li 1. Create an emitter and a listener, then bind them together via the same event handler.
-  * \li 2. Emitter can emit an event at certain conditions. The event could be handled by event handler.
-  * \li 3. Once an event is emitted, the listener to this event will receive a signal. 
-  * \li 4. And then the listener could process the event data according to the types of event, by calling event handler.
-  * \note The event data is process by the callback function of event handler.
-  * For example, if a certain property of a FBX object is changed, the FBX object(emitter) can emit an event which type is FbxObjectPropertyChanged.
-  * The plug-in(listener) who are listening to FbxObjectPropertyChanged, will receive a signal and take action to process the event data. 
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * \see FbxEvent FbxEventHandler FbxListener FbxEmitter
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEventBase
-{
-  public:
-	 /**
-	   * \name Constructor and Destructor
-	   */
-     //@{
-	 //!Destructor
-     virtual ~FbxEventBase();
-	 //@}
-
-	 /** Retrieve the event type ID
-	   * \return            type id
-	   */
-     virtual int GetTypeId() const = 0;
-
-	 /** Force events to give us a name
-	   * \return            event name 
-	   */
-     virtual const char* GetEventName() const = 0;   
-
-	protected:
-     static int GetStaticTypeId(const char*);
-};
-
-// Force events to declare a name by using an abstract method, and force them to use 
-// the proper name by making the call from FbxEvent<> go through the private static
-// method.
-#define FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(Class)												\
-	public: virtual const char* GetEventName() const { return FbxEventName(); }	\
-	private: static const char* FbxEventName() { return #Class; }				\
-	friend class FbxEvent<Class>;												\
-
-//
-// Similar to above, but to be used when you've got an event template, and the
-// type is something know to FBX
-//
-#define FBXSDK_EVENT_TYPE_DECLARE(Class, FBXType)                                  \
-  public: virtual const char* GetEventName() const { return FbxEventName(); }      \
-  private:                                                                         \
-     static const char* FbxEventName() {                                           \
-     static FbxString lEventName = FbxString(#Class) + FbxString("<") +                  \
-     FbxGetDataTypeFromEnum(FbxTypeOf(*((const FBXType *)0))).GetName() + ">";               \
-                                                                                   \
-     return lEventName.Buffer();                                                   \
-  }                                                                                \
-  friend class FbxEvent< Class<FBXType> >;
-
-
-
-//This is for templates classes that will uses non fbxtypes in their templates
-//We force the the creation of an UNIQUE string for each types so that we can
-//retrieve the event within multiple DLLs
-
-//to be able to use this, the char EventName[] = "uniqueEventName"; must be declared
-//globally.
-
-#define FBXSDK_EVENT_TEMPLATE_HEADER(ClassName, TemplateName)\
-template < class TemplateName, const char* T > \
-class ClassName: public  FbxEvent< ClassName <TemplateName,T> >\
-{\
-    public: virtual const char* GetEventName() const {return FbxEventName();}\
-    private: static const char* FbxEventName() {\
-    static FbxString lEventName = (FbxString(#ClassName) +"<"+ FbxString(T) +">");\
-    return lEventName.Buffer();\
-    }\
-    friend class FbxEvent< ClassName<TemplateName, T> >;
-
-
-//This is the footer macro, to put at the end to close the template class
-//created by FBXSDK_EVENT_TEMPLATE_HEADER
-#define FBXSDK_EVENT_TEMPLATE_FOOTER()\
-};
-
-/** FBX event class, derived from FbxEventBase, and it contains a type ID for event. 
-* It's a template class. You can derive your own types of even. Such as:
-* \code class FbxEventCustom : public FbxEvent<FbxEventCustom> \endcode
-* \see FbxObjectPropertyChanged FbxEventReferencedDocument FbxEventPostExport
-* \see FbxEventPostImport FbxEventPreExport FbxEventPreImport FbxEventPopulateSystemLibrary
-* \nosubgrouping
-* \remarks A FBX event is something that is emitted by an emitter, with the goal of being filled by the listener that listen to it. 
-* An object(emitter) can emit a certain type of event, the plug-in(listener) who are listening to that type of event, 
-* will receive a signal and take action to process the event data. 
-* \par The whole process of event is:
-* \li 1. Create an emitter and a listener, then bind them together via the same event handler.
-* \li 2. Emitter can emit an event at certain conditions. The event could be handled by event handler.
-* \li 3. Once an event is emitted, the listener to this event will receive a signal. 
-* \li 4. And then the listener could process the event data according to the types of event, by calling event handler.
-* \note The event data is process by the callback function of event handler.
-* \see FbxEventBase FbxEventHandler FbxListener FbxEmitter
-*/
-//---------------------------------------------------
-// T : We use the curiously recurring template pattern
-//          to initialize the typeId of each event type
-template<typename T> class FbxEvent : public FbxEventBase
-{
-public:
-    //!Destructor
-    virtual ~FbxEvent(){}
-
-    /** Update the type ID of current event with the given type ID.
-    * \param pTypeId     the new type ID.
-    */
-    static void ForceTypeId(int pTypeId)
-    {
-        // This is to handle specific cases where the type ID must be hard coded
-        // It is useful for shared event across DLL. We can then guarantee that
-        // The ID of a certain type will always have the same ID
-        smTypeId = pTypeId;
-    }
-
-    /** Retrieve the event type ID
-    * \note This may be called from multiple threads.
-    * \return            type id
-    */
-    virtual int GetTypeId() const 
-    {
-		return GetStaticTypeId();
-    }
-
-    /** Retrieve the event type ID
-    * \return            type id
-    */
-    static int GetStaticTypeId() 
-    {
-        if( !smTypeId )
-        {
-            if( !smTypeId )
-            {
-                // If this does not compile, you need to add 
-                // FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(YourEventClassName) to your class declaration
-                smTypeId  = FbxEventBase::GetStaticTypeId(T::FbxEventName());
-            }
-        }
-
-       return smTypeId;
-    }
-
-private:
-    //! The type ID of event
-    static int smTypeId;
-};
-
-// Static members implementation
-template<typename T> int FbxEvent<T>::smTypeId = 0;
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_EVENT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxeventhandler.h

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxeventhandler.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_EVENT_HANDLER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_EVENT_HANDLER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxevent.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxintrusivelist.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxListener;
-
-/** Event handler class contains a listener and a callback function.
-* Event handler is used to bind emitter and listener together. Its callback function can process event data.
-* To generate a valid event handler, you can create an event emitter and event listener first and then call FbxListener::Bind().
-* It will create an event handler automatically and bind the handler to the listener and the created emitter. 
-* After that, the emitter and listener are bound together via event handler.
-* \remarks An object(emitter) can emit a certain type of event, the object(listener) who are listening to that type of event, 
-* will receive a signal and take action to process the event data. 
-* \par The whole process of event is:
-* \li 1. Create an emitter and a listener, then bind them together via the same event handler.
-* \li 2. Emitter can emit an event at certain conditions. The event could be handled by event handler.
-* \li 3. Once an event is emitted, the listener to this event will receive a signal. 
-* \li 4. And then the listener could process the event data according to the types of event, by calling event handler.
-* \note The event data is process by the callback function of event handler.
-* \nosubgrouping
-* \see FbxListener FbxEventBase FbxEvent FbxEmitter
-*/
-class FbxEventHandler
-{
-public:
-	//! Event handler base type.
-	enum EType
-	{
-		eListener,	//!< Listener event handler type.
-		eEmitter,	//!< Emitter event handler type.
-		eCount		//!< Count of different event handler types.
-	};
-
-	/** Get event type of current handler.
-	* \return The type ID of event. */
-	virtual int GetHandlerEventType()=0;
-
-	/** Call function that process event data.
-	* \param pEvent specify the event type. pEvent could be a specific class which derived from FbxEventBase.
-	* \see FbxEventBase */
-	virtual void FunctionCall(const FbxEventBase& pEvent)=0;
-
-	/** Get listener of current handler.
-	* \return A pointer to the listener object. */
-	virtual FbxListener* GetListener()=0;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-    FbxEventHandler(){}
-    virtual ~FbxEventHandler(){}
-
-	FBXSDK_INTRUSIVE_LIST_NODE(FbxEventHandler, eCount);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-
-template <typename EventType, typename ListenerType> class FbxMemberFuncEventHandler : public FbxEventHandler
-{
-	typedef void (ListenerType::*CallbackFnc)(const EventType*);
-
-public:
-    FbxMemberFuncEventHandler(ListenerType* pListenerInstance, CallbackFnc pFunction) : mListener(pListenerInstance), mFunction(pFunction){}
-	virtual int GetHandlerEventType(){ return EventType::GetStaticTypeId(); }  
-	virtual void FunctionCall(const FbxEventBase& pEvent){ (*mListener.*mFunction)(reinterpret_cast<const EventType*>(&pEvent)); } 
-	virtual FbxListener* GetListener(){ return mListener; }
-
-private:
-	ListenerType*	mListener;
-	CallbackFnc		mFunction;
-};
-
-template <typename EventType, typename ListenerType> class FbxConstMemberFuncEventHandler : public FbxEventHandler
-{
-	typedef void (ListenerType::*CallbackFnc)(const EventType*) const;
-
-public:
-	FbxConstMemberFuncEventHandler(ListenerType* pListenerInstance, CallbackFnc pFunction) : mListener(pListenerInstance), mFunction(pFunction){}
-	virtual int GetHandlerEventType(){ return EventType::GetStaticTypeId(); }    
-	virtual void FunctionCall(const FbxEventBase& pEvent){ (*mListener.*mFunction)(reinterpret_cast<const EventType*>(&pEvent)); }
-	virtual FbxListener* GetListener(){ return mListener; }
-
-private:
-	ListenerType*	mListener;
-	CallbackFnc		mFunction;
-};
-
-template <typename EventType> class FbxFuncEventHandler : public FbxEventHandler
-{
-	typedef void (*CallbackFnc)(const EventType*, FbxListener*);
-
-public:
-	FbxFuncEventHandler(FbxListener* pListener, CallbackFnc pFunction) : mListener(pListener), mFunction(pFunction){}
-	virtual int GetHandlerEventType(){ return EventType::GetStaticTypeId(); }   
-	virtual void FunctionCall(const FbxEventBase& pEvent){ (*mFunction)(reinterpret_cast<const EventType*>(&pEvent), mListener); }
-	virtual FbxListener* GetListener(){ return mListener; }
-
-private:
-	FbxListener*	mListener;
-	CallbackFnc		mFunction;
-};
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_EVENT_HANDLER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxlistener.h

@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxlistener.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_LISTENER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_LISTENER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxemitter.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxeventhandler.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxintrusivelist.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/**FBX SDK listener class. Once an event is emitted by an emitter, a listener should be created to listen to the event. 
-  * The listener could receive a signal and take action to process the event data. 
-  * \note The data will be process by the callback function of FbxListener::Bind().
-  * Plug-in could be used as listener, since FbxPlugin is derived from FbxListener.
-  * To emit event, you could create an emitter and a listener, and then bind them together via event handler.
-  * To listen to an event which is emitted by an emitter, you should bind current listener to the emitter by calling FbxListener::Bind(). 
-  * Event listener contains a list of event handlers.
-  * \remarks An object(emitter) can emit a certain type of event, the plug-in(listener) who are listening to that type of event, 
-  * will receive a signal and take action to process the event data. 
-  * \par The whole process of event is:
-  * \li 1. Create an emitter and a listener, then bind them together via the same event handler.
-  * \li 2. Emitter can emit an event at certain conditions. The event could be handled by event handler.
-  * \li 3. Once an event is emitted, the listener to this event will receive a signal. 
-  * \li 4. And then the listener could process the event data according to the types of event, by calling event handler.
-  * \note The event data is process by the callback function of event handler.
-  * \see FbxEmitter FbxEventHandler FbxEvent FbxEventBase
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxListener
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructor and Destructor
-	  */
-	//@{
-	//!Destructor.
-    ~FbxListener();
-	//!Constructor.
-    FbxListener(){}
-	//@}
-   
-	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-    /**
-    * \name Bind and unbind methods
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /**Bind current listener and the specified emitter together via an automatically created event handler. 
-     * An event handler will be created automatically and added to the handlers list of current listener and the specified emitter.
-     * After that, the listener can listen to the event which is emitted by the specified emitter.
-	 * \param pEmitter          Event emitter to bind. Current listener can listen to the event which is emitted by pEmitter.
-	 * \param pFunc             The callback function to process event date.
-	 * \return                  The automatically created event handler.
-	 */
-    template <typename EventType,typename ListenerType> FbxEventHandler* Bind(FbxEmitter& pEmitter, void (ListenerType::*pFunc)(const EventType*))
-    {
-        FbxMemberFuncEventHandler<EventType,ListenerType>* eventHandler = 
-            FbxNew< FbxMemberFuncEventHandler<EventType,ListenerType> >(static_cast<ListenerType*>(this),pFunc);
-        pEmitter.AddListener(*eventHandler);
-        mEventHandler.PushBack(*eventHandler);
-        return eventHandler;
-    }
-
-    /**Bind current listener and the specified emitter together via an automatically created event handler. 
-    * An event handler will be created automatically and added to the handlers list of current listener and the specified emitter.
-    * After that, the listener can listen to the event which is emitted by the specified emitter.
-    * \param pEmitter          Event emitter to bind. Current listener can listen to the event which is emitted by pEmitter.
-    * \param pFunc             The callback function to process event date.
-    * \return                  The automatically created event handler.
-    */
-    template <typename EventType,typename ListenerType> FbxEventHandler* Bind(FbxEmitter& pEmitter, void (ListenerType::*pFunc)(const EventType*)const)
-    {
-        FbxConstMemberFuncEventHandler<EventType,ListenerType>* eventHandler = 
-                    FbxNew< FbxConstMemberFuncEventHandler<EventType,ListenerType> >(static_cast<ListenerType*>(this),pFunc);
-        pEmitter.AddListener(*eventHandler);
-        mEventHandler.PushBack(*eventHandler);
-        return eventHandler;
-    }
-
-    /**Bind current listener and the specified emitter together via an automatically created event handler. 
-    * An event handler will be created automatically and added to the handlers list of current listener and the specified emitter.
-    * After that, the listener can listen to the event which is emitted by the specified emitter.
-    * \param pEmitter          Event emitter to bind. Current listener can listen to the event which is emitted by pEmitter.
-    * \param pFunc             The callback function to process event date.
-    * \return                  The automatically created event handler.
-    */
-    template <typename EventType> FbxEventHandler* Bind(FbxEmitter& pEmitter, void (*pFunc)(const EventType*,FbxListener*))
-    {
-        FbxFuncEventHandler<EventType>* eventHandler = 
-                        FbxNew< FbxFuncEventHandler<EventType> >(this, pFunc);
-        pEmitter.AddListener(*eventHandler);
-        mEventHandler.PushBack(*eventHandler);
-        return eventHandler;
-    }
-    
-	/**Unbind an event handler. The specified event handler will be removed from the handlers list of current listener. 
-	  * \param aBindId       The event handler to unbind.
-	  */
-    void Unbind(const FbxEventHandler* aBindId);
-	//@}
-
-private:
-    typedef FbxIntrusiveList<FbxEventHandler, FbxEventHandler::eListener> EventHandlerList;
-    EventHandlerList mEventHandler;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_LISTENER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxloadingstrategy.h

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxloadingstrategy.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_LOADING_STRATEGY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_LOADING_STRATEGY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxplugin.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxplugincontainer.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** 
- * Abstract class used to implemented some plug-in loading strategy.
- * A loading strategy dictate how some plug-ins will be loaded for instance.
- * We could have a simple strategy that loads only a single dll on PC. 
- * We could also implement a strategy that load multiple dlls from a directory.
- */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxLoadingStrategy : public FbxPluginContainer
-{
-public:
-    /** Result state of loading plug-in.
-     */
-    enum EState
-	{
-        eAllLoaded,     //!< All plug-in are loaded.
-        eNoneLoaded,    //!< No plug-in is loaded, i.e., there is not plug-in to load. 
-        eAllFailed,     //!< All plug-in are failed to load.
-        eSomeFailed     //!< Some plug-ins are loaded but some are failed.
-    };
-
-    /**
-    *\name Public interface
-    */
-    //@{
-		/** Execute the operation of loading the plug-in(s). The way it is executed is determined by the specific implementations.
-		* \param pData  Plug in data that can be access inside the plug-ins.
-		* \return If the plugin loading is successful return \c true, otherwise return \c false.
-		*/
-		EState Load(FbxPluginData& pData);
-
-		/** Execute the operation of unloading the plug-in(s). The way it is executed is determined by the specific implementations.
-		*/
-		void Unload();
-    //@}
-
-protected:
-    /**
-    *\name User implementation
-    */
-    //@{
-		/** Called by the Load method, it contains the specific user implementation strategy to load the desired plug-in(s).
-		* \param pData  Plug in data that can be access inside the plug-ins.
-		* \return If the plugin loading is successful return \c true, otherwise return \c false
-		*/
-		virtual bool SpecificLoad(FbxPluginData& pData) = 0;
-
-		/** Called by the Unload method, it contains the specific user implementation strategy to unload the desired plug-in(s).
-		*/
-		virtual void SpecificUnload(FbxPluginData& pData) = 0;
-    //@}
-
-    //! Whether the plugin is loaded or not.
-    EState mPluginsLoadedState;
-
-private:
-    FbxPluginData mData;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_LOADING_STRATEGY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxmanager.h

@@ -1,555 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmanager.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MANAGER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MANAGER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxobject.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxIOSettings;
-class FbxIOPluginRegistry;
-class FbxAnimEvaluator;
-class FbxSceneReference;
-class FbxUserNotification;
-class FbxMessageEmitter;
-class FbxLocalizationManager;
-class FbxXRefManager;
-class FbxManager_internal;
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	class FbxPlugin;
-#endif
-
-/** SDK object manager.
-  *   The SDK manager is in charge of:
-  *     \li scene element allocation, for example, FbxScene::Create(pSdkManager, "").
-  *     \li scene element deallocation, call FbxManager::Destroy() to deallocates all object created by the SDK manager.
-  *     \li scene element search and access, please see \ref GlobalObjectManagement section.
-  *
-  * It is possible to override memory allocation functions throughout the FBX SDK by
-  * providing system memory allocation functions using the handler set functions below.
-  * It must be done before the first FbxManager creation.
-  *
-  *	FbxSetMallocHandler();
-  * FbxSetCallocHandler();
-  * FbxSetReallocHandler();
-  * FbxSetFreeHandler();
-  *
-  * Upon destruction, all objects allocated by the SDK manager and not explicitly destroyed are destroyed as well. 
-  * A derived class can be defined to allocate and deallocate specialized scene elements.
-  * \remarks You could create more than one SDK manager. However, it's better to NOT share the same object among different managers.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxManager
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name FBX SDK Manager Creation/Destruction
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** SDK manager allocation method.
-		  * \return A pointer to the SDK manager or \c NULL if this is an
-		  * evaluation copy of the FBX SDK and it is expired.
-		  */
-		static FbxManager* Create();
-
-		/** Destructor.
-		  * Deallocates all object previously created by the SDK manager.
-		  */
-		virtual void Destroy();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Versions Queries
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Get FBX SDK version string.
-		  * \param pFull	If true, the complete version string including revision number and release date will be returned,
-		  *					otherwise only the version numbering is returned.
-		  */
-		static const char* GetVersion(bool pFull=true);
-
-		/** Get the current default FBX file format version number for this version of the FBX SDK.
-		  * \param pMajor        Version major number.
-		  * \param pMinor        Version minor number.
-		  * \param pRevision     Version revision number.
-		  */
-		static void GetFileFormatVersion(int& pMajor, int& pMinor, int& pRevision);
-	//@}
-
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Object Registration, Definition and Management
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Class registration.
-		  * \param pName				The class name. For example, "FbxMesh" for FbxMesh class.
-		  * \param T1					FBX type of the specified class.
-		  * \param T2					FBX type of parent class.
-		  * \param pFbxFileTypeName     The type name of the class in FBX file.
-		  * \param pFbxFileSubTypeName  The sub type name of the class in FBX file.
-		  * \return The class Id of the newly register class.
-		  * Such as:
-		  * \code RegisterFbxClass("FbxCamera", FBX_TYPE(FbxCamera), FBX_TYPE(FbxNodeAttribute)); \endcode
-		  */
-		template <typename T1, typename T2> inline FbxClassId RegisterFbxClass(const char* pName, const T1* /*T1*/, const T2* /*T2*/, const char* pFbxFileTypeName=0, const char* pFbxFileSubTypeName=0)
-		{
-			T1::ClassId = Internal_RegisterFbxClass(pName, T2::ClassId, (FbxObjectCreateProc)T1::Allocate, pFbxFileTypeName, pFbxFileSubTypeName);
-			return T1::ClassId;
-		}
-	 
-		/** Runtime class registration.
-		  * \param pName                    The class name. For example, "FbxUIWidgetBoolean".
-		  * \param T						FBX type of parent class.
-		  * \param pFbxFileTypeName         The type name of the class in FBX file.
-		  * \param pFbxFileSubTypeName      The sub type name of the class in FBX file.
-		  * \return The class Id of the newly register class.
-		  * Such as:
-		  * \code RegisterRuntimeFbxClass( "FbxUIWidgetBoolean", FBX_TYPE(FbxUIWidgetDefinition), NULL, "FbxUIWidgetBoolean"); \endcode
-		  */
-		template <typename T> inline FbxClassId RegisterRuntimeFbxClass(const char* pName, const T* /*T*/, const char* pFbxFileTypeName=0,const char* pFbxFileSubTypeName=0)
-		{
-			return Internal_RegisterFbxClass(pName, T::ClassId, (FbxObjectCreateProc)T::Allocate, pFbxFileTypeName, pFbxFileSubTypeName);
-		}
-	    
-		/** Runtime class unregistration.
-		  * \param pName The class name.
-		  */
-		inline void UnregisterRuntimeFbxClass(const char* pName)
-		{
-			FbxClassId lClassId = FindClass(pName);
-			if( !(lClassId == FbxClassId()) )
-			{
-				Internal_UnregisterFbxClass(lClassId);
-			}
-		}
-	    
-		/** Override class.
-		  * \param pFBX_TYPE_Class      FBX type of class.
-		  * \param pFBX_TYPE_OverridenClass FBX type of overridden class.
-		  * \return The class Id
-		  */
-		template <typename T1,typename T2> inline FbxClassId OverrideFbxClass(const T1* pFBX_TYPE_Class, const T2* pFBX_TYPE_OverridenClass)
-		{
-			T1::ClassId  = Internal_OverrideFbxClass(T2::ClassId,(FbxObjectCreateProc)T1::Allocate );
-			return T1::ClassId;
-		}
-
-		/** Create a new object of the specified ClassId.
-		  * \param pClassId		The ClassId of the object to be created.
-		  * \param pName		The name given to the newly created object.
-		  * \param pContainer	An optional parameter to specify which object will "contain" the new object. By contain, we mean
-		  *						the new object will become a source to the container, connection-wise.
-		  * \param pCloneFrom	A valid object pointer to use as the reference for cloning the object upon construction.
-		  * \return				If not null, a new instance of the specified class.
-		  * \remark				This function will return NULL if the ClassId used is invalid. New ClassId can be registered using
-		  *						the function RegisterFbxClass().
-		  */
-		FbxObject* CreateNewObjectFromClassId(FbxClassId pClassId, const char* pName, FbxObject* pContainer=NULL, const FbxObject* pCloneFrom=NULL);
-
-		/** Find class by the specified name.
-		  * \param pClassName Class Name to find.
-		  */
-		FbxClassId FindClass(const char* pClassName) const;
-
-		/** Find file class.
-		  * \param pFbxFileTypeName     Specify the type name in FBX file to find.
-		  * \param pFbxFileSubTypeName  Specify by The sub type name in FBX file to find.
-		  */
-		FbxClassId FindFbxFileClass(const char* pFbxFileTypeName, const char* pFbxFileSubTypeName) const;
-
-		/** Class unregistration.
-		  * \param pFBX_TYPE_Class  FBX type of unregistered class.
-		  */
-		template <typename T> inline void UnregisterFbxClass(const T* pFBX_TYPE_Class)
-		{
-			Internal_UnregisterFbxClass(T::ClassId);
-			T::ClassId = FbxClassId();
-		}
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Data Type Management
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Register a new data type to the manager
-		 *  \param pName The type name.
-		 *  \param pType The data type.
-		 *  \return The newly created FbxDataType
-		 */
-		FbxDataType CreateDataType(const char* pName, const EFbxType pType);
-
-		/** List the data types
-		 *  \return the number of registered datatypes
-		 */
-		int GetDataTypeCount() const;
-
-		/** Find a data types at pIndex.
-		 *  \param pIndex The data type index.
-		 *  \return the found datatype. return null if not found
-		 */
-		FbxDataType& GetDataType(const int pIndex) const;
-
-		/** Find a data type from the type name.
-		 *  \param pDataType The type name.
-		 *  \return the found datatype. return null if not found
-		 */
-		FbxDataType& GetDataTypeFromName(const char* pDataType) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name User Notification Object
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Access to the unique UserNotification object.
-		  * \return The pointer to the user notification or \c NULL \c if the object
-		  * has not been allocated.
-		*/
-		FbxUserNotification* GetUserNotification() const;
-
-		/** Set the user notification
-		  * \param pUN  
-		  */
-		void SetUserNotification(FbxUserNotification* pUN);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name IOSettings Object
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Access to a IOSettings object.
-		  * \return The pointer to IOSettings or \c NULL \c if the object
-		  * has not been allocated.
-		*/
-		virtual FbxIOSettings* GetIOSettings() const;
-
-		/** Set the IOSettings pointer
-		  * \param pIOSettings  
-		  */
-		virtual void SetIOSettings(FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings);
-	//@}
-
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Message Emitter (for Message Logging)
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Access to the unique FbxMessageEmitter object.
-		  * \return The pointer to the message emitter.
-		*/
-		FbxMessageEmitter& GetMessageEmitter();
-		/** Sets to the unique FbxMessageEmitter object.
-		  * \param pMessageEmitter the emitter to use, passing NULL will reset to the default emitter.
-		  * The object will be deleted when the SDK manager is destroyed, thus ownership is transfered.
-		*/
-		bool SetMessageEmitter(FbxMessageEmitter* pMessageEmitter);
-	//@}
-
-        
-	/**
-	  * \name Localization Hierarchy
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Add a localization object to the known localization providers.
-		  * \param pLocManager the localization object to register.
-		*/
-		void AddLocalization(FbxLocalizationManager* pLocManager);
-
-		/** Remove a localization object from the known localization providers.
-		  * \param pLocManager the localization object to remove.
-		*/
-		void RemoveLocalization(FbxLocalizationManager* pLocManager);
-
-		/** Select the current locale for localization.
-		  * \param pLocale the locale name, for example "fr" or "en-US".
-		*/
-		bool SetLocale(const char* pLocale);
-
-		/** Localization helper function. Calls each registered localization manager
-		  * until one can localizes the text.
-		  * \param pID the identifier for the text to localize.
-		  * \param pDefault the default text. Uses pID if NULL.
-		  * \return the potentially localized text. May return the parameter passed in.
-		*/
-		const char* Localize(const char* pID, const char* pDefault=NULL) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name XRef Manager
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Retrieve the manager responsible for managing object XRef resolution.
-		  * \return The XRef manager for this SDK manager.
-		  */
-		FbxXRefManager& GetXRefManager();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Library Management
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Retrieve the main object Libraries
-		  * \return The Root library
-		  */
-		FbxLibrary* GetRootLibrary() const;
-		FbxLibrary* GetSystemLibraries() const;
-		FbxLibrary* GetUserLibraries() const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Plug-in Registry Object
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Access to the unique FbxIOPluginRegistry object.
-		  * \return The pointer to the user FbxIOPluginRegistry
-		*/
-		FbxIOPluginRegistry* GetIOPluginRegistry() const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Fbx Generic Plugins Management
-	  */
-	//@{
-	#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-		/** Load plug-ins directory
-		  * \param pFilename The directory path.
-		  * \param pExtensions The plug in extension.
-		  * \return \c True
-		  */
-		bool LoadPluginsDirectory(const char* pFilename, const char* pExtensions=NULL);
-
-		/** Load plug-in
-		  * \param pFilename The file name
-		  * \return \c True
-		  */
-		bool LoadPlugin(const char* pFilename);
-
-		/** Unload all plug-ins
-		*/
-		bool UnloadPlugins();
-
-		/** Emit plugins event.
-		  * \param pEvent The event to be emitted.
-		  */
-		bool EmitPluginsEvent(const FbxEventBase& pEvent);
-	   
-		//!Get plugins.
-		FbxArray<const FbxPlugin*> GetPlugins() const;
-
-		/** get plugins count
-		  * \return The number of plugins.
-		  */
-		int GetPluginCount() const;
-
-		/** Find plug in.
-		  * \param pName The plug in name.
-		  * \param pVersion The plug in version.
-		  * \return The plugin, \c null if not found.
-		  */
-		FbxPlugin* FindPlugin(const char* pName, const char* pVersion) const;
-	#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-	//@}
-
-
-	/**
-	  * \name IO Settings
-	  */
-	//@{
-	// Add IOSettings in hierarchy from different modules
-
-		/** Fill IO Settings for registered readers. 
-		  * \param pIOS The properties hierarchies to fill.
-		  */
-		void FillIOSettingsForReadersRegistered(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-
-		/** Fill IO Settings for registered writers. 
-		  * \param pIOS The properties hierarchies to fill.
-		  */
-		void FillIOSettingsForWritersRegistered(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-
-		/** Fill common IO Settings 
-		  * \param pIOS The properties hierarchies to fill.
-		  * \param pImport If \c true, import properties are set, otherwise export properties are set.
-		  */
-		void FillCommonIOSettings(FbxIOSettings& pIOS, bool pImport);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Global Object Management 
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Register object with the manager.
-		  * \internal
-		  * \param pObject The object to be registered.
-		  * \anchor GlobalObjectManagement
-		  */
-		void RegisterObject(FbxObject* pObject);
-
-		/** Unregister object with the manager.
-		  * \internal
-		  * \param pObject The object to be unregistered.
-		  */
-		void UnregisterObject(FbxObject* pObject);
-
-		/** Register a list of objects with the manager.
-		  * \internal
-		  * \param pArray The list of object to be registered.
-		  */
-		void RegisterObjects(const FbxArray<FbxObject*>& pArray);
-
-		/** Unregister a list of objects with the manager.
-		  * \internal
-		  * \param pArray The list of object to be unregistered.
-		  */
-		void UnregisterObjects(const FbxArray<FbxObject*>& pArray);
-
-		/** Increment the scene destroying counter. 
-		  * \remarks Call this function before the destroying list is changed.
-		 */
-		void IncreaseDestroyingSceneFlag();
-		/** Shrink the object list and decrements the scene destroying counter.
-		  * \remarks Call this function after the destroying is changed.
-		  * Use IncreasDestroyingSceneFlag() and DecreaseDestroyingSceneFlag() in pairs.
-		 */
-		void DecreaseDestroyingSceneFlag();
-	/**
-	* \name Reference Management
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Get number of references.
-		* \return Number of references.
-		*/
-		int GetReferenceCount() const;
-
-		/** Get reference at given index.
-		* \param pIndex Position in the list of references.
-		* \return Pointer to the reference or \c NULL if index is out of bounds.
-		*/
-		FbxSceneReference* GetReference(int pIndex) const;
-
-		/** Add a reference.
-		* \param pReference The reference to be added.
-		* \return If the reference is correctly added to the scene, return \c true otherwise, if the reference is
-		*  already there, returns \c false.
-		*/
-		int AddReference(FbxSceneReference* pReference);
-
-		/** Remove the specified reference from reference list.
-		* \param pReference The reference to be removed.
-		* \return If the reference was successfully removed, return \c true otherwise, if the
-		*  reference could not be found returns \c false.
-		*/
-		bool RemoveReference(FbxSceneReference* pReference);
-
-		/** Clear the specified reference from the SDK manager.
-		* \param pReference The reference to be removed.
-		* \return If the reference was successfully cleared from the SDK manager, return \c true otherwise, if the
-		*  reference could not be found returns \c false.
-		*/
-		bool ClearReference(FbxSceneReference* pReference);
-	//@}
-
-    /** Add a prefix to a name.
-      * \param pPrefix The prefix to be added to the \c pName. This
-      * string must contain the "::" characters in order to be considered
-      * as a prefix.
-      * \param pName The name to be prefix.
-      * \return The prefixed string
-      * \remarks If a prefix already exists, it is removed before
-      * adding \c pPrefix.
-      */
-    static FbxString PrefixName(const char* pPrefix, const char* pName);
-
-	/** Get the count of document available in this manager
-	  * \return The count of document owned by this manager.
-	  */
-	int GetDocumentCount();
-
-	/** Get the document at pIndex in the manager's list.
-	  * \param pIndex The index of the document to retrieve.
-	  * \return The document at the specified index. Will return NULL if index is invalid.
-	  */
-	FbxDocument* GetDocument(int pIndex);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	static FbxManager*	GetDefaultManager();
-	void				CreateMissingBindPoses(FbxScene* pScene);
-	int					GetBindPoseCount(FbxScene *pScene) const;
-	int					GetFbxClassCount() const;
-	FbxClassId			GetNextFbxClass(FbxClassId pClassId /* invalid id: first one */) const;
-
-protected:
-	FbxManager();
-	virtual ~FbxManager();
-
-	void Clear();
-	void ClassInit();
-	void ClassRelease();
-	void DataTypeInit();
-	void DataTypeRelease();
-
-private:
-	bool		CanAutoDestroySrcObject(FbxObject* pObject, FbxObject* pSrcObject, bool pRecursive) const;
-
-	void		Create_Common_Import_IOSettings_Groups(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-	void		Create_Common_Export_IOSettings_Groups(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-	void		Add_Common_Import_IOSettings(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-	void		Add_Common_Export_IOSettings(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-	void		Add_Common_RW_Import_IOSettings(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-	void		Add_Common_RW_Export_IOSettings(FbxIOSettings& pIOS);
-
-	FbxClassId	Internal_RegisterFbxClass(const char* pClassName, FbxClassId pParentClassId, FbxObjectCreateProc=0, const char* pFbxFileTypeName=0, const char* pFbxFileSubTypeName=0);
-	bool		Internal_RegisterFbxClass(FbxClassId pClassId);
-	FbxClassId	Internal_OverrideFbxClass(FbxClassId pClassId, FbxObjectCreateProc=0);
-	void		Internal_UnregisterFbxClass(FbxClassId pClassId);
-
-	void		RemoveObjectsOfType(const FbxClassId& pClassId);
-
-	FbxAnimEvaluator* GetDefaultAnimationEvaluator();
-
-    FbxArray<FbxObject*>				mObjects;
-	FbxArray<FbxDocument*>				mDocuments;
-
-	FbxIOSettings*						mIOSettings;
-	FbxIOPluginRegistry*				mRegistry;
-	FbxUserNotification*				mUserNotification;
-	FbxMessageEmitter*					mMessageEmitter;
-	FbxArray<FbxLocalizationManager*>	mLocalizationManagerArray;
-	FbxArray<FbxSceneReference*>		mSceneReferenceArray;
-	FbxAnimEvaluator*					mDefaultAnimationEvaluator;
-
-	FbxArray<FbxObject*>				mDestroyingObjects;
-	FbxArray<FbxDocument*>				mDestroyingDocuments;
-    int									mIsDestroyingScene;
-
-	FbxManager_internal*				mInternal;
-	static FbxManager*					smDefaultManager;
-
-	FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-	friend class FbxObject;
-	friend class FbxProperty;		//For GetDefaultAnimationEvaluator()
-	friend class FbxNode;			//For GetDefaultAnimationEvaluator()
-	friend class FbxScene;			//For GetDefaultAnimationEvaluator()
-	friend class FbxAnimEvaluator;	//For GetDefaultAnimationEvaluator()
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MANAGER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxmodule.h

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmodule.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MODULE_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MODULE_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-typedef void* FbxModule;
-
-/** Loads the specified module into the address space of the calling process.
-  * \param pFilePath The full file path name of the module to load.
-  * \return The module handle if it successfully loaded, otherwise NULL.
-  * \remark The specified module may cause other modules to be loaded.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxModule FbxModuleLoad(const char* pFilePath);
-
-/** Retrieves the address of an exported function or variable from the specified module.
-  * \param pModuleHandle A valid module handle.
-  * \param pProcName The procedure name to search.
-  * \return The procedure handle if valid, otherwise NULL.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL void* FbxModuleGetProc(FbxModule pModuleHandle, const char* pProcName);
-
-/** Frees the loaded module and, if necessary, decrements its reference count.
-  * \param pModuleHandle A valid module handle.
-  * \return \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-  * \remark When the reference count reaches zero, the module is unloaded from the address space of the calling process and the handle is no longer valid.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL bool FbxModuleFree(FbxModule pModuleHandle);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MODULE_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxperipheral.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxperipheral.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_PERIPHERAL_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_PERIPHERAL_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxObject;
-
-/** FbxPeripheral is an interface to load/unload content of FbxObject from memory to
-somewhere you defined, for example, to a temporary file on disk .
-* \nosubgrouping
-* You need to inherited your own peripheral class from this class and overload
-* the functions to control what information of a FbxObject you want to load/unload,
-* and where you are going to load/unload these information to.
-* For example, you can ask an object to dump itself on disk to free some memory and vice-versa 
-* when you want to load/unload this object from your scene flexibly.
-*/
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPeripheral 
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructor and Destructor
-	  */
-	//@{
-
-	//!Constructor.
-	FbxPeripheral();
-
-    //!Destructor.
-	virtual ~FbxPeripheral();
-	//@}
-
-	/** Reset the peripheral to its initial state.
-	  */
-	virtual void Reset() = 0;
-
-	/** Unload the content of pObject.
-	  * \param pObject                 Object whose content is to be offloaded into 
-	  * the peripheral storage area.
-	  * \return                        \c true if the object content has been successfully transferred.
-	  * \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	virtual bool UnloadContentOf(FbxObject* pObject) = 0;
-
-	/** Load the content of pObject.
-	  * \param pObject                 Object whose content is to be loaded from
-	  * the peripheral storage area.
-	  * \return                        \c true if the object content has been successfully transferred.
-	  * \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	virtual bool LoadContentOf(FbxObject* pObject) = 0;
-
-	/** Check if this peripheral can unload the given object content.
-	  * \param pObject                 Object whose content has to be transferred.
-	  * \return                        \c true if the peripheral can handle this object content and
-	  * has enough space in its storage area.\c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	virtual bool CanUnloadContentOf(FbxObject* pObject) = 0;
-
-    /** Check if this peripheral can load the given object content.
-    * \param pObject                  Object whose content has to be transferred.
-    * \return                         \c true if the peripheral can handle this object content.
-	* \c false otherwise.
-    */
-    virtual bool CanLoadContentOf(FbxObject* pObject) = 0;
-
-    /** Initialize the connections of an object
-    * \param pObject                  Object on which the request for connection is done.
-    */
-    virtual void InitializeConnectionsOf(FbxObject* pObject) = 0;
-
-    /** Uninitialize the connections of an object
-    * \param pObject                 Object on which the request for disconnection is done.
-    */
-    virtual void UninitializeConnectionsOf(FbxObject* pObject) = 0;
-};
-
-// predefined offload peripherals
-extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxPeripheral* NULL_PERIPHERAL;
-extern FBXSDK_DLL FbxPeripheral* TMPFILE_PERIPHERAL;
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_PERIPHERAL_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxplugin.h

@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxplugin.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_PLUGIN_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_PLUGIN_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxobject.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxmodule.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxlistener.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxManager;
-class FbxPluginContainer;
-
-//! Plug-in declaration macro that must to be used when defining new FbxPlugin objects.
-#define FBXSDK_PLUGIN_DECLARE(Plugin)\
-	FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();\
-public:\
-	static Plugin * Create(const FbxPluginDef& pDefinition, FbxModule pModuleHandle);\
-	void Destroy();
-
-//! Plug-in implementation macro that must be used when implementing new FbxPlugin objects.
-#define FBXSDK_PLUGIN_IMPLEMENT(Plugin)\
-	Plugin* Plugin::Create(const FbxPluginDef& pDefinition, FbxModule pModuleHandle){ return FbxNew<Plugin>(pDefinition, pModuleHandle); }\
-	void Plugin::Destroy(){ FbxDelete(this); }
-
-/** Structure used by plug-ins for identification purposes.
-  * \note To avoid confusions in the system, it is recommended to choose an appropriate unique identifier string name when
-  * defining your plug-in, as well as incrementing the version string to a correct value whenever something changes in the
-  * implementation of the plug-in. Both of these string are used when comparing plug-ins for searches, as well as
-  * identification in FBX files.
-  */
-struct FBXSDK_DLL FbxPluginDef
-{
-	//! Constructor
-	FbxPluginDef() :
-		mName("Unknown Name"),
-		mVersion("Unknown Version")
-	{
-	}
-
-	FbxString mName;		//!< The identifier name string of the plug-in. If the name is already used by another plug-in, the plug-in will still register.
-	FbxString mVersion;	//!< The version string of the plug-in.
-};
-
-/** Data used to communicate information between an application and the plug-in.
-  */
-struct FBXSDK_DLL FbxPluginData
-{
-	//! Constructor
-	FbxPluginData() :
-		mQueryEmitter(NULL),
-		mSDKManager(NULL),
-		mPluginContainer(NULL)
-	{
-	}
-
-	//! Copy Constructor
-	explicit FbxPluginData(const FbxPluginData& pOther) :
-		mQueryEmitter(pOther.mQueryEmitter),
-		mSDKManager(pOther.mSDKManager),
-		mPluginContainer(pOther.mPluginContainer)
-	{
-	}
-
-	FbxEmitter*			mQueryEmitter;		//!< The emitter on which the plug-in can listen to receive events.
-	FbxManager*			mSDKManager;		//!< The FBX SDK Manager on which the plug-in was instanced.
-	FbxPluginContainer*	mPluginContainer;   //!< The container which will have the ownership of the plug-in.
-};
-
-/** The base class to inherit from when creating new plug-ins for the FBX SDK. Plug-ins for the FBX SDK are extremely flexible
-  * allowing a wide-range of possibilities. For example, one can write his own plug-in to add new readers/writers to the current list
-  * of supported I/O formats, or add new dynamic classes to instantiate custom objects that can later be stored in FBX files. We also use the same
-  * interface for plug-ins written using the FBX Extension SDK, which allow additional callbacks for other various Autodesk products
-  * enabling greater interoperability with multiple various SDKs.
-  *
-  * Here is typical implementation of an FBX SDK plug-in that doesn't do anything else than just registering itself:
-  * \code
-  * class MyPlugin : public FbxPlugin
-  * {
-  *     FBXSDK_PLUGIN_DECLARE(MyPlugin); //This macro is mandatory for any plug-in definition
-  *
-  * protected:
-  *     explicit MyPlugin(const FbxPluginDef& pDefinition, FbxModule pModuleHandle) : FbxPlugin(pDefinition, pModuleHandle)
-  *     {
-  *     }
-  *
-  *     //Abstract functions that *must* be implemented
-  *     virtual bool SpecificInitialize()
-  *     {
-  *         //For example, here we could register as many new I/O readers/writers as we would like, or classes, etc.
-  *         return true;
-  *     }
-  *
-  *     virtual bool SpecificTerminate()
-  *     {
-  *         //Here we would have to unregister whatever we registered to the FBX SDK
-  *         return true;
-  *     }
-  * };
-  *
-  * FBXSDK_PLUGIN_IMPLEMENT(MyPlugin); //This macro is mandatory for any plug-in implementation
-  *
-  * //Standard C export needed for any new FBX SDK plug-in
-  * extern "C"
-  * {
-  *     static MyPlugin* sMyPluginInstance = NULL; //The module is owner of the plug-in
-  *
-  *     //This function will be called when an application will request the plug-in
-  * #ifdef FBXSDK_ENV_WIN
-  *     __declspec(dllexport) void FBXPluginRegistration(FbxPluginContainer& pContainer, FbxModule pModuleHandle)
-  * #else
-  *     void FBXPluginRegistration(FbxPluginContainer& pContainer, FbxModule pModuleHandle)
-  * #endif
-  *     {
-  *         if( sPlugin == NULL )
-  *         {
-  *             //Create the plug-in definition which contains the information about the plug-in
-  *             FbxPluginDef sPluginDef;
-  *             sPluginDef.mName = "My Plugin";
-  *             sPluginDef.mVersion = "1.0";
-  *
-  *             //Create an instance of the plug-in
-  *             sMyPluginInstance = MyPlugin::Create(sPluginDef, pLibHandle);
-  *
-  *             //Register the plug-in with the FBX SDK
-  *             pContainer.Register(*sPlugin);
-  *         }
-  *     }
-  * }
-  * \endcode
-  * \see FbxPluginDef, FbxPluginData
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPlugin : public FbxListener
-{
-	FBXSDK_INTRUSIVE_LIST_NODE(FbxPlugin, 1);
-
-public:
-	/** Abstract function called once at the end of the plug-in construction. At that moment, plug-in data have been properly initialized.
-	  * This function must be implemented by anyone who writes a new plug-in for the FBX SDK.
-	  */
-	virtual bool SpecificInitialize()=0;
-
-	/** Abstract function called once at the beginning of the plug-in destruction. At that moment, plug-in data is fully available.
-	  * This function must be implemented by anyone who writes a new plug-in for the FBX SDK.
-	  */
-	virtual bool SpecificTerminate()=0;
-
-	/** Virtual function called once when the FBX SDK is about to write an FBX file. Users can re-implement it in their plug-in if they need
-	  * to perform tasks at that moment. The scene provided in parameter can be altered. If not re-implemented, this function does nothing.
-	  * \param pScene The scene that is about to be written in the FBX file.
-	  */
-	virtual void WriteBegin(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	/** Virtual function called once when the FBX SDK is about to write plug-in's parameters. Users can re-implement it in their plug-in if they need
-	  * to store properties in the FBX file for their own usage. The object in parameter is used to store those properties.
-	  * If not re-implemented, this function does nothing.
-	  * \param pParams An abstract object that can be used as a property container, to allow the plug-in to store properties about the plug-in.
-	  */
-	virtual void WriteParameters(FbxObject& pParams);
-
-	/** Virtual function called once after the FBX SDK wrote an FBX file. Users can re-implement it in their plug-in if they need
-	  * to perform tasks at that moment. The scene provided in parameter can be altered, but the changes will not appear in the FBX file.
-	  * If not re-implemented, this function does nothing.
-	  * \param pScene The scene that was written in the FBX file.
-	  */
-	virtual void WriteEnd(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	/** Virtual function called once when the FBX SDK is about to read an FBX file. Users can re-implement it in their plug-in if they need
-	  * to perform tasks at that moment. The scene provided in parameter can be altered. If not re-implemented, this function does nothing.
-	  * \param pScene The scene that is about to be read in the FBX file.
-	  */
-	virtual void ReadBegin(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	/** Virtual function called once after the FBX SDK reads the plug-in's parameters. Users can re-implement it in their plug-in if they need
-	  * to retrieve properties for their own usage. The object in parameter is used to retrieve those properties.
-	  * If not re-implemented, this function does nothing.
-	  * \param pParams An abstract object that can be used as a property container, to allow the plug-in to read properties about the plug-in.
-	  */
-	virtual void ReadParameters(FbxObject& pParams);
-
-	/** Virtual function called once after the FBX SDK read an FBX file. Users can re-implement it in their plug-in if they need
-	  * to perform tasks at that moment. The scene provided in parameter can be altered. If not re-implemented, this function does nothing.
-	  * \param pScene The scene that was read in the FBX file.
-	  */
-	virtual void ReadEnd(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	/** Accessor to the plug-in definition structure that contains basic information on the plug-in like its name or version. This is
-	  * the only method available to differentiate plug-ins.
-	  * \return The definition structure for this plug-in.
-	  */
-	const FbxPluginDef& GetDefinition() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the module address pointer for this plug-in. With this module instance handle, for example someone can query procedures addresses,
-	  * allowing more complex interactions, as well as other operating system module specific functions.
-	  */
-	FbxModule GetModuleHdl();
-
-protected:
-	/** Use the Create() and Destroy() methods declared and implemented in the FBXSDK_PLUGIN_DECLARE and FBXSDK_PLUGIN_IMPLEMENT macros to construct and destroy FbxPlugin objects.
-	  * \param pDefinition The definition associated with this plug-in. Each plug-in must have its own definition to differentiate it with other plug-ins.
-	  * \param pModuleHandle A pointer to the plug-in module address.
-	  */
-	explicit FbxPlugin(const FbxPluginDef& pDefinition, FbxModule pModuleHandle);
-
-	/** Accessor to the plug-in private data.
-	  * \return The data for the current plug-in.
-	  */
-	FbxPluginData& GetData();
-
-	/** Const accessor to the plug-in private data.
-	  * \return The const data for the current plug-in.
-	  */
-	const FbxPluginData& GetData() const;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-public:
-	inline FbxObject& GetPluginSettings() { return *mPluginSettings; }
-	inline const FbxObject& GetPluginSettings() const { return *mPluginSettings; }
-	template <typename EventType, typename ListernerType> inline FbxEventHandler* Bind(void (ListernerType::*pFunc)(const EventType*))
-	{
-		return FbxListener::Bind<EventType,ListernerType>(*(GetData().mQueryEmitter), pFunc );
-	}
-	virtual void Destroy() = 0;
-
-protected:
-	virtual ~FbxPlugin();
-
-private:
-	bool							Initialize(const FbxPluginData& pData);
-	bool							Terminate();
-
-	bool							mInitialized;
-	FbxPluginData					mData;
-	FbxPluginDef					mDefinition;
-	FbxModule						mModuleHandle;
-	FbxObject*						mPluginSettings;
-
-	friend class FbxLoadingStrategy;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_PLUGIN_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxplugincontainer.h

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxplugincontainer.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_PLUGIN_CONTAINER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_PLUGIN_CONTAINER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxplugin.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxemitter.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Manages registration and ownership of FBX SDK plug-ins (FbxPlugin). 
-  * The FBX SDK will provide a pointer to FbxPluginContainer as an argument
-  * to the FBXPluginRegistration() function exported from a plug-in's DLL.
-  * A plug-in must register itself explicitly with the FbxPluginContainer
-  * by calling FbxPluginContainer::Register() after it is constructed. 
-  * For an example of this process see the code example in the FbxPlugin 
-  * class documentation.
-  * \see FbxPlugin
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPluginContainer : public FbxEmitter
-{
-public:
-	//! Definition of a plug-in list.
-	typedef FbxIntrusiveList<FbxPlugin> PluginList;
-
-	/** The registration function that must be called when the module containing the plug-in is loaded.
-	  * \param pPlugin The plug-in to register.
-	  */
-	void Register(FbxPlugin& pPlugin);
-
-	/** The unregistration function that must be called when the module containing the plug-in is unloaded.
-	  * \param pPlugin The plug-in to unregister.
-	  */
-	void Unregister(FbxPlugin& pPlugin);
-
-	/** Const accessor to the list of plug-ins owned by the container.
-	  * \return A list of plug-in registered to this container.
-	  */
-	const PluginList& GetPlugins() const;
-
-	/** Accessor to the list of plug-ins owned by the container.
-	  * \return A list of plug-in registered to this container.
-	  */
-	PluginList& GetPlugins();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-protected:
-	virtual ~FbxPluginContainer();
-	PluginList mPlugins;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_PLUGIN_CONTAINER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertydef.h

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxpropertydef.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_PROPERTY_DEFINITION_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_PROPERTY_DEFINITION_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertytypes.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#define FBXSDK_PROPERTY_ID_NULL	-1
-#define FBXSDK_PROPERTY_ID_ROOT 0
-
-class FbxPropertyPage;
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPropertyFlags
-{
-public:
-	//! Property inherit types
-	enum EInheritType
-	{
-		eOverride,	//!< Property override this flag from its reference property.
-		eInherit,	//!< Property inherit this flag from its reference property.
-		eDeleted	//!< Property has been deleted, so inheritance is invalid.
-	};
-
-	//! Property flags that affect their behaviors
-	enum EFlags
-	{
-		eNone = 0,					//!< No flag.
-		eStatic = 1 << 0,			//!< Property is defined in the class declaration, so it wasn't created dynamically.
-		eAnimatable = 1 << 1,		//!< Property can be animated, thus is can have am animation curve node connected.
-		eAnimated = 1 << 2,			//!< Property is animated, so it also has an animation curve node connected.
-		eImported = 1 << 3,			//!< Property has been created during import process when reading FBX file.
-		eUserDefined = 1 << 4,		//!< Property has been defined by user, not by the FBX SDK.
-		eHidden = 1 << 5,			//!< Property should not be displayed on user interface.
-		eNotSavable = 1 << 6,		//!< Property value must not be exported when writing FBX files.
-
-        eLockedMember0 = 1 << 7,	//!< This property has its member #0 locked.
-        eLockedMember1 = 1 << 8,	//!< This property has its member #1 locked.
-        eLockedMember2 = 1 << 9,	//!< This property has its member #2 locked.
-        eLockedMember3 = 1 << 10,	//!< This property has its member #3 locked.
-        eLockedAll = eLockedMember0 | eLockedMember1 | eLockedMember2 | eLockedMember3,
-        eMutedMember0 = 1 << 11,	//!< This property has its member #0 muted.
-        eMutedMember1 = 1 << 12,	//!< This property has its member #1 muted.
-        eMutedMember2 = 1 << 13,	//!< This property has its member #2 muted.
-        eMutedMember3 = 1 << 14,	//!< This property has its member #3 muted.
-        eMutedAll = eMutedMember0 | eMutedMember1 | eMutedMember2 | eMutedMember3,
-
-		//Private flags
-		eUIDisabled = 1 << 15,		//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUIGroup = 1 << 16,			//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUIBoolGroup = 1 << 17,		//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUIExpanded = 1 << 18,		//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUINoCaption = 1 << 19,		//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUIPanel = 1 << 20,			//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUILeftLabel = 1 << 21,		//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-		eUIHidden = 1 << 22,		//!< Private flag for dynamic UI in FBX plug-ins.
-
-		eCtrlFlags = eStatic | eAnimatable | eAnimated | eImported | eUserDefined | eHidden | eNotSavable | eLockedAll | eMutedAll,
-		eUIFlags = eUIDisabled | eUIGroup | eUIBoolGroup | eUIExpanded | eUINoCaption | eUIPanel | eUILeftLabel | eUIHidden,
-		eAllFlags = eCtrlFlags | eUIFlags,
-
-		eFlagCount = 23,
-	};
-
-	bool SetFlags(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pMask, FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags);
-	FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags GetFlags() const;
-	FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags GetMergedFlags(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags) const;
-	bool ModifyFlags(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags, bool pValue);
-	FbxPropertyFlags::EInheritType GetFlagsInheritType(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags) const;
-
-	bool SetMask(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags);
-	bool UnsetMask(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags);
-	FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags GetMask() const;
-
-	bool Equal(const FbxPropertyFlags& pOther, FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags) const;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxPropertyFlags();
-	explicit FbxPropertyFlags(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags);
-	FbxPropertyFlags Clone(FbxPropertyPage* pPage);
-
-    static const int sLockedMembersMax = 4;			//Maximum number of property sub-member that can be locked.
-    static const int sLockedMembersBitOffset = 7;	//Number of bits to shift to get to the first locked member flag.
-    static const int sMutedMembersMax = 4;			//Maximum number of property sub-member that can be muted.
-    static const int sMutedMembersBitOffset = 11;	//Number of bits to shift to get to the first muted member flag.
-
-private:
-    FbxUInt32 mFlagData, mMaskData;
-
-	FBX_ASSERT_STATIC(sizeof(FbxUInt32) * 8 >= FbxPropertyFlags::eFlagCount);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPropertyValue
-{
-public:
-	static FbxPropertyValue* Create(void* pData, EFbxType pType);
-	void Destroy();
-	FbxPropertyValue* Clone(FbxPropertyPage*);
-
-	bool Get(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType);
-	bool Set(const void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType);
-	size_t GetSizeOf() const;
-	size_t GetComponentCount() const;
-
-	void IncRef();
-	void DecRef();
-	int GetRef();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxPropertyValue();
-
-private:
-	FbxPropertyValue(void* pValue, EFbxType pType);
-	~FbxPropertyValue();
-
-	int			mRef;
-	EFbxType	mType;
-	void*		mValue;
-
-	FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_PROPERTY_DEFINITION_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertyhandle.h

@@ -1,576 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxpropertyhandle.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_PROPERTY_HANDLE_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_PROPERTY_HANDLE_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxconnectionpoint.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertytypes.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertydef.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxPropertyPage;
-class FbxPropertyHandle;
-class FbxConnectionPointFilter;
-
-//!	\brief Class to manage property handle.
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxPropertyHandle
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	* \name Constructor and Destructor
-	*/
-	//@{
-		//! Create an instance
-		static FbxPropertyHandle Create();
-
-		/** Create an instance with given instance.
-		* \param pInstanceOf The given instance. */
-		static FbxPropertyHandle Create(const FbxPropertyHandle& pInstanceOf);
-
-		/** Create an instance with given name and type.
-		* \param pName Property name.
-		* \param pType Property type. */
-		static FbxPropertyHandle Create(const char* pName, EFbxType pType=eFbxUndefined);
-
-		/** Create an instance with given name and type info.
-		* \param pName
-		* \param pTypeInfo */
-		static FbxPropertyHandle Create(const char* pName, FbxPropertyHandle pTypeInfo);
-
-		/** If this property is root property, delete the property page, otherwise delete the property.
-		* \return  If succeed, return true. */
-		bool Destroy();
-
-		//! Default constructor. 
-		FbxPropertyHandle();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		* \param pAddress FbxPropertyHandle copied to this one. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle(const FbxPropertyHandle& pAddress);
-
-		//! Destructor
-		~FbxPropertyHandle();
-
-		/**  Character constructor.
-		* \param pPage
-		* \param pId */
-		FbxPropertyHandle(FbxPropertyPage* pPage, FbxInt pId=FBXSDK_PROPERTY_ID_ROOT);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Assignment and basic info
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** FbxPropertyHandle assignment operator.
-		* \param pHandle FbxPropertyHandle assigned to this one. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle& operator=(const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle);
-
-		/** Equality operator.
-		* \param pHandle FbxPropertyHandle compared with this one.
-		* \return \c True if equal, \c false otherwise. */
-		bool operator==(const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle) const;
-
-		/** Inequality operator.
-		* \param pHandle FbxPropertyHandle compared with this one.
-		* \return \c True if unequal, \c false otherwise. */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle) const;
-
-		/** Lesser operator, used to sort property handle in map.
-		* \param pHandle The property handle compared to this property handle.
-		* \return \c true if less, \c false otherwise. */
-		bool operator< (const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle) const;
-
-		/** Greater operator, used to sort property handle in map.
-		* \param pProperty The property handle compared to this property handle.
-		* \return \c true if greater, \c false otherwise. */
-		bool operator> (const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle) const;
-
-		/** Compare type info together
-		* \param pHandle FbxPropertyHandle compared with this one.   
-		* \return \c True if equal, \c false otherwise. */
-		bool Is(const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle) const;
-
-		//! Judge validity
-		bool Valid() const;
-
-		//! Get the property name
-		const char*	GetName() const;
-
-		//! Get the property label
-		const char*	GetLabel() const;
-
-		/** Set a label to the property
-		* \param pLabel The given label string
-		* \return \c true if successful. */
-		bool SetLabel(const char* pLabel);
-
-		//! Get the property type
-		EFbxType GetType() const;
-
-		//! Get the property type info
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetTypeInfo() const;
-
-		//! Get the property attribute state
-		FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags	GetFlags() const;
-	
-		/**	Gets the inheritance type for the given flag. 
-		* \param pFlags The flag to query
-		* \param pCheckReferences Decide whether check instance. If it is true, check instance.
-		* \return The inheritance type */
-		FbxPropertyFlags::EInheritType GetFlagsInheritType(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags, bool pCheckReferences) const;
-
-		/**	According the given parameter Change the attributes of the property.
-		* \param pFlags The given flags used as mask.
-		* \param pValue If pValue is true, set mask with given flags, otherwise unset mask with given flags.
-		* \return  If succeed, return true. */
-		bool ModifyFlags(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags, bool pValue);
-
-		/**Sets the inheritance type for the given flag
-		* \param pFlags The flag to set 
-		* \param pType The inheritance type to set 
-		* \return  If succeed, return true. */
-		bool SetFlagsInheritType(FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags pFlags, FbxPropertyFlags::EInheritType pType);
-
-		//! Get the property user data.
-		void* GetUserData() const;
-
-		/** Set user data to the property
-		* \param pUserData The given user data
-		* \return  If succeed, return true. */
-		bool SetUserData(const void* pUserData);
-
-		//! Get the property user tag
-		int GetUserTag() const;
-
-		/** Set user tag to the property
-		* \param pUserData The given user tag
-		* \return  If succeed, return true. */
-		bool SetUserTag(int pUserData);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Enum management
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Add new value at the end of the enum list in the property.
-		* \param pStringValue The given new value
-		* \return  The index of the value. */
-		int AddEnumValue(const char* pStringValue);
-
-		/** Insert new value at the given index of the enum list in property.
-		* \param pIndex The given index
-		* \param pStringValue The given new value */
-		void InsertEnumValue(int pIndex, const char* pStringValue);
-
-		/** Get the enum count of enum list in property
-		* \return The enum count of enum list in property */
-		int GetEnumCount();
-
-		/** Set value at the given index of the enum list in the property.
-		* \param pIndex  The given index
-		* \param pStringValue The given new value used to instead the old value. */
-		void SetEnumValue(int pIndex, const char* pStringValue);
-
-		/** Remove the value at the index of the enum list in the property.
-		* \param pIndex The given index */
-		void RemoveEnumValue(int pIndex);
-
-		/** Get the value at the index of enum list in the property.
-		* \param pIndex    The given index
-		* \return The value at the given index */
-		char* GetEnumValue(int pIndex);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Child and Struct management
-	*/
-	//@{
-		//! Create the map for find property in the property page
-		void BeginCreateOrFindProperty();
-
-		//! Clear the map which created for find property.
-		void EndCreateOrFindProperty();
-
-		/** Judge if the property is the root property.
-		* \return Return true if this property is root property. */
-		inline bool	IsRoot() const { return ( mPage && mId == 0 ) ? true : false; }
-
-		/** Judge if the property is the child property of the given parent property.
-		* \param pParent The given parent property handle
-		* \return Return true if this property is child of given property. */
-		bool IsChildOf(const FbxPropertyHandle& pParent) const;
-
-		/** Judge if the property is descendent property of the given property.
-		* \param pParent The given parent property handle
-		* \return Return true if this property is descendant of given property. */
-		bool IsDescendentOf(const FbxPropertyHandle& pParent) const;
-
-		/** Set parent property handle.No matter what enters,the result is always false.
-		* \param pOther
-		* \return False */
-		bool SetParent(const FbxPropertyHandle& pOther );
-
-		/** Add a property to the property page.
-		* \param pName The name of property.
-		* \param pTypeInfo The added property's type info.
-		* \return The handle of the new added property */
-		FbxPropertyHandle Add(const char* pName, const FbxPropertyHandle& pTypeInfo);
-
-		/** Get parent property
-		* \return If the parent property exists, return the property handle,otherwise return -1. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetParent() const;
-
-		/**  Get child property 
-		* \return  If the child property is exist, return the property handle,otherwise return -1. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetChild() const;
-
-		/**  Get sibling property  
-		* \return If the sibling property is exist, return the property handle,otherwise return -1. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetSibling() const;
-
-		/**  Get first descendent property 
-		* \return If the descendent property is exist, return the first descendent property handle,otherwise return -1. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetFirstDescendent() const;
-
-		/**  Get first descendent property which after the given property 
-		* \param pHandle The given property handle
-		* \return If the descendent property can be found after the given property, 
-		* return the first found property handle,otherwise return -1. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetNextDescendent(const FbxPropertyHandle& pHandle) const;
-
-		/** Find the property with given name 
-		* \param pName The given property name
-		* \param pCaseSensitive Decide if the given property name is case sensitive
-		* \return  Return a property handle which be created with the found property. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle Find(const char* pName, bool pCaseSensitive) const;
-
-		/** Find the property with given name and type info.
-		* \param pName The given property name
-		* \param pTypeInfo The given property type info
-		* \param pCaseSensitive Decide if the given property name is case sensitive
-		* \return  Return a property handle which be created with the found property. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle Find(const char* pName, const FbxPropertyHandle& pTypeInfo, bool pCaseSensitive) const;
-
-		/** Separate the given name by  children separator string and then find the property.The step is  
-		*  strip the first part of the name and search, if the property can be found, strip the second part  
-		*  of the name and continue search, until no property be found,then return the last found property.
-		* \param pName The given property name
-		* \param pChildrenSeparator The given children separator string 
-		* \param pCaseSensitive Decide if the given property name is case sensitive
-		* \return  Return a property handle which be created with the found property. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle Find(const char* pName, const char* pChildrenSeparator, bool pCaseSensitive) const;
-
-		/** Separate the given name by  children separator string and then find the property.The step is  
-		*  strip the first part of the name and search, if the property can be found, strip the second part  
-		*  of the name and continue search, until no property be found,then return the last found property.
-		* \param pName The given property name
-		* \param pChildrenSeparator The given children separator string 
-		* \param pTypeInfo The given property type info
-		* \param pCaseSensitive Decide if the given property name is case sensitive
-		* \return  Return a property handle which be created with the found property. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle Find(const char* pName, const char* pChildrenSeparator, const FbxPropertyHandle& pTypeInfo, bool pCaseSensitive) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Connection management
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Connect source property.
-		* \param pSrc    The given source property
-		* \param pType    The given property type
-		* \return If connect successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool ConnectSrc(const FbxPropertyHandle& pSrc, const FbxConnection::EType pType=FbxConnection::eDefault); 
-
-		/** Get source properties' count.
-		* \param pFilter    The filter used to get sub connection point. If it is not zero, return the source count of the sub connection point.
-		* Otherwise, return the src count of this property.
-		* \return The count of source properties */
-		int GetSrcCount(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter=0) const; 
-
-		/** Get source property with the given index.
-		* \param pFilter    The filter used to get sub connection point. If it is not zero, return the source property of the sub connection point.
-		* Otherwise, return the source property of this property.
-		* \param pIndex    The given index
-		* \return The source property handle. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetSrc(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter=0, int pIndex=0) const; 
-
-		/** Disconnect source property.
-		* \param pSrc    The given source property
-		* \return If disconnect successfully, return true, otherwise return false. */
-		bool DisconnectSrc(const FbxPropertyHandle& pSrc);
-
-		/** Judge if it is connected with the given source property.
-		* \param pSrc    The given source property
-		* \return If it is connected, return true, otherwise return false. */
-		bool IsConnectedSrc(const FbxPropertyHandle& pSrc);
-
-		/** Connect destination property.
-		* \param pDst    The given destination property
-		* \param pType    The given property type
-		* \return If connect successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool ConnectDst(const FbxPropertyHandle& pDst, const FbxConnection::EType pType=FbxConnection::eDefault); 
-
-		/** Get destination properties' count.
-		* \param pFilter    The filter used to get sub connection point.If it is not zero,return the destination count of the sub connection point.
-		* Otherwise, return the destination count of this property.
-		* \return The count of destination properties */
-		int GetDstCount(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter=0) const; 
-
-		/** Get destination property with the given index.
-		* \param pFilter    The filter used to get sub connection point.If it is not zero,return the destination property of the sub connection point.
-		* Otherwise, return the destination property of this property.
-		* \param pIndex    The given index
-		* \return The destination property handle. */
-		FbxPropertyHandle GetDst(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pFilter=0, int pIndex=0) const; 
-
-		/** Disconnect destination property.
-		* \param pDst    The given destination property
-		* \return If disconnect successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool DisconnectDst(const FbxPropertyHandle& pDst);
-
-		/** Judge if it is connected with the given destination property.
-		* \param pDst    The given destination property
-		* \return If it is connected, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool IsConnectedDst(const FbxPropertyHandle& pDst);
-
-		//! Clear connect cache
-		void ClearConnectCache();
-
-		//! Clear all connect without sending any notification (Internal use ONLY)
-		void WipeAllConnections();
-	//@}
-
-	/** \name Limits Functions
-	* Minimum and maximum value limits can be associated with properties, but FBX 
-	* will not verify that these limits are respected. FBX however will store and 
-	* retrieve limits from files, and will assure that they are persistent in memory 
-	* while the property handle object exists. 
-	*
-	* Soft minimums and maximums values are specifying a second set of limits that can be 
-	* used for UI objects such as sliders. FBX will handle them the same way it does
-	* with the normal limits. */
-	//@{
-		/** Judge if this property has a minimum value.
-		* \return If the minimum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool HasMin() const;
-
-		/** Get the minimum value and value type of this property.
-		* \param pValue    The minimum value of this property.
-		* \param pValueType The value type of this property.
-		* \return If the minimum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool GetMin(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType) const;
-
-		/** Set the minimum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given minimum value .
-		* \param pValueType The given value type .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool SetMin(const void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType);
-
-		/** According the given value and its value type, set the minimum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given value .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false.
-		*/
-		template <class T> inline bool SetMin(const T& pValue){ return SetMin(&pValue, FbxTypeOf(pValue)); }
-
-		/** Get the minimum value of this property.
-		* \param pFBX_TYPE    Not used in this function. This is a dummy argument for 
-		*                     the correct instantiation of the templated function.
-		* \return The minimum value of this property */
-		template <class T> inline T GetMin(const T* pFBX_TYPE) const { T lValue; GetMin(&lValue, FbxTypeOf(lValue)); return lValue; }
-
-		/** Judge if this property has soft minimum value.
-		* \return If the soft minimum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool HasSoftMin() const;
-
-		/** Get the soft minimum value and value type of this property.
-		* \param pValue    The soft minimum value of this property.
-		* \param pValueType The value type of this property.
-		* \return If the soft minimum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool GetSoftMin(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType) const;
-
-		/** Set the soft minimum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given soft minimum value .
-		* \param pValueType The given value type .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool SetSoftMin(const void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType);
-
-		/** According the given value and its value type, set the soft minimum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given value .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		template <class T> inline bool SetSoftMin(const T& pValue){ return SetSoftMin(&pValue, FbxTypeOf(pValue)); }
-
-		/** Get the soft minimum value of this property.
-		* \param pFBX_TYPE    Not used in this function. This is a dummy argument for 
-		*                     the correct instantiation of the templated function.
-		* \return The soft minimum value of this property */
-		template <class T> inline T GetSoftMin(const T* pFBX_TYPE) const { T lValue; GetSoftMin(&lValue, FbxTypeOf(lValue)); return lValue; }
-
-		/** Judge if this property has maximum value.
-		* \return If the maximum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool HasMax() const;
-
-		/** Get the maximum value and value type of this property.
-		* \param pValue    The maximum value of this property.
-		* \param pValueType The value type of this property.
-		* \return If the maximum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool GetMax(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType) const;
-
-		/** Set the maximum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given maximum value .
-		* \param pValueType The given value type .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool SetMax(const void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType);
-
-		/** According the given value and its value type, set the maximum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given value .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		template <class T> inline bool SetMax(const T& pValue){ return SetMax(&pValue, FbxTypeOf(pValue)); }
-
-		/** Get the maximum value of this property.
-		* \param pFBX_TYPE    Not used in this function. This is a dummy argument for 
-		*                     the correct instantiation of the templated function.
-		* \return The maximum value of this property */
-		template <class T> inline T GetMax(const T* pFBX_TYPE) const { T lValue; GetMax(&lValue, FbxTypeOf(lValue)); return lValue; }
-
-		/** Judge if this property has soft maximum value.
-		* \return If the soft maximum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool HasSoftMax() const;
-
-		/** Get the soft maximum value and value type of this property.
-		* \param pValue    The soft maximum value of this property.
-		* \param pValueType The value type of this property.
-		* \return If the soft maximum value exist, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool GetSoftMax(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType) const;
-
-		/** Set the soft maximum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given soft maximum value .
-		* \param pValueType The given value type .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool SetSoftMax(const void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType);
-
-		/** According the given value and its value type, set the soft maximum value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given value .
-		* \return If it be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		template <class T> inline bool SetSoftMax(const T& pValue){ return SetSoftMax(&pValue, FbxTypeOf(pValue)); }
-
-		/** Get the soft maximum value of this property.
-		* \param pFBX_TYPE    Not used in this function. This is a dummy argument for 
-		*                     the correct instantiation of the templated function.
-		* \return The soft maximum value of this property */
-		template <class T> inline T GetSoftMax(const T* pFBX_TYPE) const { T lValue; GetSoftMax(&lValue, FbxTypeOf(lValue)); return lValue; }
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Value 
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Get value inherit type of this property.
-		* \param pCheckReferences   If it is true,check instance of this property page,otherwise,only check this page.
-		* \return The value inherit type of this property */
-		FbxPropertyFlags::EInheritType GetValueInheritType(bool pCheckReferences) const;
-
-		/** Set value inherit type for this property .
-		* \param pType  The given value inherit type.
-		* \return If set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool SetValueInheritType(FbxPropertyFlags::EInheritType pType);
-
-		/** Get default value and value type of this property .
-		* \param pValue  The gotten default value of this property.
-		* \param pValueType The gotten default value type of this property.
-		* \return If default value be gotten successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool GetDefaultValue(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType) const;
-
-		/** Get value and value type of this property .
-		* \param pValue  The gotten value of this property.
-		* \param pValueType The gotten value type of this property.
-		* \return If value be gotten successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool Get(void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType) const;
-
-		/** Set property value and value type for this property.
-		* \param pValue    The given property value .
-		* \param pValueType The given property value type 
-		* \param pCheckValueEquality If it is true, when the given value is equal with
-		* the property value, the property value will not be set.
-		* \return If the property value be set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		bool Set(const void* pValue, EFbxType pValueType, bool pCheckValueEquality);
-
-		/** Set property value with the given value .
-		* \param pValue  The given value .
-		* \return If set successfully, return true,otherwise, return false. */
-		template <class T> inline bool Set(const T& pValue){ return Set(&pValue, FbxTypeOf(pValue)); }
-
-		/** get property value.
-		* \param pFBX_TYPE  Not be used.
-		* \return The gotten property value. */
-		template <class T> inline T Get(const T* pFBX_TYPE) const { T lValue; Get(&lValue, FbxTypeOf(lValue)); return lValue; }
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Page settings
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Set the property page data pointer.
-		* \param pData  The given page data pointer. */
-		void SetPageDataPtr(void* pData);
-
-		/** Get property page data pointer.
-		* \return The gotten property page data pointer. */
-		void* GetPageDataPtr() const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Page Internal Entry Management
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Push properties to parent instance.
-		* \return If push successful return true,otherwise,return false. */
-		bool PushPropertiesToParentInstance();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Reference Management
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Judge if this property page is a instance of other page.
-		* \return If this property page is a instance of other page, return true,otherwise,return false. */
-		bool IsAReferenceTo(void) const;
-
-		/** Get the property page which this property page make reference to
-		* \return The property page which this property page make reference to */
-		void* GetReferenceTo(void) const;
-
-		/** Judge if this property page is referenced by other pages.
-		* \return If this property page is referenced by other pages, return true,otherwise,return false. */
-		bool IsReferencedBy(void) const;
-
-		/** Get the count of property pages which make reference to this property page.
-		* \return The count of property pages which make reference to this property page. */
-		int GetReferencedByCount(void) const;
-
-		/** According the given index,get the property page which make reference to this property page.
-		* \param pIndex The given index
-		* \return The pointer to the property page which reference to this property page and be found by index. */
-		void* GetReferencedBy(int pIndex) const; 
-	//@}
-
-private:
-	FbxPropertyPage*	mPage;
-	FbxInt				mId;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_PROPERTY_HANDLE_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxquery.h

@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxquery.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_QUERY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_QUERY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxclassid.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxconnectionpoint.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmap.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmemorypool.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#define FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID 0x14000000
-
-class FbxProperty;
-
-/** Base class to manage query. A query contains a filter and reference ID, which will be used to search and retrieve objects. 
-* The derived query classes are used to create FbxCriteria.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQuery
-{
-public:
-	//! Get unique filter Id
-	virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const { return FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID; }
-
-	/** Judge if the given property is valid.
-	* \param pProperty The given property.
-	* \return \c true always, not implemented. */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const FbxProperty& pProperty) const;
-
-	/** This compares whether two FbxQuery are the same, NOT whether the query matches or not. It's strictly the equivalent of an operator==, but virtual.
-	* \param pOtherQuery The given FbxQuery */
-	virtual bool IsEqual(FbxQuery* pOtherQuery) const;
-
-	//! Add one to ref count.
-	void Ref();
-
-	//! Minus one to ref count, if ref count is zero, delete this query object.
-	void Unref();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-protected:
-    FbxQuery();
-    virtual ~FbxQuery();
-
-private:
-    class InternalFilter : public FbxConnectionPointFilter
-	{
-	public:
-		InternalFilter(FbxQuery* pQuery);
-		~InternalFilter();
-
-	public:
-		FbxConnectionPointFilter*	Ref();
-		void						Unref();
-		FbxInt						GetUniqueId() const { return mQuery->GetUniqueId(); }
-		bool						IsValid(FbxConnectionPoint* pConnect) const;
-		bool						IsEqual(FbxConnectionPointFilter* pConnectFilter) const;
-
-		FbxQuery*					mQuery;
-    };
-
-    InternalFilter	mFilter;
-    int				mRefCount;
-
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-    friend class FbxProperty;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-/** Defines a filtering criteria for a query of objects, connections and properties, so that only those satisfying the criteria are
-* affected by the query. Some examples of kinds of criteria are object type, connection type, or property. Criteria can be combined
-* using logical operators such as "and" and "or".
-* \note 
-* Objects are basic elements in FBX. Each of them has a hierarchy type and some properties. Objects and properties can be connected
-* through a connection to represent a relationship between them. (e.g. child-parent, container membership, reference, etc.,). In a
-* query, you could select object or properties based on these criteria.
-* Here are some examples:
-* \code
-* FbxObject* lObject = FbxObject::Create(lManager, "Object");
-* int lSrcLightCount = lObject->RootProperty.GetSrcObjectCount(FbxCriteria::ObjectType(FbxLight::ClassId));
-* int lSrcDeformerCount = lObject->RootProperty.GetSrcObjectCount(FbxCriteria::ObjectTypeStrict(FbxDeformer::ClassId));
-* int lSrcPropertyCount = lObject->RootProperty.GetSrcCount(FbxCriteria::IsProperty());
-* \endcode
-* \see FbxQuery
-* \see FbxProperty::GetSrcObjectCount(const FbxCriteria&) const
-* \see FbxCollection::GetMemberCount(const FbxCriteria&) const
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxCriteria
-{
-public:
-	/** Creates a new query criteria that only selects objects which have a specific
-	* class ID or derive from a class with a specific class ID.
-	* \param pClassId The base type class ID */
-	static FbxCriteria ObjectType(const FbxClassId& pClassId);
-
-	/** Creates a new query criteria that only selects objects which have a specific class ID.
-	* \param pClassId The type class ID */
-	static FbxCriteria ObjectTypeStrict(const FbxClassId& pClassId);
-
-	//! Creates a new query criteria that only selects properties.
-	static FbxCriteria IsProperty();
-
-	/** Gets a logical conjunction (and) criteria from this and the specified criteria.
-	* \param pCriteria The specified criteria */
-	FbxCriteria operator&&(const FbxCriteria& pCriteria) const;
-
-	/** Gets a logical disjunction (or) criteria from this and the specified criteria.
-	* \param pCriteria The specified criteria */
-	FbxCriteria operator||(const FbxCriteria& pCriteria) const;
-
-	//! Returns a negated version of the criteria.
-	FbxCriteria operator!() const;
-
-	/** Retrieves the query.
-	* \return The query of this criteria */
-	FbxQuery* GetQuery() const;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxCriteria();
-	FbxCriteria(const FbxCriteria& pCriteria);
-	FbxCriteria(FbxQuery* pQuery);
-	~FbxCriteria();
-
-	FbxCriteria& operator=(const FbxCriteria& pCriteria);
-
-private:
-    FbxQuery* mQuery;
-
-	static void FreeGlobalCache();
-
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-	friend class FbxManager;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Functor to compare FbxCriteria
-struct FbxCriteriaCompare
-{
-	inline int operator()(const FbxCriteria& pKeyA, const FbxCriteria& pKeyB) const
-	{
-		const FbxQuery* lKeyA = pKeyA.GetQuery();
-		const FbxQuery* lKeyB = pKeyB.GetQuery();
-		return lKeyA < lKeyB ? -1 : (lKeyA > lKeyB ? 1 : 0);
-	}
-};
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQueryOperator : public FbxQuery
-{
-public:
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-
-	enum EType {eAND, eOR};
-
-    static FbxQueryOperator* Create(FbxQuery* pA, EType pOperator, FbxQuery* pB);
-    virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const { return FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID+1; }
-    virtual bool IsValid(const FbxProperty& pProperty) const;
-    virtual bool IsEqual(FbxQuery* pOtherQuery) const;
-
-protected:
-    FbxQueryOperator(FbxQuery* pA, EType pOperator, FbxQuery* pB);
-    virtual ~FbxQueryOperator();
-
-private:
-    FbxQuery	*mA, *mB;
-    EType		mOperator;
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQueryOperatorUnary : public FbxQuery
-{
-public:
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-
-    static FbxQueryOperatorUnary* Create(FbxQuery* pA);
-    virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const{ return FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID+2; }
-    virtual bool IsValid(const FbxProperty& pProperty) const;
-    virtual bool IsEqual(FbxQuery* pOtherQuery) const;
-
-protected:
-    FbxQueryOperatorUnary(FbxQuery* pA);
-    virtual ~FbxQueryOperatorUnary();
-
-private:
-    FbxQuery* mA;
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQueryClassId : public FbxQuery
-{
-public:
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-
-    static FbxQueryClassId* Create(const FbxClassId& pClassId);
-    virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const{ return FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID+3; }
-    virtual bool IsValid(const FbxProperty& pProperty) const;
-    virtual bool IsEqual(FbxQuery* pOtherQuery) const;
-
-protected:
-    FbxQueryClassId(const FbxClassId& pClassId);
-
-private:
-    FbxClassId	mClassId;
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQueryIsA : public FbxQuery
-{
-public:
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-
-    static FbxQueryIsA* Create(const FbxClassId& pClassId);       
-    virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const{ return FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID+4; }
-    virtual bool IsValid(const FbxProperty& pProperty) const;
-    virtual bool IsEqual(FbxQuery* pOtherQuery) const;
-
-protected:
-    FbxQueryIsA(const FbxClassId& pClassId);
-
-private:
-    FbxClassId mClassId;
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQueryIsProperty : public FbxQuery
-{
-public:
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-
-    static FbxQueryIsProperty* Create();
-    virtual FbxInt GetUniqueId() const{ return FBXSDK_QUERY_UNIQUE_ID+5; }
-    virtual bool IsValid(const FbxProperty& pProperty) const;
-    virtual bool IsEqual(FbxQuery* pOtherQuery) const;
-
-protected:
-    FbxQueryIsProperty();
-};
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_QUERY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxqueryevent.h

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxqueryevent.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_QUERY_EVENT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_QUERY_EVENT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxevent.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** A query event is something that is emitted by an entity, with the goal of being filled by someone that listen to it. 
-*  You can see that like a form that you send to some people. If those people know how to fill the form, they fill it and return
-*  it to you with the right information in it.  A query event is emitted, and plug-in who are listening to that type of query, 
-*  fill the data that can be accessed by the query emitter.
-*/
-template <typename QueryT> class FbxQueryEvent : public FbxEvent<FbxQueryEvent<QueryT> >
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    *\name Public interface
-    */
-    //@{
-    /** Constructor.
-	  * \param pData The requested data.  
-      */
-    explicit FbxQueryEvent(QueryT* pData):mData(pData){}
-
-    /** Accessor to a mutable reference to the data. Event are usually const and can't be modified by listener. 
-     * This special type of event can have is content modified via this accessor.
-     * \return A mutable reference the requested data.
-    */
-    QueryT& GetData()const { return *mData; }
-    //@}
-
-private:
-    mutable QueryT* mData;
-
-private:
-    virtual const char* GetEventName() const { FBX_ASSERT(false); return ""; }
-    static const char* FbxEventName() { FBX_ASSERT(false); return ""; }
-    friend class FbxEvent< FbxQueryEvent<QueryT> >;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_QUERY_EVENT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxscopedloadingdirectory.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxscopedloadingdirectory.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SCOPED_LOADING_DIRECTORY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SCOPED_LOADING_DIRECTORY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxloadingstrategy.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxmodule.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxPluginHandle;
-
-//! A plug-in loading strategy that loads all DLLs with a specific extension from a specific directory. When this class is destroyed all of the plug-ins are unloaded.
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxScopedLoadingDirectory : public FbxLoadingStrategy
-{
-public:
-	/** Constructor, which also load plug-ins in the folder specified.
-	* \param pDirectoryPath The directory path.
-	* \param pPluginExtension The plug-in extension. */
-	FbxScopedLoadingDirectory(const char* pDirectoryPath, const char* pPluginExtension);
-
-	/** Destructor. Unload plug-ins. */
-	virtual ~FbxScopedLoadingDirectory();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	virtual bool SpecificLoad(FbxPluginData& pData);
-	virtual void SpecificUnload(FbxPluginData& pData);
-
-	FbxString mDirectoryPath;
-	FbxString mExtension;
-
-	FbxArray<FbxModule> mPluginHandles;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SCOPED_LOADING_DIRECTORY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxscopedloadingfilename.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxscopedloadingfilename.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SCOPED_LOADING_FILENAME_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SCOPED_LOADING_FILENAME_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxloadingstrategy.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxmodule.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** 
- * A plug-in loading strategy that loads a single DLL by specifying the file name in the constructor, and unloads the DLL in its destructor.
- */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxScopedLoadingFileName : public FbxLoadingStrategy
-{
-public:
-    /**
-     *\name Public interface
-     */
-    //@{
-		/** Constructor.
-		  * Load plug-in.
-		  * \param pPath The file path.
-		  */
-		explicit FbxScopedLoadingFileName(const char* pPath);
-
-		/** Destructor.
-		 * Unload plug-in.
-		 */
-		virtual ~FbxScopedLoadingFileName();
-    //@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-    virtual bool SpecificLoad(FbxPluginData& pData);
-    virtual void SpecificUnload(FbxPluginData& pData);
-
-    FbxModule mInstance;
-    FbxString mPath;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SCOPED_LOADING_FILENAME_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxstream.h

@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxstream.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_STREAM_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_STREAM_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxfile.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Abstract class for implementing I/O operations through a stream of data.
-* For instance, it can be used to read data from a memory source, thus making it possible to import files from memory. However, 
-* for the time being, the FbxStream class is only supported with FBX files. 
-*/
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxStream
-{
-public:
-	/** Current stream state. */
-	enum EState
-	{
-		eClosed,	//!< The stream is closed.
-		eOpen,		//!< The stream is open.
-		eEmpty		//!< The stream is empty.
-	};
-
-	/** Query the current state of the stream. */
-	virtual EState GetState() = 0;
-
-	/** Open the stream.
-	* \return True if successful.
-	* \remark Each time the stream is open or closed, the stream position must be reset to zero. */
-	virtual bool Open(void* pStreamData) = 0;
-
-	/** Close the stream.
-	* \return True if successful.
-	* \remark Each time the stream is open or closed, the stream position must be reset to zero. */
-	virtual bool Close() = 0;
-
-	/** Empties the internal data of the stream.
-	* \return True if successful. */
-	virtual bool Flush() = 0;
-
-	/** Writes a memory block.
-	* \param pData Pointer to the memory block to write.
-	* \param pSize Size (in bytes) of the memory block to write.
-	* \return The number of bytes written in the stream. */
-	virtual int Write(const void* /*pData*/, int /*pSize*/) = 0;
-
-	/** Read bytes from the stream and store them in the memory block.
-	* \param pData Pointer to the memory block where the read bytes are stored.
-	* \param pSize Number of bytes read from the stream.
-	* \return The actual number of bytes successfully read from the stream. */
-	virtual int Read(void* /*pData*/, int /*pSize*/) const = 0;
-
-	/** Read a string from the stream.
-	* The default implementation is written in terms of Read() but does not cope with DOS line endings.
-	* Subclasses may need to override this if DOS line endings are to be supported.
-	* \param pBuffer Pointer to the memory block where the read bytes are stored.
-	* \param pMaxSize Maximum number of bytes to be read from the stream.
-	* \param pStopAtFirstWhiteSpace Stop reading when any whitespace is encountered. Otherwise read to end of line (like fgets()).
-	* \return pBuffer, if successful, else NULL.
-	* \remark The default implementation terminates the \e pBuffer with a null character and assumes there is enough room for it.
-	* For example, a call with \e pMaxSize = 1 will fill \e pBuffer with the null character only. */
-	virtual char* ReadString(char* pBuffer, int pMaxSize, bool pStopAtFirstWhiteSpace=false);
-
-	/** If not specified by KFbxImporter::Initialize(), the importer will ask
-	* the stream to select an appropriate reader ID to associate with the stream.
-	* FbxIOPluginRegistry can be used to locate id by extension or description.
-	* Return -1 to allow FBX to select an appropriate default. */
-	virtual int GetReaderID() const = 0;
-
-	/** If not specified by KFbxExporter::Initialize(), the exporter will ask
-	* the stream to select an appropriate writer ID to associate with the stream.
-	* KFbxIOPluginRegistry can be used to locate id by extension or description.
-	* Return -1 to allow FBX to select an appropriate default. */
-	virtual int GetWriterID() const = 0;
-
-	/** Adjust the current stream position.
-	* \param pSeekPos Pre-defined position where offset is added (FbxFile::eBegin, FbxFile::eCurrent:, FbxFile::eEnd)
-	* \param pOffset Number of bytes to offset from pSeekPos. */
-	virtual void Seek(const FbxInt64& pOffset, const FbxFile::ESeekPos& pSeekPos)=0;
-
-	/** Get the current stream position.
-	* \return Current number of bytes from the beginning of the stream. */
-	virtual long GetPosition() const = 0;
-
-	/** Set the current stream position.
-	* \param pPosition Number of bytes from the beginning of the stream to seek to. */
-	virtual void SetPosition(long pPosition)=0;
-
-	/** Return 0 if no errors occurred. Otherwise, return 1 to indicate
-	* an error. This method will be invoked whenever FBX needs to verify
-	* that the last operation succeeded. */
-	virtual int GetError() const = 0;
-
-	/** Clear current error condition by setting the current error value to 0. */
-	virtual void ClearError() = 0;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxStream(){};
-	virtual ~FbxStream(){};
-
-	int Write(const char* pData, int pSize){ return Write((void*)pData, pSize); }
-	int Write(const int* pData, int pSize){ return Write((void*)pData, pSize); }
-	int Read(char* pData, int pSize) const { return Read((void*)pData, pSize); }
-	int Read(int* pData, int pSize) const { return Read((void*)pData, pSize); }
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_STREAM_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxsymbol.h

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxsymbol.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SYMBOL_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SYMBOL_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxmap.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Defines a symbol string. A symbol string is a string that is unique and stored in a global symbol table.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxSymbol
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    * \name Constructors and Destructor
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Constructor.
-    * Construct a symbol and add it to global symbol table.
-    * \param pName Symbol name.
-    * \param pRealm The real value for this symbol. 
-    */
-    FbxSymbol(const char* pName, const char* pRealm);
-
-    //! Destructor.
-    ~FbxSymbol();
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name Access function.
-    */
-    //@{
-    /**
-    * Get ID in global symbol table.
-    * \return Symbol ID in global symbol table.
-    */
-    unsigned int GetID() const;
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name Symbol comparison
-    */
-    //@{
-    /** Equality operator.
-    * \param pSymbol The symbol to be compared. 
-    */
-    bool operator==(FbxSymbol const& pSymbol) const;
-
-    /** Inequality operator.
-    * \param pSymbol The symbol to be compared. 
-    */
-    bool operator!=(FbxSymbol const& pSymbol) const;
-    //@}
-
-private:
-    unsigned int mID;
-};
-
-typedef FbxMap< FbxString, int, FbxStringCompare > FbxStringSymbolMap;
-
-
-/** This class is to mark a string as symbol.
-  * String Symbol only has its name.
-  * /remarks Each symbol is unique. That means there are no symbols which have the same name.
-* \nosubgrouping */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxStringSymbol
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    * \name Constructors and Destructor
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    //! Default constructor.
-    FbxStringSymbol();
-
-    /** Constructor.
-    * Construct a symbol and add it to global symbol table.
-    * \param pName Symbol name.
-    */
-    FbxStringSymbol(const char* pName);
-
-    //! Copy constructor.
-    FbxStringSymbol(const FbxStringSymbol& pOther);
-
-    //! Destructor.
-    ~FbxStringSymbol();
-    //@}
-
-    //! Cast operator to const char* type.
-    inline operator const char*() const { return mItem ? ((const char*) mItem->GetKey()) : NULL; }
-
-
-    /** Determine the symbol empty or not.
-    * \return \c true if empty. \c false otherwise.
-    */    
-    inline bool IsEmpty() const
-    {
-        return !mItem || mItem->GetKey().IsEmpty();
-    }
-
-    //! Static function to allocate global string symbol map.
-    static void AllocateGlobalStringSymbolMap();
-
-    //! Static function to deallocate global string symbol map.
-    static void FreeGlobalStringSymbolMap();
-
-    /** Assignment operator.
-    * \param pName  The symbol value. 
-    * \return       The self after assignment.
-    */
-    FbxStringSymbol& operator=(const char* pName);
-
-private:
-    FbxStringSymbolMap::RecordType* mItem;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SYMBOL_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxsystemunit.h

@@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxsystemunit.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SYSTEM_UNIT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SYSTEM_UNIT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxAMatrix;
-class FbxScene;
-class FbxNode;
-class FbxAnimCurveNode;
-
-/** \brief This class describes the units of measurement used within a particular scene.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxSystemUnit 
-{
-public:
-
-    /** Struct to define various options that you can use to convert the system unit of a scene.
-      * The default values are:
-      *         mConvertRrsNodes = true
-      *         mConvertLimits = true
-      *         mConvertClusters = true
-      *         mConvertLightIntensity = true
-      *         mConvertPhotometricLProperties = true
-      *         mConvertCameraClipPlanes = true
-      *
-      * The default configuration have been tested to give the best conversion results in the majority of the case. 
-      * \remark Changing any of these values will have a direct impact on the whole scene behavior. 
-      */
-    struct ConversionOptions
-    {
-        //! This flag indicates whether or not to convert the nodes that do not inherit their parent's scale.
-        bool mConvertRrsNodes;  
-
-        //! This flag indicates whether or not to convert limits.
-        bool mConvertLimits;
-
-        //! This flag indicates whether or not to convert clusters.
-        bool mConvertClusters;
-
-        //! This flag indicates whether or not to convert the light intensity property.
-        bool mConvertLightIntensity;	
-
-        //! This flag indicates whether or not to convert photometric lights properties.
-        bool mConvertPhotometricLProperties;
-
-        //! This flag indicates whether or not to convert the cameras clip planes.
-        bool mConvertCameraClipPlanes;
-    };
-
-	FbxSystemUnit();
-
-    /** Constructor.
-      * \param pScaleFactor The equivalent number of centimeters in the new system unit. 
-      *                     For example, an inch unit uses a scale factor of 2.54.
-      * \param pMultiplier  A multiplier factor of pScaleFactor.
-      */
-    FbxSystemUnit(double pScaleFactor, double pMultiplier = 1.0);
-
-    /** Destructor.
-      */
-    ~FbxSystemUnit();
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for millimeters.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit mm;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for decimeters.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit dm;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for centimeters.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit cm;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for meters.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit m;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for kilometers.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit km;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for inches.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit Inch;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for feet.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit Foot;
-    
-    //! Predefined system unit for miles.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit Mile;
-
-    //! Predefined system unit for yards.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit Yard;
-
-    #define FBXSDK_SYSTEM_UNIT_PREDEF_COUNT 9
-
-    //! Points to a FbxSystemUnit array to store the predefined system units. The array size is FBXSDK_SYSTEM_UNIT_PREDEF_COUNT.
-    static const FbxSystemUnit *sPredefinedUnits;
-
-    //! Stores the default conversion options.
-    static const ConversionOptions DefaultConversionOptions;
-
-    /** Converts a scene from its system units to this system unit.
-      * \param pScene The scene to convert.
-      * \param pOptions Conversion options, see:FbxSystemUnit::ConversionOptions.
-      */
-    void ConvertScene( FbxScene* pScene, const ConversionOptions& pOptions = DefaultConversionOptions ) const;
-
-    /** Converts the child (or children) of the given node from the system unit to this system unit.
-      * Unlike the ConvertScene() method, this method does not set the axis system 
-      * of the scene to which the pRoot node belongs. It also does not adjust FbxPose
-      * as they are not stored under the scene, and not under a particular node.
-      * \param pRoot The given node.
-      * \param pSrcUnit The source system unit.
-      * \param pOptions Conversion options, see:FbxSystemUnit::ConversionOptions.
-      */
-    void ConvertChildren( FbxNode* pRoot, const FbxSystemUnit& pSrcUnit, const ConversionOptions& pOptions = DefaultConversionOptions ) const;
-
-    /** Converts a scene from its system unit to this system unit, using the specified 
-      * Fbx_Root node. This method is provided for backwards compatibility only
-      * and instead you should use ConvertScene( FbxScene* , const ConversionOptions&  ) whenever possible.
-      * \param pScene The scene to convert.
-      * \param pFbxRoot The Fbx_Root node to use for conversion.
-      * \param pOptions Conversion options, see:FbxSystemUnit::ConversionOptions
-      */
-    void ConvertScene( FbxScene* pScene, FbxNode* pFbxRoot, const ConversionOptions& pOptions = DefaultConversionOptions ) const;
-
-    /** Returns the system unit's scale factor, relative to centimeters.
-      * This factor scales system unit values to centimeters. If you want to scale values to centimeters, use this value.
-      * Ignore the "multiplier" (returned by GetMultiplier()) value. 
-      * \return The the system unit's scale factor, relative to centimeters.
-      */
-    double GetScaleFactor() const;
-
-    /** Returns a unit label for the current scale factor.
-      * \param pAbbreviated If \c true, returns abbreviated string. 
-      * \return The unit label for the current scale factor.
-      */
-    FbxString GetScaleFactorAsString(bool pAbbreviated = true) const;
-
-    /** Returns a unit label for the current scale factor. 
-      * The first letter of the label is in upper case and the label should be pluralized. 
-      * \return The unit label for the current scale factor.
-      */
-    FbxString GetScaleFactorAsString_Plurial() const;
-
-    /** Returns the multiplier factor of the system unit.
-      */
-    double GetMultiplier() const;
-
-    /** Equivalence operator.
-      * \param pOther Another system unit compared with this system unit.
-      * \return \c True if equal, \c false otherwise.
-      */   
-    bool operator==(const FbxSystemUnit& pOther) const;
-
-    /** Non-equivalence operator.
-      * \param pOther Another system unit compared with this system unit.
-      * \return \c True if unequal, \c false otherwise.
-      */  
-    bool operator!=(const FbxSystemUnit& pOther) const;
-
-    /** Assignment operation.
-      * \param pSystemUnit Unit system assigned to this one.
-      */
-	FbxSystemUnit& operator=(const FbxSystemUnit& pSystemUnit);
-
-    /** Returns the conversion factor from this system unit to the target system unit, excluding the multiplier factor.
-      * \param pTarget The target system unit.
-      */
-    double GetConversionFactorTo( const FbxSystemUnit& pTarget ) const;
-
-    /** Returns the conversion factor from the source system unit to this system unit, excluding the multiplier factor.
-      * \param pSource The source system unit.
-      */
-    double GetConversionFactorFrom( const FbxSystemUnit& pSource ) const;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-    void ApplyMultiplier(FbxNode* pRoot, bool pSubChildrenOnly) const;
-    void ConvertSTProperties(FbxArray<FbxNode*>& pNodes, double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void ConvertSProperty(FbxArray<FbxNode*>& pNodes, double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void ConvertAnimCurveNode(FbxArray<FbxAnimCurveNode*>& pFCurves, double pConversionFactor) const;
-    double GetConversionFactor(double pTargetScaleFactor, double pSourceScaleFactor) const;
-    void AdjustPivots(FbxNode* pNode, double pConversionFactor, FbxAMatrix& pOriginalGlobalM ) const;
-    void AdjustLimits(FbxNode* pNode, double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void AdjustPoses(FbxScene* pScene, double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void AdjustCluster(FbxNode* pNode, double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void AdjustLightIntensity(FbxNode* pNode, const double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void AdjustPhotometricLightProperties(FbxNode* pNode, const double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void AdjustCameraClipPlanes(FbxNode* pNode, const double pConversionFactor) const;
-    void ConvertChildren(FbxNode* pRoot, const FbxSystemUnit& pSrcUnit, bool pSubChildrenOnly, const ConversionOptions& pOptions) const;
-
-    double mScaleFactor;
-    double mMultiplier;
-
-    friend class FbxGlobalSettings;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SYSTEM_UNIT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/fbxxref.h

@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxxref.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_XREF_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_XREF_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxarray.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxProperty;
-class FbxDocument;
-class FbxXRefManagerProject;
-
-/** This class manages external references to files.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxXRefManager
-{
-public:
-    //! Default constructor.
-    FbxXRefManager();
-
-    //! Destructor.
-    virtual ~FbxXRefManager();
-
-    /**
-      * \name Predefined Project Types
-      */
-    //@{
-
-        //! This project represents an URL for storing temporary files.
-        static const char* sTemporaryFileProject;
-
-        //! This project represents an URL for configuration files.
-        static const char* sConfigurationProject;
-
-        //! This project represents an URL for storing localization files (that is not part of the asset library).
-        static const char* sLocalizationProject;
-
-        /** This project is used for creating the ".fbm" folders that are used for
-          * storing embedded resources in FBX files.
-          *  
-          * When not set, or if the folder is not writable, the ".fbm"
-          * folder is created alongside the FBX file.
-          *  
-          * If we cannot write in that folder, we look at the sTemporaryFileProject location.
-          * If no folder is set in the sTemporaryFileProject location, or it is not
-          * writable, the operating system's Temp folder becomes the location.
-          */
-        static const char* sEmbeddedFileProject;
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name XRef URL properties
-      */
-    //@{
-        /** Returns the number of URLs that are stored in a property.
-		  * \param pProperty                The property. 
-          * \return                         The URL count.
-          */
-        static int     GetUrlCount(FbxProperty const &pProperty);
-
-        /** Returns the number of URLs that are stored in a string.
-		  * \param pUrl                     The string.
-		  * \return                         The URL count.
-		  */
-		 
-        static int     GetUrlCount(FbxString const& pUrl);
-
-        /** Checks whether the URL at the given index stored in the property is relative or not.
-		  * \param pProperty                The property.
-		  * \param pIndex                   The URL index.
-          * \return                         \c True if the URL is relative, \c false if the URL is not relative.
-          */
-        static bool IsRelativeUrl  (FbxProperty const &pProperty,int pIndex);
-
-        /** Returns the URL stored in the property at the given index.
-		  * \param pProperty                The property.
-		  * \param pIndex                   The URL index.
-          * \return The URL
-          */
-        static FbxString GetUrl(FbxProperty const &pProperty,int pIndex);
-
-        /** Tries to resolve the URL stored in the property at the given index.
-		  * \param pProperty                The property.
-		  * \param pIndex                   The URL index.
-		  * \param pResolvedPath            Filled with the resolved path.
-          * \return                         \c True if the URL is resolved, return \c false if the URL is not resolved.
-          */
-        bool GetResolvedUrl (FbxProperty const &pProperty,int pIndex,FbxString & pResolvedPath) const;
-    
-        /** Tries to resolve the specified URL.
-		  * \param pUrl                     The specified URL.
-		  * \param pDoc                     The document whose ".fbm" folder is used to resolve the URL.
-		  * \param pResolvedPath            Filled with the resolved path.
-          * \return                         \c True if the URL is resolved, return \c false if the URL is not resolved.
-          */
-        bool GetResolvedUrl (const char* pUrl, FbxDocument* pDoc, FbxString& pResolvedPath) const;
-    //@}
-
-        /** Looks for the first file that matches a specified "pattern",
-          * which is built as:
-          *
-          * if pOptExt is given:         prefix*.ext
-          * If pOptExt is NULL:          prefix*
-          * if pOptExt is "" or ".":     prefix*.
-          *
-          * Returns the URL of the first matching files. This function cannot be
-          * used to resolve folders, only files.
-          *
-          * If a document is given, we start by looking at the document's ".fbm" folder.
-	      * \param pPrefix                  The prefix of the pattern.
-	      * \param pOptExt                  The extension of the pattern.
-	      * \param pDoc                     The given document.
-	      * \param pResolvedPath            Filled with the first matching URL.
-	      * \return                         \c True if one matching file is found, returns \c false if no matching file is found.
-          */
-        bool GetFirstMatchingUrl(const char* pPrefix, const char* pOptExt, const FbxDocument* pDoc, FbxString& pResolvedPath) const;
-
-    /**
-      * \name XRef Resolve URL and Projects
-      */
-    //@{
-
-        /** Adds an XRef Project.
-          * Note:Only one URL is associated with a project. Calling 
-          * this on an existing project replaces the project's existing URL.
-          * \param pName                    The name of the project
-          * \param pUrl                     The URL to be associated with the project.
-          * \return                         \c True if the project is added successfully, \c false if no project is added.
-         */
-        bool        AddXRefProject   (const char *pName,const char *pUrl);
-
-        /** Adds an XRef Project.
-          * Note:Only one URL is associated with a project. Calling 
-          * this on an existing project replaces the project's existing URL.
-          * \param pName                    The name of the project
-		  * \param pExtension               The extension of the project.
-          * \param pUrl                     The URL to be associated with the project.
-          * \return                         \c True if the project is added successfully, returns \c false if no project is added.
-         */
-        bool        AddXRefProject   (const char *pName,const char *pExtension,const char *pUrl);
-
-        /** Adds an XRef project based on the document's EmbeddedUrl 
-          * property if set, if EmbeddedUrl is not set, based on its current URL property. 
-          * \param pDoc                     The document used to name the project and to specify the URL.
-          * \return                         \c True if the project is added successfully, returns \c false if no project is added.
-          * \remarks                        The project name is set as the document name and the URL is set as EmbeddedUrl or URL of the document.
-          */
-        bool        AddXRefProject   (FbxDocument* pDoc);
-
-		/** Removes an XRef Projects.
-		  * \param pName                    The name of the project to be removed.
-		  * \return                         \c True if the project is removed successfully, returns \c false if the project with the name does not exist.
-		  */
-        bool        RemoveXRefProject(const char *pName);
-
-		/** Removes all XRef Projects. 
-          * \return                         \c True always.
-          */
-        bool        RemoveAllXRefProjects();
-
-        /** Returns the number of XRef Projects.
-		  * \return                         The number of XRef Projects.
-		  */
-        int         GetXRefProjectCount() const;
-
-		/** Returns the name of the XRef project at the specified index.
-		  * \param pIndex                   The XRef project index.
-		  * \return                         The XRef project name.
-		  */
-        const char *GetXRefProjectName(int pIndex) const;
-
-        /** Returns the base URL for the given project.
-          * \param pName                    The name of the given project
-          * \return                         The base URL of the project or returns NULL if the project with the name is not found.
-          */
-        const char* GetXRefProjectUrl(const char* pName);   // FIXME: Should be const, will break AV.
-
-        /** Returns the base URL for the given project.
-          * \param pName                    The name of the given project
-          * \return                         The base URL of the project or returns NULL if the project with the name is not found.
-          */
-        const char* GetXRefProjectUrl(const char* pName) const;
-
-        /** Returns the base URL for the given project.
-          * \param pIndex                   The index of the project.
-          * \return                         The base URL of the project or NULL if the index is out of bounds.
-          */
-        const char* GetXRefProjectUrl(int pIndex) const;
-
-        /** Checks if a project with the given name is defined in this manager.
-		  * \param pName                    The name of the project.
-		  * \return                         \c True if the project is defined in this manager, returns \c false if it isn't defined in this manager.
-		  */
-        inline bool HasXRefProject( const char* pName ) { return GetXRefProjectUrl(pName) != NULL; }
-
-        /** Tries to resolve an relative URL
-		  * \param pUrl                     The relative URL to be resolved.
-		  * \param pResolvePath             Filled with the resolved path.
-          * \return                         \c True if the URL is resolved, returns \c false if the URL is not resolved.
-          */
-        bool GetResolvedUrl (const char* pUrl,FbxString & pResolvePath) const;
-
-    //@}
-private:
-    FbxArray<FbxXRefManagerProject*>    mProjects;
-
-    static bool UrlExist(const char* pUrl);
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_XREF_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxaffinematrix.h

@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxaffinematrix.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_AFFINE_MATRIX_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_AFFINE_MATRIX_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector4.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/**	FBX SDK affine matrix class.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * Matrices are defined using the Column Major scheme. When a FbxAMatrix represents a transformation (translation, rotation and scale), 
-  * the last row of the matrix represents the translation part of the transformation.
-  *
-  * \remarks It is important to realize that an affine matrix must respect a certain structure.  To be sure the structure is respected,
-  * use SetT, SetR, SetS, SetQ, SetTRS or SetTQS.  If by mistake bad data is entered in this affine matrix, some functions such as 
-  * Inverse() will yield wrong results.  If a matrix is needed to hold values that aren't associate with an affine matrix, please use FbxMatrix instead.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxAMatrix : public FbxDouble4x4
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructors and Destructor
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Constructor.
-		FbxAMatrix();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		  * \param pOther FbxAMatrix copied to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix(const FbxAMatrix& pOther);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  *	\param pT     Translation vector.
-		  *	\param pR     Euler rotation vector.
-		  *	\param pS     Scale vector.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxVector4& pR, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		//! Destructor.
-		~FbxAMatrix();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Access
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Retrieve matrix element.
-		  *	\param pY     Row index.
-		  *	\param pX     Column index.
-		  * \return       Cell [ pX, pY ] value.
-		  */
-		double Get(int pY, int pX) const;
-
-		/** Extract translation vector.
-		  * \return     Translation vector.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 GetT() const;
-
-		/** Extract rotation vector.
-		  * \return     Rotation vector.
-		  * \remarks    The returned rotation vector is in Euler angle and the rotation order is XYZ.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 GetR() const;
-
-		/** Extract quaternion vector.
-		  * \return     Quaternion vector.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion GetQ() const;
-
-		/** Extract scale vector.
-		  * \return     Scale vector.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 GetS() const;
-
-		/** Extract a row vector.
-		  *	\param pY     Row index.
-		  * \return       The row vector.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 GetRow(int pY) const;
-
-		/** Extract a column vector.
-		  *	\param pX     Column index.
-		  * \return       The column vector.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 GetColumn(int pX) const;
-
-		//! Set matrix to identity.
-		void SetIdentity();
-
-		/** Set matrix's translation.
-		  * \param pT     Translation vector.
-		  */
-		void SetT(const FbxVector4& pT);
-
-		/** Set matrix's Euler rotation.
-		  * \param pR     X, Y and Z rotation values expressed as a vector.
-		  * \remarks      The rotation transform is constructed in rotation order XYZ.
-		  */
-		void SetR(const FbxVector4& pR);
-
-		/** Set matrix's quaternion.
-		  * \param pQ     The new quaternion.
-		  */
-		void SetQ(const FbxQuaternion& pQ);
-
-		/** Set matrix's scale.
-		  * \param pS     X, Y and Z scaling factors expressed as a vector.
-		  */
-		void SetS(const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** Set matrix.
-		  *	\param pT     Translation vector.
-		  *	\param pR     Rotation vector.
-		  *	\param pS     Scale vector.
-		  */
-		void SetTRS(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxVector4& pR, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** Set matrix.
-		  *	\param pT     Translation vector.
-		  *	\param pQ     Quaternion vector.
-		  *	\param pS     Scale vector.
-		  */
-		void SetTQS(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxQuaternion& pQ, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** Assignment operator.
-		  * \param pM FbxAMatrix assigned to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix& operator=(const FbxAMatrix& pM);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Scalar Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Multiply matrix by a scalar value.
-		  * \param pValue     Scalar value.
-		  * \return           The scaled matrix.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked. 
-		  *                   This operator operates on the first three rows and columns of the matrix. 
-		  *                   So only the rotation and scaling are scaled, not the translation part.
-		  *                   After operation, the translation vector will be set as (0,0,0,1);
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix operator*(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Divide matrix by a scalar value.
-		  * \param pValue     Scalar value.
-		  * \return           The divided matrix.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  *                   This operator operates on the first three rows and columns of the matrix. 
-		  *                   So only the rotation and scaling are scaled, not the translation part. 
-		  *                   After operation, the translation vector will be set as (0,0,0,1);
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix operator/(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Multiply matrix by a scalar value.
-		  * \param pValue     Scalar value.
-		  * \return           \e this updated with the result of the multiplication.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  *                   This operator operates on the first three rows and columns of the matrix. 
-		  *                   So only the rotation and scaling are scaled, not the translation part. 
-		  *                   After operation, the translation vector will keep original value.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix& operator*=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Divide matrix by a scalar value.
-		  * \param pValue     Scalar value.
-		  * \return           \e this updated with the result of the division.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  *                   This operator operates on the first three rows and columns of the matrix. 
-		  *                   So only the rotation and scaling are scaled, not the translation part. 
-		  *                   After operation, the translation vector will keep original value.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix& operator/=(double pValue);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Vector Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Multiply matrix by a translation vector.
-		  * \param pVector4     Translation vector.
-		  * \return             t' = M * t
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 MultT(const FbxVector4& pVector4) const;
-
-		/** Multiply matrix by an Euler rotation vector.
-		  * \param pVector4     Euler Rotation vector.
-		  * \return             r' = M * r
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 MultR(const FbxVector4& pVector4) const;
-		
-		/** Multiply matrix by a quaternion.
-		  * \param pQuaternion     Rotation value.
-		  * \return                q' = M * q
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion MultQ(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Multiply matrix by a scale vector.
-		  * \param pVector4     Scaling vector.
-		  * \return             s' = M * s
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 MultS(const FbxVector4& pVector4) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Matrix Operations
-	  */
-	//@{	
-		/**	Unary minus operator.
-		  * \return     A matrix where each element is multiplied by -1.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix operator-() const;
-		
-		/** Multiply two matrices together.
-		  * \param pOther     A Matrix.
-		  * \return             this * pMatrix.
-		  * \remarks            Transformations are pre-multiplied.
-		  *  That means to scale, then rotate, and then translate a vector V, the transform should be T * R * S * V. \n
-		  *  Below is an example of code that shows how to construct rotation transform in XYZ rotation order.
-		  *  \code
-		  *  FbxAMatrix lRotateXM, lRotateYM, lRotateZM, lRotateXYZM, lRotateM;
-		  *  // Construct rotation matrix around X, Y and Z axises separately and then combine them.
-		  *  FbxVector4 lRotateX(10, 0, 0);
-		  *  FbxVector4 lRotateY(0, 10, 0);
-		  *  FbxVector4 lRotateZ(0, 0, 10);
-		  *  lRotateXM.SetR(lRotateX);
-		  *  lRotateYM.SetR(lRotateY);
-		  *  lRotateZM.SetR(lRotateZ);
-		  *  lRotateXYZM = lRotateZM * lRotateYM * lRotateXM;
-		  *
-		  *  // Alternatively, we can use SetR() directly.
-		  *  // lRotateXYZM and lRotateM will be the same.
-		  *  FbxVector4 lRotateXYZ (10, 10, 10);
-		  *  lRotateM.SetR(lRotateXYZ);
-		  *  \endcode
-		  * \note                Please refer to the FBX SDK programmers guide for more details.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix operator*(const FbxAMatrix& pOther) const;
-
-		/** Multiply two matrices together.
-		  * \param pOther     A Matrix.
-		  * \return             \e this updated with the result of the multiplication.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix& operator*=(const FbxAMatrix& pOther);
-
-		/** Calculate the matrix inverse.
-		  * \return     The inverse matrix of \e this.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix Inverse() const;
-
-		/** Calculate the matrix transpose.
-		  * \return     The transposed matrix of \e this.
-		  */
-		FbxAMatrix Transpose() const;
-
-		/** Calculate a spherical linear interpolation matrix.
-		* \param pOther The other rotation matrix to interpolate with.
-		* \param pWeight A value between 0.0 and 1.0 to specify the interpolation amount.
-		* \remark This matrix and other matrix should contain only rotations, otherwise result may be undefined. */
-		FbxAMatrix Slerp(const FbxAMatrix& pOther, double pWeight) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Boolean Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pOther     The matrix to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return             \c true if the two matrices are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance) and \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator==(const FbxAMatrix& pOther) const;
-
-		/**	Non-equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pOther     The matrix to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return            \c false if the two matrices are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance) and \c true otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxAMatrix& pOther) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Casting
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Cast the matrix in a double pointer.
-		operator double* ();
-		//! Cast the matrix in a const double pointer.
-		operator const double* () const;
-		//! Define 4*4 array as a new type 
-		typedef const double(kDouble44)[4][4] ;
-		//! Cast the matrix in a reference to a 4*4 array.
-		inline kDouble44 & Double44() const { return *((kDouble44 *)&mData[0][0]); }
-	//@}
-
-	/** Find out if the matrix is equal to identity matrix.
-	* \return \c true if the matrix is equal to identity matrix, \c false otherwise. */
-	bool IsIdentity(const double pThreshold=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxAMatrix(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxQuaternion& pQ, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-	void SetTRS(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxAMatrix& pRM, const FbxVector4& pS);
-    void SetRow(int pY, const FbxVector4& pRow);
-    void SetTOnly(const FbxVector4& pT);
-    void SetROnly(const FbxVector4& pR);
-    void SetQOnly(const FbxQuaternion& pQ);
-	FbxVector4 GetROnly() const;
-    FbxQuaternion GetUnnormalizedQ() const;
-
-	// pOrd is assumed to be an FbxEuler::EOrder (or its synonym EFbxRotationOrder)
-    void SetR(const FbxVector4& pV, const int pOrd); 
-	FbxVector4 GetR(const int pOrd) const;
-
-    void MultRM(const FbxVector4& pR);
-    void MultSM(const FbxVector4& pS);
-    bool IsRightHand() const;
-    double Determinant() const;
-	int Compare(const FbxAMatrix pM, const double pThreshold=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE) const;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_AFFINE_MATRIX_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxdualquaternion.h

@@ -1,325 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxdualquaternion.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_DUAL_QUATERNION_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_DUAL_QUATERNION_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxquaternion.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/**	FBX SDK dual quaternion class to represent rigid transformation, which is combined by two quaternions.
-  * A transformation is said to be rigid if it preserves relative distances and angles.
-  * That means rotation and translation.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxDualQuaternion
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructors and Destructor
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Constructor.
-		FbxDualQuaternion();
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		* \param pV1 FbxQuaternion object.
-		* \param pV2 FbxQuaternion object.
-		*/
-		FbxDualQuaternion(const FbxQuaternion& pV1, const FbxQuaternion& pV2);
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		  * \param pV FbxQuaternion object copied to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion(const FbxDualQuaternion& pV);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		* \param pRotation     The rotation the dual quaternion is going to represent.
-		* \param pTranslation  The translation the dual quaternion is going to represent.
-		*/
-		FbxDualQuaternion(const FbxQuaternion& pRotation, const FbxVector4& pTranslation);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  * \param pX1     The X component of the first quaternion.
-		  * \param pY1     The Y component of the first quaternion.
-		  * \param pZ1     The Z component of the first quaternion.
-		  * \param pW1     The W component of the first quaternion.
-		  * \param pX2     The X component of the second quaternion.
-		  * \param pY2     The Y component of the second quaternion.
-		  * \param pZ2     The Z component of the second quaternion.
-		  * \param pW2     The W component of the second quaternion.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion(double pX1, double pY1, double pZ1, double pW1, double pX2, double pY2, double pZ2, double pW2);
-
-		//! Destructor.
-		~FbxDualQuaternion();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Access
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Assignment operation.
-		* \param pDualQuaternion FbxDualQuaternion object assigned to this one.
-		*/
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator=(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion);
-
-		/** Set vector.
-		* \param pX1     The X component of the first quaternion.
-		* \param pY1     The Y component of the first quaternion.
-		* \param pZ1     The Z component of the first quaternion.
-		* \param pW1     The W component of the first quaternion.
-		* \param pX2     The X component of the second quaternion.
-		* \param pY2     The Y component of the second quaternion.
-		* \param pZ2     The Z component of the second quaternion.
-		* \param pW2     The W component of the second quaternion.
-		*/
-		void Set(double pX1, double pY1, double pZ1, double pW1, double pX2, double pY2, double pZ2, double pW2);
-
-		/** Get the first quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		* \return The first quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		*/
-		FbxQuaternion& GetFirstQuaternion();
-
-		/** Get the second quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		* \return The second quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		*/
-		FbxQuaternion& GetSecondQuaternion();
-
-		/** Get the first quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		* \return The first quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		*/
-		const FbxQuaternion& GetFirstQuaternion() const;
-
-		/** Get the second quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		* \return The second quaternion of the dual quaternion.
-		*/
-		const FbxQuaternion& GetSecondQuaternion() const;
-
-		/** Get the rotation part from the dual quaternion.
-		* \return FbxQuaternion object to represent rotation.
-		*/
-		FbxQuaternion GetRotation() const;
-
-		/** Get the translation part from the dual quaternion.
-		* \return FbxVector4 object to represent translation.
-		* \remarks A dual quaternion can represent rotation followed by translation, or translation followed by rotation.
-		* This method assumes that the rotation is expressed first, followed by translation, as is done by most DCC tools.
-		*/
-		FbxVector4 GetTranslation() const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Scalar Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Add a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue     The value to add to each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator+(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a value from all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue     The value to subtract from each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator-(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Multiply all vector components by a value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator*(double pValue) const;
-
-		/**	Divide all vector components by a value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator/(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Add a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue     The value to add to each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of adding pValue to each component of the vector, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator+=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Subtract a value from all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue     The value to subtract from each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of subtracting pValue from each component of the vector, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator-=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Multiply a value to all vector elements.
-		  * \param pValue     The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of multiplying each component of the vector by pValue, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator*=(double pValue);
-
-		/**	Divide all vector elements by a value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of dividing each component of the vector by pValue, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator/=(double pValue);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Vector Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Unary minus operator.
-		  * \return      A dual quaternion where each component is multiplied by -1.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator-() const;
-
-		/** Add two vectors together.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Dual quaternion to add.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this + pDualQuaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator+(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a quaternion from another quaternion.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Dual quaternion to subtract.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this - pDualQuaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator-(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Memberwise multiplication of two vectors.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Multiplying dual quaternion.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this * pQuaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator*(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Memberwise division of a dual quaternion with another dual quaternion.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Dividing dual quaternion.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this / pQuaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator/(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Add two quaternions together.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Dual quaternion to add.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this + pQuaternion, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator+=(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion);
-
-		/** Subtract a dual quaternion from another vector.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Dual quaternion to subtract.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this - pQuaternion, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator-=(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion);
-
-		/** Memberwise multiplication of two quaternions.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Multiplying dual quaternion.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this * pQuaternion, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator*=(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion);
-
-		/** Memberwise division of a dual quaternion by another dual quaternion.
-		  * \param pDualQuaternion     Dividing dual quaternion.
-		  * \return                The dual quaternion v' = this / pQuaternion, replacing this dual quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxDualQuaternion& operator/=(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion);
-
-		/** Multiplication of a dual quaternion by a FbxVector4.
-		* \param pVector     The FbxVector4 to multiply with.
-		* \return            The dual quaternion v' = FbxDualQuaternion(mQ1, (mQ1 * pVector) + mQ2).
-		* \remarks           The values in pDualQuaternion are not checked.
-		*/
-		FbxDualQuaternion operator*(const FbxVector4 pVector) const;
-
-		/** Return dual quaternion product.
-		* \param pDualQuaternion	Product dual quaternion.
-		* \return					The dual quaternion that is the product of this and pDualQuaternion.
-		*/
-		FbxDualQuaternion Product(const FbxDualQuaternion& pDualQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Normalize the dual quaternion, length set to 1.
-		*/
-		void Normalize();
-
-		/** Calculate the dual quaternion's inverse.
-		* \return      The inverse of this dual quaternion. 
-		*/
-		void Inverse();
-
-		/** Deform a point by this dual quaternion.
-		* \return      The inverse of this quaternion. 
-		*/
-		FbxVector4 Deform(FbxVector4& pPoint);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	* \name Conjugate Operations
-	* \brief Dual quaternion has three types of conjugate.
-	*/
-	//@{
-		/** Conjugate both quaternions of this dual quaternion.
-		*/
-		void Conjugate();
-
-		/** Conjugate in dual space.
-		*/
-		void Dual();
-
-		/** Conjugate both quaternions of this dual quaternion in dual space.
-		*/
-		void DualConjugate();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Boolean Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pV     The quaternion to be compared to this quaternion.
-		  * \return       \c true  if the two quaternions are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c false  otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator==(const FbxDualQuaternion & pV) const;
-
-		/**	Non equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pV     The quaternion to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return       \c  false if the two quaternions are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c true  otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxDualQuaternion & pV) const;
-	//@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	FbxQuaternion mQ1;
-	FbxQuaternion mQ2;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_DUAL_QUATERNION_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxmath.h

@@ -1,512 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmath.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector2.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector4.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxmatrix.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxaffinematrix.h>
-
-//On Mac OS, cmath will include math.h and undef "isnan"
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_MAC)
-	#include <cmath>
-	extern "C" int isnan (double);
-#endif
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#if defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WIN)
-	#ifndef isnan
-		#define isnan	_isnan
-	#endif
-	#ifndef finite
-		#define finite	_finite
-	#endif
-#endif
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Common Constants
-#define FBXSDK_PI				3.1415926535897932384626433832795028841971693993751		//!< PI mathematic constant
-#define FBXSDK_PI_DIV_2			1.5707963267948966192313216916397514420985846996875		//!< PI divided by 2
-#define FBXSDK_PI_DIV_180		0.017453292519943295769236907684886127134428718885417	//!< PI divived by 180
-#define FBXSDK_180_DIV_PI		57.295779513082320876798154814105170332405472466565		//!< 180 divided by PI
-#define FBXSDK_1_DIV_LN2		1.4426950408889634073599246810018921374266459541530		//!< 1 divided by LogN2
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Unit Convertion Ratio
-#define FBXSDK_DEG_TO_RAD		FBXSDK_PI_DIV_180	//!< Degree to Radian
-#define FBXSDK_RAD_TO_DEG		FBXSDK_180_DIV_PI	//!< Radian to Degree
-#define FBXSDK_IN_TO_CM			2.54				//!< Inch to Centimeter
-#define FBXSDK_MM_TO_CM			0.1					//!< Millimeter to Centimeter
-#define FBXSDK_CM_TO_IN			0.393700787			//!< Centimeter to Inch
-#define	FBXSDK_IN_TO_MM			25.4				//!< Inch to Millimeter
-#define FBXSDK_MM_TO_IN			0.0393700787		//!< Millimeter to Inch
-#define FBXSDK_FT_TO_M			0.3048				//!< Feet to Meter
-#define FBXSDK_M_TO_FT			3.2808399			//!< Meter to Feet
-#define FBXSDK_YD_TO_FT			3					//!< Yard to Feet
-#define FBXSDK_FT_TO_YD			0.333333333			//!< Feet to Yard
-#define FBXSDK_KM_TO_MILE		0.621371192			//!< Kilometer to Mile
-#define FBXSDK_MILE_TO_KM		1.609344			//!< Mile to Kilometer
-#define FBXSDK_YD_TO_M			0.9144				//!< Yard to Meter
-#define FBXSDK_M_TO_YD			1.0936133			//!< Meter to Yard
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Euler Definition
-#define FBXSDK_EULER_DEGENERATE  FbxEuler::DegenerateThreshold() //!< Euler degenerate threshold can be changed with a call to FbxEuler::SetDegenerateThreshold.
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEuler
-{
-public:
-	enum EAxis {eAxisX=0, eAxisY=1, eAxisZ=2};
-
-	enum EOrder
-	{
-		eOrderXYZ,
-		eOrderXZY,
-		eOrderYZX,
-		eOrderYXZ,
-		eOrderZXY,
-		eOrderZYX,
-		eOrderSphericXYZ
-	};
-
-	static bool IsParityOdd(EOrder pOrder);
-	static bool IsRepeat(EOrder pOrder);
-
-	static const int AxisTableSize;
-	static const int AxisTable[][3];
-
-	// Used to detect Euler gimbal locks when extracting the rotation vector from 
-    // the FbxAMatrix. This value should only be changed when the user system stores
-    // single floating point values into the FbxAMatrix with a very low precision.
-    // In this case, the default threshold value would be too small for a proper detection
-    // and the extracted values can quickly become off target by a huge amount.
-	static void SetDegenerateThreshold(double pThreshold=16.0*FBXSDK_FLOAT_EPSILON);
-    static inline double DegenerateThreshold() { return FbxEuler::mDegenerateThreshold; }
-
-private:
-	static double mDegenerateThreshold;
-};
-
-/** Rotation order flags.
-  * Each rotate order produces a different end orientation. For example, if the rotation order for an object is set to XYZ,
-  * the object first rotates about its X-axis, then its Y-axis, and finally its Z-axis.
-  */
-
-#define EFbxRotationOrder	FbxEuler::EOrder
-#define eEulerXYZ			FbxEuler::eOrderXYZ
-#define eEulerXZY			FbxEuler::eOrderXZY
-#define eEulerYZX			FbxEuler::eOrderYZX
-#define eEulerYXZ			FbxEuler::eOrderYXZ
-#define eEulerZXY			FbxEuler::eOrderZXY
-#define eEulerZYX			FbxEuler::eOrderZYX
-#define eSphericXYZ			FbxEuler::eOrderSphericXYZ
-
-
-
-/** Quaternion interpolation modes.  */
-enum EFbxQuatInterpMode
-{
-    eQuatInterpOff,					//!< Do not evaluate using quaternion interpolation.
-    eQuatInterpClassic,				//!< Legacy quaternion interpolation mode.
-    eQuatInterpSlerp,				//!< Spherical linear interpolation.
-    eQuatInterpCubic,				//!< Cubic interpolation.
-    eQuatInterpTangentDependent,	//!< Mix between Slerp and cubic interpolation, depending on the specified tangents for each key.
-    eQuatInterpCount				//!< Number of quaternion interpolation modes. Mark the end of this enum.
-};
-
-extern FBXSDK_DLL const FbxDouble FbxIdentityMatrix[4][4];
-extern FBXSDK_DLL const FbxVector4 FbxZeroVector4;
-
-inline float FbxFloor(const float x)
-{
-	return float(floor(x));
-}
-
-inline double FbxFloor(const double x)
-{
-	return floor(x);
-}
-
-inline float FbxCeil(const float x)
-{
-	return float(ceil(x));
-}
-
-inline double FbxCeil(const double x)
-{
-	return ceil(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxSign(const T x)
-{
-	return (x < 0) ? T(-1) : T(1);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxRound(const T x)
-{
-	T y = FbxFloor(x);
-	return (x - y < T(0.5)) ? y : y + T(1);
-}
-
-inline FbxUChar FbxAbs(const FbxUChar x)
-{
-	return x;
-}
-
-inline FbxUShort FbxAbs(const FbxUShort x)
-{
-	return x;
-}
-
-inline FbxUInt FbxAbs(const FbxUInt x)
-{
-	return x;
-}
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_SYSTEM_IS_LP64
-	inline FbxULong FbxAbs(const FbxULong x)
-	{
-		return x;
-	}
-#endif
-
-inline FbxULongLong FbxAbs(const FbxULongLong x)
-{
-	return x;
-}
-
-inline FbxFloat FbxAbs(const FbxFloat x)
-{
-	return (FbxFloat)fabs(x);
-}
-
-inline FbxDouble FbxAbs(const FbxDouble x)
-{
-	return fabs(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxAbs(const T x)
-{
-	return (x >= 0) ? x : ((x > FbxMin(x)) ? -x : FbxMax(x));
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxClamp(const T value, const T min, const T max)
-{
-	return (value < min) ? min : ((value > max) ? max : value);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline bool FbxEqual(const T x, const T y, const T e=(T)FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return FbxAbs(x - y) <= e;
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxDouble2& x, const FbxDouble2& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x.mData[0], y.mData[0], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[1], y.mData[1], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxDouble3& x, const FbxDouble3& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x.mData[0], y.mData[0], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[1], y.mData[1], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[2], y.mData[2], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxDouble4& x, const FbxDouble4& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x.mData[0], y.mData[0], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[1], y.mData[1], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[2], y.mData[2], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[3], y.mData[3], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxDouble4x4& x, const FbxDouble4x4& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x[0], y[0], e) && FbxEqual(x[1], y[1], e) && FbxEqual(x[2], y[2], e) && FbxEqual(x[3], y[3], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxVector2& x, const FbxVector2& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x.mData[0], y.mData[0], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[1], y.mData[1], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxVector4& x, const FbxVector4& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x.mData[0], y.mData[0], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[1], y.mData[1], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[2], y.mData[2], e) && FbxEqual(x.mData[3], y.mData[3], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxMatrix& x, const FbxMatrix& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x[0], y[0], e) && FbxEqual(x[1], y[1], e) && FbxEqual(x[2], y[2], e) && FbxEqual(x[3], y[3], e) );
-}
-
-inline bool FbxEqual(const FbxAMatrix& x, const FbxAMatrix& y, const double e=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE)
-{
-	return ( FbxEqual(x[0], y[0], e) && FbxEqual(x[1], y[1], e) && FbxEqual(x[2], y[2], e) && FbxEqual(x[3], y[3], e) );
-}
-
-inline FbxDouble FbxMod(const FbxFloat x, FbxFloat& i)
-{
-	return modff(x, &i);
-}
-
-inline FbxDouble FbxMod(const FbxDouble x, FbxDouble& i)
-{
-	return modf(x, &i);
-}
-
-inline FbxDouble FbxMod(const FbxFloat x)
-{
-	FbxFloat i;
-	return modff(x, &i);
-}
-
-inline FbxDouble FbxMod(const FbxDouble x)
-{
-	FbxDouble i;
-	return modf(x, &i);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxReciprocal(const T x)
-{
-	return T(1) / x;
-}
-
-inline double FbxSqrt(const double x)
-{
-	return sqrt(x);
-}
-
-inline float FbxSqrt(const float x)
-{
-	return sqrtf(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxSqrt(const T x)
-{
-	if( x > 1 )
-	{
-		T z, y = x >> 1; 
-		do 
-		{ 
-			z = y; 
-			y = (y + (x / y)) >> 1; 
-		}
-		while(y < z); 
-
-		return z;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		return x;
-	}
-}
-
-inline float FbxExp(const float x)
-{
-	return expf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxExp(const double x)
-{
-	return exp(x);
-}
-
-inline float FbxLog(const float x)
-{
-	return float(log(x));
-}
-
-inline double FbxLog(const double x)
-{
-	return log(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxPow(const T x, const T y)
-{
-	return (T)FbxExp(y * FbxLog((double)x));
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxLog2(const T x)
-{
-	return (T)(FbxLog(x) * FBXSDK_1_DIV_LN2);
-}
-
-inline float FbxSin(const float x)
-{
-	return sinf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxSin(const double x)
-{
-	return sin(x);
-}
-
-inline float FbxCos(const float x)
-{
-	return cosf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxCos(const double x)
-{
-	return cos(x);
-}
-
-inline float FbxTan(const float x)
-{
-	return tanf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxTan(const double x)
-{
-	return tan(x);
-}
-
-// *y = cos(x), sin(x)
-template<class T> inline T FbxSinCos(const T x, T* y)
-{
-	return *y = FbxCos(x), FbxSin(x);
-}
-
-// *y = cos(x * pi/180), sin(x * pi/180)
-template<class T> inline T FbxSinCosd(const T x, T* y)
-{
-	return FbxSinCos(T(x * FBXSDK_PI_DIV_180), y);
-}
-
-inline float FbxASin(const float x)
-{
-	return asinf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxASin(const double x)
-{
-	return asin(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxASind(const T x)
-{
-	return (T)(FbxASin((double)x) * FBXSDK_180_DIV_PI);
-}
-
-inline float FbxACos(const float x)
-{
-	return acosf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxACos(const double x)
-{
-	return acos(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxACosd(const T x)
-{
-	return (T)(FbxACos(x) * FBXSDK_180_DIV_PI);
-}
-
-inline float FbxATan(const float x)
-{
-	return atanf(x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxATan(const double x)
-{
-	return atan(x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxATand(const T x)
-{
-	return (T)(FbxATan(x) * FBXSDK_180_DIV_PI);
-}
-
-inline float FbxATan(const float y, const float x)
-{
-	return atan2f(y, x);
-}
-
-inline double FbxATan(const double y, const double x)
-{
-	return atan2(y, x);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxATand(const T y, const T x)
-{
-	return (T)(FbxATan(y, x) * FBXSDK_180_DIV_PI);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxNorm(const T x, const T y)
-{
-	return FbxSqrt(x * x + y * y);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxNorm(const T x, const T y, const T z)
-{
-	return FbxSqrt(x * x + y * y + z * z);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxNorm(const T w, const T x, const T y, const T z)
-{
-	return FbxSqrt(w * w + x * x + y * y + z * z);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxHypot(const T x, const T y)
-{
-	return FbxSqrt(x * x + y * y);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxHypot(const T x, const T y, const T z)
-{
-	return FbxSqrt(x * x + y * y + z * z);
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxHypot(const T w, const T x, const T y, const T z)
-{
-	return FbxSqrt(w * w + x * x + y * y + z * z);
-}
-
-inline FbxVector4 FbxRejection(const FbxVector4& a, const FbxVector4& b)
-{
-    return a - b * (a.DotProduct(b) / b.DotProduct(b));
-}
-
-template<class T> inline int FbxBitCount(const T x)
-{
-	int n = 0;
-	T c = x;
-	while( c )
-	{
-		n += int(c & 1);
-		c = (c >> 1);
-	}
-	return n;
-}
-
-template<class T> inline void FbxFixInfinite(T& x)
-{
-	if( x != x || x > FbxMax(x) || x < -FbxMax(x) )
-	{
-		x = T(0);
-	}
-}
-
-template<class T> inline T FbxExp(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxLog(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxSin(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxCos(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxASin(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxACos(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxATan(const T x);
-template<class T> inline T FbxATan(const T y, const T x);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxmatrix.h

@@ -1,281 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxmatrix.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_MATRIX_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_MATRIX_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector4.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxAMatrix;
-
-/**	FBX SDK basic 4x4 double matrix class.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxMatrix : public FbxDouble4x4
-{
-public:
-	//! \name Constructors and Destructor
-	//@{
-		//! Constructor (initialize to an identity matrix)
-		FbxMatrix();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		* \param pM Another FbxMatrix object copied to this one. */
-		FbxMatrix(const FbxMatrix& pM);
-
-		/** Copy constructor for affine matrix.
-		* \param pM Affine matrix */
-		FbxMatrix(const FbxAMatrix& pM);
-
-		/** TRS Constructor.
-		* \param pT Translation vector.
-		* \param pR Euler rotation vector.
-		* \param pS Scale vector. */
-		FbxMatrix(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxVector4& pR, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** TQS Constructor.
-		* \param pT Translation vector.
-		* \param pQ Quaternion.
-		* \param pS Scale vector. */
-		FbxMatrix(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxQuaternion& pQ, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** 16 double constructor.
-		* \param p00 Value at column 0 row 0.
-		* \param p10 Value at column 1 row 0.
-		* \param p20 Value at column 2 row 0.
-		* \param p30 Value at column 3 row 0.
-		* \param p01 Value at column 0 row 1.
-		* \param p11 Value at column 1 row 1.
-		* \param p21 Value at column 2 row 1.
-		* \param p31 Value at column 3 row 1.
-		* \param p02 Value at column 0 row 2.
-		* \param p12 Value at column 1 row 2.
-		* \param p22 Value at column 2 row 2.
-		* \param p32 Value at column 3 row 2.
-		* \param p03 Value at column 0 row 3.
-		* \param p13 Value at column 1 row 3.
-		* \param p23 Value at column 2 row 3.
-		* \param p33 Value at column 3 row 3. */
-		FbxMatrix(	const double p00, const double p10, const double p20, const double p30,
-					const double p01, const double p11, const double p21, const double p31,
-					const double p02, const double p12, const double p22, const double p32,
-					const double p03, const double p13, const double p23, const double p33);
-			
-		//! Destructor.
-		~FbxMatrix();
-	//@}
-
-	//! \name Access
-	//@{
-		/** Retrieve matrix element.
-		* \param pY Row index.
-		* \param pX Column index.
-		* \return Value at element [ pX, pY ] of the matrix. */
-		double Get(int pY, int pX) const;
-
-		/** Extract a row vector.
-		* \param pY Row index.
-		* \return The row vector. */
-		FbxVector4 GetRow(int pY) const;
-
-		/** Extract a column vector.
-		* \param pX Column index.
-		* \return The column vector. */
-		FbxVector4 GetColumn(int pX) const;
-
-		/** Set matrix element.
-		* \param pY Row index.
-		* \param pX Column index.
-		* \param pValue New component value. */
-		void Set(int pY, int pX, double pValue);
-
-		/** Set matrix.
-		* \param pT Translation vector.
-		* \param pR Euler rotation vector.
-		* \param pS Scale vector. */
-		void SetTRS(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxVector4& pR, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** Set matrix.
-		* \param pT Translation vector.
-		* \param pQ Quaternion.
-		* \param pS Scale vector. */
-		void SetTQS(const FbxVector4& pT, const FbxQuaternion& pQ, const FbxVector4& pS);
-
-		/** Set a matrix row.
-		* \param pY Row index.
-		* \param pRow Row vector. */
-		void SetRow(int pY, const FbxVector4& pRow);
-
-		/** Set a matrix column.
-		* \param pX Column index.
-		* \param pColumn Column vector. */
-		void SetColumn(int pX, const FbxVector4& pColumn);
-
-		/** Decompose the affine matrix into elements of translation, rotation, shearing, scaling and sign of determinant.
-		* \param pTranslation Translation element.
-		* \param pRotation Rotation element.
-		* \param pShearing Shearing element.
-		* \param pScaling Scaling element.
-		* \param pSign Sign of determinant. */
-		void GetElements(FbxVector4& pTranslation, FbxQuaternion& pRotation, FbxVector4& pShearing, FbxVector4& pScaling, double& pSign) const;
-		
-		/** Decompose the affine matrix into elements of translation, rotation, shearing, scaling and sign of determinant.
-		* \param pTranslation Translation element.
-		* \param pRotation Rotation element.
-		* \param pShearing Shearing element.
-		* \param pScaling Scaling element.
-		* \param pSign Sign of determinant. */
-		void GetElements(FbxVector4& pTranslation, FbxVector4& pRotation, FbxVector4& pShearing, FbxVector4& pScaling, double& pSign) const;
-	//@}
-
-	//! \name Operators
-	//@{
-		/** Assignment operator.
-		* \param pMatrix Source matrix. */
-		FbxMatrix& operator=(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix);
-
-		/**	Unary minus operator.
-		* \return A matrix where each element is multiplied by -1. */
-		FbxMatrix operator-() const;
-
-		/** Add two matrices together.
-		* \param pMatrix A matrix.
-		* \return The result of this matrix + pMatrix. */
-		FbxMatrix operator+(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a matrix from another matrix.
-		* \param pMatrix A matrix.
-		* \return The result of this matrix - pMatrix. */
-		FbxMatrix operator-(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix) const;
-
-		/** Multiply two matrices.
-		* \param pMatrix A matrix.
-		* \return The result of this matrix * pMatrix. */
-		FbxMatrix operator*(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix) const;
-
-		/** Add two matrices together.
-		* \param pMatrix A matrix.
-		* \return The result of this matrix + pMatrix, replacing this matrix. */
-		FbxMatrix& operator+=(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix);
-
-		/** Subtract a matrix from another matrix.
-		* \param pMatrix A matrix.
-		* \return The result of this matrix - pMatrix, replacing this matrix. */
-		FbxMatrix& operator-=(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix);
-
-		/** Multiply two matrices.
-		* \param pMatrix A matrix.
-		* \return The result of this matrix * pMatrix, replacing this matrix. */
-		FbxMatrix& operator*=(const FbxMatrix& pMatrix);
-
-		/**	Equivalence operator.
-		* \param pM The matrix to be compared against this matrix.
-		* \return \c true if the two matrices are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c false otherwise. */
-		bool operator==(const FbxMatrix& pM) const;
-
-		/**	Equivalence operator.
-		* \param pM The affine matrix to be compared against this matrix.
-		* \return \c true if the two matrices are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c false otherwise. */
-		bool operator==(const FbxAMatrix& pM) const;
-
-		/**	Non-equivalence operator.
-		* \param pM The matrix to be compared against this matrix.
-		* \return \c false if the two matrices are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c true otherwise. */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxMatrix& pM) const;
-
-		/**	Non-equivalence operator.
-		* \param pM The affine matrix to be compared against this matrix.
-		* \return \c false if the two matrices are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c true otherwise. */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxAMatrix& pM) const;
-	//@}
-
-	//! \name Casting
-	//@{
-		//! Cast the vector in a double pointer.
-		operator double* ();
-
-		//! Cast the vector in a const double pointer.
-		operator const double* () const;
-
-		//! Define 4*4 array as a new type.
-		typedef const double(kDouble44)[4][4] ;
-
-		//! Cast the matrix in a reference to a 4*4 array.
-		inline kDouble44 & Double44() const { return *((kDouble44 *)&mData[0][0]); }
-	//@}
-
-	//! \name Math Operations
-	//@{
-		/** Calculate the matrix inverse.
-		* \return The inverse matrix. */
-		FbxMatrix Inverse() const;
-
-		/** Calculate the matrix transpose.
-		* \return This matrix transposed. */
-		FbxMatrix Transpose() const;
-
-		//! Set matrix to identity.
-		void SetIdentity();
-
-		/** Set the matrix to a "Look To" left handed.
-		* \param pEyePosition The position of the eye.
-		* \param pEyeDirection The direction of the eye.
-		* \param pUpDirection The up direction of the eye. */
-		void SetLookToLH(const FbxVector4& pEyePosition, const FbxVector4& pEyeDirection, const FbxVector4& pUpDirection);
-
-		/** Set the matrix to a "Look To" right handed.
-		* \param pEyePosition The position of the eye.
-		* \param pEyeDirection The direction of the eye.
-		* \param pUpDirection The up direction of the eye. */
-		void SetLookToRH(const FbxVector4& pEyePosition, const FbxVector4& pEyeDirection, const FbxVector4& pUpDirection);
-
-		/** Set the matrix to a "Look At" left handed.
-		* \param pEyePosition The position of the eye.
-		* \param pLookAt The look at position of the eye focus.
-		* \param pUpDirection The up direction of the eye. */
-		void SetLookAtLH(const FbxVector4& pEyePosition, const FbxVector4& pLookAt, const FbxVector4& pUpDirection);
-
-		/** Set the matrix values as a "Look At" right handed.
-		* \param pEyePosition The position of the eye.
-		* \param pLookAt The look at position of the eye focus.
-		* \param pUpDirection The up direction of the eye. */
-		void SetLookAtRH(const FbxVector4& pEyePosition, const FbxVector4& pLookAt, const FbxVector4& pUpDirection);
-
-		/** Multiply this matrix by pVector, the w component is normalized to 1.
-		* \param pVector A vector.
-		* \return The result of this matrix * pVector. */
-		FbxVector4 MultNormalize(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-	//@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	int Compare(const FbxMatrix pM, const double pThreshold = FBXSDK_TOLERANCE) const;
-	int Compare(const FbxAMatrix pM, const double pThreshold = FBXSDK_TOLERANCE) const;
-
-	FbxMatrix operator*(double pValue) const;
-	FbxMatrix& operator*=(double pValue);
-
-    double LUDecomposition(FbxVector4& pVector);
-    FbxMatrix LUMult(FbxMatrix pM, const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-    double Determinant() const;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_MATRIX_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxquaternion.h

@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxquaternion.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_QUATERNION_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_QUATERNION_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector4.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** FBX SDK quaternion class.
- * \nosubgrouping
- * Quaternions form a four-dimensional normed division algebra over the real numbers. 
- * It is for calculations involving three-dimensional rotations. 
- */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxQuaternion : public FbxDouble4
-{
-public:
-    /**
-      * \name Constructors and Destructor
-      */
-    //@{
-		/** Constructor.
-		  * Initialize to the multiplicative identity.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		  * \param pV FbxQuaternion object copied to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion(const FbxQuaternion& pV);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-			* \param pX     The X component.
-			* \param pY     The Y component.
-			* \param pZ     The Z component.
-			* \param pW     The W component.
-			*/
-		FbxQuaternion(double pX, double pY, double pZ, double pW = 1.0);
-
-		/** From axis degree constructor
-		* \param pAxis The axis to rotate around.
-		* \param pDegree The amount of degree to rotate around the axis. */
-		FbxQuaternion(const FbxVector4& pAxis, double pDegree);
-		    
-		//! Destructor.
-		~FbxQuaternion();
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Access
-      */
-    //@{
-		/** Assignment operation.
-		  * \param pQuaternion FbxQuaternion object assigned to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator=(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion);
-		    
-		/** Accessor.
-		  * \param pIndex     The index of the component to access.
-		  * \return           The reference to the indexed component.
-		  * \remarks          The index parameter is not checked for values out of bounds. The valid range is [0,3].
-		  */
-		double& operator[](int pIndex);
-
-		/** Accessor.
-		  * \param pIndex     The index of the component to access.
-		  * \return           The const reference to the indexed component.
-		  * \remarks          The index parameter is not checked for values out of bounds. The valid range is [0,3].
-		  */
-		const double& operator[](int pIndex) const;
-
-		/** Get a vector element.
-		  * \param pIndex     The index of the component to access.
-		  * \return           The value of the indexed component.
-		  * \remarks          The index parameter is not checked for values out of bounds. The valid range is [0,3].
-		  */
-		double GetAt(int pIndex) const;
-
-		/** Set a vector element.
-		  * \param pIndex     The index of the component to set.
-		  * \param pValue     The new value to set the component.
-		  * \remarks          The index parameter is not checked for values out of bounds. The valid range is [0,3].
-		  */
-		void SetAt(int pIndex, double pValue);
-
-		/** Set vector.
-		  * \param pX     The X component value.
-		  * \param pY     The Y component value.
-		  * \param pZ     The Z component value.
-		  * \param pW     The W component value.
-		  */
-		void Set(double pX, double pY, double pZ, double pW = 1.0);
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Scalar Operations
-      */
-    //@{
-		/** The addition operator between the scalar part of this quaternion and a scalar value, no influence on the vector part of the quaternion.
-		  * \param pValue     The scalar value to be added.
-		  * \return           The sum of addition.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator+(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** The subtraction operator between the scalar part of this quaternion and a scalar value, no influence on the vector part of the quaternion.
-		  * \param pValue     The scalar subtrahend.
-		  * \return           The difference of subtraction.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator-(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Multiply all vector components by a value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator*(double pValue) const;
-
-		/**    Divide all vector components by a value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator/(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** The in place addition operator between the real part of this quaternion and a scalar value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value to be added.
-		  * \return           The sum of addition.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator+=(double pValue);
-
-		/** The subtraction operator between the real part of this quaternion and a scalar value.
-		  * \param pValue     The scalar subtrahend.
-		  * \return           The difference of subtraction.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator-=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Multiply a value to all vector elements.
-		  * \param pValue     The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of multiplying each component of the vector by pValue, replacing this quaternion.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator*=(double pValue);
-
-		/**    Divide all vector elements by a value.
-		  * \param pValue     The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of dividing each component of the vector by pValue, replacing this quaternion.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator/=(double pValue);
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Vector Operations
-      */
-    //@{
-		/**    Unary minus operator.
-		  * \return      A quaternion where each component is multiplied by -1.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator-() const;
-		    
-		/** Add two vectors together.
-		  * \param pQuaternion     Quaternion to add.
-		  * \return                The quaternion v' = this + pQuaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator+(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a quaternion from another quaternion.
-		  * \param pQuaternion     Quaternion to subtract.
-		  * \return                The quaternion v' = this - pQuaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator-(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** The quaternion multiplication operator.
-		  * \param pOther          The quaternion to be multiplied with this quaternion.
-		  * \return                The product of two quaternions.
-		  * \remarks               In general, quaternion multiplication does not commute.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator*(const FbxQuaternion& pOther) const;
-
-		/** The quaternion division operator.
-		  * \param pOther          The divisor quaternion.
-		  * \return                The quotient quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               If the divisor has a zero length, return zero quaternion.
-			  */
-		FbxQuaternion operator/(const FbxQuaternion& pOther) const;
-
-		/** Add two quaternions together.
-		  * \param pQuaternion     Quaternion to add.
-		  * \return                The quaternion v' = this + pQuaternion, replacing this quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator+=(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion);
-
-		/** Subtract a quaternion from another vector.
-		  * \param pQuaternion     Quaternion to subtract.
-		  * \return                The quaternion v' = this - pQuaternion, replacing this quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               The values in pQuaternion are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator-=(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion);
-
-		/** The in place quaternion multiplication operator.
-		  * \param pOther          The quaternion to be multiplied with this quaternion.
-		  * \return                The product of two quaternions.
-		  * \remarks               In general, quaternion multiplication does not commute.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator*=(const FbxQuaternion& pOther);
-			
-		/** The in place quaternion division operator.
-		  * \param pOther          The divisor quaternion.
-		  * \return                The quotient quaternion.
-		  * \remarks               If the divisor has a zero length, return zero quaternion.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion& operator/=(const FbxQuaternion& pOther);
-
-		/** Return quaternion product.
-		  * \param pOther          The quaternion to be multiplied with this quaternion.
-		  * \return                The product of two quaternions.
-		  */
-		FbxQuaternion Product(const FbxQuaternion& pOther) const;
-
-		/** Return quaternion dot product.
-		  * \param pQuaternion     Dot product quaternion.
-		  * \return                The dot product of this quaternion and pQuaternion.
-		  */
-		double DotProduct(const FbxQuaternion& pQuaternion) const;
-
-		/** Normalize the quaternion, length set to 1.
-		  */
-		void Normalize();
-
-		/** Calculate the quaternion conjugate.
-		  * \return      The conjugate of this quaternion.
-		  */
-		void Conjugate();
-
-		/** Calculate the length (norm) of the quaternion.
-		  * \return The length of the quaternion.
-		  */
-		double Length();
-
-		/** Calculate the inverse of the quaternion.
-		  * \return      The inverse of this quaternion. 
-		  * \remarks     If this quaternion has a zero length, retain the original value.
-		  * \remarks     If the quaternion is normalized, then its inverse is equal to its conjugate.
-		  */
-		void Inverse();
-
-		/** Set the quaternion rotation from an axis degree angle.
-		* \param pAxis The axis to rotate around.
-		* \param pDegree The amount of degree to rotate around the axis. */
-		void SetAxisAngle(const FbxVector4& pAxis, double pDegree);
-
-		/** Calculate a spherical linear interpolation quaternion.
-		* \param pOther The other quaternion to interpolate with.
-		* \param pWeight A value between 0.0 and 1.0 to specify the interpolation amount. */
-		FbxQuaternion Slerp(const FbxQuaternion& pOther, double pWeight) const;
-
-		/** Create a Quaternion equivalent to the supplied Euler XYZ in spherical coordinate.
-		  * \param pEuler   The Euler XYZ angle (in degrees).
-		  */
-		void ComposeSphericalXYZ(const FbxVector4 pEuler);
-
-		/** Create an Euler XYZ equivalent to the current quaternion.
-		  * \return     The Euler XYZ angle (in degrees) equivalent to the current quaternion in spherical coordinate.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 DecomposeSphericalXYZ() const;
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Boolean Operations
-      */
-    //@{
-		/**    Equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pV     The quaternion to be compared to this quaternion.
-		  * \return       \c true  if the two quaternions are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c false  otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator==(const FbxQuaternion & pV) const;
-		    
-		/**    Non equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pV     The quaternion to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return       \c  false if the two quaternions are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c true  otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxQuaternion & pV) const;
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Casting
-      */
-    //@{
-		//! Cast the vector in a double pointer.
-		operator double* ();
-
-		//! Cast the vector in a const double pointer.
-		operator const double* () const;
-    //@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Comparison methods
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Comparison method.
-		  * \param pQ2 Quaternion to compare with this
-		  * \param pThreshold Epsilon for small number comparison
-		  * \return 0 if quaternions are equal, non-zero value otherwise.
-		  */
-		int Compare(const FbxQuaternion &pQ2, const double pThreshold = FBXSDK_TOLERANCE) const;
-	//@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-    void GetQuaternionFromPositionToPosition(const FbxVector4 &pP0, const FbxVector4 &pP1);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_QUATERNION_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxtransforms.h

@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxtransforms.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_TRANSFORMS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_TRANSFORMS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxmath.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/math/fbxquaternion.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** FbxLimits defines a limit range for one transform component, either translation, rotation or scaling.
-  * One transform component limit contains two part: a min value and a max value limit, which means
-  * that each value of the corresponding transform component cannot go beyond the range set by the
-  * min and max values. Although the members are identified as X, Y and Z (the W component is ignored)
-  * at this level, they are unitless values and will only have meaning within the context they are queried.
-  *
-  * For each limit, there is one flag to indicate if the limit is active or not. Before accessing the 
-  * limit info, the caller need to query the flag first to make sure that the retrieved values will be
-  * meaningful.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxLimits
-{
-public:
-	//! Constructor
-	FbxLimits();
-
-	//! Assignment Operator
-	FbxLimits& operator=(const FbxLimits& pLimits);
-
-	/** Retrieve the active state of this limit.
-	  * \return True if the limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetActive() const;
-
-	/** Set the active state of this limit.
-	  * \param pActive If true, this limit will become globally active.
-	  */
-	void SetActive(const bool pActive);
-
-	/** Get the active state of the minimum X component.
-	  * \return True if the X component minimum limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetMinXActive() const;
-
-	/** Get the active state of the minimum Y component.
-	  * \return True if the Y component minimum limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetMinYActive() const;
-
-	/** Get the active state of the minimum Z component.
-	  * \return True if the Z component minimum limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetMinZActive() const;
-
-	/** Get the active states of the three components of the minimum limit.
-	  * \param pXActive \c True if the X component minimum limit is active.
-	  * \param pYActive \c True if the Y component minimum limit is active.
-	  * \param pZActive \c True if the Z component minimum limit is active.
-	  */
-	void GetMinActive(bool& pXActive, bool& pYActive, bool& pZActive) const;
-
-	/** Get the minimum limits.
-	  * \return The current X, Y and Z values for the minimum limits.
-	  */
-	FbxDouble3 GetMin() const;
-
-	/** Set the active state of the minimum X component.
-	  * \param pActive If true, the X component minimum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMinXActive(bool pActive);
-
-	/** Set the active state of the minimum Y component.
-	  * \param pActive If true, the Y component minimum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMinYActive(bool pActive);
-
-	/** Set the active state of the minimum Z component.
-	  * \param pActive If true, the Z component minimum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMinZActive(bool pActive);
-
-	/** Set the active states of the three components of the minimum limits.
-	  * \param pXActive If true, the X component minimum limit will be active.
-	  * \param pYActive If true, the Y component minimum limit will be active.
-	  * \param pZActive If true, the Z component minimum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMinActive(bool pXActive, bool pYActive, bool pZActive);
-
-	/** Set the minimum limits.
-	  * \param pMin The X, Y and Z values for the minimum limits.
-	  */
-	void SetMin(const FbxDouble3& pMin);
-
-	/** Get the active state of the maximum X component.
-	  * \return True if the X component maximum limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetMaxXActive() const;
-
-	/** Get the active state of the maximum Y component.
-	  * \return True if the Y component maximum limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetMaxYActive() const;
-
-	/** Get the active state of the maximum Z component.
-	  * \return True if the Z component maximum limit is active.
-	  */
-	bool GetMaxZActive() const;
-
-	/** Get the active states of the three components of the maximum limit.
-	  * \param pXActive \c True if the X component maximum limit is active.
-	  * \param pYActive \c True if the Y component maximum limit is active.
-	  * \param pZActive \c True if the Z component maximum limit is active.
-	  */
-	void GetMaxActive(bool& pXActive, bool& pYActive, bool& pZActive) const;
-
-	/** Get the maximum limits.
-	  * \return The current X, Y and Z values for the maximum limits.
-	  */
-	FbxDouble3 GetMax() const;
-
-	/** Set the active state of the maximum X component.
-	  * \param pActive If true, the X component maximum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMaxXActive(bool pActive);
-
-	/** Set the active state of the maximum Y component.
-	  * \param pActive If true, the Y component maximum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMaxYActive(bool pActive);
-
-	/** Set the active state of the maximum Z component.
-	  * \param pActive If true, the Z component maximum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMaxZActive(bool pActive);
-
-	/** Set the active states of the three components of the maximum limits.
-	  * \param pXActive If true, the X component maximum limit will be active.
-	  * \param pYActive If true, the Y component maximum limit will be active.
-	  * \param pZActive If true, the Z component maximum limit will be active.
-	  */
-	void SetMaxActive(bool pXActive, bool pYActive, bool pZActive);
-
-	/** Set the maximum limits.
-	  * \param pMax The X, Y and Z values for the maximum limits.
-	  */
-	void SetMax(const FbxDouble3& pMax);
-
-	/** Find if any of the minimum or maximum active state are set.
-	  * \return If any component of the minimum or maximum active state are set, true is returned.
-	  * \remarks The global active state will not count when resolving this.
-	  */
-	bool GetAnyMinMaxActive() const;
-	
-	/** Apply the active limits to the components of the vector provided.
-	  * \return The new vector clamped by active limits.
-	  */
-	FbxDouble3 Apply(const FbxDouble3& pVector);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	enum EMask {eActive=1<<0, eMinX=1<<1, eMinY=1<<2, eMinZ=1<<3, eMaxX=1<<4, eMaxY=1<<5, eMaxZ=1<<6, eAll=eMinX|eMinY|eMinZ|eMaxX|eMaxY|eMaxZ};
-
-	FbxUInt8	mMask;
-	FbxDouble3	mMin;
-	FbxDouble3	mMax;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxRotationOrder
-{
-public:	
-	FbxRotationOrder(FbxEuler::EOrder pOrder=FbxEuler::eOrderXYZ);
-
-	FbxEuler::EOrder	GetOrder() const;
-	void				SetOrder(FbxEuler::EOrder pOrder);
-	void				V2M(FbxAMatrix& pRM, const FbxVector4& pV);
-	void				M2V(FbxVector4& pV, const FbxAMatrix& pRM);
-	bool				V2VRef(FbxVector4& pVOut, const FbxVector4& pVIn, const FbxVector4& pVRef);
-
-private:
-    FbxEuler::EOrder mOrder;
-};
-
-/** Handle transform behaviors such as pivots, limits and offets, etc.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxTransform
-{
-public:
-	enum EInheritType {eInheritRrSs, eInheritRSrs, eInheritRrs};
-
-	FbxTransform();
-
-	EInheritType		GetInheritType() const;
-	void				SetInheritType(EInheritType pType);
-	FbxLimits&			GetTranslationLimits();
-	FbxLimits&			GetRotationLimits();
-	FbxLimits&			GetScalingLimits();
-	FbxRotationOrder&	GetRotationOrder();
-	bool				HasROffset() const;
-	bool				HasRPivot() const;
-	bool				HasSOffset() const;
-	bool				HasSPivot() const;
-	bool				HasPreRM() const;
-	bool				HasPostRM() const;
-	void				SetROffset(const FbxVector4& pROffset);
-	void				SetRPivot(const FbxVector4& pRPivot);
-	void				SetSOffset(const FbxVector4& pSOffset);
-	void				SetSPivot(const FbxVector4& pSPivot);
-	void				SetPreRM(const FbxVector4& pPreR);
-	void				SetPostRM(const FbxVector4& pPostR);
-	bool				GetRotationSpaceForLimitOnly() const;
-	void				SetRotationSpaceForLimitOnly(bool pRotationSpaceForLimitOnly);
-
-	void				DoF2LT(FbxVector4& pLT, const FbxVector4& pDoF, const FbxAMatrix& pLRM, const FbxAMatrix& pLSM);
-	void				LT2DoF(FbxVector4& pDoF, const FbxVector4& pLT, const FbxAMatrix& pLRM, const FbxAMatrix& pLSM);
-	void				DoF2LRM(FbxAMatrix& pLRM, const FbxVector4& pRDoF, bool pForLimit=false);
-	void				LRM2DoF(FbxVector4& pRDoF, const FbxAMatrix& pLRM, bool pForLimit=false);
-	void				LSM2GSM(FbxAMatrix& pGSM, const FbxAMatrix& pPGSM, const FbxAMatrix& pLSM, const FbxAMatrix& pLRM, const FbxVector4& pPLS);
-	void				GTRSM2GX(FbxAMatrix& pGX, const FbxVector4& pGT, const FbxAMatrix& pGRM, const FbxAMatrix& pGSM);
-
-private:
-	void				SumPivots(FbxVector4& pSum, const FbxAMatrix& pLRM, const FbxAMatrix& pLSM);
-
-	class RotationSpace
-	{
-	public:
-		enum EMask {eHasNothing=0, eHasPreRotM=1<<0, eHasPostRotM=1<<1};
-
-		RotationSpace();
-
-		bool				HasPreRM() const;
-		bool				HasPostRM() const;
-		void				GetPreRM(FbxAMatrix& pPreRM) const;
-		void				GetPostRM(FbxAMatrix& pPostRM) const;
-		void				SetPreRM(const FbxVector4& pPreR);
-		void				SetPostRM(const FbxVector4& pPostR);
-		void				DoF2LRM(FbxAMatrix& pLRM, const FbxVector4& pRDoF);
-		void				LRM2DoF(FbxVector4& pRDoF, const FbxAMatrix& pLRM);
-
-		FbxUInt8			mMask;
-		FbxAMatrix			mPreRM;
-		FbxAMatrix			mPostRM;
-		FbxRotationOrder	mRotationOrder;
-	};
-
-    enum EMask {eHasNothing=0, eHasRotOffset=1<<0, eHasRotPivot=1<<1, eHasScaleOffset=1<<2, eHasScalePivot=1<<3};
-
-	FbxUInt8		mMask;
-	EInheritType	mInheritType;	
-	FbxVector4		mROffset;
-	FbxVector4		mRPivot;
-	FbxVector4		mSOffset;
-	FbxVector4		mSPivot;
-	FbxLimits		mTranslationLimits;
-	FbxLimits		mRotationLimits;
-	FbxLimits		mScalingLimits;
-	bool			mRotationSpaceForLimitOnly;
-	RotationSpace	mRotationSpace;
-};
-
-FBXSDK_DLL bool FbxGetContinuousRotation(FbxVector4& pRes, const FbxVector4& pRot, const FbxVector4& pRef, const int* pOrder);
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxGetContinuousRotation(FbxVector4& pRes, const FbxVector4& pRot, const FbxVector4& pRef);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_TRANSFORMS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector2.h

@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxvector2.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_VECTOR_2_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_VECTOR_2_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/**	A two double mathematic vector class.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxVector2 : public FbxDouble2
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructors and Destructor
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Constructor.
-		FbxVector2();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		  * \param pVector2 The vector copied to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2(const FbxVector2& pVector2);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  *	\param pX X component.
-		  *	\param pY Y component.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2(double pX, double pY);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Access
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Assignment operation.
-		  * \param pVector2   The vector assigned to this one.
-		  * \return           This vector after assignment. 
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator=(const FbxVector2& pVector2);
-
-		/** Set vector.
-	  * \param pX The X component value.
-	  * \param pY The Y component value.
-	  */
-		void Set(double pX, double pY);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Scalar Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Add a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to add to each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           A new vector with the result of adding pValue to each component of this vector.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator+(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a value from all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to subtract from each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           A new vector with the result of subtracting pValue from each component of this vector.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator-(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Multiply a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           A new vector with the result of multiplying each component of this vector by pValue.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator*(double pValue) const;
-
-		/**	Divide all vector components by a value.
-		  * \param pValue The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           A new vector with the result of dividing each component of this vector by pValue.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator/(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Add a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to add to each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of adding pValue to each component of this vector, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator+=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Subtract a value from all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to subtract from each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of subtracting pValue from each component of this vector, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator-=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Multiply a value to all vector elements.
-		  * \param pValue The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of multiplying each component of this vector by pValue, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator*=(double pValue);
-
-		/**	Divide all vector elements by a value.
-		  * \param pValue The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return           The result of multiplying each component of this vector by pValue, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks          The pValue parameter is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator/=(double pValue);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Vector Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Unary minus operator.
-		  * \return The vector that is the negation of \c this.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator-() const;
-
-		/** Add two vectors together.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to add.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector + pVector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator+(const FbxVector2& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a vector from another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to subtract.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector - pVector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator-(const FbxVector2& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Memberwise multiplication of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector      Multiplying vector.
-		  * \return             The result of this vector * pVector.
-		  * \remarks            The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator*(const FbxVector2& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Memberwise division of a vector with another vector.
-		  * \param pVector     Dividing vector.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector / pVector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2 operator/(const FbxVector2& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Add two vectors together.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to add.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector + pVector, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator+=(const FbxVector2& pVector);
-
-		/** Subtract a vector from another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to subtract.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector - pVector, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator-=(const FbxVector2& pVector);
-
-		/** Memberwise multiplication of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector Multiplying vector.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector * pVector, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator*=(const FbxVector2& pVector);
-
-		/** Memberwise division of a vector with another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Dividing vector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  * \return            The result of this vector / pVector, replacing this vector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector2& operator/=(const FbxVector2& pVector);
-
-		/** Calculate the dot product of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector The second vector.
-		  * \return The dot product value.
-		  */
-		double DotProduct(const FbxVector2& pVector) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Boolean Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pVector The vector to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return            \c true if the two vectors are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator==(const FbxVector2 & pVector) const;
-
-		/**	Non-equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pVector The vector to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return            \c false if the two vectors are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance), \c true otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxVector2 & pVector) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Length
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Get the vector's length.
-		  * \return The mathematical length of the vector.
-		  */
-		double Length() const;
-
-		/** Get the vector's length squared.
-		  * \return The mathematical square length of the vector.
-		  */
-		double SquareLength() const;
-
-		/** Find the distance between 2 vectors.
-		  * \param pVector The second vector.
-		  * \return The mathematical distance between the two vectors.
-		  */
-		double Distance(const FbxVector2& pVector) const;
-
-		//! Normalize the vector, length set to 1.
-		void Normalize();
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Casting
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Cast the vector in a double pointer.
-		operator double* ();
-
-		//! Cast the vector in a const double pointer.
-		operator const double* () const;
-	//@}
-
-	/** Find out if the vector is equal to zero.
-	* \param pSize The number of element to test, starting at beginning. Value must range between [1, 2].
-	* \return \c true if all elements of the vector are zero, \c false otherwise. */
-	bool IsZero(int pSize=2) const;
-
-	// Fix value like 1.#IND, 1.#INF, nan, and inf
-	void FixIncorrectValue();
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_VECTOR_2_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/math/fbxvector4.h

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxvector4.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_VECTOR_4_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_VECTOR_4_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxQuaternion;
-
-/**	A four double mathematic vector class.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxVector4 : public FbxDouble4
-{
-public:
-	/**
-	  * \name Constructors and Destructor
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Constructor.
-		FbxVector4();
-
-		/** Copy constructor.
-		  * \param pVector4   The vector copied to this one.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4(const FbxVector4& pVector4);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  *	\param pX X component.
-		  *	\param pY Y component.
-		  *	\param pZ Z component.
-		  *	\param pW W component.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4(double pX, double pY, double pZ, double pW=1.0);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  *	\param pValue X,Y,Z,W components.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4(const double pValue[4]);
-
-		/** Constructor.
-		  * \param pValue X,Y,Z components.
-		  * \remarks The fourth component of this object is assigned 1.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4(const FbxDouble3& pValue);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Access
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Assignment operation.
-		  * \param pVector4  The vector assigned to this one.
-		  * \return          This vector after assignment.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator=(const FbxVector4& pVector4);
-
-		/** Assignment operation.
-		  * \param pValue    The pointer to an array whose elements are assigned to this vector.
-		  * \return          This vector after assignment.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator=(const double* pValue);
-
-		/** Assignment operation.
-		  * \param pValue    The vector with 3 elements assigned to this vector.
-		  * \return          This vector after assignment.
-		  * \remarks         The first three elements are assigned with pValue. The fourth element is set as 1.0 
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator=(const FbxDouble3& pValue);
-
-		/** Set vector.
-		  * \param pX The X component value.
-		  * \param pY The Y component value.
-		  * \param pZ The Z component value.
-		  * \param pW The W component value.
-		  */
-		void Set(double pX, double pY, double pZ, double pW=1.0);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Scalar Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Add a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to add to each component of the vector.
-		  * \return New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator+(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a value from all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to subtract from each component of the vector.
-		  * \return New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator-(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Multiply a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator*(double pValue) const;
-
-		/**	Divide all vector components by a value.
-		  * \param pValue The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return New vector.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator/(double pValue) const;
-
-		/** Add a value to all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to add to each component of the vector.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator+=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Subtract a value from all vector components.
-		  * \param pValue The value to subtract from each component of the vector.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator-=(double pValue);
-
-		/** Multiply a value to all vector elements.
-		  * \param pValue The value multiplying each component of the vector.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator*=(double pValue);
-
-		/**	Divide all vector elements by a value.
-		  * \param pValue The value dividing each component of the vector.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks          The passed value is not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator/=(double pValue);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Vector Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Unary minus operator.
-		  * \return The vector that is the negation of \c this.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator-() const;
-
-		/** Add two vectors together.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to add.
-		  * \return The vector v' = this + pVector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator+(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Subtract a vector from another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to subtract.
-		  * \return The vector v' = this - pVector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator-(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Memberwise multiplication of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector Multiplying vector.
-		  * \return The vector v' = this * pVector.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator*(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Memberwise division of a vector with another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Dividing vector.
-		  * \return The vector v[i]' = this[i] / pVector[i].
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 operator/(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Add two vectors together.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to add.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator+=(const FbxVector4& pVector);
-
-		/** Subtract a vector from another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Vector to subtract.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator-=(const FbxVector4& pVector);
-
-		/** Memberwise multiplication of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector Multiplying vector.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator*=(const FbxVector4& pVector);
-
-		/** Memberwise division of a vector with another vector.
-		  * \param pVector Dividing vector.
-		  * \return \e this updated with the operation result.
-		  * \remarks           The values in pVector are not checked.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4& operator/=(const FbxVector4& pVector);
-
-		/** Calculate the dot product of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector The second vector.
-		  * \return The dot product value.
-		  * \remarks           Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the 3 first elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		double DotProduct(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Calculate the cross product of two vectors.
-		  * \param pVector The second vector.
-		  * \return The cross product vector.
-		  * \remarks           Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the first 3 elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		FbxVector4 CrossProduct(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Calculate the Euler rotation required to align axis pAB-pA on pAB-pB.
-		  *	\param pAB The intersection of the 2 axis.
-		  *	\param pA A point on axis to be aligned.
-		  *	\param pB A point on reference axis.
-		  *	\param pAngles Resulting euler angles.
-		  *	\return \c true on success.
-		  * \remarks           Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the first 3 elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		static bool AxisAlignmentInEulerAngle(const FbxVector4& pAB, const FbxVector4& pA, const FbxVector4& pB, FbxVector4& pAngles);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Boolean Operations
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/**	Equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pVector The vector to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return            \c true if the two vectors are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance) and \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator==(const FbxVector4 & pVector) const;
-
-		/**	Non equivalence operator.
-		  * \param pVector The vector to be compared to \e this.
-		  * \return            \c false if the two vectors are equal (each element is within a FBXSDK_TOLERANCE tolerance) and \c true otherwise.
-		  */
-		bool operator!=(const FbxVector4 & pVector) const;
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Length
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Get the vector's length.
-		  * \return The mathematical length of the vector.
-		  * \remarks     Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the first 3 elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		double Length() const;
-
-		/** Get the vector's length squared.
-		  * \return The mathematical square length of the vector.
-		  * \remarks     Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the first 3 elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		double SquareLength() const;
-
-		/** Find the distance between 2 vectors.
-		  * \param pVector The second vector.
-		  * \return The mathematical distance between the two vectors.
-		  * \remarks           Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the 3 first elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		double Distance(const FbxVector4& pVector) const;
-
-		/** Normalize the vector, length set to 1.
-		  * \remarks     Being considered as a XYZ vector with a weight, only the first 3 elements are considered in this operation.
-		  */
-		void Normalize();
-
-
-		/** Set the Euler XYZ from a Quaternion.
-		  *\param pQuat    Quaternion from which Euler XYZ information is got.
-		  */
-		void SetXYZ(const FbxQuaternion pQuat);
-	//@}
-
-	/**
-	  * \name Casting
-	  */
-	//@{
-		//! Cast the vector in a double pointer.
-		operator double* ();
-
-		//! Cast the vector in a const double pointer.
-		operator const double* () const;
-	//@}
-
-	/** Find out if the vector is equal to zero.
-	* \param pSize The number of element to test, starting at beginning. Value must range between [1, 4].
-	* \return \c true if all elements of the vector are zero, \c false otherwise. */
-	bool IsZero(int pSize=4) const;
-
-	// Fix value like 1.#IND, 1.#INF, nan, and inf
-	void FixIncorrectValue();
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	int Compare(const FbxVector4& pV, const double pThreshold=FBXSDK_TOLERANCE) const;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_MATH_VECTOR_4_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxatomic.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxatomic.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_ATOMIC_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_ATOMIC_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#if !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN)
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxAtomOp
-{
-public:
-	static void			Inc(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static void			Dec(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static bool			Add(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static bool			Sub(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static bool			And(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static bool			Or(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static bool			Nand(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static bool			Xor(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static bool			CompareAndSwap(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pOld, FbxAtomic pSwap);
-	static FbxAtomic	TestAndSet(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndSwap(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pSwap);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndInc(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndDec(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndAdd(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndSub(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndOr(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndAnd(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndXor(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	FetchAndNand(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	IncAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static FbxAtomic	DecAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr);
-	static FbxAtomic	AddAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	SubAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	OrAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	AndAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	XorAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-	static FbxAtomic	NandAndFetch(volatile FbxAtomic* pPtr, FbxAtomic pVal);
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && !FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_ATOMIC_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxclock.h

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxclock.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_CLOCK_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_CLOCK_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Put the current thread to sleep.
-  * \param pMilliseconds The duration of the sleep in milli-seconds.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL void FbxSleep(int pMilliseconds);
-
-/** Retrieves the current value of the high-resolution performance counter.
-  * \return The current value of the high-resolution performance counter, in "counts".
-  * \remarks To convert "counts" into time, divide it by the frequency available from FbxGetHighResFrequency().
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxGetHighResCounter();
-
-/** Retrieves the frequency of the high-resolution performance counter.
-  * \return The frequency of the high-resolution performance counter value, in "counts" per second.
-  * \remarks The first time this function is called, the frequency is queried from the system and then cached
-  * so that further requests are fast. This means it is guaranteed to not change during run-time.
-  */
-FBXSDK_DLL FbxLongLong FbxGetHighResFrequency();
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_CLOCK_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxsync.h

@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxsync.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#if !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN)
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxclock.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxthread.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxMutexImpl;
-class FbxSemaphoreImpl;
-class FbxGateImpl;
-
-/** A spinlock is the fastest and most simple thread lock mechanism available.
-  * It is very efficient since it does not use any operating system calls; it is only a test and set on an atomic variable,
-  * thus it is the fastest thread lock available. Spinlocks are efficient if threads are only likely to be blocked for a
-  * short period of time, as they avoid overhead from operating system process re-scheduling or context switching. However,
-  * spinlocks become wasteful if held for longer durations, both preventing other threads from running and requiring
-  * re-scheduling.
-  * \note Spinlocks does not support recursive locking. A thread attempting to lock the same spinlock twice will wait
-  * indefinitely.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxSpinLock
-{
-public:
-    FbxSpinLock();
-
-	/** Acquire the lock; thread will wait indefinitely until it is available. */
-    void Acquire();
-
-	/** Release the lock; this will allow other threads to acquire the lock if they are waiting. */
-    void Release();
-
-private:
-    FbxAtomic mSpinLock;
-};
-
-/** Mutually excluding thread lock mechanism.
-  *	While the mutex is a much heavier implementation than a spinlock, it supports recursive locking; the same thread
-  * can safely lock the same mutex more than once without blocking. But it will have to be released as many times as
-  * it as been acquired before other threads can acquire the context. It is sometimes referred as a critical section.
-  * This is the heaviest thread lock implementation, but also the most secure.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxMutex
-{
-public:
-	/** Constructor
-	  * \param pInitialOwnership If pInitialOwnership is true, the lock will be initialized as being locked by the
-	  * current thread.
-	  */
-	FbxMutex(bool pInitialOwnership=false);
-	virtual ~FbxMutex(); //!< Destructor
-
-	/** Acquire the lock; thread will wait indefinitely until it is available.
-	  * \remarks The same thread can acquire the lock multiple times without blocking.
-	  */
-	void Acquire();
-
-	/** Try acquiring the lock; thread will not wait if it is not available.
-	  * \param pRetryCount The number of retries in case the lock is not available.
-	  * \return True if the lock is acquired, false otherwise.
-	  * \remarks The same thread can acquire the lock multiple times without blocking.
-	  */
-	bool TryAcquire(unsigned int pRetryCount);
-
-	/** Release the lock; this will allow other threads to acquire the lock if they are waiting.
-	  * \remarks Only the owner thread should call Release(), and it needs to be released as many times as it was
-	  * acquired.
-	  */
-	void Release();
-
-private:
-	FbxMutexImpl* mImpl;
-};
-
-/** Mutually excluding thread waiting mechanism with a counter.
-  * Semaphore are generally used in situations when the current thread needs to wait for other threads before
-  * proceeding to the next step. In other words, that thread waits a number of signals from other threads. This
-  * is the best mechanism to use to synchronize threads since it doesn't require an heavy critical section.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxSemaphore
-{
-public:
-	FbxSemaphore(); //!< Constructor
-	virtual ~FbxSemaphore(); //!< Destructor
-
-	/** Wait indefinitely until the semaphore as been signaled as many times as specified.
-	  * \param pCount Number of signal to wait before this function returns.
-	  * \return True if the wait exit without errors.
-	  * \remarks If pCount is set to zero, this function returns immediately without waiting.
-	  */
-	bool Wait(unsigned int pCount=1);
-
-	/** Signal the semaphore as many times as specified.
-	  * \param pCount The number of signal to send to the semaphore.
-	  * \return True if the semaphore was signaled without errors.
-	  */
-	bool Signal(unsigned int pCount=1);
-
-private:
-	FbxSemaphoreImpl* mImpl;
-};
-
-/** A gate thread locking mechanism is very similar to a semaphore, except that when it is opened, any
-  * further call to wait will not wait until it is closed. It is generally used to block multiple threads
-  * until one of them open the gate to release them all.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxGate
-{
-public:
-    FbxGate(); //!< Constructor
-    virtual ~FbxGate(); //!< Destructor
-
-	/** Open the gate to release all threads waiting.
-	  * \remarks All waiting threads will unblock until the gate is closed.
-	  */
-    void Open();
-
-	/** Close the gate so that the next time a thread call Wait() it will be blocked. */
-    void Close();
-
-	/** Check if the gate is open.
-	  * \return True if the gate is open, otherwise false.
-	  */
-    bool IsOpen();
-
-	/** Wait indefinitely until the gate open.
-	  * \return True if the wait completed without errors.
-	  * \remarks If the gate is already open, this function returns immediately.
-	  */
-    bool Wait();
-
-private:
-	FbxGateImpl* mImpl;
-};
-
-/** A simple stack of linked items that is multi-thread safe, protected by a spinlock.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxSyncStack
-{
-public:
-	//! A single link item to be used to construct the stack
-	struct Item
-	{
-		Item* mNext;
-		inline Item(){ mNext = NULL; }
-		inline Item* Set(Item* pNext){ return mNext = pNext; }
-		inline Item* Next(){ return mNext; }
-	};
-
-	//! Constructor
-	FbxSyncStack();
-
-	/** Add an item on the top of the stack.
-	  * \param pItem The item to add on top of the stack.
-	  */
-	void Push(Item* pItem);
-
-	/** Remove the item on the top of the stack.
-	  * \return Returns the item on top of the stack, otherwise NULL if stack empty.
-	  */
-	Item* Pop();
-
-private:
-	FbxSpinLock	mLock;
-	Item*		mTop;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && !FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/core/sync/fbxthread.h

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxthread.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_THREAD_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_THREAD_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#if !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN)
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxThreadImpl;
-
-//! Definition of a thread procedure function signature.
-typedef void (*FbxThreadProc)(void*);
-
-/** This class implement a standard way to use threads across platforms.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxThread
-{
-public:
-	enum EState {eUnknown, eRunning, eDead};
-	enum EPriority {eNone, eIdle, eLowest, eLow, eNormal, eHigh, eHighest, eRealTime};
-
-	/** Constructor
-	  * \param pProc The procedure called upon thread startup.
-	  * \param pArg The arguments passed to the procedure.
-	  * \param pSuspend Start the thread suspended.
-	  */
-	FbxThread(FbxThreadProc pProc, void* pArg, bool pSuspend=false);
-
-	/** Constructor
-	  * \param pProc The procedure called upon thread startup.
-	  * \param pArg The arguments passed to the procedure.
-	  * \param pPriority The thread priority to set upon creation.
-	  * \param pSuspend Start the thread suspended.
-	  */
-	FbxThread(FbxThreadProc pProc, void* pArg, EPriority pPriority, bool pSuspend=false);
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~FbxThread();
-
-	/** Suspend the execution of the thread.
-	  * \return Return true if the thread was successfully suspended, otherwise false.
-	  * \remarks It should be used only if you can control where the thread will be suspended in its procedure,
-	  * otherwise the state of the thread and its memory is unknown, since the code will stop anywhere.
-	  */
-	bool Suspend();
-
-	/** Resume the execution of the thread.
-	  * \return Return true if the thread was successfully resumed, otherwise false.
-	  */
-	bool Resume();
-
-	/** Wait for the thread completion.
-	  * \return True if the thread successfully returned from its procedure.
-	  */
-	bool Join();
-
-	/** Do not wait for the thread completion and terminate it.
-	  * \return True if the thread successfully died.
-	  */
-	bool Kill();
-
-	/** Retrieve the priority of the thread.
-	  * \return The thread's priority.
-	  */
-	EPriority GetPriority();
-
-	/** Set the thread priority.
-	  * \param pPriority The priority to set to this thread.
-	  * \return True if the thread priority was successfully changed.
-	  */
-	bool SetPriority(EPriority pPriority);
-
-	/** Retrieve the thread current state.
-	  * \return The state of the thread.
-	  */
-	EState GetState();
-
-private:
-	FbxThreadImpl* mImpl;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && !FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN */
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_CORE_SYNC_THREAD_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxsdk_def.h
-  * FBX SDK environment definition.
-  *
-  * This file is the principal FBX SDK environment definition. It is used at the top of
-  * every header and source file so that every unit is using the same definitions.
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_DEFINITION_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_DEFINITION_H_
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//System Includes
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <wchar.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <float.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Define Version and Namespace
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_version.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Define Architecture
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxarch.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxtypes.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxdebug.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxalloc.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxnew.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/arch/fbxstdcompliant.h>
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//Useful Macros
-#define FBX_SAFE_DELETE(p)			{FbxDelete(p);(p)=NULL;}
-#define FBX_SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(a)	{FbxDeleteArray(a);(a)=NULL;}
-#define FBX_SAFE_DESTROY(p)			if(p){(p)->Destroy();(p)=NULL;}
-#define FBX_SAFE_FREE(p)			if(p){FbxFree(p);(p)=NULL;}
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_DEFINITION_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxsdk_nsbegin.h
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_version.h>
-
-#if FBXSDK_DEFINE_NAMESPACE == 1
-	namespace FBXSDK_NAMESPACE {
-#endif

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxsdk_nsend.h
-
-#if FBXSDK_DEFINE_NAMESPACE == 1
-	}
-#endif

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fbxsdk_version.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file fbxsdk_version.h
-  * FBX SDK version definition.
-  *
-  * This file defines the version string and numbers for this release of the FBX SDK.
-  * \note This file should never be included directly, please include fbxsdk_def.h
-  * instead.
-  */
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_VERSION_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_VERSION_H_
-
-//FBX SDK version defines
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_MAJOR	2017		//<! Integer, version major number
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_MINOR	0			//<! Integer, version minor number
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_POINT	1			//<! Integer, version point number
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_NAME		"Release"	//<! String, version name, example: Alpha, Beta, RC, Release
-
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_YEAR     2016		//<! Integer, release date year
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_MONTH	04			//<! Integer, release date month
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_DAY		14			//<! Integer, release date day
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_VERSION_REVISION
-	#define FBXSDK_VERSION_REVISION	0		//<! Integer, version revision number, set by build environment. Do not edit here!
-#endif
-
-//FBX SDK version string macros
-#define FBX_STRING(x)		#x
-#define FBX_STRINGIFY(x)	FBX_STRING(x)
-
-#if FBXSDK_VERSION_POINT == 0
-	#define FBXSDK_VER_TO_STR(a, b, c)	FBX_STRING(a.b)
-#else
-	#define FBXSDK_VER_TO_STR(a, b, c)	FBX_STRING(a.b.c)
-#endif
-
-//FBX SDK version strings
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_STRING		FBXSDK_VER_TO_STR(FBXSDK_VERSION_MAJOR, FBXSDK_VERSION_MINOR, FBXSDK_VERSION_POINT)
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_STRING_FULL	FBXSDK_VERSION_STRING " " FBXSDK_VERSION_NAME " (" FBX_STRINGIFY(FBXSDK_VERSION_REVISION) ")"
-#define FBXSDK_VERSION_DATE			FBX_STRINGIFY(FBXSDK_VERSION_YEAR) "" FBX_STRINGIFY(FBXSDK_VERSION_MONTH) "" FBX_STRINGIFY(FBXSDK_VERSION_DAY)
-
-//FBX SDK namespace definition
-#ifndef FBXSDK_DEFINE_NAMESPACE
-	#define FBXSDK_DEFINE_NAMESPACE 1
-#endif
-
-#if FBXSDK_DEFINE_NAMESPACE == 1
-	#define FBXSDK_NAMESPACE fbxsdk
-#else
-	#define FBXSDK_NAMESPACE
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_VERSION_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladaanimationelement.h

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcolladaanimationelement.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_ANIMATION_ELEMENT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_ANIMATION_ELEMENT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladaelement.h>
-
-#include <map>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Representing a COLLADA animation element.
-  */
-class AnimationElement : public ElementBase
-{
-public:
-    typedef ElementBase base_type;
-
-    AnimationElement();
-    virtual ~AnimationElement();
-
-    /** Get the count of animation channels in the element.
-      * \return Return the channel count.
-      */
-    int GetChannelCount() const;
-
-    /** Initialize with the content of a COLLADA element.
-      * This method should be called before ToFBX.
-      */
-    void FromCOLLADA(xmlNode * pElement, const SourceElementMapType & pSourceElements);
-
-    /** Initialize with an animation curve.
-      * This method should be called before ToCOLLADA.
-      * \param pCurve The specific animation curve.
-      * \param pUnitConversion The unit conversion for key value.
-      */
-    void FromFBX(const FbxAnimCurve * pCurve, double pUnitConversion = 1.0);
-
-    /** Copy the channel with specific index to the FBX animation curve.
-      * \param pFBXCurve The destination FBX animation curve.
-      * \param pChannelIndex The index of the source channel.
-      * \param pUnitConversion The unit conversion from local element to global.
-      */
-    void ToFBX(FbxAnimCurve * pFBXCurve, int pChannelIndex,
-        double pUnitConversion = 1.0) const;
-
-    /** Copy the matrix animation to the FBX node TRS properties.
-      * \param pFBXNode The destination FBX node.
-      * \param pAnimLayer The animation layer whose X, Y and Z curves will be set up.
-      * \param pUnitConversion The unit conversion from local element to global.
-      */
-    void ToFBX(FbxNode * pFBXNode, FbxAnimLayer * pAnimLayer,
-        double pUnitConversion = 1.0) const;
-
-    /** Add the content to COLLADA animation library.
-      * \param pAnimationLibrary The COLLADA animation library element.
-      * \param pNodeID The ID of the element to who this curve is belong.
-      * \param pAttributeSID The ID the attribute to who this curve is belong.
-      */
-    void ToCOLLADA(xmlNode * pAnimationLibrary, const char * pNodeID,
-        const char * pAttributeSID);
-
-private:
-    int mKeyCount;
-    double * mInputArray;
-    double * mOutputArray;
-    int mOutputStride;
-    FbxString * mInterpolationArray;
-    int mInterpolationStride;
-    double * mInTangentArray;
-    int mInTangentStride;
-    double * mOutTangentArray;
-    int mOutTangentStride;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_ANIMATION_ELEMENT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladaelement.h

@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcolladaelement.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_ELEMENT_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_ELEMENT_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-// Utility functions to convert type to array tag used in COLLADA source element
-template <typename T>
-inline const FbxString TypeToArrayTag()
-{
-    return COLLADA_FLOAT_ARRAY_STRUCTURE;
-}
-
-template <>
-inline const FbxString TypeToArrayTag<bool>()
-{
-    return COLLADA_BOOL_ARRAY_STRUCTURE;
-}
-
-template <>
-inline const FbxString TypeToArrayTag<int>()
-{
-    return COLLADA_INT_ARRAY_STRUCTURE;
-}
-
-template <>
-inline const FbxString TypeToArrayTag<FbxString>()
-{
-    return COLLADA_NAME_ARRAY_STRUCTURE;
-}
-
-// Utility functions to convert type to parameter tag used in COLLADA source element
-template <typename T>
-inline const FbxString TypeToParameterTag()
-{
-    return COLLADA_FLOAT_TYPE;
-}
-
-template <>
-inline const FbxString TypeToParameterTag<bool>()
-{
-    return COLLADA_BOOL_TYPE;
-}
-
-template <>
-inline const FbxString TypeToParameterTag<int>()
-{
-    return COLLADA_INT_TYPE;
-}
-
-template <>
-inline const FbxString TypeToParameterTag<FbxString>()
-{
-    return COLLADA_NAME_TYPE;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
-
-/** A struct for convenient access to the content of common COLLADA element.
-  */
-struct ElementContentAccessor
-{
-    ElementContentAccessor();
-    ElementContentAccessor(xmlNode * pElement);
-    virtual ~ElementContentAccessor();
-
-    template <typename TYPE>
-    bool GetNext(TYPE * pData)
-    {
-        return FromString(pData, mPointer, &mPointer);
-    }
-
-    template <typename TYPE>
-    int GetArray(TYPE * pArray,
-        int pSourceUnitOffset = 0, int pSourceUnitValidCount = 1, int pSourceUnitSize = 1,
-        int pDestUnitOffset = 0, int pDestUnitValidCount = 1, int pDestUnitSize = 1,
-        TYPE pDefaultValue = TYPE())
-    {
-        if (pArray)
-        {
-            return FromStringToArray(mPointer, pArray,
-                pSourceUnitOffset, pSourceUnitValidCount, pSourceUnitSize,
-                pDestUnitOffset, pDestUnitValidCount, pDestUnitSize, pDefaultValue);
-        }
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-    xmlChar * mContent;
-    const char * mPointer;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
-
-/** A struct for convenient access to the content of COLLADA source element.
-  */
-template <typename TYPE>
-struct SourceElementContentAccessor : public ElementContentAccessor
-{
-    SourceElementContentAccessor(xmlNode * pSourceElement)
-        : mCount(0), mStride(1), mOffset(0)
-    {
-        bool lReadCount = true;
-        xmlNode* lTechniqueElement = DAE_FindChildElementByTag(pSourceElement, COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_COMMON_ELEMENT);
-        if (lTechniqueElement)
-        {
-            xmlNode* lAccessorElement = DAE_FindChildElementByTag(lTechniqueElement, COLLADA_ACCESSOR_STRUCTURE);
-            FBX_ASSERT(lAccessorElement);
-            if (!lAccessorElement)
-                return;
-
-            DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(lAccessorElement, COLLADA_COUNT_PROPERTY, mCount);
-            DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(lAccessorElement, COLLADA_STRIDE_PROPERTY, mStride);
-            DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(lAccessorElement, COLLADA_OFFSET_PROPERTY, mOffset);
-            lReadCount = false;
-        }
-
-        xmlNode * lDataArrayElement = DAE_FindChildElementByTag(pSourceElement,
-            TypeToArrayTag<TYPE>());
-        // Some COLLADA exporters use IDREF_array instead of Name_array
-        if (!lDataArrayElement && TypeToArrayTag<TYPE>() == COLLADA_NAME_ARRAY_STRUCTURE)
-            lDataArrayElement = DAE_FindChildElementByTag(pSourceElement, COLLADA_IDREF_ARRAY_STRUCTURE);
-        FBX_ASSERT(lDataArrayElement);
-
-        if (lDataArrayElement && lReadCount)
-            DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(lDataArrayElement, COLLADA_COUNT_PROPERTY, mCount);
-
-        mContent = xmlNodeGetContent(lDataArrayElement);
-        mPointer = (const char *)mContent;
-    }
-
-    int mCount;
-    int mStride;
-    int mOffset;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
-
-/** Representing a common COLLADA element.
-  */
-class ElementBase
-{
-public:
-    enum
-    {
-        MATRIX_STRIDE = 16,
-    };
-
-    // The name of user property in FBX which is used to preserve the ID of COLLADA element
-    static const char* smID_PROPERTY_NAME;    
-
-    /** Constructor & Destructor.
-      */
-    ElementBase();
-    virtual ~ElementBase();
-
-    /** Access for XML element.
-      */
-    void SetXMLElement(xmlNode * pElement) { mXMLElement = pElement; }
-    xmlNode * GetXMLElement() const { return mXMLElement; }
-
-    /** Get the ID of the element.
-      * \return Return the ID string.
-      */
-    const FbxString & GetID() const;
-
-    /** Get the unit of the element,
-      * which takes effect in this element and its children elements.
-      * \return Return the unit.
-      */
-    const FbxSystemUnit * GetUnit() const;
-
-private:
-    xmlNode * mXMLElement;
-    mutable FbxString * mID;
-    mutable FbxSystemUnit * mUnit;
-};
-
-/** Convert from ID to URL, just add a prefix "#".
-  * \param pID The ID string.
-  * \return Return the URL string.
-  */
-inline const FbxString URL(const FbxString & pID)
-{
-    return FbxString("#") + pID;
-}
-
-/** Convert the array data to a source element under specific parent element.
-  * \param pParentElement The parent element.
-  * \param pID The ID of the new source element.
-  * \param pData The array data.
-  * \param pCount The length of the array.
-  * \param pStride The stride of each unit in the array. For example, when you
-  * export an array of FbxDouble3 of size 10, you convert it to a double array
-  * of size 30 with a stride 3 and call this method.
-  * \return The new source element.
-  */
-template <typename T>
-xmlNode * AddSourceElement(xmlNode * pParentElement, const char * pID,
-                           const T * pData, int pCount, int pStride = 1)
-{
-    FBX_ASSERT(pParentElement && pData);
-    if (!pParentElement || !pData)
-        return NULL;
-
-    xmlNode * lSourceElement = DAE_AddChildElement(pParentElement, COLLADA_SOURCE_STRUCTURE);
-    DAE_AddAttribute(lSourceElement, COLLADA_ID_PROPERTY, pID);
-
-    FbxString lContent;
-    const int lDataCount = pCount * pStride;
-    for (int lIndex = 0; lIndex < lDataCount; ++lIndex)
-    {
-        lContent += ToString(pData[lIndex]);
-        if (lIndex != lDataCount - 1)
-            lContent += " ";
-    }
-    const FbxString lArrayID = FbxString(pID) + "-array";
-    xmlNode * lArrayElement = DAE_AddChildElement(lSourceElement, TypeToArrayTag<T>(), lContent);
-    DAE_AddAttribute(lArrayElement, COLLADA_ID_PROPERTY, lArrayID);
-    DAE_AddAttribute(lArrayElement, COLLADA_COUNT_PROPERTY, lDataCount);
-
-    xmlNode * lTechniqueCommonElement = DAE_AddChildElement(lSourceElement,
-        COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_COMMON_ELEMENT);
-    xmlNode * lAccessElement = DAE_AddChildElement(lTechniqueCommonElement, 
-        COLLADA_ACCESSOR_STRUCTURE);
-    DAE_AddAttribute(lAccessElement, COLLADA_SOURCE_PROPERTY, URL(lArrayID));
-    DAE_AddAttribute(lAccessElement, COLLADA_COUNT_PROPERTY, pCount);
-    DAE_AddAttribute(lAccessElement, COLLADA_STRIDE_PROPERTY, pStride);
-
-    for (int lStrideIndex = 0; lStrideIndex < pStride; ++lStrideIndex)
-    {
-        xmlNode * lParamElement = DAE_AddChildElement(lAccessElement, COLLADA_PARAMETER_STRUCTURE);
-        DAE_AddAttribute(lParamElement, COLLADA_TYPE_PROPERTY, TypeToParameterTag<T>());
-    }
-
-    return lSourceElement;
-}
-
-/** Populate the layer element with direct array and return index array for later use.
-  * \param pLayerElement The layer element to be populated.
-  * \param pSourceElement The source element containing the direct array data.
-  * \param pSize The count of double data of direct array element.
-  * \return Return the index array of the layer element.
-  */
-template <typename TYPE> FbxLayerElementArray * PopulateLayerElementDirectArray(FbxLayerElement * pLayerElement, xmlNode * pSourceElement, int pSize)
-{
-    SourceElementContentAccessor<TYPE> lSourceElementAccessor(pSourceElement);
-
-    FbxLayerElementTemplate<TYPE> * lLayerElement = (FbxLayerElementTemplate<TYPE> *)pLayerElement;
-    lLayerElement->SetMappingMode(FbxLayerElement::eByPolygonVertex);
-    lLayerElement->SetReferenceMode(FbxLayerElement::eIndexToDirect);
-    lLayerElement->GetDirectArray().SetCount(lSourceElementAccessor.mCount);
-
-    TYPE * lArray = NULL;
-    lArray = lLayerElement->GetDirectArray().GetLocked(lArray);
-    lSourceElementAccessor.GetArray((double *)lArray, 0, pSize,
-        lSourceElementAccessor.mStride, 0, pSize, sizeof(TYPE)/sizeof(double), 1.0);
-    lLayerElement->GetDirectArray().Release(&lArray, lArray);
-
-    return &(lLayerElement->GetIndexArray());
-}
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_ELEMENT_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladaiostream.h

@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcolladaiostream.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_IO_STREAM_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_IO_STREAM_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
-
-/** Convert part of the source string into destination type.
-  * \param pDest The destination with a specific type.
-  * \param pSourceBegin The begin of the source string.
-  * \param pSourceEnd Return the end of the part of the source string.
-  * \return Return \c true on success and \c false if else.
-  */
-template <typename T> bool FromString(T * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd = NULL);
-template <> bool FromString(int * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(double * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxString * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxDouble2 * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxDouble3 * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxDouble4 * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxVector4 * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxAMatrix * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-template <> bool FromString(FbxAMatrix * pDest, const char * pSourceBegin, const char ** pSourceEnd);
-
-
-
-/** Parse the string into an array.
-  * The source string is made up with many groups and each group contains pSourceGroupSize units separated by spaces;
-  * The destination array is also made up with many groups and each unit contains pDestGroupSize units.
-  * The valid unit range in each source group is [pSourceUnitOffset, pSourceUnitOffset + pSourceValidUnitCount).
-  * The valid unit range in each destination unit is [pDestUnitOffset, pDestUnitOffset + pDestValidUnitCount).
-  * The units in invalid range of destination is set to a default value.
-  */
-template <typename TYPE> int FromStringToArray(const char * pString, TYPE * pArray, int pSourceUnitOffset, int pSourceValidUnitCount, int pSourceGroupSize, int pDestUnitOffset, int pDestValidUnitCount, int pDestGroupSize, TYPE pDefaultValue = TYPE())
-{
-    if (pString == 0 || pArray == 0)
-        return 0;
-
-    FBX_ASSERT(pSourceUnitOffset >= 0 && pSourceUnitOffset < pSourceGroupSize);
-    FBX_ASSERT(pSourceValidUnitCount >= 0 && pSourceUnitOffset + pSourceValidUnitCount <= pSourceGroupSize);
-    FBX_ASSERT(pDestUnitOffset >= 0 && pDestUnitOffset < pDestGroupSize);
-    FBX_ASSERT(pDestValidUnitCount >= 0 && pDestUnitOffset + pDestValidUnitCount <= pDestGroupSize);
-    const char * lSource = pString;
-    TYPE * lDest = pArray;
-
-    int lReadCount = 0;
-    int lSourceCounter = 0;
-    int lDestCounter = 0;
-    const int lSourceUnitValidEnd = pSourceUnitOffset + pSourceValidUnitCount;
-    const int lDestUnitGap = pDestGroupSize - pDestValidUnitCount - pDestUnitOffset;
-    while (lSource && *lSource)
-    {
-        TYPE lData;
-        const char * lSourceStart = lSource;
-        if (FromString(&lData, lSource, &lSource) && lSourceCounter >= pSourceUnitOffset && lSourceCounter < lSourceUnitValidEnd)
-        {
-            if (lDestCounter == 0)
-            {
-                for (int lIndex = 0; lIndex < pDestUnitOffset; ++lIndex)
-                    *(lDest++) = pDefaultValue;
-            }
-
-            *lDest++ = lData;
-            ++lReadCount;
-            ++lDestCounter;
-            if (lDestCounter == pDestValidUnitCount)
-            {
-                lDestCounter = 0;
-                for (int lIndex = 0; lIndex < lDestUnitGap; ++lIndex)
-                    *lDest++ = pDefaultValue;
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // we met a stop condition of FromString. In the normal case, lSource should now be "" or ' '. If not,
-            // the converted string is corrupted and we have to break the loop. We can detect this by checking
-            // if lSource pointer has moved.
-            if (lSource == lSourceStart)
-            {
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-        ++lSourceCounter;
-        if (lSourceCounter == pSourceGroupSize)
-            lSourceCounter = 0;
-    }
-    return lReadCount;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
-
-template <typename T>
-const FbxString ToString(const T & pValue)
-{
-    return FbxString(pValue);
-}
-template <>
-const FbxString ToString(const FbxVector4 & pValue);
-template <>
-const FbxString ToString(const FbxAMatrix & pValue);
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
-
-/** Decode percent encoded characters, returns an empty string if there's an error.
-  * For example, a string like "abc%20abc" is converted into "abc abc".
-  * \param pEncodedString The percent encoded string.
-  * \return The decoded string.
-  */
-const FbxString DecodePercentEncoding(const FbxString & pEncodedString);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_IO_STREAM_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladanamespace.h

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcolladanamespace.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_NAMESPACE_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_NAMESPACE_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <components/libxml2-2.7.8/include/libxml/globals.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Containing the valid parameter definition and modification in local scope.
-  */
-struct FbxColladaNamespace
-{
-public:
-    /** Push the newparam and setparam elements found in this element.
-      * Call this method at the beginning of importing an element.
-      * \param pElement The specific element.
-      */
-    void Push(xmlNode * pElement);
-
-    /** Pop the newparam and setparam elements found in this element.
-      * Call this method at the end of importing an element.
-      */
-    void Pop();
-
-    /** Find the specific newparam element with given SID.
-      * \param pSID The given SID.
-      * \return Return the found element or NULL if fail.
-      */
-    xmlNode * FindParamDefinition(const char * pSID) const;
-
-    /** Find the specific setparam element with given SID.
-      * \param pSID The given SID.
-      * \return Return the found element or NULL if fail.
-      */
-    xmlNode * FindParamModification(const char * pSID) const;
-
-    /** Get the count of all the setparam elements in local scope.
-      * \return The count.
-      */
-    int GetParamModificationCount() const;
-
-    /** Get the setparam element with given index.
-      * \param pIndex The given index.
-      * \return The element.
-      */
-    xmlNode * GetParamModification(int pIndex) const;
-
-private:
-    FbxArray<xmlNode*> mParamDefinition;
-    FbxArray<int> mParamDefinitionCount;
-
-    FbxArray<xmlNode*> mParamModification;
-    FbxArray<int> mParamModificationCount;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_NAMESPACE_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladatokens.h

@@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcolladatokens.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_TOKENS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_TOKENS_H_
-
-#define XML_STR (const xmlChar*) 
-
-// In COLLADA, 1 means total control, while 100 means total control in FBX.
-const int COLLADA_MORPH_WEIGHT_TO_FBX_RATIO = 100;
-
-#define COLLADA_VERSION_PROPERTY			"version"
-#define COLLADA_VERSION						"1.4.1"
-#define COLLADA_SCHEMA						"http://www.collada.org/2005/11/COLLADASchema"
-
-// COLLADA 1.4 elements
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_ANIMATION_ELEMENT			"library_animations"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_ANIMATION_CLIP_ELEMENT		"library_animation_clips"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_CAMERA_ELEMENT				"library_cameras"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_CONTROLLER_ELEMENT			"library_controllers"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_EFFECT_ELEMENT				"library_effects"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_FFIELDS_ELEMENT				"library_force_fields"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_GEOMETRY_ELEMENT			"library_geometries"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_IMAGE_ELEMENT				"library_images"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_LIGHT_ELEMENT				"library_lights"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_MATERIAL_ELEMENT			"library_materials"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_NODE_ELEMENT				"library_nodes"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_PMATERIAL_ELEMENT			"library_physics_materials"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_PMODEL_ELEMENT				"library_physics_models"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_PSCENE_ELEMENT				"library_physics_scenes"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_VSCENE_ELEMENT				"library_visual_scenes"
-
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_ANIMATION_ELEMENT				"instance_animation"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_CAMERA_ELEMENT					"instance_camera"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_CONTROLLER_ELEMENT				"instance_controller"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_EFFECT_ELEMENT					"instance_effect"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_GEOMETRY_ELEMENT				"instance_geometry"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_LIGHT_ELEMENT					"instance_light"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_NODE_ELEMENT					"instance_node"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_VSCENE_ELEMENT					"instance_visual_scene"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_PSCENE_ELEMENT					"instance_physics_scene"
-#define COLLADA_INSTANCE_MATERIAL_ELEMENT				"instance_material"
-
-#define COLLADA_ANIMCLIP_ELEMENT						"animation_clip"
-#define COLLADA_BINDMATERIAL_ELEMENT					"bind_material"
-#define COLLADA_EFFECT_ELEMENT							"effect"
-#define COLLADA_INITFROM_ELEMENT						"init_from"
-#define COLLADA_SAMPLER_ELEMENT							"sampler"
-#define COLLADA_SKELETON_ELEMENT						"skeleton"
-#define COLLADA_TARGETS_ELEMENT							"targets"
-#define COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_COMMON_ELEMENT				"technique_common"
-#define COLLADA_VSCENE_ELEMENT							"visual_scene"
-#define COLLADA_WEIGHTS_ELEMENT							"vertex_weights"
-#define COLLADA_VERTEXCOUNT_ELEMENT						"vcount"
-
-#define COLLADA_FX_PROFILE_COMMON_ELEMENT				"profile_COMMON"
-#define COLLADA_FX_PROFILE_CG_ELEMENT					"profile_CG"
-#define COLLADA_FX_PROFILE_HLSL_ELEMENT					"profile_HLSL"
-#define COLLADA_FX_PROFILE_GLSL_ELEMENT					"profile_GLSL"
-#define COLLADA_FX_PROFILE_GLES_ELEMENT					"profile_GLES"
-
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_FLOAT_ELEMENT						"float"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_FLOAT4_ELEMENT					"float4"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_FLOAT4X4_ELEMENT					"float4x4"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_INCLUDE_ELEMENT					"include"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_SURFACE_ELEMENT					"surface"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_SAMPLER1D_ELEMENT					"sampler1D"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_SAMPLER2D_ELEMENT					"sampler2D"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_SAMPLER3D_ELEMENT					"sampler3D"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_SAMPLERCUBE_ELEMENT				"samplerCUBE"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_NEWPARAM_ELEMENT					"newparam"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_SETPARAM_ELEMENT					"setparam"
-#define COLLADA_FXCMN_STRING_ELEMENT					"string"
-
-#define COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_STANDARD_PARAMETER			"standard"
-
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_CONSTANT_ELEMENT					"constant"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_LAMBERT_ELEMENT					"lambert"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_PHONG_ELEMENT						"phong"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_BLINN_ELEMENT						"blinn"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_COLOR_ELEMENT						"color"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_FLOAT_ELEMENT						"float"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_SAMPLER_ELEMENT					"texture"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_TEXTURE_ATTRIBUTE					"texture"
-#define COLLADA_FXSTD_TEXTURESET_ATTRIBUTE				"texcoord"
-
-#define COLLADA_CONTROLLER_SKIN_ELEMENT					"skin"
-#define COLLADA_CONTROLLER_MORPH_ELEMENT				"morph"
-
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_PERSP_ELEMENT					"perspective"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ORTHO_ELEMENT					"orthographic"
-
-#define COLLADA_ASPECT_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"aspect_ratio"
-#define COLLADA_XFOV_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"xfov"	
-#define COLLADA_YFOV_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"yfov"	
-#define COLLADA_ZNEAR_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"znear"	
-#define COLLADA_ZFAR_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"zfar"	
-#define COLLADA_XMAG_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"xmag"	
-#define COLLADA_YMAG_CAMERA_PARAMETER					"ymag"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_VERTICAL_APERTURE_PARAMETER      "vertical_aperture"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_HORIZONTAL_APERTURE_PARAMETER    "horizontal_aperture"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_LENS_SQUEEZE_PARAMETER           "lens_squeeze"
-
-#define COLLADA_AMBIENT_MATERIAL_PARAMETER				"ambient"
-#define COLLADA_BUMP_MATERIAL_PARAMETER					"bump"
-#define COLLADA_DIFFUSE_MATERIAL_PARAMETER				"diffuse"
-#define COLLADA_EMISSION_MATERIAL_PARAMETER				"emission"
-#define COLLADA_TRANSPARENCY_MATERIAL_PARAMETER			"transparency"
-#define COLLADA_TRANSPARENT_MATERIAL_PARAMETER			"transparent"
-#define COLLADA_REFLECTIVE_MATERIAL_PARAMETER			"reflective"
-#define COLLADA_REFLECTIVITY_MATERIAL_PARAMETER			"reflectivity"
-#define COLLADA_SHININESS_MATERIAL_PARAMETER			"shininess"
-#define COLLADA_SPECULAR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER				"specular"
-#define COLLADA_INDEXOFREFRACTION_MATERIAL_PARAMETER	"index_of_refraction"
-#define COLLADA_OPAQUE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE                   "opaque"
-#define COLLADA_OPAQUE_MODE_A_ONE                       "A_ONE"
-#define COLLADA_OPAQUE_MODE_RGB_ONE                     "RGB_ONE"
-#define COLLADA_OPAQUE_MODE_A_ZERO                      "A_ZERO"
-#define COLLADA_OPAQUE_MODE_RGB_ZERO                    "RGB_ZERO"
-
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_AMBIENT_ELEMENT					"ambient"		
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_POINT_ELEMENT						"point"
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_DIRECTIONAL_ELEMENT				"directional"
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_SPOT_ELEMENT						"spot"
-
-#define COLLADA_COLOR_LIGHT_PARAMETER					"color"
-#define COLLADA_CONST_ATTENUATION_LIGHT_PARAMETER		"constant_attenuation"
-#define COLLADA_LIN_ATTENUATION_LIGHT_PARAMETER			"linear_attenuation"
-#define COLLADA_QUAD_ATTENUATION_LIGHT_PARAMETER		"quadratic_attenuation"
-#define COLLADA_FALLOFFEXPONENT_LIGHT_PARAMETER			"falloff_exponent"
-#define COLLADA_FALLOFFANGLE_LIGHT_PARAMETER			"falloff_angle"
-
-#define COLLADA_BINDSHAPEMX_SKIN_PARAMETER				"bind_shape_matrix"
-
-#define COLLADA_CONTRIBUTOR_ASSET_ELEMENT				"contributor"
-#define COLLADA_AUTHOR_ASSET_PARAMETER					"author"
-#define COLLADA_AUTHORINGTOOL_ASSET_PARAMETER			"authoring_tool"
-#define COLLADA_CREATED_ASSET_PARAMETER					"created"
-#define COLLADA_MODIFIED_ASSET_PARAMETER				"modified"
-#define COLLADA_REVISION_ASSET_PARAMETER				"revision"
-#define COLLADA_SOURCEDATA_ASSET_PARAMETER				"source_data"
-#define COLLADA_UNITS_ASSET_PARAMETER					"unit"
-#define COLLADA_UPAXIS_ASSET_PARAMETER					"up_axis"
-
-#define COLLADA_SYMBOL_PROPERTY				"symbol"
-
-// From Collada 1.3
-#define COLLADA_DOCUMENT_STRUCTURE			"COLLADA"
-#define COLLADA_ASSET_STRUCTURE				"asset"
-#define COLLADA_REVISION_STRUCTURE			"revision"
-#define COLLADA_AUTHORING_TOOL_STRUCTURE	"authoring_tool"
-#define COLLADA_CREATED_STRUCTURE			"created"
-#define COLLADA_MODIFIED_STRUCTURE			"modified"
-#define COLLADA_AUTHOR_STRUCTURE			"author"
-#define COLLADA_TITLE_STRUCTURE				"title"
-#define COLLADA_SUBJECT_STRUCTURE			"subject"
-#define COLLADA_KEYWORDS_STRUCTURE			"keywords"
-#define COLLADA_COMMENTS_STRUCTURE			"comments"
-#define COLLADA_UNIT_STRUCTURE				"unit"
-#define COLLADA_SOURCE_DATA_STRUCTURE		"source_data"
-#define COLLADA_UP_AXIS_STRUCTURE			"up_axis"
-#define COLLADA_LIBRARY_STRUCTURE			"library"		// Deprecated 1.4
-#define COLLADA_SCENE_STRUCTURE				"scene"
-#define COLLADA_NODE_STRUCTURE				"node"
-#define COLLADA_MATRIX_STRUCTURE			"matrix"
-#define COLLADA_TRANSFORM_STRUCTURE         "transform"
-#define COLLADA_TRANSLATE_STRUCTURE			"translate"
-#define COLLADA_TRANSLATION_STRUCTURE       "translation"   // For ColladaMax
-#define COLLADA_TRANSLATE_ORIGIN			"origin"        //A fix for Poser(Bug 309548). Handle translate origin info exported from Poser.
-#define COLLADA_TRANSLATE_LOCATION			"location"      //A fix for ? (Bug BARB-154). "location" is synonyn of "translate" ?
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_STRUCTURE			"rotate"
-#define COLLADA_SCALE_STRUCTURE				"scale"
-#define COLLADA_SKEW_STRUCTURE				"skew"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_X					"rotateX"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_Y					"rotateY"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_Z					"rotateZ"
-#define COLLADA_ROT_X                       "RotX"          // For ColladaMax
-#define COLLADA_ROT_Y                       "RotY"
-#define COLLADA_ROT_Z                       "RotZ"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATION_X                  "rotation_x"    // For XSI
-#define COLLADA_ROTATION_Y                  "rotation_y"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATION_Z                  "rotation_z"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATIONX                   "rotationX"     // BARB-154
-#define COLLADA_ROTATIONY                   "rotationY"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATIONZ                   "rotationZ"
-
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_PIVOT				"rotatePivot"	// the next 6 subids are recognized by ColladaMaya
-#define COLLADA_SCALE_PIVOT					"scalePivot"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_PIVOT_INVERSE		"rotatePivotInverse"
-#define COLLADA_SCALE_PIVOT_INVERSE			"scalePivotInverse"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_PIVOT_OFFSET			"rotatePivotTranslation"
-#define COLLADA_SCALE_PIVOT_OFFSET			"scalePivotTranslation"
-#define COLLADA_PRE_ROTATION_X				"jointOrientX"	// these 3 subids recognized by ColladaMaya
-#define COLLADA_PRE_ROTATION_Y				"jointOrientY"
-#define COLLADA_PRE_ROTATION_Z				"jointOrientZ"
-#define COLLADA_POST_ROTATION_X				"post-rotationX"	// these 3 subids NOT recognized by ColladaMaya
-#define COLLADA_POST_ROTATION_Y				"post-rotationY"
-#define COLLADA_POST_ROTATION_Z				"post-rotationZ"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_AXIS_X               "rotateAxisX"       // these 3 subids recognized by ColladaMaya
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_AXIS_Y               "rotateAxisY"
-#define COLLADA_ROTATE_AXIS_Z               "rotateAxisZ"
-#define COLLADA_LOOKAT_STRUCTURE			"lookat"
-#define COLLADA_PERSPECTIVE_STRUCTURE		"perspective"
-#define COLLADA_GEOMETRY_STRUCTURE			"geometry"
-#define COLLADA_MESH_STRUCTURE				"mesh"
-#define COLLADA_VERTICES_STRUCTURE			"vertices"
-#define COLLADA_POLYGONS_STRUCTURE			"polygons"
-#define COLLADA_POLYLIST_STRUCTURE			"polylist" 
-#define COLLADA_TRIANGLES_STRUCTURE			"triangles"
-#define COLLADA_P_STRUCTURE                 "p"
-#define COLLADA_ANIMATION_STRUCTURE			"animation"
-#define COLLADA_CONTROLLER_STRUCTURE		"controller"
-#define COLLADA_SKIN_STRUCTURE				"skin"
-#define COLLADA_COMBINER_STRUCTURE			"combiner"
-#define COLLADA_JOINTS_STRUCTURE			"joints"
-#define COLLADA_VALUE_STRUCTURE				"v"
-#define COLLADA_MATERIAL_STRUCTURE			"material"
-#define COLLADA_SHADER_STRUCTURE			"shader"
-#define COLLADA_PASS_STRUCTURE				"pass"
-#define COLLADA_PROGRAM_STRUCTURE			"program"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_STRUCTURE			"texture"
-#define COLLADA_IMAGE_STRUCTURE				"image"
-#define COLLADA_INPUT_STRUCTURE				"input"
-#define COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_STRUCTURE			"technique"
-#define COLLADA_SOURCE_STRUCTURE			"source"
-#define COLLADA_ACCESSOR_STRUCTURE			"accessor"
-#define COLLADA_EXTRA_STRUCTURE				"extra"
-#define COLLADA_BOUNDINGBOX_STRUCTURE		"boundingbox"
-#define COLLADA_MIN_STRUCTURE				"min"
-#define COLLADA_MAX_STRUCTURE				"max"
-
-#define COLLADA_ARRAY_STRUCTURE				"array"
-#define COLLADA_FLOAT_ARRAY_STRUCTURE		"float_array"
-#define COLLADA_INT_ARRAY_STRUCTURE			"int_array"
-#define COLLADA_NAME_ARRAY_STRUCTURE		"Name_array"
-#define COLLADA_IDREF_ARRAY_STRUCTURE		"IDREF_array"
-#define COLLADA_BOOL_ARRAY_STRUCTURE		"bool_array"
-
-#define COLLADA_SAMPLER_STRUCTURE			"sampler"
-#define COLLADA_CHANNEL_STRUCTURE			"channel"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_STRUCTURE			"camera"
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_STRUCTURE				"light"
-#define COLLADA_OPTICS_STRUCTURE			"optics"
-#define COLLADA_PROGRAM_STRUCTURE			"program"
-#define COLLADA_PARAMETER_STRUCTURE			"param"
-
-#define COLLADA_TYPE_PROPERTY				"type"
-#define COLLADA_ID_PROPERTY					"id"
-#define COLLADA_SUBID_PROPERTY				"sid"
-#define COLLADA_NAME_PROPERTY				"name"
-#define COLLADA_LAYER_PROPERTY              "layer"
-#define COLLADA_COUNT_PROPERTY				"count"
-#define COLLADA_STRIDE_PROPERTY				"stride"
-#define COLLADA_URL_PROPERTY				"url"
-#define COLLADA_SEMANTIC_PROPERTY			"semantic"
-#define COLLADA_SOURCE_PROPERTY				"source"
-#define COLLADA_TARGET_PROPERTY				"target"
-#define COLLADA_PROFILE_PROPERTY			"profile"
-#define COLLADA_MATERIAL_PROPERTY			"material"
-#define COLLADA_METER_PROPERTY				"meter"
-#define COLLADA_IDX_PROPERTY				"idx"
-#define COLLADA_SET_PROPERTY				"set"
-#define COLLADA_OFFSET_PROPERTY				"offset"
-#define COLLADA_FLOW_PROPERTY				"flow"
-#define COLLADA_FORMAT_PROPERTY				"format"
-#define COLLADA_HEIGHT_PROPERTY				"height"
-#define COLLADA_WIDTH_PROPERTY				"width"
-#define COLLADA_DEPTH_PROPERTY				"depth"
-#define COLLADA_REF_PROPERTY                "ref"
-
-#define COLLADA_GEOMETRY_LIBRARY_TYPE		"GEOMETRY"
-#define COLLADA_CONTROLLER_LIBRARY_TYPE		"CONTROLLER"
-#define COLLADA_ANIMATION_LIBRARY_TYPE		"ANIMATION"
-#define COLLADA_MATERIAL_LIBRARY_TYPE		"MATERIAL"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_LIBRARY_TYPE		"TEXTURE"
-#define COLLADA_IMAGE_LIBRARY_TYPE			"IMAGE"
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_LIBRARY_TYPE			"LIGHT"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_LIBRARY_TYPE			"CAMERA"
-
-#define COLLADA_LAMBERT_SHADER_TYPE			"LAMBERT"
-#define COLLADA_PHONG_SHADER_TYPE			"PHONG"
-#define COLLADA_CONSTANT_SHADER_TYPE		"CONSTANT"
-
-#define COLLADA_NAME_TYPE					"name"
-#define COLLADA_IDREF_TYPE					"IDREF"
-#define COLLADA_FLOAT_TYPE					"float"
-#define COLLADA_BOOL_TYPE					"bool"
-#define COLLADA_INT_TYPE					"int"
-#define COLLADA_FLOAT3_TYPE					"float3"
-#define COLLADA_FLOAT4_TYPE					"float4"
-#define COLLADA_FUNCTION_TYPE				"function"
-#define COLLADA_MATRIX_TYPE					"float4x4"
-#define COLLADA_STRING_TYPE                 "string"
-
-#define COLLADA_JOINT_NODE_TYPE				"JOINT"
-#define COLLADA_NODE_NODE_TYPE				"NODE"
-
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_SEMANTIC			"TEXTURE"
-#define COLLADA_IMAGE_SEMANTIC				"IMAGE"
-#define COLLADA_INPUT_SEMANTIC				"INPUT"
-#define COLLADA_OUTPUT_SEMANTIC				"OUTPUT"
-#define COLLADA_IN_TANGENT_SEMANTIC			"IN_TANGENT"
-#define COLLADA_OUT_TANGENT_SEMANTIC		"OUT_TANGENT"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_SEMANTIC		"INTERPOLATION"
-#define COLLADA_JOINT_SEMANTIC				"JOINT"
-#define COLLADA_BIND_POSITION_SEMANTIC		"BIND_SHAPE_POSITION"
-#define COLLADA_BIND_NORMAL_SEMANTIC		"BIND_SHAPE_NORMAL"
-#define COLLADA_JOINT_AND_WEIGHT_SEMANTIC	"JOINTS_AND_WEIGHTS"
-#define COLLADA_BIND_MATRIX_SEMANTIC		"INV_BIND_MATRIX"
-#define COLLADA_JOINT_PARAMETER				"JOINT"
-#define COLLADA_WEIGHT_PARAMETER			"WEIGHT"
-#define COLLADA_MORPH_TARGET_SEMANTIC		"MORPH_TARGET"
-#define COLLADA_MORPH_WEIGHT_SEMANTIC		"MORPH_WEIGHT"
-
-#define COLLADA_GENERIC_TECHNIQUE			"COMMON"
-
-#define COLLADA_TIME_TARGET					"TIME"
-
-#define COLLADA_VERTEX_INPUT				"VERTEX"
-#define COLLADA_POSITION_INPUT				"POSITION"
-#define COLLADA_NORMAL_INPUT				"NORMAL"
-#define COLLADA_COLOR_INPUT					"COLOR"
-#define COLLADA_MAPPING_INPUT				"UV"
-#define COLLADA_TEXCOORD_INPUT				"TEXCOORD"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTANGENT_INPUT            "TEXTANGENT"
-#define COLLADA_TEXBINORMAL_INPUT           "TEXBINORMAL"
-
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_INTENSITY_PARAMETER_14			"intensity"
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_PENUMBRA_ANGLE_PARAMETER_14		"penumbra_angle"
-#define COLLADA_LIGHT_DROPOFF_PARAMETER					"dropoff"
-
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_YFOV_PARAMETER			"YFOV"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ZNEAR_PARAMETER			"ZNEAR"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ZFAR_PARAMETER			"ZFAR"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ORTHO_BOTTOM_PARAMETER	"BOTTOM"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ORTHO_TOP_PARAMETER		"TOP"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ORTHO_LEFT_PARAMETER		"LEFT"
-#define COLLADA_CAMERA_ORTHO_RIGHT_PARAMETER	"RIGHT"
-
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_WRAPU_PARAMETER					"wrapU"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_WRAPV_PARAMETER					"wrapV"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_MIRRORU_PARAMETER				"mirrorU"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_MIRRORV_PARAMETER				"mirrorV"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_BLEND_MODE_PARAMETER			"BLEND_MODE"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_BLEND_MODE_PARAMETER_14			"blend_mode"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_REPEATU_PARAMETER				"repeatU"
-#define COLLADA_TEXTURE_REPEATV_PARAMETER				"repeatV"
-
-#define COLLADA_CONSTANT_FUNCTION			"CONSTANT"
-#define COLLADA_LINEAR_FUNCTION				"LINEAR"
-#define COLLADA_QUADRATIC_FUNCTION			"QUADRATIC"
-
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_TYPE_LINEAR	"LINEAR"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_TYPE_BEZIER	"BEZIER"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_TYPE_CARDINAL	"CARDINAL"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_TYPE_HERMITE	"HERMITE"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_TYPE_BSPLINE	"BSPLINE"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPOLATION_TYPE_STEP		"STEP"
-
-#define COLLADA_X_UP						"X_UP"
-#define COLLADA_Y_UP						"Y_UP"
-#define COLLADA_Z_UP						"Z_UP"
-
-#define COLLADA_IN_FLOW						"IN"
-#define COLLADA_OUT_FLOW					"OUT"
-#define COLLADA_INOUT_FLOW					"INOUT"
-
-// Obsolete, but kept here for backward compatibility.
-#define COLLADA_RGB_TYPE					"ColorRGB"  // use float3 instead
-#define COLLADA_RGBA_TYPE					"ColorRGBA" // use float4 instead
-#define COLLADA_RGB_INPUT					"COLORRGB"	// beta MAX exporter has been known to generate them
-#define COLLADA_RGBA_INPUT					"COLORRGBA"	// beta MAX exporter has been known to generate them
-
-// Physics extension. Currently in prototype phase.
-#define COLLADA_PHYSICS_LIBRARY_TYPE		"PHYSICS"
-#define COLLADA_SHAPE_STRUCTURE				"shape"
-#define	COLLADA_RIGID_BODY_STRUCTURE		"rigidbody"
-#define COLLADA_DYNAMIC_STRUCTURE			"dynamic"
-#define COLLADA_MASS_STRUCTURE				"mass"
-#define COLLADA_PHYSICS_MATERIAL_STRUCTURE	"physics_material"
-#define COLLADA_STATIC_FRICTION_ATTRIBUTE	"STATIC_FRICTION"
-#define COLLADA_DYNAMIC_FRICTION_ATTRIBUTE	"DYNAMIC_FRICTION"
-#define COLLADA_ELASTICITY_ATTRIBUTE		"ELASTICITY"
-#define COLLADA_BOX_STRUCTURE				"box"
-#define COLLADA_SPHERE_STRUCTURE			"sphere"
-#define COLLADA_CAPSULE_STRUCTURE			"capsule"
-#define COLLADA_CYLINDER_STRUCTURE			"cylinder"
-#define COLLADA_ELLIPSOID_STRUCTURE			"ellipsoid"
-#define COLLADA_SIZE_STRUCTURE				"size"
-#define COLLADA_RADIUS_STRUCTURE			"radius"
-#define COLLADA_PHYSICS_ENVIRONMENT_STRUCTURE	"physics_environment"
-#define COLLADA_ENVIRONMENT_ID				"Environment"
-#define COLLADA_TIMESTEP_ATTRIBUTE			"TIMESTEP"
-#define COLLADA_GRAVITY_ATTRIBUTE			"gravity"
-#define COLLADA_INITIAL_VELOCITY_STRUCTURE	"initial_velocity"
-#define COLLADA_INITIAL_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_STRUCTURE	"initial_angular_velocity"
-#define COLLADA_CONVEX_MESH_STRUCTURE		"convex_mesh"
-#define COLLADA_INERTIA_STRUCTURE			"inertia"
-#define COLLADA_DENSITY_STRUCTURE			"density"
-#define COLLADA_CENTER_OF_MASS_STRUCTURE	"center_of_mass"
-#define COLLADA_DYNAMICS_STRUCTURE			"dynamics"
-#define COLLADA_RIGID_CONSTRAINT_STRUCTURE	"rigid_constraint"
-#define COLLADA_BODY_PROPERTY				"body"
-#define COLLADA_ATTACHMENT_STRUCTURE		"attachment"
-#define COLLADA_ROT_LIMIT_MIN_STRUCTURE		"rot_limit_min"
-#define COLLADA_ROT_LIMIT_MAX_STRUCTURE		"rot_limit_max"
-#define COLLADA_TRANS_LIMIT_MIN_STRUCTURE	"trans_limit_min"
-#define COLLADA_TRANS_LIMIT_MAX_STRUCTURE	"trans_limit_max"
-#define COLLADA_ENABLED_STRUCTURE			"enabled"
-#define COLLADA_INTERPENETRATE_STRUCTURE	"interpenetrate"
-#define COLLADA_SPRING_STRUCTURE			"spring"
-#define COLLADA_STIFFNESS_STRUCTURE			"stiffness"
-#define COLLADA_DAMPING_STRUCTURE			"damping"
-#define COLLADA_REST_LENGTH_STRUCTURE		"rest_length"
-#define COLLADA_P0_STRUCTURE				"p0"
-#define COLLADA_P1_STRUCTURE				"p1"
-#define COLLADA_TRUE_KEYWORD				"TRUE"
-#define COLLADA_FALSE_KEYWORD				"FALSE"
-
-#define COLLADA_LINES_STRUCTURE				"lines"
-#define COLLADA_LINESTRIP_STRUCTURE			"linestrips"
-#define COLLADA_TRIFANS_STRUCTURE			"trifans"
-#define COLLADA_TRISTRIPS_STRUCTURE			"tristrips"
-
-// Extensions
-
-// Feeling Software ColladaMaya extensions
-#define COLLADA_MAYA_PROFILE                "MAYA"
-
-#define COLLADA_MAYA_LAYER_ELEMENT          "layer"
-
-// Feeling Software ColladaMax extensions
-#define COLLADA_MAX3D_PROFILE               "MAX3D"
-
-#define COLLADA_MAX3D_FRAMERATE_ELEMENT     "frame_rate"
-
-// Feeling Software FCollada extensions
-#define COLLADA_FCOLLADA_PROFILE            "FCOLLADA"
-
-#define COLLADA_FCOLLADA_STARTTIME_ELEMENT  "start_time"
-#define COLLADA_FCOLLADA_ENDTIME_ELEMENT    "end_time"
-#define COLLADA_FCOLLADA_VISIBILITY_ELEMENT "visibility"
-
-// XSI COLLADA extensions
-#define COLLADA_XSI_PROFILE                 "XSI"
-
-#define COLLADA_XSI_VISIBILITY_ELEMENT      "SI_Visibility"
-
-// FBX COLLADA extensions
-#define COLLADA_FBX_PROFILE                 "FBX"
-
-#define COLLADA_FBX_TARGET_ELEMENT          "target"
-
-// NVidia FXComposer extension -----------------------------------------------//
-
-#define COLLADA_NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER_PROFILE           "NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER"
-
-#define COLLADA_NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER_IMPORT_ELEMENT    "import"
-#define COLLADA_NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER_URL_ATTRIBUTE     "url"
-#define COLLADA_NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER_COMPILER_OPTIONS_ATTRIBUTE  "compiler_options"
-#define COLLADA_NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER_PROFILE_ATTRIBUTE "profile"
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_TOKENS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladautils.h

@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxcolladautils.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_UTILS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_UTILS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladatokens.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladaiostream.h>
-
-#include <components/libxml2-2.7.8/include/libxml/globals.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#ifndef INT_MAX
-	#define INT_MAX 0x7FFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CENTIMETERS_TO_INCHES
-	#define CENTIMETERS_TO_INCHES 2.54f
-#endif
-
-#ifndef RADIANS_TO_DEGREES
-	#define RADIANS_TO_DEGREES 57.295799f
-#endif
-
-enum DAE_Flow { kCOLLADAFlowIn, kCOLLADAFlowOut, kCOLLADAFlowInOut };
-
-const int MATRIX_STRIDE = 16;
-const int VECTOR_STRIDE = 3;
-
-#define COLLADA_ID_PROPERTY_NAME "COLLADA_ID"
-
-class XmlNodeDeletionPolicy
-{
-public:
-    static inline void DeleteIt(xmlNode ** ptr)
-    {
-        if (*ptr != NULL)
-        {
-            xmlFreeNode(*ptr);
-            *ptr = NULL;
-        }
-    }
-};
-
-typedef FbxAutoPtr<xmlNode, XmlNodeDeletionPolicy> XmlNodePtr;
-typedef FbxMap< FbxString, xmlNode* > SourceElementMapType;
-typedef FbxMap< FbxString, xmlNode* > SkinMapType;
-
-// Some information connecting COLLADA layer string, such as "NORMAL" or "UV", to FBX layer element type.
-struct ColladaLayerTraits
-{
-    ColladaLayerTraits() 
-		: mLayerType(FbxLayerElement::eUnknown), mLayerElementLength(0) {}
-		
-    ColladaLayerTraits(FbxLayerElement::EType pType, int pLength)
-        : mLayerType(pType), mLayerElementLength(pLength) {}
-
-    // Type of FBX element layer
-    FbxLayerElement::EType mLayerType;
-    // Count of double of each element in FBX element layer
-    int mLayerElementLength;
-
-    /** Construct traits according to COLLADA layer string.
-      * \param pLabel COLLADA layer string.
-      * \return Return created traits.
-      */
-    static const ColladaLayerTraits GetLayerTraits(const FbxString & pLabel);
-};
-
-/** Emit error message.
-  * \param pSdkManger The SDK manager used to access user notification object.
-  * \param pErrorMessage The message to be presented.
-  */
-void DAE_AddNotificationError(const FbxManager * pSdkManger, const FbxString & pErrorMessage);
-
-/** Emit warning message.
-  * \param pSdkManger The SDK manager used to access user notification object.
-  * \param pWarningMessage The message to be presented.
-  */
-void DAE_AddNotificationWarning(const FbxManager * pSdkManger, const FbxString & pWarningMessage);
-
-void DAE_ExportArray(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxVector4>& arr);
-void DAE_ExportArray(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxVector2>& arr);
-void DAE_ExportArray(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxColor>& arr);
-void DAE_ExportArray(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<double>& arr);
-void DAE_ExportArray(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxStringList& arr);
-
-// Syntax modification - for COLLADA 1.4
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxStringList& accessorParams, FbxArray<double>& arr, bool isCommonProfile=true); 
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxVector4>& arr);
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxVector2>& arr);
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxColor>& arr);
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxAMatrix>& arr); 
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxMatrix>& arr);
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportSource14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, FbxStringList& arr, const char* type, bool isCommonProfile=true);
-
-
-void DAE_ExportSourceArray(xmlNode* sourceNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxColor>& arr);
-void DAE_ExportSourceArray14(xmlNode* sourceNode, const char* id, FbxArray<FbxColor>& arr);
-
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportAccessor(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, const char* arrayRef, int count, int stride, const char* name, const char* type);
-xmlNode* DAE_ExportAccessor14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* id, const char* arrayRef, int count, int stride, const char* name, const char* type);
-
-void DAE_AddXYZAccessor(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* profile, const char* arrayName, const char* arrayRef, int count);
-void DAE_AddSTAccessor(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* profile, const char* arrayName, const char* arrayRef, int count);
-void DAE_AddFlow(xmlNode* node, DAE_Flow flow);
-void DAE_AddXYZAccessor14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* profile, const char* arrayName, const char* arrayRef, int count);
-void DAE_AddSTAccessor14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* profile, const char* arrayName, const char* arrayRef, int count);
-
-// AddParameter functions for COLLADA 1.3.
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const FbxColor& color, DAE_Flow flow);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const FbxVector4& vector, DAE_Flow flow);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, double value, DAE_Flow flow);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, bool value, DAE_Flow flow);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const char* type, const char* value, DAE_Flow flow);
-
-// Overload functions without DAE_Flow, for COLLADA 1.4.
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const FbxDouble3& color);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const FbxColor& color);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const FbxVector4& vector);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, double value);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, bool value);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddParameter(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* name, const char* type, const char* value);
-xmlNode* DAE_AddTechnique(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* technique);
-void DAE_AddInput(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* semantic, const char* source, int idx = -1);
-void DAE_AddInput14(xmlNode* parentXmlNode, const char* semantic, const char* source, int offset = -1, int set=-1);
-
-FbxString matrixToString(const FbxAMatrix& mx);
-
-typedef FbxArray<xmlNode*> CNodeList;
-
-/** Find children elements whose type is included in a list of type.
-  * \param pParentElement The parent element.
-  * \param pTypes The list of types.
-  * \param pChildrenElements The found children elements.
-  */
-void findChildrenByType(xmlNode* pParentElement, const FbxSet<FbxString>& pTypes, CNodeList& pChildrenElements);
-
-/** Find children elements of a specific type.
-  * \param pParentElement The parent element.
-  * \param pType The type.
-  * \param pChildrenElements The found children elements.
-  */
-void findChildrenByType(xmlNode* pParentElement, const char * pType, CNodeList& pChildrenElements);
-
-xmlNode* getSourceAccessor(xmlNode* sourceNode);
-xmlNode* getTechniqueNode(xmlNode* parent, const char * profile);
-
-// Conversions
-inline double inchesToCentimeters(double val) { return FbxFloor(val / CENTIMETERS_TO_INCHES * 100000) / 100000; }
-inline double centimetersToInches(double val) { return FbxFloor(val * CENTIMETERS_TO_INCHES * 100000) / 100000; }
-
-inline double degreesToRadians(double val) { return FbxFloor(val / RADIANS_TO_DEGREES * 100000) / 100000; }
-inline double radiansToDegrees(double val) { return FbxFloor(val * RADIANS_TO_DEGREES * 100000) / 100000; }
-
-/** Find a child element with a given attribute value.
-  * \param pParentElement The parent element.
-  * \param pAttributeName The name of the attribute.
-  * \param pAttributeValue The value of the attribute.
-  * \param pDefaultAttributeValue The default value of the attribute used when the attribute is not found explicitly.
-  * \return Return NULL if no child element has the given attribute value.
-  */
-xmlNode* DAE_FindChildElementByAttribute(xmlNode* pParentElement, const char * pAttributeName,
-                                        const char * pAttributeValue, const char * pDefaultAttributeValue = "");
-
-/** Find a child element with a given tag.
-  * \param pParentElement The parent element.
-  * \param pTag The value of the tag.
-  * \param pFindFrom Find from the next child after pFindFrom if pFindFrom is not NULL.
-  * \return Return NULL if no child element has the given tag.
-  */
-xmlNode* DAE_FindChildElementByTag(xmlNode* pParentElement, const char * pTag, xmlNode* pFindFrom = NULL);
-
-/** Get the content of a XML element.
-  * \param pElement The element whose content is returned.
-  * \param pData The returned data.
-  */
-template <typename TYPE>
-void DAE_GetElementContent(xmlNode * pElement, TYPE & pData)
-{
-    if (pElement != NULL)
-    {
-        FbxAutoFreePtr<xmlChar> lContent(xmlNodeGetContent(pElement));
-        FromString(&pData, (const char *)lContent.Get());
-    }
-}
-
-/** Check whether this node is compatible to FBX transform structure.
-  * \param pNodeElement The specific node element.
-  * \return Return true if it is compatible.
-  */
-bool DAE_CheckCompatibility(xmlNode * pNodeElement);
-
-/** Get the tag of the specific element.
-  * \param pElement The specific element.
-  * \param pTag Return the tag of the element.
-  */
-void DAE_GetElementTag(xmlNode * pElement, FbxString & pTag);
-
-/** Get the value of an attribute of an element.
-  * \param pElement The specific XML element.
-  * \param pAttributeName The name of the specific attribute.
-  * \return The value of the attribute in the form of a string. If the attribute is not available, an empty string is returned.
-  */
-const FbxString DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(xmlNode * pElement, const char * pAttributeName);
-
-/** Get the value of an attribute of an element.
-  * \param pElement The specific XML element.
-  * \param pAttributeName The name of the specific attribute.
-  * \param pData The returned data.
-  * \return Return \c true on success and \c false if no attribute has the given name.
-  */
-template <typename TYPE>
-bool DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(xmlNode * pElement, const char * pAttributeName, TYPE & pData)
-{
-    if (!pElement || !pAttributeName)
-        return false;
-
-    FbxAutoFreePtr<xmlChar> lPropertyValue(xmlGetProp(pElement, (const xmlChar *)pAttributeName));
-    if (lPropertyValue)
-    {
-        FromString(&pData, (const char *)lPropertyValue.Get());
-        return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-}
-
-// Special instantiation for string;
-// Omit the whitespaces, just return the whole string
-template <>
-inline bool DAE_GetElementAttributeValue(xmlNode * pElement,
-                                         const char * pAttributeName,
-                                         FbxString & pData)
-{
-    if (!pElement || !pAttributeName)
-        return false;
-
-    FbxAutoFreePtr<xmlChar> lPropertyValue(xmlGetProp(pElement, (const xmlChar *)pAttributeName));
-    if (lPropertyValue)
-    {
-        pData = (const char *)lPropertyValue.Get();
-        return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-}
-
-/** Compare the value of specific attribute of specific element with given value.
-  * \param pElement The specific element.
-  * \param pAttributeName The name of the specific attribute.
-  * \param pValue The value to compare with.
-  * \return Return true if values equal.
-  */
-bool DAE_CompareAttributeValue(xmlNode * pElement,
-                                      const char * pAttributeName,
-                                      const char * pValue);
-
-/** Get the ID of another element from the url attribute of the given element.
-  * \param pElement The specific XML element in which the ID is looked for.
-  * \return The ID of another element if success, or an empty string if no url attributes are found.
-  */
-const FbxString DAE_GetIDFromUrlAttribute(xmlNode * pElement);
-
-/** Get the ID of another element from the source attribute of the given element.
-  * \param pElement The specific XML element in which the ID is looked for.
-  * \return The ID of another element if success, or an empty string if no source attributes are found.
-  */
-const FbxString DAE_GetIDFromSourceAttribute(xmlNode * pElement);
-
-/** Get the ID of another element from the target attribute of the given element.
-  * Note that in target attribute, the URI identifier may or may not preceded with the pound sign.
-  * \param pElement The specific XML element in which the ID is looked for.
-  * \return The ID of another element if success, or an empty string if no target attributes are found.
-  */
-const FbxString DAE_GetIDFromTargetAttribute(xmlNode * pElement);
-
-/** Set the name of the object with a given name. If the name is empty, use the ID.
-  * \param pObject The object whose name is to be set.
-  * \param pName The name string.
-  * \param pID The ID string.
-  */
-void DAE_SetName(FbxObject * pObject, const FbxString & pName, const FbxString & pID);
-
-/** Get the COLLADA source element with a semantic meaning and a consumer element;
-  * The COLLADA input element declares the input connections to a data source that a consumer requires.
-  * A data source is a container of raw data that lacks semantic meaning so that the data can be reused within the
-  * document. To use the data, a consumer declares a connection to it with the desired semantic information.
-  * \param pConsumerElement A consumer element, like sampler element in animation system or joints element in controller system.
-  * \param pSemantic A semantic meaning, like "INPUT", "OUTPUT" or "INTERPOLATION" in animation system.
-  * \param pSourceElements The container of raw data.
-  * \return Return \c NULL is failed.
-  */
-xmlNode * DAE_GetSourceWithSemantic(xmlNode * pConsumerElement, const char * pSemantic,
-                                    const SourceElementMapType & pSourceElements);
-
-/** Add a child element with specific content.
-  * \param pParentElement The parent element.
-  * \param pTag The tag string of the new child element.
-  * \param pContent The content of the child element.
-  * \return The created child element.
-  */
-template <typename T>
-xmlNode * DAE_AddChildElement(xmlNode * pParentElement, const char * pTag,
-                              const T & pContent)
-{
-    const FbxString lRepr = ToString(pContent);
-    return xmlNewChild(pParentElement, NULL, (xmlChar *)pTag,
-        (xmlChar *)lRepr.Buffer());
-}
-
-// Create a child element with empty content.
-inline xmlNode * DAE_AddChildElement(xmlNode * pParentElement, const char * pTag)
-{
-    return DAE_AddChildElement(pParentElement, pTag, FbxString());
-}
-
-// Create a new element with empty content.
-inline xmlNode * DAE_NewElement(const char * pTag)
-{
-    return xmlNewNode(NULL, reinterpret_cast<xmlChar*>(const_cast<char *>(pTag)));
-}
-
-/** Add an attribute for a element.
-  * \param pElement The element where the attribute is added.
-  * \param pAttributeName The name of the attribute.
-  * \param pAttributeValue The value of the attribute.
-  * \return The created attribute.
-  */
-template <typename T>
-xmlAttr * DAE_AddAttribute(xmlNode * pElement, const FbxString & pAttributeName,
-                           const T & pAttributeValue)
-{
-    const FbxString lRepr = ToString(pAttributeValue);
-    return xmlNewProp(pElement, (xmlChar *)pAttributeName.Buffer(),
-        (xmlChar *)lRepr.Buffer());
-}
-
-/** Import a COLLADA unit element into a FBX system unit.
-  * \param pUnitElement The COLLADA unit element.
-  * \return The created FBX system unit.
-  */
-const FbxSystemUnit DAE_ImportUnit(xmlNode * pUnitElement);
-
-/** If the specific node has animation on its local translation, increase every key by the offset.
-  * \param pNode The specific node.
-  * \param pOffset The specific offset value.
-  */
-void IncreaseLclTranslationAnimation(FbxNode * pNode, FbxDouble3 & pOffset);
-
-/** Search the elements with given tag, push the found results to the end of the given array.
-  * \param pBaseElement Search from this element.
-  * \param pTag The given tag.
-  * \param pResult The array to return the found results.
-  */
-void RecursiveSearchElement(xmlNode * pBaseElement, const char * pTag, FbxArray<xmlNode*> & pResult);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_UTILS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxreadercollada14.h

@@ -1,557 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxreadercollada14.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_READER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_READER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladautils.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladanamespace.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-
-/** Class to read a Collada file and import it to a FBX scene.
-  *
-  * Some terms about COLLADA (from the spec of the COLLADA).
-  * 
-  * Element: An XML document consists primarily of elements. An element is a block of information that is
-  * bounded by tags at the beginning and end of the block. Elements can be nested, producing a hierarchical
-  * data set.
-  * 
-  * Tag: Each XML element begins with a start tag and ends with an end tag.
-  * 
-  * Attribute: An XML element can have zero or more attributes. Attributes are given within the start tag and 
-  * follow the tag name. Each attribute is a name-value pair. The value portion of an attribute is always 
-  * surrounded by quotation marks (" "). Attributes provide semantic information about the element on which 
-  * they are bound.
-  * For example:
-  * \code
-  * <tagName attribute="value">
-  * \endcode
-  * 
-  * URI Addressing: Refers to the id attribute of an element. Used in url, source or target attributes.
-  * In a url, source or target attribute, the URI fragment identifier is preceded with the pound sign ("#").
-  * 
-  * Markup and Content: The characters which make up an XML document are divided into markup and content.
-  * Markup and content may be distinguished by the application of simple syntactic rules.
-  * All strings which constitute markup either begin with the character "<" and end with a ">",
-  * or begin with the character "&" and end with a ";".
-  * Strings of characters which are not markup are content.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FbxReaderCollada : public FbxReader 
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    * \name Constructors and Destructor
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Constructor.
-    * \param pManager FBX SDK object Manager.
-    * \param pID      Internal ID.
-    * \param pStatus  The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-    */
-    FbxReaderCollada(FbxManager& pManager, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus); 
-	
-    //! Destructor.
-    virtual ~FbxReaderCollada();
-    
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name File Management
-    */
-    //@{
-    
-    /** Open file with the given name.
-    * \param pFileName the name of file.
-    * \return Return true if the specified file is opened.
-    */
-    virtual bool FileOpen(char* pFileName);
-    
-    /** Close file.
-    * \return Return true if file is closed successfully, false otherwise.
-    */
-	virtual bool FileClose();
-
-    /** Check if current file is open.
-    * \return Return true if file is open, false otherwise.
-    */
-	virtual bool IsFileOpen();
-    
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name Read Functions
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Get Collada import options settings.
-    * \param pParseFileAsNeeded whether parse file as needed, the default value is true.
-    * \return true
-    */
-	virtual bool GetReadOptions(bool pParseFileAsNeeded = true){ return true; }
-
-    /** Get axis system information from file
-      * \param pAxisSystem      axis system in file
-      * \param pSystemUnits     system unit in file
-      * \return if either pAxisSystem or pSystemUnits is \c NULL return \c false, otherwise return \c true.
-      */
-    virtual bool GetAxisInfo(FbxAxisSystem* pAxisSystem, FbxSystemUnit* pSystemUnits);
-
-    /** Returns the list of take infos from the file.
-      * \return NULL
-      */
-    virtual FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo*>* GetTakeInfo();
-
-    /** Read from Collada file and import it to the FBX document, according to the given options settings.
-    * \param pDocument FBX Document to import.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    */
-	virtual bool Read(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-    //@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-    /**
-    * \name Import Functions
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Import Collada XML nodes tree to FBX scene.
-    * \param pScene The FBX scene object.
-    * \param pXmlNode The XML Node to import, it should be the root of Collada nodes tree.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    */
-	bool ReadCollada(FbxScene &pScene, xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a Collada visual_scene element to the given FBX scene.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA visual_scene element.
-      * \param pScene The FBX scene to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportVisualScene(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxScene * pScene);
-
-    /** Import a Collada visual_scene MAX3D extension to the given FBX scene.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile MAX3D.
-      * \param pScene The FBX scene to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportVisualSceneMax3DExtension(xmlNode * pTechniqueElement, FbxScene * pScene);
-
-    /** Import a Collada visual_scene FCOLLADA extension to the given FBX scene.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile FCOLLADA.
-      * \param pScene The FBX scene to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportVisualSceneFCOLLADAExtension(xmlNode * pTechniqueElement, FbxScene * pScene);
-
-    /** Import a Collada visual_scene MAYA extension to the given FBX scene.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile MAYA.
-      * \param pScene The FBX scene to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportVisualSceneMayaExtension(xmlNode * pTechniqueElement, FbxScene * pScene);
-
-    /** Import Collada asset element.
-    * \param pXmlNode The XML Node, asset is read from pXmlNode and its children.
-    * \param pGlobalSettings The FBX global settings.
-    * \param pSceneInfo The FBX scene information object.
-    * \return Return true if asset is imported successfully.
-    * \remarks Imported asset has following contents:
-    * Axis System, system Unit, author, comments, title, subject, keywords, revision, etc.
-    */
-    bool ImportAsset(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxGlobalSettings & pGlobalSettings, FbxDocumentInfo &pSceneInfo);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA node element.
-      * If the COLLADA node element contains only one node attribute (node attribute means instance_geometry,
-      * instance_camera, instance_light and instance_controller), node attribute will be attached directly under the node;
-      * If not, one child node will be created for each node attribute except the first one.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA node element.
-      * \return The created node and return \c NULL if failed.
-      */
-    FbxNode * ImportNode(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA node FCOLLADA extension to the given FBX node.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile FCOLLADA.
-      * \param pNode The FBX node to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportNodeFCOLLADAExtension(xmlNode* pTechniqueElement, FbxNode * pNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA node XSI extension to the given FBX node.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile XSI.
-      * \param pNode The FBX node to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportNodeXSIExtension(xmlNode* pTechniqueElement, FbxNode * pNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA node FBX extension to the given FBX node.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile FBX.
-      * \param pNode The FBX node to contain the imported data.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportNodeFBXExtension(xmlNode* pTechniqueElement, FbxNode * pNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA geometry element.
-      * \param pGeometryID The COLLADA geometry ID.
-      * \param pMaterialSequence A ordered sequence of material symbols connecting to the geometry.
-      * \return The created geometry object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      * \remarks Except mesh, other types of geometry are not supported now.
-      */
-    FbxGeometry * ImportGeometry(const FbxString & pGeometryID, const FbxDynamicArray<FbxString> & pMaterialSequence);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA skin element.
-      * \param pSkinElement The COLLADA skin element.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportSkin(xmlNode* pSkinElement);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA morph element or morphs recursively.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA morph element.
-      * \param pMaterialSequence A ordered sequence of material symbols connecting to the target geometry.
-      * \return Return the pointer to the target geometry.
-      */
-    FbxGeometry * ImportMorph(xmlNode * pMorphElement, const FbxDynamicArray<FbxString> & pMaterialSequence);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA controller element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA controller ID.
-      * \param pMaterialSequence A ordered sequence of material symbols connecting to the target geometry.
-      * \return Return the pointer to the target geometry.
-      */
-    FbxGeometry * ImportController(const FbxString & pControllerID, const FbxDynamicArray<FbxString> & pMaterialSequence);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA camera element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA camera element.
-      * \return The created camera object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      * \remarks Camera parameters will also be imported, such as FOV, aspect ratio, etc.
-      */
-    FbxCamera * ImportCamera(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA light element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA light element.
-      * \return The created light object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      * Following types of light are supported now: ambient light, directional light, point light, and spot light.
-      */
-    FbxLight * ImportLight(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA material element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA material element.
-      * \return The created material object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      */
-    FbxSurfaceMaterial * ImportMaterial(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA effect element.
-      * \param pEffectElement The COLLADA effect element.
-      * \return The created material object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      */
-    FbxSurfaceMaterial * ImportEffect(xmlNode* pEffectElement);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA effect NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER extension.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA technique element with profile
-      * NVIDIA_FXCOMPOSER.
-      * \return The created material object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      */
-    FbxSurfaceMaterial * ImportEffectNVidiaExtension(xmlNode * pEffectElement);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA texture element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA texture element.
-      * \return The created texture object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      * \remarks Following types of texture are supported now: ambient, diffuse, emission, reflective, specular, transparent.
-      */
-    FbxFileTexture * ImportTexture(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA image element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA image element.
-      * \return The created texture object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      */
-    FbxFileTexture * ImportImage(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA mesh element.
-      * If this mesh element contains polygons, polygon list or triangles elements, a FBX mesh will be created.
-      * If it contains lines or line strips elements, a FBX line will be created.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA mesh element.
-      * \param pMaterialSequence A ordered sequence of material symbols connecting to the geometry.
-	  * \param pObjects List of all the created objects. If this mesh contains lines or line strips as well as
-	  *                 the polymesh, the array will be filled with: [mesh, line, line strip]
-      * \return The created geometry object and return \c NULL if failed.
-      */
-    FbxGeometry * ImportMesh(xmlNode* pXmlNode, const FbxDynamicArray<FbxString> & pMaterialSequence, FbxArray<FbxObject*>& pObjects);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA vertices element.
-      * \param pVerticesElement The COLLADA vertices element.
-      * \param pGeometry The FBX geometry object to store the vertices.
-      * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-      * \remarks Besides vertex, the vertex colors and normals are also imported.
-      */
-    bool ImportVertices(xmlNode* pVerticesElement, FbxGeometry * pGeometry);
-
-    /** Import polygons of Collada mesh node to FBX mesh node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML mesh Node.
-    * \param pMesh The FBX mesh object.
-    * \param pMaterialSequence A ordered sequence of material symbols connecting to the mesh.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks Vertex colors, normals, UVs, textures and materials which related to polygons, are also imported.
-    */
-	bool ImportPolygons(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh& pMesh, const FbxDynamicArray<FbxString> & pMaterialSequence);
-
-    /** Import the transformation of Collada node to FBX node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node.
-    * \param pNode The FBX node.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks Transformation will cover matrix, translation, rotation, scale, skew, perspective, etc.
-    */
-	bool ImportTransforms(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Import a COLLADA rotation element.
-      * \param pXmlNode The COLLADA rotation element.
-      * \param pRotationVector Vector4 value to return the rotation vector.
-      * \return Return the rotation axis index.
-      */
-    int ImportRotationElement(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxVector4& pRotationVector);
-
-    /** Extrapolate rotation order by the given int list.
-      * \param pNode The node whose rotation order is updated.
-      * \param pRotationOrder The int list representing the rotation order.
-      */
-    void SetRotationOrder(FbxNode * pNode, const FbxArray<int> & pRotationOrder);
-
-     /** Import Collada look at node, and computed camera position, interest, up vector, etc.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML look at Node.
-    * \param lCameraPosition Vector4 value to return camera position.
-    * \param lInterestPosition Vector4 value to return camera interest position.
-    * \param lUpVector Vector4 value to return camera up vector.
-    * \param lCameraTransformMatrix XMatrix value to return camera transform matrix.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks Computed camera parameters are saved in lCameraPosition, lInterestPosition, lUpVector, lCameraTransformMatrix.
-    */
-    bool ImportLookAt(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxVector4& lCameraPosition, 
-										 FbxVector4& lInterestPosition, FbxVector4& lUpVector,
-										 FbxAMatrix& lCameraTransformMatrix);
-
-    //@}
-
-
-    /**
-    * \name Miscellaneous Functions
-    */
-    //@{
-    
-    /** Return false if we do not want to import a node with the given ID.
-    * \param lId The node ID.
-    * \return true for importable, false for in-importable.
-    * \remarks Do not import camera nodes with IDs (perspective, top, bottom,
-    * left, right, side, front or back), since they are global cameras already created in FBX.
-    */
-	bool IsNodeExportable(FbxString lId);
-    
-    /** Check if the Collada version is 1.4.*.
-      * \param pVersionString The string representing the COLLADA version, like "1.4.1".
-      * \return \c true if the Collada version is 1.4.* or \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool CheckColladaVersion(const FbxString & pVersionString);
-
-    //@}
-
-
-    /**
-    * \name Error Management
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Add notification error info to notify users.
-      * \param pError String of error info.
-      */
-	void AddNotificationError( FbxString pError );
-
-    /** Add notification warning info to notify users.
-      * \param pWarning String of warning info.
-      */
-	void AddNotificationWarning( FbxString pWarning );
-    //@}
-
-    /** Import the whole scene from the root element of a COLLADA file.
-      * This is the main entry of COLLADA reader.
-      * \param pColladaNode The root element.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportScene(xmlNode * pColladaNode);
-
-    /** Preprocess the COLLADA scene.
-      * \param pColladaElement The root element of COLLADA scene.
-      */
-    void Preprocess(xmlNode * pColladaElement);
-
-    /** Build up the cache map from COLLADA element id to their data, which contain COLLADA elements and FBX objects.
-      */
-    void BuildUpLibraryMap();
-
-    /** Recursively build up the cache map from COLLADA element id to their data, which contain COLLADA elements and FBX objects.
-      * /param pElement The parent element which may contain target elements.
-      * /param pElementTag The tag of target elements.
-      */
-    void BuildUpLibraryMap(xmlNode * pElement, const FbxString & pElementTag);
-
-    /** Retrieve the material map from the bind_material element under an instance_geometry or instance_controller.
-      * And connected the created materials to the node.
-      * \param pNode The node to which the materials connect.
-      * \param pElement The COLLADA instance_goemetry or instance_controller element.
-      * \param pMaterialSequence The ordered material symbols which is used to create geometries.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ConnectMaterialsToNode(FbxNode * pNode, xmlNode * pElement, FbxDynamicArray<FbxString> & pMaterialSequence);
-
-    /** Import COLLADA transparent and transparency attributes in a COLLADA effect element.
-      * \param pElement A COLLADA Lambert, Phong, constant or Blinn element.
-      * \param pSurfaceMaterial A FBX surface material.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportTransparent(xmlNode * pElement, FbxSurfaceLambert * pSurfaceMaterial);
-
-    // Some traits with a typed element.
-    struct LibraryTypeTraits
-    {
-        FbxString library_tag;
-        FbxString element_tag;
-    };
-
-    /** Get a typed element from the library element with a given ID.
-      * \param pTypeTraits The traits of type.
-      * \param pID The ID of the element.
-      * \return The FBX object.
-      */
-    FbxObject * GetLibrary(const LibraryTypeTraits & pTypeTraits, const FbxString & pID);
-    FbxObject * GetLibrary(const LibraryTypeTraits & pTypeTraits, xmlNode * pElement);
-
-    /** Import the transform animation of a given node.
-      * \param pNode The node whose transform to be animated.
-      * \pAnimationChannelID The ID of animation element.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportMatrixAnimation(FbxNode * pNode, const FbxString & pAnimationChannelID);
-
-    /** Import the animation of a given attribute.
-      * \param pProperty The property to be animated.
-      * \param pAnimationChannelID The ID of animation element.
-      * \param pChannelName The channel name if the property has multiple channels.
-      * \return Return \c true on success and \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    bool ImportPropertyAnimation(FbxProperty & pProperty, const FbxString & pAnimationChannelID, const char * pChannelName = NULL);
-
-    /** Get the animation layer to which the specific animation curve belongs.
-      * \param pAnimationID The ID of the animation curve.
-      * \return The animation layer.
-      */
-    FbxAnimLayer * GetAnimLayer(const FbxString & pAnimationID);
-
-    /** Import local unit conversion.
-      * \param pElement The specific element.
-      * \return Return the local unit conversion.
-      */
-    double GetLocalUnitConversion(xmlNode * pElement);
-
-    /** Set the value of the property.
-      * \param pPropertyElement The corresponding element.
-      * \param pProperty The specific property.
-      */
-    void SetProperty(xmlNode* pPropertyElement, FbxProperty & pProperty);
-
-    /** Create a property with given name and set the value.
-      * \param pObject The object as the parent of the property.
-      * \param pPropertyName The name of the property.
-      * \param pPropertyValueElement The element containing the value.
-      */
-    void ImportPropertyValue(FbxObject * pObject, const char * pPropertyName,
-                             xmlNode * pPropertyValueElement);
-
-    FbxFile*		mFileObject;
-    FbxString		mFileName;
-
-    // XML lib stuff
-    xmlDocPtr		mXmlDoc;
-
-    FbxAnimLayer*	mAnimLayer;
-    FbxScene*		mScene;
-
-    // Save the global settings and document info in pre-reading
-    FbxGlobalSettings * mGlobalSettings;
-    FbxDocumentInfo * mDocumentInfo;
-    FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo*> mTakeInfo;
-
-    xmlNode * mColladaElement;
-
-    struct ColladaElementData
-    {
-        explicit ColladaElementData(xmlNode * pElement = NULL)
-            : mColladaElement(pElement), mFBXObject(NULL) {}
-        xmlNode * mColladaElement;
-        FbxObject * mFBXObject;
-		FbxArray<FbxObject*> mFBXObjects;
-    };
-	typedef FbxMap<FbxString, ColladaElementData> ColladaElementMapType;
-    ColladaElementMapType mColladaElements;
-
-    LibraryTypeTraits mEffectTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mMaterialTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mImageTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mGeometryTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mControllerTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mLightTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mCameraTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mNodeTypeTraits;
-    LibraryTypeTraits mAnimationTypeTraits;
-
-	typedef FbxMap<FbxString, FbxArray<xmlNode*> > AnimationMapType;
-    AnimationMapType mAnimationElements;
-
-    SourceElementMapType mSourceElements;
-
-	struct AnimationClipData
-	{
-		AnimationClipData(const FbxString & pID) : mID(pID), mAnimLayer(NULL) {}
-		AnimationClipData(const AnimationClipData& pOther){ *this = pOther; }
-		AnimationClipData& operator=(const AnimationClipData& pOther){ mID = pOther.mID; mAnimationElementIDs = pOther.mAnimationElementIDs; mAnimLayer = pOther.mAnimLayer; return *this; }
-
-		FbxString mID;                                // ID of animation clip
-		FbxSet<FbxString> mAnimationElementIDs;     // IDs of animation belong to this animation clip
-		FbxAnimLayer * mAnimLayer;                 // The corresponding animation layer
-	};
-	FbxDynamicArray<AnimationClipData> mAnimationClipData;
-
-    // Map from skin ID to skin element.
-    SkinMapType mSkinElements;
-
-    // There are two distinct namespaces for node ID & SID mapping.
-    // One with ID and the other with SID.
-    typedef FbxMap<FbxString, FbxNode *> NodeMapType;
-    NodeMapType mIDNamespaceNodes;
-    NodeMapType mSIDNamespaceNodes;
-
-    // Record the nodes which are to connect to its target node.
-    // Save the ID of the target node if a node has its target
-	typedef FbxMap<FbxNode *, FbxString> TargetIDMapType;
-    TargetIDMapType mTargetIDs;
-
-    FbxColladaNamespace mNamespace;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_READER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxwritercollada14.h

@@ -1,570 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxwritercollada14.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_WRITER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_WRITER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/collada/fbxcolladautils.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** \brief Class to export FBX scene into a Collada file.
-*   \nosubgrouping
-*/
-class FbxWriterCollada : public FbxWriter 
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    * \name Constructors and Destructor
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Constructor.
-    * \param pManager FBX SDK object Manager.
-    * \param pID      Internal ID.
-    * \param pStatus  The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-    */
-    FbxWriterCollada(FbxManager& pManager, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-
-    //! Destructor.
-    virtual ~FbxWriterCollada();
-
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name File Management
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Create and open file with the given name.
-    * \param pFileName the name of file.
-    * \return Return true if the specified file is created and opened.
-    */
-    virtual bool FileCreate(char* pFileName);
-
-    /** Close file.
-    * \return Return true if file is closed successfully, false otherwise.
-    */
-    virtual bool FileClose();
-
-    /** Check if current file is open.
-    * \return Return true if file is open, false otherwise.
-    */
-    virtual bool IsFileOpen();
-
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name Write Functions
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Get Collada export options settings.
-    */
-	virtual void GetWriteOptions(){}
-
-    /** Export the FBX document to Collada file, according to the given options settings.
-    * \param pDocument FBX Document to export.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    */
-    virtual bool Write(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-    /** Process FBX scene before exporting FBX scene to Collada file.
-    * \param pScene the FBX scene to precess.
-    * \return Return true if the given scene is processed successfully.
-    * \remarks This function is processing name clash, special transformation conversion etc.
-    */
-    virtual bool PreprocessScene(FbxScene &pScene);
-
-    /** Process FBX scene after exporting FBX scene to Collada file.
-    * \param pScene the FBX scene to precess.
-    * \return Return true if the given scene is processed successfully.
-    */
-    virtual bool PostprocessScene(FbxScene &pScene);
-
-    //@}
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-    /**
-    * \name Export Functions
-    */
-    //@{    
-
-    /** Export FBX scene info to Collada asset.
-    * \param pXmlNode the XML Node to export asset, asset nodes will be added as children to this XML node.
-    * \param pSceneInfo Pointer to the FBX scene information object.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML asset node.
-    * \remarks Asset here contains user-defined summary data, such as:
-    * contributor, author, authoring tool, created time, Axis System, etc.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportAsset(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxDocumentInfo* pSceneInfo);
-
-    /** Export FBX scene.
-      * \param pScene Pointer to the FBX scene object.
-      * \return The pointer to XML scene element.
-      */
-    xmlNode * ExportScene(FbxScene* pScene);
-
-    /** Export Libraries to the Collada document.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, it should be the asset node.
-    * \return Return true if all libraries are exported successfully.
-    * \remarks  After the libraries are created, call this function to add libraries to the Collada document.
-    * Libraries are added as the siblings just after the given pXmlNode.
-    */
-    bool		ExportLibraries(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Export the given FBX node and its hierarchy to Collada XML nodes.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created XML nodes hierarchy will be added as children to this XML node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, it should be one node in FBX nodes tree.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node is corresponding to the given FBX node,
-    * the returned XML node will be added as child to the given pXmlNode,
-    * this method is called recursively.
-    */
-    xmlNode* ExportNodeRecursive(xmlNode* pXmlNode, const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export a Collada visual_scene MAX3D extension for the given FBX scene.
-      * \param pExtraElement The parent COLLADA extra element.
-      * \param pScene The FBX scene to be exported.
-      */
-    void ExportVisualSceneMAX3DExtension(xmlNode * pExtraElement, FbxScene * pScene);
-
-    /** Export a Collada visual_scene FCOLLADA extension for the given FBX scene.
-      * \param pExtraElement The parent COLLADA extra element.
-      * \param pScene The FBX scene to be exported.
-      */
-    void ExportVisualSceneFCOLLADAExtension(xmlNode * pExtraElement, FbxScene * pScene);
-
-    /** Export the given FBX node and its node attributes to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created XML node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, it should be one node in FBX nodes tree.
-    * \return Return pointer to the created XML node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node is corresponding to the given FBX node,
-    * the returned XML node will be added as child to the given pXmlNode.
-    */
-    xmlNode* ExportNode(xmlNode* pXmlNode, const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export the given FBX node's default transformation.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node.
-    * \return Return true if transformation is exported successfully.
-    * \remarks  FBX node transformation info is exported to properties of pXmlNode and its children,
-    * according to the Collada transformation structures.
-    */
-    bool ExportTransform(xmlNode* pXmlNode, const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export FBX node attributes, create different libraries according to different node attribute type.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node.
-    * \return Return true if FBX node attributes is exported successfully, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks  According to different FBX node attribute type, different libraries will be created, such as:
-    * light, camera, geometry. See more details in CreateMeshLibrary(FbxNode* pNode), CreateCameraLibrary(FbxNode* pNode), CreateLightLibrary(FbxNode* pNode).
-    */
-    bool ExportNodeAttribute(xmlNode* pXmlNode, const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Create geometry library for the given FBX node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, its node attribute type should be FbxNodeAttribute::eMesh, or FbxNodeAttribute::eNurbs, or FbxNodeAttribute::ePatch.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML mesh library node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node will be added to the geometry library,
-    * the geometry library will be added to the Collada document by ExportLibraries(xmlNode* pXmlNode).
-    */
-    xmlNode* CreateMeshLibrary(const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Create camera library for the given FBX node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, its node attribute type should be FbxNodeAttribute::eCamera.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML camera library node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node will be added to the camera library,
-    * the camera library will be added to the Collada document by ExportLibraries(xmlNode* pXmlNode).
-    */
-    xmlNode* CreateCameraLibrary(const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Create light library for the given FBX node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, its node attribute type should be FbxNodeAttribute::eLight.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML light library node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node will be added to the light library,
-    * the light library will be added to the Collada document by ExportLibraries(xmlNode* pXmlNode).
-    */
-    xmlNode* CreateLightLibrary(const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export the given FBX mesh node to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, its node attribute type should be FbxNodeAttribute::eMesh.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML mesh node.
-    * \remarks Vertex, polygons of the mesh will be exported.
-    * Textures, materials, controllers, and shapes which linked to the mesh will also be exported.
-    */
-    xmlNode* ExportMesh(const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export the given shape's geometry to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pMeshShape, Pointer to FBX mesh, corresponding to shape.
-    * \param pShapeId, a string to identify shape from internal shape meshes list.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML shape geometry node.
-    * \remarks The geometry of shape will be exported, materials of shape will not be exported.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportShapeGeometry(FbxMesh* pMeshShape, FbxString pShapeId);
-
-    /** Export the given mesh's vertex position to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created XML node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object, position info of all the vertices of this mesh will be exported.
-    * \param pMeshName Name of the XML node to export, usually it's the name of FBX mesh node.
-    * \param pInGeometry True if vertices are inside an ordinary geometry, false if vertices are in a binded geometry.
-    * \param pExportControlPoints True if pMesh is an ordinary geometry, false if pMesh is a binded geometry.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML vertex position node, the returned XML node will be added as child to the given pXmlNode.
-    * \remarks In an ordinary geometry, pExportControlPoints should be true, export the position of the control points;
-    * in a binded geometry, pExportControlPoints should be false, export the position of the transformed control points.
-    */
-    //Note why internally set pExportControlPoints to true?
-    xmlNode*	ExportVertexPositions(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pMeshName, bool pInGeometry, bool pExportControlPoints);
-
-    /** Export all layer elements of the given mesh to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlMesh Pointer to XML Node, created XML layer elements nodes will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object, all layer elements of this mesh node will be exported.
-    * \param pName String which used to construct the names of XML layer elements nodes.
-    * \return Return the modified pXmlMesh.
-    * \remarks Layer elements including Normals, UVs, Vertex Colors are covered,
-    * polygon groups and other undefined layer elements are NOT supported.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportLayerElements(xmlNode* pXmlMesh, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pName);
-
-    /** Export Normals of specified layer of the given mesh to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created XML Normals node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object, normals layer element of this mesh node will be exported.
-    * \param pName String which used to construct the names of XML normals nodes.
-    * \param pExt Extension string which used to construct the names of XML normals nodes.
-    * \param pLayerIndex Specify an index of layers to export, normals of other layers will NOT be exported.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML Normals node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node will be added as child to the given pXmlNode.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportNormals(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pName, FbxString pExt, int pLayerIndex);
-
-    /** Export UVs of specified layer of the given mesh to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created XML UVs node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object, UVs layer element of this mesh node will be exported.
-    * \param pName String which used to construct the names of XML UVs nodes.
-    * \param pLayerIndex Specify an index of layers to export, UVs of other layers will NOT be exported.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML UVs node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node will be added as child to the given pXmlNode.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportUVs(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pName, int pLayerIndex);
-
-    /** Export VertexColors of specified layer of the given mesh to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created XML VertexColors node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object, VertexColors layer element of this mesh node will be exported.
-    * \param pName String which used to construct the names of XML VertexColors nodes.   
-    * \param pLayerIndex Specify an index of layers to export, VertexColors of other layers will NOT be exported.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML VertexColors node.
-    * \remarks The returned XML node will be added as child to the given pXmlNode.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportVertexColors(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pName, int pLayerIndex);
-
-    /** Export the given mesh's vertex to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object.
-    * \param pName Name of the XML node to export, usually it's the name of FBX mesh node.
-    * \return Return pointer to the created XML vertex node.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportVertices(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pName);
-
-    /** Export the given mesh's polygons to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pMeshElement Pointer to XML Node.
-    * \param pMesh Pointer to FBX mesh object.
-    * \param pMaterialName Specify the name of materials property.
-    * \param pMaterialIndexInNode Specify the material index in the FBXNode (will be ignored if there is only 1 material in the node)
-    * \param pName String which used to construct the names of created XML nodes.
-    * \param pShape true for shape node, false for general node, the default value is false;
-    * don't write out the materials if pShape is true.
-    * \return Return pointer to the created XML Polygons node.
-    */
-    xmlNode* ExportPolygons(xmlNode* pMeshElement, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pMaterialName, int pMaterialIndexInNode, FbxString pName, bool pShape = false);
-
-    /** Export all the materials used by the given mesh.
-    * \param pMesh FBX mesh to export.
-    * \param pNbMat materials count of pMesh.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    */
-    bool		ExportMeshMaterials(FbxMesh *pMesh, int pNbMat);
-
-    /** Export the given material to the Material library.
-    * \param pMaterial Specify the surface material to export.
-    * \return Return pointer to the corresponding XML material node.
-    * \remarks If the given material is already in the materials library, return the XML node;
-    * otherwise, create and add XML material node to the Material library.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportMaterial(FbxSurfaceMaterial *pMaterial);
-
-    /** Export the given material to the Effect library.
-    * \param pMaterial Specify the surface material to export.
-    * \param pEffectId Specify the effect ID to export.
-    * \return Return pointer to the corresponding XML effect node.
-    * \remarks Material is an instance of an effect.
-    * If the given material is already in the Effect library, return the XML node;
-    * otherwise, create and add XML effect node to the Effect library.
-    * Collada Effect support: Ambient Color, Diffuse Color, Emissive Color, Specular Color, Shiness, Reflective / Reflectivity,
-    * Opacity / Transparency.
-    */    
-    xmlNode*	ExportEffect(FbxSurfaceMaterial *pMaterial, FbxString pEffectId);
-
-    /** Add the given texture as input to the given XML material node.
-    * \param pXmlMaterial Pointer to XML material node.
-    * \param pTexture FBX texture to export.
-    * \param pImageId A string to identify image from the image library.
-    * \param pLayerIndex Specify an index of layers to export.
-    * \param pLayerElementType Specify the layer element type.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    */
-    //Note why return true when failed and popped waring?
-    bool		AddMaterialTextureInput(xmlNode *pXmlMaterial, FbxFileTexture *pTexture, FbxString pImageId, int pLayerIndex, int pLayerElementType);
-
-    /** Export the given texture to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pTexture FBX texture to export.
-    * \param pImageId A string to identify image from the image library.
-    * \param pLayerIndex Specify an index of layers to export.
-    * \return Return pointer to the created XML texture node.
-    */
-    xmlNode*	ExportTexture(FbxFileTexture *pTexture, FbxString pImageId, int pLayerIndex);
-
-    /** Export all the textures used by the given mesh.
-    * \param pMesh FBX mesh to export.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks The materials will also be Exported if needed.
-    */
-    bool		ExportMeshTextures(FbxMesh *pMesh);
-
-    /** Export the given FBX camera node to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, its node attribute type should be FbxNodeAttribute::eCamera.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML node.
-    * \remarks Camera parameters and properties will be exported.    
-    */
-    xmlNode* ExportCamera(const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export the given FBX light node to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node, its node attribute type should be FbxNodeAttribute::eLight.
-    * \return Return pointer to XML node.
-    * \remarks Light parameters and properties will be exported.    
-    */
-    xmlNode* ExportLight(const FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export the global ambient to Collada XML light node.    
-    */
-    void ExportSceneAmbient(xmlNode * pVisualSceneElement);
-
-    /** Export controllers of the given mesh to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pMesh FBX mesh to export, it should be a binded skin.
-    * \return true on success.
-    * \remarks A morph controller will be exported by ExportControllerShape().
-    */
-    bool		ExportController(FbxMesh *pMesh);
-
-    /** Export morph controllers of the given mesh to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pMesh FBX mesh to export, it should has more than one shape.
-    * \return true on success.
-    * \remarks Morph controller is also called shape deformer.
-    */
-    bool		ExportControllerShape(FbxMesh *pMesh);
-
-    /** .
-    * \param .
-    * \param .
-    * \return .
-    * \remarks .
-    */
-    //Note : empty method now
-    xmlNode*	ExportJointWeights(xmlNode* pXmlNode, FbxMesh* pMesh, FbxString pExt);
-
-    /** Update mesh library with the shapes found, and add shapes as nodes in the scene.
-    * \param pXmlNode Pointer to XML Node, created shape node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks This method will create a geometry node in geometry library for every shape as needed,
-    * XML shape nodes will also be created and added to scene.
-    */
-    bool		UpdateMeshLibraryWithShapes(xmlNode* pXmlNode);
-
-    /** Export animations of the given node and its children, if they are animated.
-    * \param pNode FBX node to export, it should be animated.
-    * \return true on success, false otherwise.
-    * \remarks This method is called recursively, the animations of all the children of pXmlNode will also be exported.
-    */
-    bool		ExportAnimation(FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export all the animation curves of the given node to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pNode FBX node to export, it should be animated.
-    * \param pAnimationNode Pointer to XML Node, created sub-animation nodes will be added as children to this XML node.
-    * \return true on success.
-    */
-    bool		ExportAnimationCurves(FbxNode* pNode, xmlNode* pAnimationNode);
-
-    /** Export the texture into library_images.
-      * \param pTexture The texture whose file name to be exported.
-      * \return Return the ID of the create image element.
-      */
-    const FbxString ExportImage(FbxFileTexture * pTexture);
-
-    /** Export the given animation curve (FCurve) to Collada XML node.
-    * \param pAnimationNode Pointer to XML Node, created sub-animation node will be added as child to this XML node.
-    * \param pCurve Animation Curve to export.
-    * \param pChannelName The name of animation channel.
-    * \param pSubChannelName The name of animation sub-channel.
-    * \param pExportShape Shape animation flag, default value is false; When it's true, Id nomenclature is a bit different.
-    * \param pExportIntensity Intensity flag, default value is false; When it's true, FCurve values are divided by 100.
-    * \param pExportLib Library flag, default value is false; When it's true, Id nomenclature is a bit different.
-    * \return true on success.
-    * \remarks When pExportShape or pExportIntensity is true, FCurve values are divided by 100.
-    */
-    bool		ExportCurve(xmlNode* pAnimationNode, FbxAnimCurve* pCurve,
-        const char* pChannelName, const char* pSubChannelName,
-        bool pExportShape=false, bool pExportIntensity=false, bool pExportLib=false);
-
-    /** Check whether the first three elements of the given vector are both zero.
-    * \param pV the FBX vector4 to check.    
-    * \return Return true if one of the first three elements of pV is not zero, return false if all of the three elements are both zero.
-    * \remarks If the absolute value of element is less than a tolerance, the element will be considered as zero.
-    */
-    bool		NotZero(FbxVector4 pV);
-
-    /** Check whether the first three elements of the given vector are both equal to the given value.
-    * \param pV the FBX vector4 to check.
-    * \param pValue the value to check.
-    * \return Return true if one of the first three elements of pV is NOT equal to pValue, return false if all of the three elements are both equal to pValue.
-    */
-    bool		NotValue(FbxVector4 pV, double pValue);
-
-    /** Check whether the given value is zero.
-    * \param pD the value to check.    
-    * \return Return true if pD is NOT zero, return false if pD is zero.
-    * \remarks If the absolute value of pD is less than a tolerance, pD is considered as zero.
-    */
-    bool		NotZero(double pD);
-
-    /** Check whether the given node's translation is animated.
-    * \param pNode the FBX node to check.
-    * \return Return true if one of Translation X/Y/Z is animated, return false if both of Translation X/Y/Z are not animated.
-    * \remarks If there is no key on one property, this property is not animated.
-    */
-    bool IsTranslationAnimated(const FbxNode *pNode);
-
-    /** Check whether the given node's rotation is animated.
-    * \param pNode the FBX node to check.
-    * \return Return true if one of Rotation X/Y/Z is animated, return false if both of Rotation X/Y/Z are not animated.
-    * \remarks If there is no key on one property, this property is not animated.
-    */
-    bool IsRotationAnimated(const FbxNode *pNode);
-
-    /** Check whether the given node's rotation of specified axis is animated.
-    * \param pNode the FBX node to check.
-    * \param pAxis Specify index of rotation axis, 0 for Rotation X, 1 for Rotation Y, 2 for Rotation Z.
-    * \return Return true if the rotation of specified axis is animated, return false if it is not animated.
-    * \remarks If there is no key on one property, this property is not animated.
-    */
-    bool IsRotationAnimated(const FbxNode *pNode, int pAxis);
-
-    /** Check whether the given node's scale is animated.
-    * \param pNode the FBX node to check.
-    * \return Return true if one of Scale X/Y/Z is animated, return false if both of Scale X/Y/Z are not animated.
-    * \remarks If there is no key on one property, this property is not animated.
-    */
-    bool IsScaleAnimated(const FbxNode *pNode);
-
-    /** Copy mesh parameters from pRefMesh to pNewMesh.
-    * \param lNewMesh New FBX mesh.
-    * \param lRefMesh Referenced FBX mesh.
-    * \remarks Vertices, polygons, layers will be copied.
-    */
-    void		CopyMesh(FbxMesh *lNewMesh, FbxMesh *lRefMesh);
-
-    /** Convert camera focal length animation curve to camera field of view animation curve.
-    * \param pFOVCurve A curve that represents camera field of view.
-    * \param pFLCurve A curve that represents camera focal length animation.
-    * \param pCamera FBX camera to convert.
-    */
-    void		ConvertFocalLengthCurveToFOV(FbxAnimCurve *pFOVCurve, FbxAnimCurve *pFLCurve, FbxCamera *pCamera);
-
-    /** Preprocess the given FBX node and its hierarchy.
-    * \param pNode Pointer to FBX node.
-    * \remarks To correctly export FBX scene to Collada, this method process FBX nodes,
-    * such as set pivot state for every FBX node, do special transformation conversion for FBX lights and cameras.
-    * This method is called recursively. 
-    */
-    void		PreprocessNodeRecursive(FbxNode* pNode);
-
-    /** Export the value of the specific property as a child element of an element.
-      * \param pProperty The property whose value to be exported.
-      * \param pParentElement The parent element of the created element.
-      */
-    void ExportPropertyValue(const FbxProperty & pProperty,
-                             xmlNode * pParentElement);
-
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-    * \name Error Management
-    */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Add notification error info to notify users.
-    * \param pError String of error info.
-    */
-    void AddNotificationError( FbxString pError );
-
-    /** Add notification warning info to notify users.
-    * \param pWarning String of warning info.
-    */
-    void AddNotificationWarning( FbxString pWarning );
-
-    //@}
-
-    FbxFile* mFileObject;
-    FbxString mFileName;
-    bool mStatus;
-
-    // XML lib stuff
-    //
-    xmlDocPtr mXmlDoc;
-
-    // Scene information
-    FbxScene*	mScene;
-
-    // AnimStack/Layer holding the animation
-    FbxAnimStack* mAnimStack;
-    FbxAnimLayer* mAnimLayer;
-
-    // Libraries
-    // NB: CODE and PROGRAM libraries are unused, so they are not created.
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryAnimation;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryCamera;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryController;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryGeometry;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryImage; 
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryLight;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryMaterial;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryEffect;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryTexture;
-    xmlNode*	mLibraryVisualScene;
-
-    // Shape information
-    FbxStringList	*mShapeMeshesList;
-
-    // export options
-    bool mTriangulate;
-    bool mSingleMatrix;
-    FbxTime mSamplingPeriod;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_COLLADA_WRITER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbx/fbxreaderfbx5.h

@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxreaderfbx5.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_READER_FBX5_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_READER_FBX5_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxAnimLayer;
-class Fbx5ObjectTypeInfo;	
-
-FbxReader* CreateFBXReader(FbxManager& pManager, 
-							FbxImporter& pImporter,
-							int pID,
-                            FbxStatus& pStatus);
-void GetInfoFBXReader(int* pCount, 
-					  const char* * pExtensions, 
-					  const char* * pDescriptions);
-
-class FbxReaderFbx5 : public FbxReader
-{
-public:
-	FbxReaderFbx5(FbxManager& pManager, FbxImporter& pImporter, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-	virtual ~FbxReaderFbx5();
-
-    virtual bool FileOpen(char* pFileName, bool pIgnoredArg);
-    virtual bool FileOpen(char* pFileName, EFileOpenSpecialFlags pFlags){ return FbxReader::FileOpen(pFileName, pFlags); }
-	virtual bool FileOpen(char* pFileName);
-    virtual bool FileOpen(FbxFile * pFile);
-	virtual bool FileOpen(FbxStream * pStream, void* pStreamData);
-	virtual bool FileClose();
-	virtual bool IsFileOpen();
-
-	virtual void SetEmbeddingExtractionFolder(const char* pExtractFolder);
-
-	typedef enum 
-	{
-		eASCII,
-		eBINARY,
-		eENCRYPTED
-	} EImportMode;
-
-	EImportMode GetImportMode();
-	virtual void GetVersion(int& pMajor, int& pMinor, int& pRevision);
-
-	virtual bool GetReadOptions(bool pParseFileAsNeeded = true);
-	virtual bool Read(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-	virtual bool GetReadOptions(FbxIO* pFbx, bool pParseFileAsNeeded = true);
-	virtual bool Read(FbxScene& pScene, FbxIO* pFbx);
-
-    virtual FbxDocumentInfo* GetSceneInfo() { return mSceneInfo; }
-    virtual FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo*>* GetTakeInfo() { return &mTakeInfo; }
-
-	virtual bool SupportsStreams() const { return true; }
-
-private:
-	void ReadOptionsInMainSection();
-	void ReadTakeOptions();
-	bool ReadOptionsInExtensionSection(int& pSectionIndex);
-	void ReadOptionsInGenericSection();
-	bool WriteOptionsInExtensionSection(bool pOverwriteLastExtensionSection=false);
-	bool WriteThumbnail(FbxThumbnail*);
-	FbxDocumentInfo* ReadSceneInfo();
-	FbxDocumentInfo* ReadSceneInfo(FbxString& pType);
-	void WriteSceneInfo(FbxDocumentInfo*);
-	void SetIsBeforeVersion6WithMainSection(bool pOpenMainSection);
-	
-	bool ReadDefinitionSection(FbxScene& pScene, FbxArray<Fbx5ObjectTypeInfo*>& pObjectContent);
-	bool ReadObjectSection(FbxScene& pScene, FbxArray<Fbx5ObjectTypeInfo*>& pObjectContent);
-	bool ReadObject(FbxScene& pScene, FbxString& pObjectType, FbxString& pObjectSubType, FbxString& pObjectName, FbxString& pObjectUniqueId);
-	bool ReadNode();
-	//bool ReadGenericNode(FbxScene& pScene);
-	bool ReadAnimation(FbxScene& pScene);
-	bool ReadTakeAnimation(FbxScene& pScene, FbxTakeInfo* pTakeInfo);
-	FbxThumbnail* ReadThumbnail();
-	bool ReadNodeAnimation(FbxIO& pFileObject, FbxScene& pScene, FbxTakeInfo* pTakeInfo);	
-	bool TimeShiftNodeAnimation(FbxScene& pScene, FbxTakeInfo* pTakeInfo);
-    bool ReadHierarchy(FbxNode& pRootNode);
-	bool ResolveHierarchy(FbxNode& pRootNode);
-	bool ResolveLinks(FbxNode& pRootNode, FbxNode& pCurrentNode);
-	bool ResolveTargets(FbxNode& pRootNode);
-	bool ResolveUpNodes(FbxNode& pRootNode);
-	bool ResolveCameraBackgrounds(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void RemoveDuplicateTextures(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void RemoveDuplicateMaterials(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	void ReadPose(FbxScene& pScene);
-	bool ReadPose(FbxScene& pScene, FbxPose* pPose, bool pAsBindPose);
-
-	void ReadCameraSwitcher(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void ReorderCameraSwitcherIndices(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    void ReadGobo(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void ReadGoboSection(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void ReadGobo(FbxGobo& pGobo);
-
-    void ReadCharacter(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void ReadCharacter(FbxCharacter& pCharacter,int& pInputType, int& pInputIndex);
-	void ReadCharacterLinkGroup(FbxCharacter& pCharacter, int pCharacterGroupId);
-	void ReadCharacterLink(FbxCharacter& pCharacter, int pCharacterNodeId);
-	void ReadCharacterLinkRotationSpace(FbxCharacterLink& pCharacterLink);
-	void ReadFilterSet(FbxCharacter& pCharacter);
-	void ReadControlSet(FbxControlSet& pControlSet);
-	void ReadControlSetLinkGroup(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, int pCharacterGroupId);
-	void ReadControlSetLink(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, int pCharacterNodeId);
-	void ReadEffector(FbxControlSet& pControlSet);	
-	void ReadEffectorAux(FbxControlSet& pControlSet);
-
-	int  ReadCharacterPose(FbxScene& pScene);
-	bool ReadCharacterPose(FbxCharacterPose& pCharacterPose);
-
-	void ReadGlobalLightSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void ReadShadowPlane(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void ReadAmbientColor(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void ReadFogOption(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	void ReadGlobalCameraAndTimeSettings(FbxScene& pScene); // for pre v6 files
-	void ReadGlobalTimeSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	void ReadGlobalCameraSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    bool ReadMedia(FbxScene& pScene, const char* pEmbeddedMediaDirectory = "");
-	FbxString ReadMediaClip(const char* pEmbeddedMediaDirectory);
-
-	bool ReadNode                       ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadGenericNode                ( FbxGenericNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeChildrenName           ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeShading                ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeCullingType            ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeLimits                 ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeTarget                 ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeAttribute              ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodePivots                 ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeDefaultAttributes      ( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadNodeProperties				( FbxNode& pNode );
-	bool ReadGeometry                   ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool ReadGeometryMaterial           ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool ReadGeometryTexture            ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool ReadGeometryLinks              ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool ReadGeometryShapes             ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool ReadGeometryLayer              ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool ReadGeometryTextureLayer       ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry, int pLayerIndex );
-
-	bool ReadNull                       ( FbxNull& pNull );
-
-	bool ReadMarker                     ( FbxMarker& pMarker );
-
-	bool ReadCamera                     ( FbxCamera& pCamera );
-	bool ReadCameraSwitcher             ( FbxCameraSwitcher& pCameraSwitcher );
-
-	bool ReadLight                      ( FbxLight& pLight );
-
-	bool ReadMesh                       ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshVertices               ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshNormals                ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshAssignation            ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshPolygonIndex           ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshPolyGroupIndex         ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshMaterialsID            ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshTexturesID             ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshTextureType            ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshTextureUV              ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshTextureIndex           ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool ReadMeshVertexColors           ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-
-
-	// Layer elements	
-	bool ReadLayerElements				(FbxGeometry& pGeometry);
-	bool ReadLayerElementsMaterial		(FbxGeometry* pGeometry, FbxArray<FbxLayerElement*>& pElementsMaterial);	
-	bool ReadLayerElementsNormal		(FbxGeometry* pGeometry, FbxArray<FbxLayerElement*>& pElementsNormal);
-	bool ReadLayerElementsVertexColor	(FbxGeometry* pGeometry, FbxArray<FbxLayerElement*>& pElementsVertexColor);
-	bool ReadLayerElementsTexture		(FbxGeometry* pGeometry, FbxArray<FbxLayerElement*>& pElementsTexture);
-	bool ReadLayerElementsUV			(FbxGeometry* pGeometry, FbxArray<FbxLayerElement*>& pElementsUV);
-	bool ReadLayerElementsPolygonGroup	(FbxGeometry* pGeometry, FbxArray<FbxLayerElement*>& pElementsPolygonGroup);
-	
-	bool ReadNurb                       ( FbxNurbs& pNurbs );
-
-	bool ReadPatch                      ( FbxPatch& pPatch );
-	int ReadPatchType                  ( FbxPatch& pPatch );
-
-	bool ReadTexture(FbxFileTexture& pTexture);
-	bool ReadSurfaceMaterial(FbxSurfacePhong& pMaterial);
-	bool ReadLink(FbxCluster& pLink);
-	bool ReadSkin(FbxSkin& pSkin);
-	bool ReadCluster(FbxCluster& pCluster);
-	bool ReadShape(FbxShape& pShape, FbxGeometry& pGeometry);
-	bool ReadVideo(FbxVideo& pVideo);
-	bool ReadConstraint(FbxConstraint& pPosition);
-
-	bool ReadUserProperties					(FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool ReadProperties(FbxObject *pObject);
-
-	//
-	// 6.0 Format specific
-	//
-	bool ReadConnectionSection();
-	void ReadPoses(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	FbxString ConvertCameraName(FbxString pCameraName);
-
-	bool GenerateParametricGeometryLayer(FbxGeometry& pGeometry);
-	void CorrectTextureLayers(FbxMesh& pMesh);
-
-    void TransferAnimation(void* pRootCurveNode, FbxProperty& pRootProperty, bool pValueOnly = false);
-    void ReadAnimation(FbxIO& pFileObject, void* pCurveNode);
-	void ReadAnimation(FbxIO& pFileObject, FbxObject*  pObj);
-    
-    void ReadTimeWarps(FbxIO& pFileObject, FbxMultiMap& pTimeWarpSet);
-	void DestroyTimeWarps(FbxMultiMap& pTimeWarpSet);
-
-	FbxNode* FindNode (char* pName);
-	int FindString(FbxString pString, FbxArray<FbxString*>& pStringArray);
-	FbxString FindFile(FbxString pFullFilePath, FbxString pRelativeFilePath = "");
-
-	bool ReadPassword(FbxString pPassword);
-
-	void ReadSceneGenericPersistenceSection(FbxScene& pScene);	
-
-
-
-
-private:
-    FbxReaderFbx5& operator=(FbxReaderFbx5 const&) { return *this; }
-
-    FbxIO*			mFileObject;	
-	FbxImporter&	mImporter;
-
-	FbxCharPtrSet mNodeArrayName;
-	FbxCharPtrSet mTargetArrayName;
-	FbxCharPtrSet mUpNodeArrayName;
-	FbxCharPtrSet mCameraBackgroundArrayName;
-
-	FbxObjectStringMap		mObjectMap;
-    FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo *> mTakeInfo;
-    FbxDocumentInfo * mSceneInfo;
-    FbxAnimLayer* mAnimLayer;
-
-	// Temporary storage
-	FbxArray<FbxTexture*> mTemporaryTextures;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_READER_FBX5_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbx/fbxreaderfbx7.h

@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxreaderfbx7.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_READER_FBX7_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_READER_FBX7_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-struct FbxReaderFbx7_Impl;
-
-/**	\brief This class is the FBX v7 reader.
-* The reader provide you the ability to read the global settings, objects and animation information from file.
-*
-*/
-class FbxReaderFbx7 : public FbxReader
-{
-public:
-    /** \enum EImportMode File import mode.
-    *
-    */
-    typedef enum
-    {
-        eASCII,     /**< Plain text mode */
-        eBINARY,    /**< Binary mode */
-        eENCRYPTED  /**< Encrypted mode */
-    } EImportMode;
-
-    /** Constructor
-      *	\param pManager        the FbxManager Object
-      * \param pImporter       the FbxImporter to import the SDK objects
-      * \param pID             id for current reader
-      * \param pStatus         the FbxStatus object to hold error codes
-      */
-    FbxReaderFbx7(FbxManager& pManager, FbxImporter& pImporter, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-
-    /** Destructor
-      *
-      */
-    virtual ~FbxReaderFbx7();
-
-    /** Open file with certain EFileOpenSpecialFlags
-      * \param pFileName     name of the File to open
-      * \param pFlags        the EFileOpenSpecialFlags to open with
-      * \return if the file is open successfully return true, otherwise return false
-      */
-    virtual bool FileOpen(char* pFileName, EFileOpenSpecialFlags pFlags);
-
-    /** Open file with default flag
-      *	\param pFileName     name of the File to open
-      * \return if the file is open successfully return \c true, otherwise return \c false
-      */
-    virtual bool FileOpen(char* pFileName);
-
-    /** Open file with default flag
-      */
-    virtual bool FileOpen(FbxFile* pFile);
-
-    /** Open file from stream
-      */
-	virtual bool FileOpen(FbxStream * pStream, void* pStreamData);
-
-    /** Close the file stream
-      * \return if the file is closed successfully return \c true, otherwise return \c false
-      */
-    virtual bool FileClose();
-
-    /** Check whether the file stream is open.
-      *	\return if the file stream is open return \c true, otherwise return \c false.
-      */
-    virtual bool IsFileOpen();
-
-    /** Get current Import mode
-      *	
-      */
-    EImportMode GetImportMode();
-
-    /** Get file version
-      *	\param pMajor       Major version
-      *	\param pMinor       Minor version
-      *	\param pRevision    Revision version
-      */
-    virtual void GetVersion(int& pMajor, int& pMinor, int& pRevision);
-
-    /** Get axis system information from file
-      *	\param pAxisSystem      axis system in file
-      * \param pSystemUnits     system unit in file
-      * \return if either pAxisSystem or pSystemUnits is \c NULL return \c false, otherwise return \c true.
-      */
-    virtual bool GetAxisInfo(FbxAxisSystem* pAxisSystem, FbxSystemUnit* pSystemUnits);
-
-	/** Get FBX file time mode read from GlobalSettings in FBX 6.n and FBX 7.n
-	  *	\param pTimeMode  ref to a FbxTime::EMode enum	
-	  *	\return     \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-	  *	\remarks    This function must be called after FbxImporter::Initialize().
-	  *             Can be used for statistics (via GlobalSettings) before loading the whole scene from the file.
-	  */
-	virtual bool GetFrameRate(FbxTime::EMode &pTimeMode);
-
-    /** Get the statistics from file
-      *	\param pStats statistics in file
-      *	\return if fetching statistics is successfully return \c true, otherwise return \c false.
-      */
-    virtual bool GetStatistics(FbxStatistics* pStats);
-
-     /** Get the file stream options
-      *	\param pParseFileAsNeeded       Whether to parse file as read options
-      * \return true on success, otherwise return false.
-      */
-    virtual bool GetReadOptions(bool pParseFileAsNeeded = true);
-
-    /** Read file with stream options
-      *	\param pDocument        FbxDocument to store the file data
-      *	\return if fetching statistics is successful return \c true, otherwise return \c false.
-      */
-    virtual bool Read(FbxDocument *pDocument);
-
-	/** Reads extension plug-ins name, version and parameters, so that we can remember if a plug-in was used during export.
-	  * This is especially useful for extension plug-ins that modify the scene and also to warn users during import if an
-	  * extension plug-in was used that could be missing.
-      * \param pParams The parameters of the extension plug-in. The properties of the objects are used
-	  * as the parameters of the extension plug-in.
-      */
-	virtual void PluginReadParameters(FbxObject& pParams);
-
-    /** Get the file options
-      * \param pFbx                     file object to read options
-      *	\param pParseFileAsNeeded       Whether to parse file as read options
-      * \return true on success, otherwise return false.
-      */
-    virtual bool GetReadOptions(FbxIO* pFbx, bool pParseFileAsNeeded = true);
-
-    /** Read file with stream options
-      *	\param pDocument        FbxDocument to store the file data
-      * \param pFbx             file object to read from
-      *	\return if reading the file is successful return \c true, otherwise return \c false.
-      */
-    virtual bool Read(FbxDocument *pDocument, FbxIO* pFbx);
-
-    /** Returns the scene info from the file.
-      * \return The pointer to file scene info defined by this reader.
-      */
-    virtual FbxDocumentInfo*  GetSceneInfo();
-
-    /** Returns the pointer to the list of TakeInfo from the file.
-      * \return NULL
-      */
-    virtual FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo*>* GetTakeInfo();
-
-    /** Pass a progress handler to the reader
-      * \param pProgress     FbxProgress to store the progress information.
-      */
-    virtual void SetProgressHandler(FbxProgress *pProgress);
-
-	virtual void SetEmbeddingExtractionFolder(const char* pExtractFolder);
-
-	virtual bool SupportsStreams() const { return true; }
-
-private:
-    // Declared, not defined.
-    FbxReaderFbx7(const FbxReaderFbx7&);
-    FbxReaderFbx7& operator=(FbxReaderFbx7 const&);
-
-private:
-    FbxReaderFbx7_Impl* mImpl;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_READER_FBX7_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbx/fbxwriterfbx5.h

@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxwriterfbx5.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX5_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX5_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-//Writable versions for this file type.  
-//Sync the functions PreProcessScene and PostProcessScene with these elements of this list.
-
-class FbxWriterFbx5 : public FbxWriter
-{
-public:
-	FbxWriterFbx5(FbxManager& pManager, FbxExporter& pExporter, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-	virtual ~FbxWriterFbx5();
-
-	virtual bool FileCreate(char* pFileName);
-    virtual bool FileCreate(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData);
-	virtual bool FileClose();
-	virtual bool IsFileOpen();
-
-	typedef enum 
-	{
-		eASCII,
-		eBINARY,
-		eENCRYPTED
-	} EExportMode;
-
-	void SetExportMode(EExportMode pMode);
-
-	virtual void GetWriteOptions();
-	virtual bool Write(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-	virtual bool Write(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxIO* pFbx);
-	virtual bool PreprocessScene(FbxScene& pScene);
-	virtual bool PostprocessScene(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	virtual bool SupportsStreams() const		{ return true; }
-
-private:
-	bool WriteAnimation(FbxScene& pScene);
-	bool WriteAnimation(FbxNode& pRootNode, FbxAnimLayer* pAnimLayer);
-	void WriteTakeNode(KFCurveNode* pCurveNode, bool pRescaleShininess); 
-	bool WriteTakeNode(FbxObject& pObj, FbxAnimLayer* pAnimLayer, const char* pBlockName, bool pRescaleShininess = false);
-
-	bool WriteThumbnail(FbxThumbnail* pThumbnail);
-	void WriteSceneInfo(FbxDocumentInfo*);
-
-	bool WriteExtensionSection(FbxScene& pScene, int pMediaCount);
-
-    bool WriteNode(FbxNode* pNode);
-
-	bool WriteCameraSwitcher(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    void WriteGobo(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void WriteGoboSection(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void WriteGobo(FbxGobo& pGobo);
-
-	void WriteCharacter(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void WriteCharacter(FbxScene& pScene, int pCharacterIndex);
-	void WriteCharacterLinkGroup(FbxCharacter& pCharacter, int pCharacterGroupId, FbxScene& pScene, bool pBackwardCompatible);
-	void WriteCharacterLink(FbxCharacter& pCharacter, int pCharacterNodeId, FbxScene& pScene, bool pBackwardCompatible);
-	void WriteFilterSet(FbxCharacter& pCharacter);
-	void WriteControlSet(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, FbxScene& pScene, bool pBackwardCompatible);	
-	void WriteControlSetLinkGroup(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, int pCharacterGroupId, FbxScene& pScene, bool pBackwardCompatible);
-	void WriteControlSetLink(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, int pCharacterNodeId, FbxScene& pScene);
-	void WriteEffector(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, int pEffectorNodeId, FbxScene& pScene);
-	void WriteEffectorAux(FbxControlSet& pControlSet, int pEffectorNodeId, FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	int  WriteCharacterPose(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void WriteCharacterPose(FbxCharacterPose& pCharacterPose);
-
-	void WritePose(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void WritePose(FbxPose& pPose);
-
-	void WriteConstraint(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-	void WriteGlobalLightSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void WriteShadowPlane(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void WriteShadowPlaneSection(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void WriteAmbientColor(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void WriteFogOption(FbxScene& pScene); 
-
-	void WriteGlobalCameraAndTimeSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-	
-	bool WriteMedia(FbxScene& pScene, bool pMediaEmbedded, int& pMediaCount);
-	bool WriteMediaClip(FbxString& pFileName, bool pEmbeddedMedia);
-	void WriteDefaultMedia();
-
-	bool WriteNode                  (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeBegin             (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeParameters        (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeVersion           (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeShading           (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeAnimationSettings (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeCullingType       (FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool WriteNodeLimits            (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeProperties	    (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeTarget            (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeAnimatedProperties(FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeAttribute         (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeDefaultAttributes (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeChildrenList      (FbxNode& pNode);
-	bool WriteNodeEnd               (FbxNode& pNode);
-
-	bool WriteNull                  ( FbxNull* pNull );
-
-	bool WriteMarker                ( FbxNode& pNode );
-
-	bool WriteCamera                ( FbxCamera& pCamera, bool pIsProducerCamera = false );	
-
-	bool WriteCameraSwitcher        ( FbxCameraSwitcher& pCameraSwitcher );
-
-	bool WriteLight                 ( FbxLight& pLight );
-
-	bool WriteGeometry              ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool WriteGeometryLayer         ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry );
-	bool WriteGeometryTextureLayer  ( FbxGeometry& pGeometry, int pIndex );
-
-	bool WriteMesh                  ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshVertices          ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshNormals           ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshMaterial          ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshTexture           ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshGeometryUVInfo    ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshPolyVertexIndex   ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshPolyGroupIndex    ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-	bool WriteMeshVertexColors      ( FbxMesh& pMesh );
-
-	bool WriteNurb                  ( FbxNurbs& pNurbs );
-
-	bool WritePatch                 ( FbxPatch& pPatch );
-    bool WritePatchType             ( FbxPatch& pPatch, int pType );
-
-	bool WriteSkeleton              ( FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton );
-	bool WriteSkeletonRoot          ( FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton );
-	bool WriteSkeletonLimb          ( FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton );
-	bool WriteSkeletonLimbNode      ( FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton );
-	bool WriteSkeletonEffector      ( FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton );
-	
-	bool WriteOpticalReference      ( FbxOpticalReference& pOpticalReference );
-
-	bool WriteTexture(FbxFileTexture& pTexture);
-	bool WriteSurfaceMaterial(FbxSurfaceMaterial& pMaterial);
-	bool WriteLink(FbxCluster& pCluster);
-	bool WriteShape(FbxShape& pShape, FbxString pShapeName, FbxGeometry& pGeometry);
-
-	bool WriteProperties(FbxObject* pObject);
-
-	int FindString(FbxString pString, FbxArray<FbxString*>& pStringArray);
-	void FindShapeValidIndices(FbxArray<FbxVector4>& pGeometryControlPoints, FbxArray<FbxVector4>& pShapeControlPoints, FbxArray<int>& lValidIndices);
-
-	void ConvertShapeNamesToV5Format(FbxNode& pNode);
-	void RevertShapeNamesToV6Format (FbxNode& pNode);
-
-	void WritePassword();
-
-	void FindAnimatedChannels(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void ClearAnimatedChannels();
-
-	void WriteSceneGenericPersistenceSection(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    void ForceKFCurveNodesOnTRS(FbxNode* pNode);
-    void SetPivotStateRecursive(FbxNode* pNode);
-
-private:
-	FbxWriterFbx5& operator=(const FbxWriterFbx5&) { return *this; }
-
-	FbxIO* mFileObject;	
-	FbxExporter& mExporter;
-
-	EExportMode mExportMode;
-
-	FbxMultiMap mTextureAnimatedChannels;
-	FbxMultiMap mMaterialAnimatedChannels;
-
-	struct TextureAnimatedChannels
-	{
-		bool mTranslation;
-		bool mRotation;
-		bool mScaling;
-		bool mAlpha;
-	};
-
-	struct SurfaceMaterialAnimatedChannels
-	{
-		bool mAmbient;
-		bool mDiffuse;
-		bool mSpecular;
-		bool mEmissive;
-		bool mOpacity;
-		bool mShininess;
-		bool mReflectivity;
-	};
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX5_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbx/fbxwriterfbx6.h

@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxwriterfbx6.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX6_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX6_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class Fbx6TypeDefinition;
-class Fbx6TypeWriteReferences;
-class Fbx6TypeObjectHierarchy;
-
-typedef FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo*> TakeInfoArray;
-
-class FbxWriterFbx6 : public FbxWriter
-{
-public:
-    FbxWriterFbx6(FbxManager& pManager, FbxExporter& pExporter, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-    virtual ~FbxWriterFbx6();
-
-    virtual bool    FileCreate(char* pFileName);
-    virtual bool	FileCreate(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData);
-    virtual bool    FileClose();
-    virtual bool    IsFileOpen();
-
-    typedef enum {eASCII, eBINARY, eENCRYPTED} EExportMode;
-
-    void            SetExportMode(EExportMode pMode);
-
-    virtual void    GetWriteOptions();
-    virtual bool    Write(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    virtual bool    PreprocessScene(FbxScene& pScene);
-    virtual bool    PostprocessScene(FbxScene& pScene);
-    virtual void    PluginWriteParameters(FbxObject& pParams);
-    virtual bool    Write(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxIO* pFbx);
-    virtual void    SetProgressHandler(FbxProgress *pProgress);
-
-	virtual bool SupportsStreams() const		{ return true; }
-
-private:
-    /*************************** new writer ***************************/
-	void            ConvertShapePropertyToOldStyle(FbxScene& pScene);
-	void            ConvertShapePropertyToNewStyle(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            BuildObjectDefinition(FbxDocument* pDocument, Fbx6TypeDefinition& pDefinitions);
-    void            SetObjectWriteSupport(const Fbx6TypeDefinition& pDefinitions);
-    bool            WriteDescriptionSection(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteReferenceSection(FbxDocument* pDocument, Fbx6TypeWriteReferences& pReferences);
-    void            WriteObjectDefinition(FbxDocument* pDocument, Fbx6TypeDefinition& pDefinitions);
-    void            WriteObjectProperties(FbxDocument* pDocument, Fbx6TypeDefinition& pDefinitions);
-
-    void            FlattenDocument(FbxDocument* pDocument, Fbx6TypeObjectHierarchy& pDocHierarchy, bool pFirstCall=true);
-    void            UnFlattenDocument(FbxDocument* pDocument, Fbx6TypeObjectHierarchy& pDocHierarchy);
-    bool            WriteObjectHeaderAndReferenceIfAny(FbxObject& pObj, const char* pObjectType) const;
-
-    FbxObject*     GetObjectIndirection(FbxObject* pObject);
-    void            WriteObjectConnections(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    void            WriteTakesAndAnimation(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-    void            WriteConstraints(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteConstraint(FbxConstraint& pConstraint, FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    void            WriteGeometryWeightedMap(FbxGeometryWeightedMap& pGeometryWeightedMap);
-    void            WriteNodeAttributes(const FbxDocument& pDocument);
-    void            WriteAllGeometries(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    void            WriteAllGeometryWeightedMaps(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    int             WriteCharacterPose(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteCharacterPose(FbxCharacterPose& pCharacterPose);
-
-    void            WriteCharacterLinkGroup(FbxCharacter& pCharacter, int pCharacterGroupId, FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteCharacterLink(FbxCharacter& pCharacter, int pCharacterNodeId, FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteCharacterLinkRotationSpace(FbxCharacterLink& pCharacterLink);
-
-    void            WriteControlSetPlug(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    /*************************** new writer ***************************/
-    bool            WriteNodes(FbxScene& pScene, bool pIncludeRoot);
-    bool            WriteNodes(const FbxDocument& pDocument);
-
-    /*************************** kept functions ***************************/
-    bool            WriteObjectProperties(FbxObject* pObject);
-    bool            WriteObjectPropertiesAndFlags(FbxObject* pObject);
-
-    bool            WriteContainers(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    bool            WriteNode(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeBegin(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeEnd(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeParameters(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeVersion(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeAnimationSettings(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeShading(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeCullingType(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNodeAttribute(FbxNodeAttribute* pNodeAttribute);
-    bool            WriteNodeProperties(FbxNode& pNode);
-
-    bool            WriteNodeType(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteNull(FbxNull* pNull);
-    bool            WriteMarker(FbxNode& pNode);
-    bool            WriteSkeleton(FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton);
-    bool            WriteSkeletonRoot(FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton);
-    bool            WriteSkeletonLimb(FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton);
-    bool            WriteSkeletonLimbNode(FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton);
-    bool            WriteSkeletonEffector(FbxSkeleton& pSkeleton);
-    bool            WriteGenericNodes(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    bool            WriteGeometry(FbxGeometry& pGeometry);
-    bool            WriteMesh(FbxMesh& pMesh);
-    bool            WriteMeshSmoothness(FbxMesh& pMesh);
-    bool            WriteMeshVertices(FbxMesh& pMesh);
-    bool            WriteMeshPolyVertexIndex(FbxMesh& pMesh);
-    bool            WriteMeshEdges(FbxMesh& pMesh);
-    bool            WriteNurb(FbxNurbs& pNurbs);
-    bool            WriteNurbsSurface(FbxNurbsSurface& pNurbs);
-    bool            WriteNurbsCurve(FbxNurbsCurve& pNurbsCurve);
-    bool            WriteTrimNurbsSurface(FbxTrimNurbsSurface& pNurbs);
-    bool            WriteBoundary(FbxBoundary& pBoundary);
-    bool            WriteSubdiv(FbxSubDiv& pSubdiv);
-
-    bool            WritePatch(FbxPatch& pPatch);
-    bool            WritePatchType(FbxPatch& pPatch, int pType);
-
-    bool            WriteDeformers(FbxScene& pScene);
-    bool            WriteSkin(FbxSkin& pSkin);
-    bool            WriteVertexCacheDeformer(FbxVertexCacheDeformer& pDeformer);
-    bool            WriteCluster(FbxCluster& pCluster);
-    bool            WriteShape(FbxShape& pShape, FbxString pShapeName, FbxGeometry& pGeometry);
-    void            FindShapeValidIndices(FbxArray<FbxVector4>& pGeometryControlPoints, FbxArray<FbxVector4>& pShapeControlPoints, FbxArray<int>& lValidIndices);
-
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementNormals(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementBinormals(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementTangents(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementMaterials(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementTextures(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementTexturesChannel(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxLayerElement::EType pTextureType, FbxMultiMap& pLayerIndexSet);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementUVsChannel(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxLayerElement::EType pTextureType, FbxMultiMap& pLayerIndexSet);
-
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementPolygonGroups(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementVertexColors(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementUVs(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementSmoothing(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementUserData(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementVisibility(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementVertexCrease(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementEdgeCrease(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    bool            WriteFbxLayerElementHole(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-
-    bool            WriteLayers(FbxLayerContainer& pLayerContainer, FbxMultiMap&);
-    int             MapLayeredTextureIndexToConnectionIndex(FbxNode* pNode, void* pLET, int pIndex);
-
-    bool            WriteMaterials(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteSurfaceMaterial(FbxSurfaceMaterial& pMaterial);
-
-    bool            WritePose(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    // Write Connections
-    bool            WriteFieldConnection(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxObject* pSrcObject, FbxDocument* pDstDocument);
-    bool            WriteFieldConnection(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxObject* pSrc,FbxObject* pDst);
-    bool            WriteFieldConnection(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxObject* pSrc,FbxProperty& pDst);
-    bool            WriteFieldConnection(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxProperty& pSrc,FbxObject* pDst);
-    bool            WriteFieldConnection(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxProperty& pSrc,FbxProperty& pDst);
-    
-    void            WriteObjectConnections(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxObject* pObject, bool pRecursive);
-
-    bool            WriteCamera(FbxCamera& pCamera);
-    bool            WriteCameraStereo(FbxCameraStereo& pCameraStereo);
-    bool            WriteLight(FbxLight& pLight);
-    bool            WriteCameraSwitcher(FbxScene& pScene);                   
-    bool            WriteCameraSwitcher(FbxCameraSwitcher& pCameraSwitcher);
-
-    bool            WriteTextures(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteTexture(FbxFileTexture& pTexture);
-
-	bool            WriteTimeWarps(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxAnimStack* pAnimStack);
-    bool            WriteThumbnails(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteThumbnail(FbxThumbnail& pThumbnail);
-
-    bool            WriteCaches(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteCache(FbxCache& pCache);
-
-    bool            WriteBindingTables(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteBindingTable(FbxBindingTable& pTable);
-
-    bool            WriteBindingOperators(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteBindingOperator(FbxBindingOperator& pOperator);
-
-    bool            WriteImplementations(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteImplementation(FbxImplementation& pImplementation);
-
-    bool            WriteCollections(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteCollection(FbxCollection& pImplementation);
-
-    bool            WriteDocuments(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteDocument(FbxDocument& pSubDocument);
-
-    bool            WriteLayeredTextures(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteLayeredTexture(FbxLayeredTexture& pTexture);
-
-    void            WriteGobo(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteGoboSection(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteGobo(FbxGobo& pGobo);
-
-    bool            WriteVideos(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteVideo(FbxVideo& pVideo, FbxString& pFileName, bool pEmbeddedMedia);
-
-    bool            WriteAnimation(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    bool            WriteAnimation(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxAnimLayer* pAnimLayer);
-
-    bool            WriteFCurves(FbxObject& pObject, FbxAnimLayer* pAnimLayer, const char* pBlockName, bool pKeepBlockOpen=false, bool pRescaleShininess=false);
-
-    void            WritePose(FbxPose& pPose);
-
-    bool            WriteSelectionNode(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteSelectionNode(FbxSelectionNode& pSelectionNode);
-
-    bool            WriteSelectionSet(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteSelectionSet(FbxSelectionSet& pSelectionSet);
-    
-    bool            WriteThumbnail(FbxThumbnail* pThumbnail);
-
-    void            WriteSceneInfo(FbxDocumentInfo*);
-    void            WriteGlobalSettings(FbxGlobalSettings& pGlobalSettings);
-
-    bool            WriteExtensionSection(FbxScene& pScene, int pMediaCount);
-
-    int				FindString(FbxString pString, FbxArray<FbxString*>& pStringArray);
-
-    /****************** Function that write in the v5 section******************/
-    void            WriteGlobalLightSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteShadowPlane(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteShadowPlaneSection(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteAmbientColor(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteFogOption(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-    void            WriteGlobalCameraSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-    void            WriteGlobalTimeSettings(FbxScene& pScene);
-    /****************** Function that write in the v5 section******************/
-    
-    void            WritePassword();
-
-	void			WriteLayeredAnimation(FbxScene& pScene);
-
-private:
-    void            WritePropertyTemplate(FbxClassId pClassId, FbxDocument* pDocument, bool& pVisitedNodeClass);
-    void            WriteProperty(FbxProperty& pProperty, bool lSetNodeAttributeFlag);
-	void			ConnectTimeWarp(FbxAnimCurveNode* pCurveNode, KFCurveNode* pFCurveNode);
-
-    FbxWriterFbx6&    operator=(const FbxWriterFbx6&);
-
-    FbxScene*					mScene;
-    FbxIO*						mFileObject;
-    FbxExporter&				mExporter;
-    Fbx6TypeObjectHierarchy*    mDocumentHierarchy;
-    Fbx6TypeWriteReferences*    mDocumentReferences;
-
-	bool						mWriteNonDefaultPropertiesOnly;
-    bool						mWriteEnhancedProperties;
-    EExportMode					mExportMode;
-
-    FbxMultiMap						mTextureAnimatedChannels;
-    FbxMultiMap						mMaterialAnimatedChannels;
-	FbxMultiMap						mTimeWarpsCurveNodes;
-
-    struct TextureAnimatedChannels
-    {
-        bool mTranslation;
-        bool mRotation;
-        bool mScaling;
-        bool mAlpha;
-    };
-
-    struct SurfaceMaterialAnimatedChannels
-    {
-        bool mAmbient;
-        bool mDiffuse;
-        bool mSpecular;
-        bool mEmissive;
-        bool mOpacity;
-        bool mShininess;
-        bool mReflectivity;
-    };
-
-    FbxNode*	mCurrentNode;
-
-    struct ModifiedPropertyInfo { FbxObject* mObj; FbxString mPropName; };
-    FbxArray<ModifiedPropertyInfo*> mModifiedProperties;
-    void ReplaceUnsupportedProperties(FbxScene* pScene, bool pPreprocessPass, int pFormatV);
-	void StoreUnsupportedProperty(FbxObject* pObject, FbxProperty& pProperty);
-    bool IsLeafRoll(const FbxString& pNameWithoutNameSpacePrefix);
-
-    FbxProgress* mProgress;
-    bool mProgressPause;
-};
-
-bool IsNameUnique(FbxScene& pScene, FbxObject* pObject);
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX6_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbx/fbxwriterfbx7.h

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxwriterfbx7.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX7_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX7_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-struct FbxWriterFbx7_Impl;
-
-class FbxWriterFbx7 : public FbxWriter
-{
-public:
-    typedef enum
-    {
-        eASCII,
-        eBINARY,
-        eENCRYPTED
-    } EExportMode;
-
-    FbxWriterFbx7(FbxManager& pManager, FbxExporter& pExporter, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-    FbxWriterFbx7(FbxManager& pManager, FbxExporter& pExporter, EExportMode pMode, int pID, FbxStatus& pStatus);
-    virtual ~FbxWriterFbx7();
-
-    virtual bool FileCreate(char* pFileName);
-    virtual bool FileCreate(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData);
-    virtual bool FileClose();
-    virtual bool IsFileOpen();
-
-    virtual void GetWriteOptions();
-    virtual bool Write(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-    virtual bool PreprocessScene(FbxScene &pScene);
-    virtual bool PostprocessScene(FbxScene &pScene);
-    virtual bool Write(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxIO* pFbx);
-	virtual void PluginWriteParameters(FbxObject& pParams);
-    virtual void SetProgressHandler(FbxProgress *pProgress);
-
-    void SetExportMode(EExportMode pMode);
-
-	virtual bool SupportsStreams() const		{ return true; }
-
-private:
-    // Declared, not defined.
-    FbxWriterFbx7(const FbxWriterFbx7&);
-    FbxWriterFbx7& operator=(const FbxWriterFbx7&);
-
-    struct ModifiedPropertyInfo{ FbxObject* mObj; FbxString mPropName; };
-    FbxArray<ModifiedPropertyInfo*> mModifiedProperties;
-	void StoreUnsupportedProperty(FbxObject* pObject, FbxProperty& pProperty);
-
-private:
-    FbxWriterFbx7_Impl* mImpl;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_FBX_WRITER_FBX7_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxbase64coder.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxbase64coder.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_BASE64CODER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_BASE64CODER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** This class decodes Base64 encoded data. */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxBase64Decoder
-{
-public:
-	/** Decodes the input buffer.
-	* \param pInBuffer the input buffer containing Base64 data.
-	* \param pInSize the size of the input data in bytes (must be a multiple of 4)
-	* \param pOutBuffer the destination buffer.
-	* \param pOutSize the capacity of the output buffer in bytes.
-	* \return the number of bytes put in the output buffer, or -1 if the output buffer is too small, or contains invalid characters */
-    int Decode(const void* pInBuffer, int pInSize, void* pOutBuffer, int pOutSize);
-
-	/** Decodes the input buffer.
-	* \param pInBuffer the input buffer containing Base64 data; its length is computed using strlen().
-	* \param pOutBuffer the destination buffer.
-	* \param pOutSize the capacity of the output buffer in bytes.
-	* \return the number of bytes put in the output buffer. */
-    int Decode(const char* pInBuffer, void* pOutBuffer, int pOutSize);
-};
-
-/** This class encodes data in the Base64 format. */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxBase64Encoder
-{
-public:
-	/** Encodes the input buffer.
-	* \param pInBuffer the input buffer containing data.
-	* \param pInSize the size of the input data in bytes.
-	* \param pOutBuffer the destination buffer, receives data encoded in Base64.
-	* \param pOutSize the capacity of the output buffer in bytes, which should be at least 33% larger than the input buffer size, or 4 bytes whichever is more.
-	* \return the number of bytes put in the output buffer, or -1 if we ran out of room. */
-    int Encode(const void* pInBuffer, int pInSize, void* pOutBuffer, int pOutSize);
-
-	/** Encodes the input buffer.
-	* \param pInBuffer the input buffer containing data.
-	* \param pInSize the size of the input data in bytes.
-	* \param pOutBuffer the destination buffer; data is set, not appended.
-	* \return the number of bytes put in the output buffer. */
-    int Encode(const void* pInBuffer, int pInSize, FbxString& pOutBuffer);
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_BASE64CODER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxexporter.h

@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxexporter.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_EXPORTER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_EXPORTER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxevent.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiobase.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiosettings.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxprogress.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/utils/fbxrenamingstrategy.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxIO;
-class FbxIOFileHeaderInfo;
-class FbxThread;
-class FbxWriter;
-
-struct FbxExportThreadArg;
-
-/** Class to export SDK objects into an FBX file.
-  * Normally this class is used as is. But for very special needs
-  * a user can override Initialize() for special purpose.
-  *
-  * An exporter will select the appropriate writer to a particular file.
-  * Ex: When an exporter must export an FBX 7 file, 
-  * the exporter will ask for all registered writers if an FBX 7 file writer is available,
-  * then if a writer is found, the exporter will create 
-  * the specialized FBX 7 writer and write the file.
-  * This way, an exporter can "write" many different type of files like FBX 5/6/7, 3DS, Obj, Dxf, Collada, etc.
-  * \see FbxWriter
-  *
-  * Typical workflow for using the FbxExporter class:
-  * -# create a SDKManager
-  * -# create an IOSettings object
-  * -# create an empty scene
-  * -# create an exporter
-  * -# initialize it with a file name
-  * -# set numerous options to control how the exporter will behave.\n
-  *    ex: set IOSettings values to export Materials or Textures.
-  * -# call FbxExporter::Export() with the entity to export.
-  *
-  * \code
-  * // ex:
-  * // create a SdkManager
-  * FbxManager* lSdkManager = FbxManager::Create();
-  *
-  * // create an IOSettings object
-  * FbxIOSettings* ios = FbxIOSettings::Create(lSdkManager, IOSROOT);
-  *
-  * // set some IOSettings options 
-  * ios->SetBoolProp(EXP_FBX_MATERIAL, true);
-  * ios->SetBoolProp(EXP_FBX_TEXTURE,  true);
-  *
-  * // create an empty scene
-  * FbxScene* lScene = FbxScene::Create(lSdkManager, "");
-  *
-  * // create an exporter.
-  * FbxExporter* lExporter = FbxExporter::Create(lSdkManager, "");
-  *
-  * // initialize the exporter by providing a filename and the IOSettings to use
-  * lExporter->Initialize("C:\\myfile.fbx", -1, ios);
-  *
-  * // export the scene.
-  * lExporter->Export(lScene); 
-  *  
-  * // destroy the exporter
-  * lExporter->Destroy();
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * \remarks According to the file suffix, a specialized writer will be created internally.\n
-  * 		 Ex: for .fbx files a FBX Writer, for .3ds files, a 3ds writer, etc.\n
-  *          Supported files formats: FBX 5/6/7 Binary & ASCII, Collada, DXF, OBJ, 3DS
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxExporter : public FbxIOBase
-{
-	FBXSDK_OBJECT_DECLARE(FbxExporter, FbxIOBase);
-
-public:
-	/** 
-	  * \name Export Functions
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Initialize object.
-		  *	\param pFileName     Name of file to access.
-		  * \param pFileFormat   file format identifier User does not need to specify it by default.
-								 if not specified, plugin will detect the file format according to file suffix automatically.
-		  * \param pIOSettings   client IOSettings, if not specified, a default IOSettings will be created
-		  *	\return              \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-		  * \remarks             To identify the error that occurred, inspect the status object accessed 
-          *                      using the GetStatus() function.
-		  */
-		virtual bool Initialize(const char* pFileName, int pFileFormat = -1, FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings = NULL);
-
-	    /** Initialize object.
-	    * \param pStream       stream to access.
-	    * \param pStreamData   user-defined stream data.
-        * \param pFileFormat   file format identifier User does not need to specify it by default.
-                               if not specified, plugin will request the file format from the stream.
-	    * \param pIOSettings   client IOSettings, if not specified, a default IOSettings will be created
-        * \return              \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-	    * \remarks             To identify the error that occurred, inspect the status object accessed 
-        *                      using the GetStatus() function.
-	    */
-        virtual bool Initialize(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData=NULL, int pFileFormat = -1, FbxIOSettings * pIOSettings = NULL);
-
-		/** Setup file export options settings.
-		  *	\return \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-		  */	
-		bool GetExportOptions();
-
-        /** Access to a IOSettings object.
-		  * \return The pointer to IOSettings or \c NULL \c if the object has not been allocated.
-		  */
-		FbxIOSettings* GetIOSettings();
-
-		/** Set the IOSettings pointer
-		  * \param pIOSettings  Pointer on a FbxIOSettings object.  
-		  */
-		void SetIOSettings(FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings);
-
-
-		/** Export the document to the currently created file.
-		  * \param pDocument          Document to export.
-		  * \param pNonBlocking       If true, the export process will be executed in a new thread, allowing it to be non-blocking.
-									  To determine if the export finished, refer to the function IsExporting().
-		  *	\return                   \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-	      * \remarks                  To identify the error that occurred, inspect the status object accessed 
-          *                           using the GetStatus() function.
-		  */
-		bool Export(FbxDocument* pDocument, bool pNonBlocking=false);
-
-	#if !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN)
-		/** Check if the exporter is currently exporting.
-		  * \param pExportResult  This parameter, after the export finished, will contain the result of the export success or failure.
-		  * \return               Return true if the exporter is currently exporting.
-		  * \remarks              This function will always return false if Export() was called with pNonBlocking set to false.
-		  *                       This function should be used only in the context of pNonBlocking set to true.
-		  *                       It is very important to periodically check if the export finished using this function,
-		  *                       since it will also free up the thread's allocations when its done.
-		  */
-		bool IsExporting(bool& pExportResult);
-	#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && ! FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN */
-
-		/** Get the progress status in non-blocking mode.
-		  *	\param pStatus Optional current status string.
-		  *	\return Percentage of the finished workload.
-		  */
-		float GetProgress(FbxString* pStatus=NULL);
-
-		/** Register a callback function for progress reporting in single thread mode.
-		  *	\param pCallback Pointer of the callback function.
-		  * \param pArgs Pointer to the arguments passed to the callback function.
-		  */
-		void SetProgressCallback(FbxProgressCallback pCallback, void* pArgs=NULL);
-	//@}
-
-	/** 
-	  * \name File Format
-	  */
-	//@{
-		/** Get the format of the exported file.
-		  *	\return     File format identifier.
-		  */
-		int GetFileFormat();
-
-		/** Return \c true if the file format is a recognized FBX format.
-		  */
-		bool IsFBX();
-
-		/** Get the list of writable versions for the current file format.
-		  * \return \c NULL or a null terminated array of strings.
-		  * \remarks the strings returned match the writers registered for the current format. 
-          * The array items can be retrieved with the following code:
-          * \code
-          *   char const* const* lWV = lExporter->GetCurrentWritableVersions();
-          *   if (lWV)
-          *   {
-          *       int i = 0;
-          *       while (lWV[i] != NULL)
-          *       {
-          *           printf("fmt = %s\n", lWV[i]);
-          *           i++;
-          *       }
-          *   }
-          * \endcode
-		  * 
-		  */
-		char const* const* GetCurrentWritableVersions();
-
-		/** Set file version for a given file format.
-		  * \param pVersion String description of the file format.
-		  * \param pRenamingMode Renaming mode.
-		  * \return \c true if mode is set correctly
-		  */
-		bool SetFileExportVersion(FbxString pVersion, FbxSceneRenamer::ERenamingMode pRenamingMode=FbxSceneRenamer::eNone);
-
-		/** Set the resampling rate (only used when exporting to FBX 5.3 and lower)
-		  * \param pResamplingRate resampling rate
-		  */
-		inline void SetResamplingRate(double pResamplingRate){ mResamplingRate = pResamplingRate; }
-
-		/** Set the default rendering resolution.
-		  * \param pCamName            name of the camera.
-		  * \param pResolutionMode     resolution mode.
-		  * \param pW                  width.
-		  * \param pH                  height.
-          * \remark These values are ignored when exporting to FBX 7.x and higher. With FBX version 6.x and lower, 
-          *         the HeaderInfo is still accessible for legacy reasons and any other custom writers. For FBX filles,
-          *         these values are used by the FBX QuickTime plug-in (obsolete now) to help it get the window size 
-          *         without loading the whole file. The information contained in the FbxIOFileHeaderInfo is a duplicate
-          *         of AspectRatioMode, AspectWidth and AspectHeight properties defined in the FbxCamera class. 
-          *         Retrieveing the FileHeaderInfo starting from FBX 7.x will always return the uninitialized structure.
-		  */
-		void SetDefaultRenderResolution(FbxString pCamName, FbxString pResolutionMode, double pW, double pH);
-
-		/**	Get the complete file header information.
-		* \return		valid pointer to the complete header information
-		*/
-		FbxIOFileHeaderInfo* GetFileHeaderInfo();
-	//@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	bool GetExportOptions(FbxIO* pFbxObject);
-	bool Export(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxIO* pFbxObject);
-
-protected:
-	virtual void Construct(const FbxObject* pFrom);
-	virtual void Destruct(bool pRecursive);
-	virtual void SetOrCreateIOSettings(FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings, bool pAllowNULL);
-
-	void Reset();
-	bool FileCreate();
-	void FileClose();
-
-private:
-	bool ExportProcess(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-	int								mFileFormat;
-	FbxWriter*						mWriter;
-#if !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN)
-    FbxThread*						mExportThread;
-    FbxExportThreadArg*				mExportThreadArg;
-    bool							mExportThreadResult;
-    bool							mIsThreadExporting;
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && !FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN */
-    FbxProgress						mProgress;
-	FbxStream*                      mStream;
-	void*                           mStreamData;
-	FbxString						mStrFileVersion;
-	double							mResamplingRate;
-	FbxSceneRenamer::ERenamingMode	mRenamingMode;
-	FbxIOFileHeaderInfo*			mHeaderInfo;
-	FbxIOSettings*					mIOSettings;
-	bool							mClientIOSettings;
-
-	friend void ExportThread(void*);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Event that is emitted to plugins before a file is exported to the FBX format.
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEventPreExport : public FbxEvent<FbxEventPreExport>
-{
-	FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(FbxEventPreExport);
-
-public:
-	FbxEventPreExport(FbxDocument* pDocument) : mDocument(pDocument) {};
-
-	//! The document to be exported
-	FbxDocument* mDocument;
-};
-
-//! Event that is emitted to plugins after a file is exported to the FBX format.
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEventPostExport : public FbxEvent<FbxEventPostExport>
-{
-	FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(FbxEventPostExport);
-
-public:
-	FbxEventPostExport(FbxDocument* pDocument) : mDocument(pDocument) {};
-
-	//! The document to be exported
-	FbxDocument* mDocument;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_EXPORTER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxexternaldocreflistener.h

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxexternaldocreflistener.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_EXTERNAL_DOCREF_LISTENER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_EXTERNAL_DOCREF_LISTENER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxlistener.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** Contains data about an external document.
-  * The document is a FbxDocument object.
-  */
-struct FBXSDK_DLL FbxExternalDocumentInfo
-{
-    FbxString mDocumentName;      //!< Bare name of external document in document hierarchy.
-    FbxString mClassName;         //!< Class name of the document (FbxDocument, FbxLibrary...).
-    FbxString mParentFullName;    //!< Full name of the parent document in document hierarchy.
-    FbxString mFilePathUrl;       //!< File path of the external document.
-};
-
-/** Event that is emitted on loading document when a referenced document
-  * is encountered while loading external references.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEventReferencedDocument : public FbxEvent<FbxEventReferencedDocument>, public FbxExternalDocumentInfo
-{
-    FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(FbxEventReferencedDocument);
-public:
-    FbxEventReferencedDocument() {}
-};
-
-
-class FbxExternalDocRefListenerData;
-
-/** Typical handler for the referenced document events.
-* 
-* Register it like so:
-* FbxExternalDocRefListener lRefDocListener( sdkManager, fileName );
-* FbxEventHandler * lHandler = lRefDocListener.Bind(scene,
-*                                                &FbxExternalDocRefListener::HandleEvent);  
-* 
-* And later unregister it like so:
-*     lRefDocListener.Unbind(lHandler);
-*/
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxExternalDocRefListener : public FbxListener
-{
-public:
-    /** Constructor. 
-      * \param pManager
-      * \param pDocFilePath
-      * \remarks Keep a reference to the SDK and the path of the document
-      * to be able to resolve relative paths. 
-      */
-    FbxExternalDocRefListener( FbxManager & pManager, const FbxString & pDocFilePath );
-    virtual ~FbxExternalDocRefListener();
-
-    /** Set the document file path used to resolve documents. 
-      * \param pDocFilePath
-      * \remarks Allows re-using the same instance for multiple document loadings.
-      */
-    virtual void SetDocumentFilePath( const FbxString & pDocFilePath );
-
-    /** Verify that all documents that were previously loaded in a previous
-      * load session are still valid.
-      * \return \c true if all documents are still valid, \c false otherwise.
-      */
-    virtual bool AreAllExternalDocumentsStillValid() const;
-
-    // 
-    /** Verify that all documents that were referred to didn't change. 
-      * \return \c true if all documents didn't change, \c false otherwise.
-      * \remarks This function should be called if at posteriori check is desired.
-      */
-    virtual bool WereAllExternalDocumentsValid() const;
-
-    /** Unload all documents that were loaded through this event handler. 
-      */
-    virtual void UnloadExternalDocuments();
-
-    // External document reference event handler.
-    //
-    // Operation: calls FindDocument() to find the specified external document
-    //            and if not found calls LoadDocument() either directly,
-    //            if it has not parent, or via ConnectToParentLibrary().
-    //            If its parent cannot be found, it's added to the dangling
-    //            document list (and it is not loaded until it's parent is found).
-    //            After, it tries to resolve dangling documents by calling
-    //            TryConnectingDanglingLibraries().
-    /** External document reference event handler. 
-      * \param pEvent
-      * \remarks    Operation: calls FindDocument() to find the specified external document
-      *             and if not found calls LoadDocument() either directly,
-      *             if it has not parent, or via ConnectToParentLibrary().
-      *             If its parent cannot be found, it's added to the dangling
-      *             document list (and it is not loaded until it's parent is found).
-      *             After, it tries to resolve dangling documents by calling
-      *             TryConnectingDanglingLibraries().
-      */
-    virtual void HandleEvent(const FbxEventReferencedDocument * pEvent);
-
-protected:
-    /**
-     * Turn a relative path to an absolute path using the file path of the original document being loaded.
-     * If the path is already is absolute, it is returned as is.
-     */
-    virtual FbxString MakeFilenameAbsolute(const FbxString & pFilename) const;
-    //! Locate a document by its document path.
-    virtual FbxDocument * FindDocument( const FbxString & pPathToDoc );
-    //! Load a library, potentially under another library.
-    virtual FbxDocument * LoadDocument(FbxObject * pParent, const FbxString & pClassName, const FbxString & pFilename);
-    //! Try to connect a library to its parent given its document path.
-    virtual bool ConnectToParentLibrary(const FbxExternalDocumentInfo &);
-    //! Try to reconnect dangling libraries that didn't find their parent.
-    virtual void TryConnectingDanglingLibraries();
-
-private:
-    FbxExternalDocRefListenerData * mData;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_EXTERNAL_DOCREF_LISTENER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxglobalcamerasettings.h

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxglobalcamerasettings.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_CAMERA_SETTINGS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_CAMERA_SETTINGS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxStatus;
-class FbxManager;
-class FbxScene;
-class FbxCamera;
-class FbxCameraSwitcher;
-
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_PERSPECTIVE	"Producer Perspective"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_TOP			"Producer Top"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_FRONT			"Producer Front"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_BACK			"Producer Back"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_RIGHT			"Producer Right"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_LEFT			"Producer Left"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_BOTTOM		"Producer Bottom"
-#define FBXSDK_CAMERA_SWITCHER		"Camera Switcher"
-
-/** This class contains the global camera settings.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * \remarks This class exists for FBX version 6.x and earlier. The new FBX v7.x file format 
-  * that is now the default no longer uses it. The relevant data (a subset of this class) has 
-  * been moved to the FbxGlobalSettings object and should be used instead.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxGlobalCameraSettings
-{
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-
-public:
-	/** \name Default Camera Settings */
-	//@{
-		/** \enum EViewingMode Viewing modes. */
-		enum EViewingMode
-		{
-			eStandard,	//<! Standard view mode.
-			eXRay,		//<! X ray view mode.
-			eModelsOnly	//<! Model only view mode.
-		};
-
-		/** Sets the default camera.
-		* \param pCameraName Name of the default camera.
-		* \param pStatus The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-		* \return \c True if camera name is valid, returns \c false if it is not valid.
-		* \remark A valid camera name must be either one of the defined tokens (FBXSDK_CAMERA_PERSPECTIVE, FBXSDK_CAMERA_TOP, FBXSDK_CAMERA_BOTTOM, FBXSDK_CAMERA_FRONT, FBXSDK_CAMERA_BACK,
-		* FBXSDK_CAMERA_RIGHT, FBXSDK_CAMERA_LEFT and FBXSDK_CAMERA_SWITCHER) or the name of a camera that is inserted in the node tree under the scene's root node. */
-		bool SetDefaultCamera(const char* pCameraName, FbxStatus* pStatus=NULL);
-
-		/** Returns the default camera name.
-		* \return The default camera name, or returns an empty string if no camera name has been specified. */
-		const char* GetDefaultCamera() const;
-
-		//! Restores the default settings.
-		void RestoreDefaultSettings();
-
-		/** Sets the default viewing mode.
-		* \param pViewingMode Viewing mode to set(eStandard, eXRay or eModelsOnly). */
-		void SetDefaultViewingMode(EViewingMode pViewingMode);
-
-		/** Returns the default viewing mode.
-		* \return The currently set Viewing mode. */
-		EViewingMode GetDefaultViewingMode() const;
-	//@}
-
-	/** \name Producer Cameras
-	* Producer cameras are global cameras in MotionBuilder you use to view the scene.
-	* You cannot animate Producer cameras but you can specify their default positions. */
-	//@{
-		/** Creates the default Producer cameras. */
-		void CreateProducerCameras();
-
-		/** Destroys the default Producer cameras. */
-		void DestroyProducerCameras();
-
-		/** Checks if the camera is a Producer camera.
-		* \param pCamera The camera to check.
-		* \return \c True if it is a producer camera, returns \c false if it is not a producer camera. */
-		bool IsProducerCamera(FbxCamera* pCamera) const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer perspective camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Perspective camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerPerspective() const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer front camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Front camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerFront() const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer back camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Back camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerBack() const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer left camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Left camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerLeft() const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer right camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Right camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerRight() const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer top camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Top camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerTop() const;
-
-		/** Returns a reference to the Producer bottom camera.
-		* \return The reference to the internal Bottom camera. */
-		FbxCamera* GetCameraProducerBottom() const;
-
-		/** Returns the Camera Switcher.
-		* \return A pointer to the Camera Switcher.
-		* \remark This node has a \c FbxNodeAttribute::eCameraSwitcher node attribute type. This node is not saved when there is no camera in the scene. Nodes inserted below are never saved.
-		* Camera indices start at 1. Out of range indices are clamped between 1 and the number of cameras in the scene. The index of a camera refers to its order of appearance when searching
-		* the node tree depth first. If a camera is added or removed after camera indices have been set, the camera indices must be updated. It is easier to set camera indices once every camera
-		* have been set. Camera index keys must be set using constant interpolation to ensure that camera switches occur exactly at key time. */
-		FbxCameraSwitcher* GetCameraSwitcher() const;
-
-		/** Sets the Camera Switcher.
-		* \param pSwitcher The Camera Switcher to be set. */
-		void SetCameraSwitcher(FbxCameraSwitcher* pSwitcher);
-	//@}
-
-    /** Assignment operator.
-	* \param pGlobalCameraSettings FbxGlobalCameraSettings object assigned to this one. */
-    const FbxGlobalCameraSettings& operator=(const FbxGlobalCameraSettings& pGlobalCameraSettings);
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-    bool CopyProducerCamera(const char* pCameraName, const FbxCamera* pCamera) const;
-
-private:
-    FbxGlobalCameraSettings(FbxManager& pManager, FbxScene& pScene);
-    ~FbxGlobalCameraSettings();
-
-	FbxScene*			mScene;
-    FbxString			mDefaultCamera;
-    EViewingMode		mDefaultViewingMode;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraPerspective;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraFront;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraBack;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraLeft;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraRight;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraTop;
-    FbxCamera*			mCameraBottom;
-    FbxCameraSwitcher*	mCameraSwitcher;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_CAMERA_SETTINGS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxgloballightsettings.h

@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxgloballightsettings.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_LIGHT_SETTINGS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_LIGHT_SETTINGS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxpropertytypes.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxGlobalLightSettingsProperties;
-
-/** This class contains functions for accessing global light settings.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  * \remarks This class exists for FBX version 6.x and earlier. The new FBX v7.x file format that is 
-  * now the default no longer uses it. The relevant data (a subset of this class) has been moved to
-  * the FbxGlobalSettings object and should be used instead.
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxGlobalLightSettings
-{
-
-public:
-    FBXSDK_FRIEND_NEW();
-    /**
-      * \name Ambient Color
-      */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Sets the ambient color.
-      * \param pAmbientColor            The ambient color to set.
-      * \remarks                        The ambient color only use RGB channels.
-      */
-    void SetAmbientColor(FbxColor pAmbientColor);
-
-    /** Returns the ambient color.
-      * \return                         The ambient color.
-      */
-    FbxColor GetAmbientColor() const;
-
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Fog Option
-      */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Activates or disables the fog.
-      * \param pEnable                  Set to \c true to activate the fog option or set to \c false to disable the fog option.
-      */
-    void SetFogEnable(bool pEnable);
-
-    /** Returns the fog option's current state.
-      * \return                         \c True if fog is activated, returns \c false if fog is disabled.
-      */
-    bool GetFogEnable() const;
-
-    /** Sets the fog color.
-      * \param pColor                   The fog color to be set.
-      * \remarks                        The fog color only uses RGB channels.
-      */
-    void SetFogColor(FbxColor pColor);
-
-    /** Returns the fog color.
-      * \return                         The fog color.
-      * \remarks                        The fog color only uses RGB channels.
-      */
-    FbxColor GetFogColor() const;
-
-    /** \enum EFogMode                  Fog types.
-      */
-    enum EFogMode
-    {
-        eLinear,				//! Linear fog mode.
-        eExponential,			//! Exponential fog mode.
-        eExponentialSquareRoot	//! Exponential square root fog mode.
-    };
-
-    /** Sets the fog mode.
-      * \param pMode                    The fog type to be set.
-      */
-    void SetFogMode(EFogMode pMode);
-
-    /** Returns the fog mode.
-      * \return                         The currently set fog mode.
-      */
-    EFogMode GetFogMode() const;
-
-    /** Sets the fog density.
-      * \param pDensity                 The fog density to be set. It can be any double value, however it can
-      *                                 happen that other sections of FBX SDK may clamp values to reasonable values.
-      * \remarks                        This function is only used when the fog mode is set to exponential or square root exponential.
-      */
-    void SetFogDensity(double pDensity);
-
-    /** Returns the fog density.
-      * \return                         The currently set fog density.
-      * \remarks                        This function is only used when the fog mode is set to exponential or square root exponential.
-      */
-    double GetFogDensity() const;
-
-    /** Sets the distance from the view where the fog begins.
-      * \param pStart                   Distance where the fog begins.
-      * \remarks                        This function is only used when the fog mode is set to linear. The new value is clamped to fit inside the interval [0, FogEnd()].
-      */
-    void SetFogStart(double pStart);
-
-    /** Returns the distance from the view where the fog begins.
-      * \return                         The distance from the view where the fog begins.
-      * \remarks                        This function is only used when the fog mode is set to linear.
-      */
-    double GetFogStart() const;
-
-    /** Sets the distance from the view where the fog ends.
-      * \param pEnd                     Distance where the fog ends.
-      * \remarks                        This function is only used when the fog mode is set to linear. The new value is adjusted to fit within the interval [FogStart(), inf).
-      */
-    void SetFogEnd(double pEnd);
-
-    /** Returns the distance from the view where the fog ends.
-      * \return                         The distance from the view where the fog ends.
-      * \remarks                        This function is only used when the fog mode is set to linear.
-      */
-    double GetFogEnd() const;
-
-    //@}
-
-    /**
-      * \name Shadow Planes
-      * The functions in this section are supported only by FiLMBOX version 2.7 and earlier.
-      * FiLMBOX 3.0 supports shadow planes within a specific shader, which is not supported by the FBX SDK.
-      */
-    //@{
-
-    /** Struct used to define the shadow plane.
-      */
-    struct FBXSDK_DLL ShadowPlane
-    {
-        //! Default constructor.
-        ShadowPlane();
-
-        //! Activate flag.
-        bool mEnable;
-
-        //! Origin point.
-        FbxVector4 mOrigin;
-
-        //! Normal vector.
-        FbxVector4 mNormal; 
-    };
-
-    /** Activates or disables the display of shadow planes.
-      * \param pShadowEnable        Set to \c true to display shadow planes in the scene.
-      */
-    void SetShadowEnable(bool pShadowEnable);
-
-    /** Returns the current state of the shadow enable flag.
-      * \return                     \c True if shadow planes are set to be displayed in the scene.
-      */
-    bool GetShadowEnable() const;
-
-    /** Sets the shadow intensity that is applied to all shadow planes.
-      * \param pShadowIntensity     Intensity applied to all the shadow planes.
-      * \remarks                    Ranges from 0 to 300.
-      */
-    void SetShadowIntensity(double pShadowIntensity);
-
-    /** Returns the shadow intensity applied to all shadow planes.
-      * \return                     The intensity applied to all shadow planes in the scene.
-      * \remarks                    Ranges from 0 to 300.
-      */
-    double GetShadowIntensity() const;
-
-    /** Returns the number of shadow planes.
-      * \return                     Number of shadow planes.
-      */
-    int GetShadowPlaneCount() const;
-
-    /** Returns a shadow plane at the specified index.
-      * \param pIndex               Shadow plane index.
-      * \param pStatus              The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-      * \return                     Pointer the shadow plane, or \c NULL if the index is out of range.
-      */
-    ShadowPlane* GetShadowPlane(int pIndex, FbxStatus* pStatus=NULL);
-
-    /** Adds a shadow plane.
-      * \param pShadowPlane         The shadow plane to be added.
-      */
-    void AddShadowPlane(ShadowPlane pShadowPlane);
-
-    //! Removes all shadow planes.
-    void RemoveAllShadowPlanes();
-
-    //@}
-
-    //! Restores default settings.
-    void RestoreDefaultSettings();
-
-    /** Assignment operator.
-	  * \param pGlobalLightSettings FbxGlobalLightSettings object assigned to this one.
-	  */
-    const FbxGlobalLightSettings& operator=(const FbxGlobalLightSettings& pGlobalLightSettings);
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-    FbxGlobalLightSettings();
-    ~FbxGlobalLightSettings();
-
-    FbxGlobalLightSettingsProperties* mPH;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_LIGHT_SETTINGS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxglobalsettings.h

@@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxglobalsettings.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_SETTINGS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_SETTINGS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxobject.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstatus.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxaxissystem.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/** \brief This class contains functions for accessing global settings.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxGlobalSettings : public FbxObject
-{
-	FBXSDK_OBJECT_DECLARE(FbxGlobalSettings, FbxObject);
-
-public:
-    /** 
-	  * \name Axis system
-	  */
-	//@{
-    
-	/** Sets the scene's coordinate system.
-	  * \param pAxisSystem              The coordinate system to set.
-	  */
-    void SetAxisSystem(const FbxAxisSystem& pAxisSystem);
-    
-	/** Returns the scene's current coordinate system.
-	  * \return                         The scene's current coordinate system.
-	  */
-    FbxAxisSystem GetAxisSystem();
-    //@}
-
-    /** Sets the coordinate system's original Up Axis when the scene is created.
-      * \param pAxisSystem              The coordinate system whose Up Axis is copied.
-      */
-    void SetOriginalUpAxis(const FbxAxisSystem& pAxisSystem);
-
-    /** Returns the coordinate system's original Up Axis.
-      * \return                         The coordinate system's original Up Axis when the scene is created. 0 is X, 1 is Y, 2 is Z axis.
-      */
-    int GetOriginalUpAxis() const;
-    //@}
-
-    /** 
-	  * \name System Units
-	  */
-	//@{
-
-	/** Sets the unit of measurement used by the system.
-	  * \param pOther                   The system unit to set. 
-	  */
-    void SetSystemUnit(const FbxSystemUnit& pOther);
-    
-	/** Returns the unit of measurement used by the system.
-	  * \return                         The unit of measurement used by the system.     
-	  */
-    FbxSystemUnit GetSystemUnit() const;
-
-    /** Sets the original unit of measurement used by the system.
-      * \param pOther                   The original system unit to set. 
-      */
-    void SetOriginalSystemUnit(const FbxSystemUnit& pOther);
-
-    /** Returns the original unit of measurement used by the system.
-      * \return                         The original unit of measurement used by the system.
-      */
-    FbxSystemUnit GetOriginalSystemUnit() const;
-    //@}
-
-
-    /** 
-	  * \name Light Settings
-	  */
-	//@{
-
-    /** Sets the ambient color.
-      * \param pAmbientColor            The ambient color to set.
-      * \remarks                        The ambient color only uses the RGB channels.
-      */
-    void SetAmbientColor(FbxColor pAmbientColor);
-
-    /** Returns the ambient color.
-      * \return                         The ambient color.
-      */
-    FbxColor GetAmbientColor() const;
-
-    //@}
-
-    /** 
-	  * \name Camera Settings
-	  */
-	//@{
-    /** Sets the default camera.
-      * \param pCameraName              Name of the default camera.
-      * \return                         \c true if camera name is valid, returns \c false if the camera does not have a valid name.
-      * \remarks                        A valid camera name can be either one of the defined tokens (FBXSDK_CAMERA_PERSPECTIVE,
-      *                                 FBXSDK_CAMERA_TOP, FBXSDK_CAMERA_FRONT, FBXSDK_CAMERA_BACK, FBXSDK_CAMERA_RIGHT, FBXSDK_CAMERA_LEFT and FBXSDK_CAMERA_BOTTOM) or the name
-      *                                 of a camera inserted in the node tree under the scene's root node.
-      */
-    bool SetDefaultCamera(const char* pCameraName);
-
-    /** Returns the default camera name.
-      * \return                         The default camera name, or an empty string if no camera name has been set.
-      */
-    FbxString GetDefaultCamera() const;
-    //@}
-
-    /** 
-	  * \name Time Settings
-	  */
-	//@{
-    /** Sets the time mode.
-    * \param pTimeMode                  One of the defined modes in class FbxTime.
-    */
-    void SetTimeMode(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode);
-
-    /** Returns the time mode.
-    * \return                           The currently set TimeMode.
-    */
-    FbxTime::EMode GetTimeMode() const;
-
-    /** Sets the time protocol.
-      * \param pTimeProtocol        One of the defined protocols in FbxTime class.
-      */
-    void SetTimeProtocol(FbxTime::EProtocol pTimeProtocol);
-
-    /** Returns the time protocol.
-      * \return                     The currently set time protocol (default FbxTime::eFrameCount).
-      */
-    FbxTime::EProtocol GetTimeProtocol() const;
-
-    /** \enum ESnapOnFrameMode      Snap on frame mode.
-      */
-    enum ESnapOnFrameMode
-    {
-        eNoSnap,			//! No snap.
-        eSnapOnFrame,		//! Snap on frame.
-        ePlayOnFrame,		//! Play on frame.
-        eSnapAndPlayOnFrame	//! Snap and play on frame.
-    };
-
-    /** Sets the snap on frame mode.
-      * \param pSnapOnFrameMode     One of the following values: eNoSnap, eSnapOnFrame, ePlayOnFrame, or eSnapAndPlayOnFrame.
-      */
-    void SetSnapOnFrameMode(ESnapOnFrameMode pSnapOnFrameMode);
-
-    /** Returns the snap on frame mode.
-      * \return                     The currently set snap on frame mode (default eNoSnap).
-      */
-    ESnapOnFrameMode GetSnapOnFrameMode() const;
-
-    /** Sets the default time span of the time line.
-    * \param pTimeSpan                  The default time span of the time line.
-    */
-    void SetTimelineDefaultTimeSpan(const FbxTimeSpan& pTimeSpan);
-
-    /** Returns the default time span of the time line.
-    * \param pTimeSpan                  The default time span of the time line.
-    */
-    void GetTimelineDefaultTimeSpan(FbxTimeSpan& pTimeSpan) const;
-
-    /** Set custom frame rate.
-     *  This is meaningless if the time mode is not FbxTime::eCustom.
-     */
-    void SetCustomFrameRate(double pCustomFrameRate);
-
-    /** Return frame rate if the time mode is FbxTime::eCustom.
-     *  If the time mode is not FbxTime::eCustom, return -1.
-     */
-    double GetCustomFrameRate() const; 
-    //@}
-
-    /** 
-	  * \name Time Markers
-	  */
-	//@{
-        struct FBXSDK_DLL TimeMarker
-        {
-            //! Default constructor.
-            TimeMarker();
-
-            /** Copy constructor.
-              * \param pTimeMarker      Another time marker copied to this time marker.
-              */
-            TimeMarker(const TimeMarker& pTimeMarker);
-
-            /** Assignment operator.
-              * \param pTimeMarker      Another time marker assigned to this time marker.
-              */
-            TimeMarker& operator=(const TimeMarker& pTimeMarker);
-
-            //! Marker name.
-            FbxString mName; 
-
-            //! Marker time.
-            FbxTime mTime; 
-
-            //! Loop flag.
-            bool mLoop; 
-        };
-
-    /** Returns the number of time markers.
-      * \return                     The number of time markers.
-      */
-    int GetTimeMarkerCount() const;
-
-    /** Returns the time marker at the given index.
-      * \param pIndex               The time marker index.
-      * \param pStatus              The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-      * \return                     A copy of the time marker at the given index, or an empty one if an error occurred.
-      */
-    TimeMarker GetTimeMarker(int pIndex, FbxStatus* pStatus=NULL) const;
-
-    /** Adds a time marker.
-      * \param pTimeMarker          The new time marker to be added.
-      * \param pStatus              The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-      */
-    void AddTimeMarker(const TimeMarker& pTimeMarker, FbxStatus* pStatus=NULL);
-
-    /** Replaces the time marker at the specified index with the new one.
-      * \param pIndex               The time marker index.
-      * \param pTimeMarker          The new time marker.
-      * \param pStatus              The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-      */
-    void ReplaceTimeMarker(int pIndex, const TimeMarker& pTimeMarker, FbxStatus* pStatus=NULL);
-
-    //! Removes all time markers and sets the current time marker index to -1.
-    void RemoveAllTimeMarkers();
-
-    /** Sets the index of the current time marker.
-      * \param pIndex               The current time marker index.
-      * \param pStatus              The FbxStatus object to hold error codes.
-      * \return                     \c true if successful, or returns \c false if the index is not valid.
-      */
-    bool SetCurrentTimeMarker(int pIndex, FbxStatus* pStatus=NULL);
-
-    /** Returns the current time marker index.
-      * \return                     The current time marker index, or -1 if no current time marker has been set.
-      */
-    int GetCurrentTimeMarker() const;
-    //@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	virtual FbxObject& Copy(const FbxObject& pObject);
-    
-protected:
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	UpAxis;
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	UpAxisSign;
-
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	FrontAxis;
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	FrontAxisSign;
-
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	CoordAxis;
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	CoordAxisSign;
-
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	OriginalUpAxis;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxInt>	OriginalUpAxisSign;
-
-	FbxPropertyT<FbxDouble>	UnitScaleFactor;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxDouble>	OriginalUnitScaleFactor;
-
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxDouble3>    AmbientColor;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxString>     DefaultCamera;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxEnum>       TimeMode;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxEnum>       TimeProtocol;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxEnum>       SnapOnFrameMode;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxTime>       TimeSpanStart;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxTime>       TimeSpanStop;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxDouble>     CustomFrameRate;
-
-protected:
-	virtual void Construct(const FbxObject* pFrom);
-	virtual void ConstructProperties(bool pForceSet);
-	
-private:
-    void AxisSystemToProperties();
-    void PropertiesToAxisSystem();
-
-    void Init();
-
-    FbxAxisSystem mAxisSystem;    
-    int mNbTimeMarkers;
-
-    friend class FbxWriterFbx6;
- 
-    FbxProperty mTimeMarkers;
-    FbxPropertyT<FbxInt> mCurrentTimeMarker;
-    void AddSetTimeMarker(int pIndex, const TimeMarker& pTimeMarker, FbxStatus* pStatus, bool pAdd);
-
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-inline EFbxType FbxTypeOf(const FbxTime::EMode&){ return eFbxEnum; }
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GLOBAL_SETTINGS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxgobo.h

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxgobo.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GOBO_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GOBO_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstring.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/**
- * \brief A gobo is a filter placed over a spot light to project light patterns through fog on a surface.
- * You can also use an image file as a gobo, which cause the light to project an image, much like a projector. 
- */
-class FbxGobo
-{
-public:
-	FbxGobo(char* pName) :
-	  mName(pName)
-	  {
-	  }
-
-	//! Gobo name.
-    FbxString mName;
-    //! path and file name of the image file.
-    FbxString mFileName;
-    //! Flag that if shows the light projected on the ground.
-    bool mDrawGroundProjection;
-    //! Flag that lets you create a volumetric lighting effect by making the light stream visible.
-    bool mVolumetricLightProjection;
-    //! Flag that front facing light occurs when the camera view is looking down or up the light stream of a Spot light, which makes the light stream look three-dimensional.
-    bool mFrontVolumetricLightProjection;
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_GOBO_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbximporter.h

@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbximporter.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IMPORTER_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IMPORTER_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxsystemunit.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxtime.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiobase.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxprogress.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiosettings.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxstatistics.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/scene/fbxaxissystem.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-class FbxIO;
-class FbxIOFileHeaderInfo;
-class FbxDocumentInfo;
-class FbxTakeInfo;
-class FbxReader;
-class FbxThread;
-
-struct FbxImportThreadArg;
-
-/** Class to import an FBX file into SDK objects.
-* Normally this class is used as is. But for very special needs
-* a user can override Initialize() for special purpose.
-*
-* An importer will select the appropriate reader to a particular file.
-* Ex: When an importer must import an FBX 7 file, 
-* the importer will ask for all registered readers if an FBX 7 file reader is available,
-* then if a reader is found, the importer will create 
-* the specialized FBX 7 reader and read the file.
-* This way, an importer can "read" many different type of files like FBX 5/6/7, 3DS, Obj, Dxf, Collada, etc.
-* \see FbxReader
-*
-* Typical workflow for using the FbxImporter class:
-* -# create a SDKManager
-* -# create an IOSettings object
-* -# create an empty scene
-* -# create an importer
-* -# initialize the importer with a file name and IOSettings
-* -# set numerous states, take information, defining how the importer will behave
-* -# call FbxImporter::Import() with an empty scene
-* \code
-* ex:
-* // create a SdkManager
-* FbxManager *lSdkManager = FbxManager::Create();
-*
-* // create an IOSettings object
-* FbxIOSettings * ios = FbxIOSettings::Create(lSdkManager, IOSROOT );
-*
-* // set some IOSettings options 
-* ios->SetBoolProp(IMP_FBX_MATERIAL, true);
-* ios->SetBoolProp(IMP_FBX_TEXTURE,  true);
-*
-* // create an empty scene
-* FbxScene* lScene = FbxScene::Create(lSdkManager,"");
-*
-* // Create an importer.
-* FbxImporter* lImporter = FbxImporter::Create(lSdkManager, "");
-*
-* // Initialize the importer by providing a filename and the IOSettings to use
-* lImporter->Initialize("C:\\myfile.fbx", -1, ios);
-*
-* // Import the scene.
-* lImporter->Import(lScene); 
-*
-* // Destroy the importer.
-* lImporter->Destroy(); 
-* \endcode
-*
-* \remarks According to the file suffix, a specialized reader will be created internally.
-*          Ex: for .fbx files a FBX Reader, for .3ds files, a 3ds reader, etc.
-*          Supported files formats: FBX 5/6/7 Binary & ASCII, Collada, DXF, OBJ, 3DS
-* \nosubgrouping
-*/
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxImporter : public FbxIOBase
-{
-	FBXSDK_OBJECT_DECLARE(FbxImporter, FbxIOBase);
-
-public:
-	/** 
-	  * \name Import Functions
-	  */
-	//@{
-
-	/** Initialize object.
-	  * \param pFileName          Name of file to access.
-      * \param pFileFormat        file format identifier User does not need to specify it by default.
-                                  if not specified, plugin will detect the file format according to file suffix automatically.
-	  * \param pIOSettings        client IOSettings, if not specified, a default IOSettings will be created
-	  * \return                   \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-      * \remarks                  To identify the error that occurred, inspect the status object accessed 
-      *                           using the GetStatus() function.
-      * \remarks                  You do not need to give the pFileFormat if the suffix of pFileName is recognized
-	  */
-	virtual bool Initialize(const char* pFileName, int pFileFormat=-1, FbxIOSettings * pIOSettings=NULL);
-
-	/** Initialize object.
-	  *	\param pStream            stream to access.
-	  * \param pStreamData        user-defined stream data.
-      * \param pFileFormat        file format identifier User does not need to specify it by default.
-                                  if not specified, plugin will request the file format from the stream automatically.
-	  * \param pIOSettings        client IOSettings, if not specified, a default IOSettings will be created
-      *	\return                   \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-      * \remarks                  To identify the error that occurred, inspect the status object accessed 
-      *                           using the GetStatus() function.
-      * \remarks                  You do not need to give the pFileFormat if the suffix of pFileName is recognized
-      */
-	virtual bool Initialize(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData=NULL, const int pFileFormat=-1, FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings=NULL);
-
-	/** Get the FBX version number of the FBX file.
-	  * FBX version numbers start at 5.0.0.
-	  * \param pMajor        Version major number.
-	  * \param pMinor        Version minor number.
-	  * \param pRevision     Version revision number.
-	  *	\remarks             This function must be called after FbxImporter::Initialize().	  
-	  */
-	void GetFileVersion(int& pMajor, int& pMinor, int& pRevision);
-
-	/**	Get the default rendering resolution if present in the file header.
-	  * \param pCamName            Returned name of the camera.
-	  * \param pResolutionMode     Returned resolution mode.
-	  * \param pW                  Returned width.
-	  * \param pH                  Returned height.
-	  * \return                    \c true if the default rendering settings are defined in the file, otherwise
-	  *                            returns \c false with empty parameters.
-	  */
-	bool GetDefaultRenderResolution(FbxString& pCamName, FbxString& pResolutionMode, double& pW, double& pH);
-
-	/**	Get the complete file header information.
-	  * \return		valid pointer to the complete header information
-	  */
-	FbxIOFileHeaderInfo* GetFileHeaderInfo();
-
-	/** \enum EStreamOptionsGeneration Stream options identifiers.
-	  * - \e eParseFile			Parse the file
-	  * - \e eDoNotParseFile	Do not parse the file.
-	  */
-	enum EStreamOptionsGeneration
-	{
-		eParseFile,		// Parse the file
-		eDoNotParseFile	// Do not parse the file (fast)
-	};
-
-    /** Read the currently opened file header to retrieve information related to takes.
-	  * \param pStreamOptionsGeneration     Stream options identifier.
-	  *	\return                \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-	  * \remarks                            Caller gets ownership of the returned structure.
-      */
- 	  bool GetImportOptions(EStreamOptionsGeneration pStreamOptionsGeneration = eParseFile);	
-
-    /** Read the currently opened file header to retrieve information related to takes.
-	  * \param pFbxObject     Target FBX file.
-	  *	\return                \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-	  * \remarks              Caller gets ownership of the returned structure.
-      */
-	  bool GetImportOptions(FbxIO* pFbxObject);
-
-    /** Import the currently opened file into a scene. 
-      * \param pDocument          Document to fill with file content.
-	  * \param pNonBlocking       If true, the import process will be executed in a new thread, allowing it to be non-blocking.
-	                              To determine if the import finished, refer to the function IsImporting().
-	  *	\return                   \c true on success, \c false otherwise.
-      * \remarks                  To identify the error that occurred, inspect the status object accessed 
-      *                           using the GetStatus() function.
-	  *                           If the imported file is password protected and the password is not
-	  *                           set or wrong, the FbxStatus object access with GetStatus() will be set with
-	  *                           FbxStatus::ePasswordError.
-      */
-	  bool Import(FbxDocument* pDocument, bool pNonBlocking=false);
-
-#if  !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN) 
-    /** Check if the importer is currently importing.
-	  * \param pImportResult  This parameter, after the import finished, will contain the result of the import success or failure.
-      * \return               Return true if the importer is currently importing.
-	  * \remarks              This function will always return false if Import() was called with pNonBlocking set to false.
-	  *                       This function should be used only in the context of pNonBlocking set to true.
-	  *                       It is very important to periodically check if the import finished using this function,
-      *                       since it will also free up the thread's allocations when its done.
-      */
-	  bool IsImporting(bool& pImportResult);
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN) */
-
-	/** Get the progress status in non-blocking mode.
-	  *	\param pStatus Optional current status string.
-      *	\return Percentage of the finished workload
-	  */
-      float GetProgress(FbxString* pStatus=NULL);
-
-    /** Register a callback function for progress reporting in single thread mode.
-      *	\param pCallback Pointer of the callback function.
-	  * \param pArgs pointer to the arguments passed to the callback function.
-      */
-      void SetProgressCallback(FbxProgressCallback pCallback, void* pArgs=NULL);
-
-    /** Explicitly set the embedding extraction folder. If this is never called, the FBX SDK will determine the best folder to extract embedded files.
-      * \param pExtractFolder The file path name where the embedded files should be extracted.
-      */
-	void SetEmbeddingExtractionFolder(const char* pExtractFolder);
-
-	/** Retrieve the current folder destination where the embedded files will be extracted. This might not be initialized until file I/O is performed.
-	  */
-	const char* GetEmbeddingExtractionFolder();
-
-	/** Access to a IOSettings object.
-      * \return The pointer to IOSettings or \c NULL \c if the object has not been allocated.
-      */
- 	  FbxIOSettings* GetIOSettings();
-
-	/** Set the IOSettings pointer
-	  * \param pIOSettings Point to a FbxIOSettings object.
-	  */
-	  void SetIOSettings(FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings);
-
-	/** Set the password.
-	  * All subsequently imported files are opened with the given password.
-      * \param pPassword     Password string.
-      */
-      void SetPassword(char* pPassword);
-
-	/** 
-	  * \name Animation Stack Description Access
-	  * \see FbxAnimStack
-	  */
-	//@{
-	
-    /** Get the number of available animation stacks in the file.
-      * \return      Number of animation stacks.
-      *	\remarks     This function must be called after FbxImporter::Initialize().
-      */
-      int GetAnimStackCount();
-
-	/** Get the take information about an available take.
-	  * Use the returned reference to a FbxTakeInfo object to set whether the indexed take is imported.
-	  *	\param pIndex     Index of the requested take.
-	  *	\return           Take information or \c NULL if function failed.
-	  *	\remarks          This function must be called after FbxImporter::Initialize().
-	  */
-	  FbxTakeInfo* GetTakeInfo(int pIndex);
-
-    /** Return the active animation stack name.
-      * \return     Active animation stack name if there is one, otherwise returns an empty string.
-      * \remarks    This function must be called after FbxImporter::Initialize().
-      */
-      FbxString GetActiveAnimStackName();
-
-	//@}
-
-	/** 
-	  * \name Scene Description Access
-	  */
-	//@{
-
-	/** Get the scene info.
-	  * \return     Pointer to the scene info or \c NULL if no scene information
-	  *             is available in the file.
-	  */
-	FbxDocumentInfo* GetSceneInfo();
-
-	//@}
-	/** 
-	  * \name File Format
-	  */
-	//@{
-
-	/** Returns the index of the reader (FbxReader) associated with the file format. 
-	    This index is considered the identifier of the file format. 
-		The array of registered readers can't be retrieved. 
-		\return Index of the registered FbxReader associated with the file format. 
-		        If no reader found return -1.
-		\remarks According to the number of readers registered this value can change 
-		         for the same reader between SDK Manager instantiations.
-	*/
-	int GetFileFormat ();
-
-	/** \return     \c true if the file format is a recognized FBX format.
-	  */
-	bool IsFBX();
-	//@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxFile* GetFile();
-    FbxStream* GetStream();
-    void*      GetStreamData();
-
-	void ParseForGlobalSettings(bool pState);
-    void ParseForStatistics(bool pState);
-	bool GetAxisInfo(FbxAxisSystem* pAxisSystem, FbxSystemUnit* pSystemUnits);
-    bool GetStatistics(FbxStatistics* pStatistics);
-	bool GetFrameRate(FbxTime::EMode &pTimeMode);
-
-protected:
-	virtual void Construct(const FbxObject* pFrom);
-	virtual void Destruct(bool pRecursive);
-	virtual void SetOrCreateIOSettings(FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings, bool pAllowNULL);
-
-	void Reset();
-    bool FileOpen(FbxFile* pFile = NULL);
-	bool FileOpen(FbxStream* pStream, void* pStreamData);
-	void FileClose();
-
-	void GetImportOptionsInfo();
-    bool IsNativeExtension ();
-
-	//These two internal functions are only used to read old character pose data
-	bool Initialize(FbxFile* pFile, const int pFileFormat=-1, FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings=NULL);
-	bool Import(FbxDocument* pDocument, FbxIO* pFbxObject);
-
-private:
-	bool ImportProcess(FbxDocument* pDocument);
-
-    int						mFileFormat;
-    FbxReader*				mReader;
-	FbxString				mExtractFolder;
-    bool					mParseForGlobalSettings;
-    FbxAxisSystem			mAxisSystem;
-    FbxSystemUnit			mSystemUnits;
-	FbxTime::EMode			mFrameRate;
-    bool					mParseForStatistics;
-    FbxStatistics			mStatistics;
-#if  !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE) && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN) 
-	FbxThread*				mImportThread;
-	FbxImportThreadArg*		mImportThreadArg;
-	bool					mImportThreadResult;
-	bool					mIsThreadImporting;
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE && !defined(FBXSDK_ENV_EMSCRIPTEN) */
-    FbxProgress				mProgress;
-    FbxFile*				mFile;
-	FbxStream*				mStream;
-	void*					mStreamData;
-	bool					mImportOptionsDone;
-	FbxArray<FbxTakeInfo*>	mTakeInfo;
-	FbxDocumentInfo*		mSceneInfo;
-	FbxString				mActiveAnimStackName;
-	int						mMajorVersion;
-	int						mMinorVersion;
-	int						mRevisionVersion;
-	FbxIOFileHeaderInfo*	mHeaderInfo;
-	FbxIOSettings*			mIOSettings;
-	bool					mClientIOSettings;
-
-	//For Initialize and Import
-	friend class FbxReaderFbx5;
-	friend class FbxReaderFbx6;
-	friend struct FbxReaderFbx7_Impl;
-
-	friend void ImportThread(void*);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-//! Event that is emitted to plugins before a FBX file has been imported.
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEventPreImport : public FbxEvent<FbxEventPreImport>
-{
-    FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(FbxEventPreImport);
-public:
-    inline FbxEventPreImport( FbxDocument* pDocument ) : mDocument(pDocument) {};
-
-    //! The document the FBX file is to be imported into.
-    FbxDocument* mDocument; 
-};
-
-//! Event that is emitted to plugins after a FBX file has been imported.
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxEventPostImport : public FbxEvent<FbxEventPostImport>
-{
-    FBXSDK_EVENT_DECLARE(FbxEventPostImport);
-public:
-    inline FbxEventPostImport( FbxDocument* pDocument ) : mDocument(pDocument) {};
-
-    //! The imported document
-    FbxDocument* mDocument; 
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IMPORTER_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiobase.h

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxiobase.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_BASE_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_BASE_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxobject.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/core/base/fbxstatus.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#define FBXSDK_IO_END_NODE_STR "_End"
-
-/** \brief Base class for FBX file importer and exporter.
-  * \nosubgrouping
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxIOBase : public FbxObject
-{
-    FBXSDK_OBJECT_DECLARE(FbxIOBase, FbxObject);
-
-public:
-    /** Initializes the object.
-      * \param pFileName     The name of the file to access.
-      * \param pFileFormat   Unused in this class implementation.
-      * \param pIOSettings   Unused in this class implementation.
-      * \return              \c True if successful, returns \c False otherwise.
-      * \remarks             To identify the error, inspect \e mStatus.
-      */
-    virtual bool Initialize(const char *pFileName, int pFileFormat=-1, FbxIOSettings* pIOSettings=NULL);
-
-    /** Returns the file name.
-       * \return     The file name or an empty string if no filename has been set.
-       */
-    virtual FbxString GetFileName();
-
-    //! Get the status object containing the success or failure state.
-    FbxStatus& GetStatus() { return mStatus; }
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-protected:
-	virtual void Construct(const FbxObject* pFrom);
-
-    int DetectReaderFileFormat(const char *pFileName);
-    int DetectWriterFileFormat(const char *pFileName);
-    
-    FbxStatus   mStatus;
-    FbxString	mFilename;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_BASE_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiopluginregistry.h

@@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxiopluginregistry.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_PLUGIN_REGISTRY_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_PLUGIN_REGISTRY_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxreader.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxwriter.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-/**	\brief This class serves as the registrar for file formats.
-  * A file format must be registered when it is used by the FBX SDK.
-  *
-  * This class also lets you create and read formats other than FBX SDK native formats.
-  * Users of FBX SDK can write their own plug-ins to read or write arbitrary file formats.
-  * Once their plug-ins are registered in this class, FBX SDK is able to read or write
-  * these file formats.
-  *
-  * Each FbxManager has a unique FbxIOPluginRegistry. To get an instance of this class:
-  * \code
-  * FbxIOPluginRegistry* registry = manager->GetIOPluginRegistry();
-  * \endcode
-  * \see FbxManager::GetIOPluginRegistry()
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxIOPluginRegistry
-{
-public:
-
-    /** Constructor.
-      */
-    FbxIOPluginRegistry();
-
-    /** Destructor.
-      */
-	virtual ~FbxIOPluginRegistry();
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	/** Registers a Reader from a plug-in path.
-	  *	\param pPluginPath          The plug-in path.
-	  * \param pFirstPluginID       Contains the ID of the first plug-in found.
-	  * \param pRegisteredCount     Contains the number of registered Readers.
-	  * \param pOverride			Override any existing writer that is using the same extension. 
-	  */
-	void RegisterReader(const char* pPluginPath,
-						int& pFirstPluginID,
-						int& pRegisteredCount,
-						bool pOverride = false);
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-	/** Registers a Reader.
-	  *	\param pCreateF             The function that creates the Reader to be registered.
-	  * \param pInfoF               The function that provides information about the Reader file format, such as the file extension and description. 
-	  * \param pFirstPluginID       Contains the ID of the first plug-in found.
-	  * \param pRegisteredCount     Contains the number of registered Readers.
-	  * \param pIOSettingsFillerF   The function that fills the IO settings for the Reader. 
-	  * \param pOverride			Override any existing writer that is using the same extension. 
-	  */
-	void RegisterReader(FbxReader::CreateFuncType pCreateF, 
-						FbxReader::GetInfoFuncType pInfoF,
-						int& pFirstPluginID,
-						int& pRegisteredCount,
-						FbxReader::IOSettingsFillerFuncType pIOSettingsFillerF = NULL,
-						bool pOverride = false);
-
-#ifndef FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE
-	/** Registers a Writer from a plug-in path
-	  *	\param pPluginPath          The plug-in path.
-	  * \param pFirstPluginID       Contains the ID of the first plug-in found.
-	  * \param pRegisteredCount     Contains the number of registered Writers.
-	  * \param pOverride			Override any existing writer that is using the same extension. 
-	  */
-	void RegisterWriter(const char* pPluginPath,
-						int& pFirstPluginID,
-						int& pRegisteredCount,
-						bool pOverride = false);
-#endif /* !FBXSDK_ENV_WINSTORE */
-
-	/** Registers a Writer.
-	  *	\param pCreateF             The function that creates the Writer to be registered. 
-	  * \param pInfoF               The function that provides information about the Writer file format, such as the file extension, description and version. 
-	  * \param pFirstPluginID       Contains the ID of the first plug-in found.
-	  * \param pRegisteredCount     Contains the number of registered Writers.
-	  * \param pIOSettingsFillerF   The function that fills the IO settings for the Writer. 
-	  * \param pOverride			Override any existing writer that is using the same extension. 
-	  */
-	void RegisterWriter(FbxWriter::CreateFuncType pCreateF, 
-						FbxWriter::GetInfoFuncType pInfoF,
-						int& pFirstPluginID,
-						int& pRegisteredCount,
-						FbxWriter::IOSettingsFillerFuncType pIOSettingsFillerF = NULL,
-						bool pOverride = false);
-
-	/** Creates a Reader.
-	*	\param pManager         The SDK Manager where the Reader is created.
-	  *	\param pImporter        The importer that holds the created Reader.
-	  * \param pPluginID        The Reader ID.
-	  */
-	FbxReader* CreateReader(FbxManager& pManager, 
-							 FbxImporter& pImporter, 
-							 int pPluginID) const;
-
-	/** Creates a Writer.
-	  * \param pManager         The SDK Manager where the Writer is created.
-	  *	\param pExporter        The exporter that holds the created Writer.
-	  * \param pPluginID        The Writer ID.
-	  */
-	FbxWriter* CreateWriter(FbxManager& pManager, 
-							 FbxExporter& pExporter,
-							 int pPluginID) const;
-
-	/** Searches for the Reader ID by the file extension.
-	  * \param pExt             The file extension.
-	  *	\return                 The Reader ID if found, if not found, returns -1
-	  */
-	int FindReaderIDByExtension(const char* pExt) const;
-
-	/** Searches for the Writer ID by the file extension.
-	  * \param pExt             The file extension.	  
-	  *	\return                 The Writer ID if found, if not found, returns -1
-	  */
-	int FindWriterIDByExtension(const char* pExt) const;
-	
-	/** Searches for the Reader ID by the file format description.
-	  * \param pDesc            The file format description.	  
-	  *	\return                 The Reader ID if found, if not found, returns -1
-	  */
-	int FindReaderIDByDescription(const char* pDesc) const;
-
-	/** Searches for the Writer ID by the file format description.
-	  * \param pDesc            The file format description.	  
-	  *	\return                 The Writer ID if found, if not found, returns -1.
-	  */
-	int FindWriterIDByDescription(const char* pDesc) const;
-	
-	/** Verifies if the file format of the Reader is FBX.
-	  * \param pFileFormat      The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                 \c True if the file format of the Reader is FBX, return \c false otherwise..
-	  */
-	bool ReaderIsFBX(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Verifies if the file format of the Writer is FBX.
-	  * \param pFileFormat      The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                 \c True if the file format of the Writer is FBX, return \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool WriterIsFBX(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Verifies if the file format of the Reader is genuine (internal).
-      * \param pFileFormat      The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                 \c True if the file format of the Reader is FBX, DXF, 3DS, OBJ and DAE, return \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool ReaderIsGenuine(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Verifies if the file format of the Writer is genuine (internal).
-      * \param pFileFormat      The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                 \c True if the file format of the Writer is FBX, DXF, 3DS, OBJ and DAE, return \c false otherwise.
-	  */
-	bool WriterIsGenuine(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Returns the number of file formats that can be imported. 
-	  *	\return     The number of importable formats.
-	  */
-	int GetReaderFormatCount() const;
-
-	/** Returns the number of file formats that can be exported.
-	  *	\return      The number of exportable formats.
-	  * \remarks     Multiple identifiers for the same format count as 
-	  *              different file formats. For example, eFBX_BINARY, eFBX_ASCII and eFBX_ENCRYPTED
-	  *              are counted as three separate file formats.
-	  */
-	int GetWriterFormatCount() const;
-
-	/** Returns the description of an importable file format.
-	  *	\param pFileFormat     The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                A pointer to the character representation of the description.
-	  */
-	const char* GetReaderFormatDescription(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Returns the description of an exportable file format.
-	  *	\param pFileFormat     The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                A pointer to the character representation of the description.
-	  */
-	const char* GetWriterFormatDescription(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Returns an importable file format's file extension.
-	  *	\param pFileFormat     The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                A pointer to the character representation of the file extension.
-	  */
-	const char* GetReaderFormatExtension(int pFileFormat) const;
-	
-	/** Returns an exportable file format's file extension.
-	  *	\param pFileFormat     The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                A pointer to the character representation of the file extension.
-	  */
-	const char* GetWriterFormatExtension(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Returns a list of the writable file format versions.
-	  *	\param pFileFormat     The file format identifier.
-	  *	\return                A pointer to a list of user-readable strings that represent the versions.
-	  */
-	char const* const* GetWritableVersions(int pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Detects the import (reader) file format specified for the file.
-	  * \param pFileName       The file whose file format is to be determined.
-	  * \param pFileFormat     It equals the file format identifier if this function returns \c true. If this function returns \c false, it is unmodified.
-	  * \return                \c True if the file has been determined successfully, 
-	  *                        returns \c false otherwise.
-	  * \remarks               This function attempts to detect the specified file's file format based on the file extension and, 
-	  *                        in some cases, its content. This function may not be able to determine all file formats.
-	  *                        Use this function as a helper before calling \c SetFileFormat().
-	  * \note                  The file must be unlocked (already open) for this function to succeed.
-	  */
-	bool DetectReaderFileFormat(const char* pFileName, int& pFileFormat) const;
-
-	/** Detects the export (writer) file format specified for the file.
-	  * \param pFileName       The file whose file format is to be determined.
-	  * \param pFileFormat     It equals the file format identifier if this function returns \c true. If this function returns \c false, it is unmodified.
-	  * \return                \c True if the file has been determined successfully, 
-	  *                        returns \c false otherwise.
-	  * \remarks               This function attempts to detect the specified file's file format based on the file extension and, 
-	  *                        in some cases, its content. This function may not be able to determine all file formats.
-	  *                        Use this function as a helper before calling \c SetFileFormat().
-	  * \note                  The file must be unlocked (already open) for this function to succeed.
-	  */
-	bool DetectWriterFileFormat(const char* pFileName, int& pFileFormat) const;
-	
-	/** Returns the file format of the native Reader.
-	  *	\return     The ID of the native Reader's file format.
-	  */
-	int GetNativeReaderFormat();
-
-	/** Returns the file format of the native Writer.
-	  *	\return     The ID of the native Writer's file format.
-	  */
-	int GetNativeWriterFormat();
-
-	/** Fills the IO Settings for all registered readers.
-	  *	\param pIOS			   The IO settings to be filled.
-	  */
-	void FillIOSettingsForReadersRegistered(FbxIOSettings & pIOS);
-
-    /** Fills the IO Settings for all registered writers.
-	  *	\param pIOS			   The IO settings to be filled.
-	  */
-	void FillIOSettingsForWritersRegistered(FbxIOSettings & pIOS);
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-private:
-	void RegisterInternalIOPlugins();
-
-	struct ReaderPluginEntry
-	{
-		ReaderPluginEntry(const char* pExtension, const char* pDescription, FbxReader::CreateFuncType pCreatorFunction, int pBaseID,
-			FbxReader::IOSettingsFillerFuncType pIOSettingsFillerFunction=NULL);
-		
-		const char*								mExtension;
-		const char*								mDescription;
-		FbxReader::CreateFuncType				mCreatorFunction;
-		FbxReader::IOSettingsFillerFuncType	mIOSettingsFillerFunction;
-		int										mBaseID;
-		bool									mIsFBX;
-		bool									mIsInternalPlugin;
-	};
-	
-	struct WriterPluginEntry
-	{
-		WriterPluginEntry(const char* pExtension, const char* pDescription, char const* const* pVersions, FbxWriter::CreateFuncType pCreatorFunction, int pBaseID,
-			FbxWriter::IOSettingsFillerFuncType pIOSettingsFillerFunction=NULL);
-		
-		const char*								mExtension;
-		const char*								mDescription;
-		char const* const*						mVersions;
-		FbxWriter::CreateFuncType				mCreatorFunction;
-		FbxWriter::IOSettingsFillerFuncType	mIOSettingsFillerFunction;
-		int										mBaseID;
-		bool									mIsFBX;
-		bool									mIsInternalPlugin;
-	};
-
-	FbxArray<ReaderPluginEntry*>	mReaders;
-	FbxArray<WriterPluginEntry*>	mWriters;
-	int									mNativeReaderFormat;
-	int									mNativeWriterFormat;
-	bool								mInternalPluginMode;
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_PLUGIN_REGISTRY_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiosettings.h

@@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxiosettings.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_SETTINGS_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_SETTINGS_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/core/fbxobject.h>
-#include <fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiosettingspath.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-//Undefine the macro mkdir, since it conflict with function mkdir in Qt\4.2.3\src\corelib\io\qdir.h
-#if (defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__)) && defined(mkdir)
-	#undef mkdir
-#endif
-
-#define IOSVisible    true
-#define IOSHidden     false
-
-#define IOSSavable    true
-#define IOSNotSavable false
-
-#define IOSEnabled    true
-#define IOSDisabled   false
-
-#define IOSBinary     0
-#define IOSASCII      1
-
-class FbxManager;
-class FbxIOSettings;
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-class FbxIOPropInfo
-{
-public:
-	FbxIOPropInfo();
-    ~FbxIOPropInfo();
-
-	void*			UIWidget;            // UI widget for showing the property
-	void*			cbValueChanged;      // call back when value changed
-    void*			cbDirty;             // call back when value changed
-    FbxStringList	labels;              // list of labels in many languages
-};
-
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxIOInfo
-{
-public:
-	enum EImpExp {eImport, eExport};
-
-    FbxIOInfo();
-
-    void Reset(EImpExp pImpExp);
-    void SetTimeMode(FbxTime::EMode pTimeMode, double pCustomFrameRate = 0.0);
-    FbxTime::EMode GetTimeMode(){ return mTimeMode; }
-    FbxTime GetFramePeriod();
-    void SetASFScene(FbxObject* pASFScene, bool pASFSceneOwned = false);
-    FbxObject* GetASFScene(){ return mASFScene; }
-	void Set_IOS(FbxIOSettings* pIOS){ios = pIOS;}
-	void SetImportExportMode(EImpExp pImpExp){mImpExp = pImpExp;}
-
-private: 
-    FbxTime::EMode	mTimeMode;
-    FbxObject*		mASFScene;
-    EImpExp			mImpExp;
-	FbxIOSettings*	ios;
-};
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-
-/** FbxIOSettings is a collection of properties, arranged as a tree, that 
-  * can be used by FBX file readers and writers to represent import and export
-  * options. 
-  * It is primarily used by FBX importers (FbxImporter) and FBX exporter (FbxExporter) 
-  * when reading or writing data from or to a disk. 
-  * The FBX plugins of some Autodesk products expose a UI representing the content of those options
-  * to let users see and choose options when an import or export operation is about to be done.
-  * The tree of options is extensible.
-  * 
-  * Options can be saved or loaded from an XML file using the functions: 
-  * ReadXMLFile(), WriteXMLFile(), WriteXmlPropToFile(). This functionality can be useful 
-  * for plugins that use preset files. 
-  *
-  * An instance of FbxIOSettings must be created to be used before an import/export operation.
-  * When a new FbxIOSettings instance is created, all options are created with default values.
-  * The new instance of FbxIOSettings can be passed to the FbxManager, 
-  * this way that instance will be used by all import/export operations.
-  *
-  * Ex: to set an instance of FbxIOSettings to the FbxManager
-  *
-  * \code
-  * // First create a new instance of FbxIOSettings
-  * FbxIOSettings * ios = FbxIOSettings::Create((FbxManager *) mManager, IOSROOT);
-  * // then set the FbxManager
-  * mManager->SetIOSettings(ios);
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * It's also possible for a developer to create another instance
-  * of FbxIOSettings, set particular options and use it for import/export operation.
-  *
-  * Ex: to set an instance of FbxIOSettings to a FbxImporter/FbxExporter
-  * \code
-  * mImporter->SetIOSettings(ios); / mExporter->SetIOSettings(ios);
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * A schematic view of the FbxIOSettings tree :
-  *
-  * \verbatim
-  
-                                         OPTION_GROUP_ROOT (IOSROOT)
-                                         |
-                                         |
-                     ________________________________________
-                     |                                      |     
-                     -OPTION_GROUP_EXPORT (IOSN_EXPORT)     -OPTION_GROUP_IMPORT (IOSN_IMPORT)
-                          |                                      |
-                          -OPTION_GROUP_A                        -OPTION_GROUP_A
-                          |     |                                |     |
-                          |     -OPTION_A                        |     -OPTION_A
-                          |     -OPTION_B                        |     -OPTION_B
-                          |                                      |
-                          -OPTION_GROUP_B                        -OPTION_GROUP_B
-                          |     |                                |     |
-                          |     -OPTION_GROUP_A                  |     -OPTION_GROUP_A
-                          |     |     |                          |     |     |
-                          |     |     -OPTION_A                  |     |     -OPTION_A
-                          |     |     -OPTION_B                  |     |     -OPTION_B
-                          |     |                                |     |
-                          |     -OPTION_GROUP_B                  |     -OPTION_GROUP_B
-                          |           |                          |           |
-                          |           -OPTION_A                  |           -OPTION_A
-                          |           -OPTION_B                  |           -OPTION_B 
-                          |                                      |
-                          -OPTION_GROUP_C                        -OPTION_GROUP_C
-                                |                                      |
-                                -OPTION_A                              -OPTION_A
-  
-  \endverbatim
-  *
-  * Any group of options can contain sub options, or group of sub options.
-  * To access an option value, we must pass the full path to the Get/Set functions
-  * Ex: 
-  * \code
-  * ios->GetBoolProp("Import|IncludeGrp|Animation", true); // the root node name is not required
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * All options path are defined in the file kfbxiosettingspath.h to ease the access of any options.
-  * Then "Import|IncludeGrp|Animation" == IMP_ANIMATION since IMP_ANIMATION is defined in kfbxiosettingspath.h
-  * All options defined path start with "IMP_" for import branch or "EXP_" for export branch.
-  *
-  * We strongly encourage to use the defined path in kfbxiosettingspath.h, this way if the parent group of an option is changed
-  * the change occur only in kfbxiosettingspath.h not in the code elsewhere.
-  *
-  * Ex: to get the boolean import "Animation" option
-  * \code
-  * bool anim = ios->GetBoolProp(IMP_ANIMATION, true); // will return true if not found, since we pass true as second param
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * Ex: to set the boolean import "Animation" option to false
-  * \code
-  * ios->SetBoolProp(IMP_ANIMATION, false);
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * Ex: to create a new option group under the "Import" branch
-  * \code
-  * // get the parent "Import" property
-  * FbxProperty import_Group = ios->GetProperty( IOSN_IMPORT ); // IOSN_IMPORT is defined as "Import" in kfbxiosettingspath.h
-  * if(import_Group.IsValid()) // check if we have found the IOSN_IMPORT parent option
-  * {
-  *     // add a new group of options "myOptionGroup"
-  *		FbxProperty myOptionGrp = ios->AddPropertyGroup(import_Group, "myOptionGroup", FbxStringDT, "My Option Group UI Label");
-  * }
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * Ex: to create a new boolean option under the "myOptionGroup"
-  * \code
-  * FbxProperty myOptionGrp = ios->GetProperty( "Import|myOptionGroup" ); // can also use IOSN_IMPORT|"myOptionGroup"
-  * if(myOptionGrp.IsValid()) // check if we have found the "myOptionGroup"
-  * {
-  *     bool defaultValue = true;
-  *		FbxProperty myOption = ios->AddProperty(myOptionGrp, "myOptionName", FbxBoolDT, "My Option UI label" , &defaultValue, eFbxBool);
-  * }
-  * \endcode
-  *
-  * Ex: to set some flags to myOption
-  * \code
-  * FbxProperty myOption = ios->GetProperty( "Import|myOptionGroup|myOptionName" );
-  * if(myOption.IsValid())
-  * {
-  *		myOPtion.ModifyFlag(FbxPropertyFlags::eUIHidden, true);   // to make that option not visible to the UI
-  *		myOPtion.ModifyFlag(FbxPropertyFlags::eNotSavable, true); // to avoid the read/save of that option in XML file
-  * }
-  * \endcode
-  */
-class FBXSDK_DLL FbxIOSettings : public FbxObject
-{
-	FBXSDK_OBJECT_DECLARE(FbxIOSettings, FbxObject);
-
-public:
-	//! Supported languages enumeration list
-	enum ELanguage
-	{
-		eENU,			//!< 409 English - United States
-		eDEU,			//!< 407 German - Germany
-		eFRA,			//!< 40c French - France
-		eJPN,			//!< 411 Japanese - Japan
-		eKOR,			//!< 412 Korean(Extended Wansung) - Korea 
-		eCHS,			//!< 804 Chinese - PRC
-		eLanguageCount	//!< Total language count
-	};
-
-	/** Add a property group under the root prop to be a direct child of IOSROOT
-	  * \param pName
-	  * \param pDataType
-	  * \param pLabel
-	  * \return a new FbxProperty created
-	  */
-	FbxProperty AddPropertyGroup(const char* pName, const FbxDataType& pDataType=FbxDataType(), const char* pLabel="");
-
-	/** Add a property group under another parent property
-	  * \param pParentProperty
-	  * \param pName
-	  * \param pDataType
-	  * \param pLabel   (optional, used by the UI as widget label)
-	  * \param pVisible (used by the UI to show or not that property)
-	  * \param pSavable (to enable a read & write to an XML file)
-	  * \param pEnabled (used by the widget UI to show enabled or disabled)
-	  * \return a new FbxProperty created
-	  */
-	FbxProperty AddPropertyGroup(const FbxProperty& pParentProperty, const char* pName, const FbxDataType& pDataType = FbxDataType(), 
-								  const char* pLabel  = "", bool pVisible = true, bool pSavable = true, bool pEnabled = true );
-
-	/** Add a property under another parent property with a value to set
-	  * \param pParentProperty
-	  * \param pName
-	  * \param pDataType
-	  * \param pLabel      (optional, used by the UI as widget label)
-	  * \param pValue
-	  * \param pVisible    (used by the UI to show or not that property)
-	  * \param pSavable    (to enable a read & write to an XML file)
-	  * \param pEnabled    (used by the widget UI to show enabled or disabled)
-	  * \return a new FbxProperty created
-	  */		  
-	FbxProperty AddProperty(const FbxProperty& pParentProperty, const char* pName, const FbxDataType& pDataType = FbxDataType(), 
-							 const char* pLabel = "", const void* pValue = NULL, bool pVisible = true,
-							 bool pSavable = true, bool pEnabled = true );
-
-		/** Add a property under another parent property with a value to set and a min max values
-		  * \param pParentProperty
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDataType
-		  * \param pLabel     (optional, used by the UI as widget label)
-		  * \param pValue
-		  * \param pMinValue
-		  * \param pMaxValue
-		  * \param pVisible   (used by the UI to show or not that property)
-		  * \param pSavable   (to enable a read & write to an XML file)
-		  * \param pEnabled   (used by the widget UI to show enabled or disabled)
-		  * \return a new FbxProperty created
-		  * \remarks Normally used with numeric properties Ex: integer, float, double, etc.
-		  */		  		  
-	FbxProperty AddPropertyMinMax(const FbxProperty& pParentProperty, const char* pName, const FbxDataType& pDataType = FbxDataType(), 
-								   const char* pLabel = "", const void* pValue = NULL, const double* pMinValue = NULL, const double* pMaxValue = NULL,
-								   bool pVisible = true, bool pSavable = true, bool pEnabled = true );
-
-
-		/** Get a property using the full path in the tree ex: "Export|IncludeGrp|Animation"
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \return a FbxProperty found
-		  * \remarks We strongly encourage to use the defined path in kfbxiosettingspath.h
-		  * ex: EXP_ANIMATION == "Export|IncludeGrp|Animation"
-		  */
-	FbxProperty GetProperty(const char* pName) const;
-
-		/** Get a property using a short path found under the parent property.
-		  * \param pParentProperty
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \return a FbxProperty found
-		  * \remarks This is a faster way to access a property when the parent is known
-		  */
-	FbxProperty GetProperty(const FbxProperty& pParentProperty, const char* pName) const;
-
-        /** Get a bool property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDefValue  Value returned if the property is not found
-		  * \return true or false
-		  */
-	bool GetBoolProp(const char* pName, bool pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** set a bool property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue
-		  */
-	void SetBoolProp(const char* pName, bool pValue);
-
-        /** Get a double property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDefValue Value returned if the property is not found
-		  * \return a double
-		  */
-	double GetDoubleProp(const char* pName, double pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** Set a double property using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue
-		  */
-	void   SetDoubleProp(const char* pName, double pValue);
-
-        /** Get a int property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDefValue Value returned if the property is not found
-		  * \return a int
-		  */
-	int    GetIntProp(const char* pName, int pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** Set a int property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue
-		  */
-	void   SetIntProp(const char* pName, int pValue);
-
-        /** Get a FbxTime property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName 
-		  * \param pDefValue  Value returned if the property is not found
-		  */
-	FbxTime  GetTimeProp(const char* pName, FbxTime pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** Set a FbxTime property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName 
-		  * \param pValue
-		  * \return a FbxTime
-		  */
-	void   SetTimeProp(const char* pName, FbxTime pValue);
-
-		/** \name Enum Properties 
-          * An enum property is a list of FbxString and integer pairs.
-		  * A current index value is available to get the selected pair
-		  * of FbxString+integer
-		  *
-		  * Ex: Content of an enum property
-          * \code
-		  *    0 -> (14, "Bird")
-		  *    1 -> (17, "Horse")
-		  *    2 -> (93, "Cat")
-		  *    3 -> (45, "Dog")
-		  * \endcode
-          * 
-		  *    If current index is 2: the current int value is 93, 
-		  *    and the current FbxString value is "Cat"
-		  */    		
-    
-    //@{
-	
-        /** Get the FbxString at current index of an enum property using the full path.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDefValue Value returned if the property is not found
-		  * \return a FbxString
-		  */
-	FbxString GetEnumProp(const char* pName, FbxString pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** Get the integer at current index of an enum property using the full path.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDefValue Value returned if the property is not found
-		  * \return a int
-		  */
-	int     GetEnumProp(const char* pName, int pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** Get the index of a FbxString from the enum property using the full path.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue Return -1 if the FbxString is not found
-		  * \return a int
-		  */
-	int     GetEnumIndex(const char* pName, FbxString pValue) const;
-
-		/** Set the current index using an existing FbxString of an enum property using the full path.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue
-		  * \remarks The current index will not change if the FbxString is not found
-		  */
-	void    SetEnumProp(const char* pName, FbxString pValue);
-
-		/** Set the current index of an enum property using the full path.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue
-		  * \remarks The current index will not change if the pValue is out of bound
-		  */
-	void    SetEnumProp(const char* pName, int pValue);
-
-		/** Remove a pair of FbxString+integer from an enum property.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue The FbxString to find
-		  * \remarks The first FbxString found from 0 index will be removed only even 
-		  * if the same FbxString exist in other index, if the current index was on the FbxString found
-		  * the current index will be set to 0
-		  */
-	void    RemoveEnumPropValue(const char* pName, FbxString pValue);
-
-		/** Empty all the FbxString+integer pair of the enum property
-          * \param pName
-		  */
-	void    EmptyEnumProp(const char* pName);
-
-		/** Check if a FbxString is present in the enum property.
-		  * \param &pProp a ref to an enum prop
-		  * \param &enumString ref to a FbxString to find
-		  * \return \c true if found, \c false otherwise. 
-		  */
-	bool	IsEnumExist(FbxProperty& pProp, const FbxString& enumString) const;
-
-		/** Get the enum index of a FbxString
-		  * \param &pProp a ref to an enum prop
-		  * \param &enumString ref to string to find
-		  * \param pNoCase To match case sensitive or not
-		  * \return the index found or -1 if not found
-		  */
-	int		GetEnumIndex(FbxProperty& pProp, const FbxString& enumString, bool pNoCase = false) const;
-    //@}
-
-		/** Set a specific flag value on a property using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param propFlag
-		  * \param pValue
-		  * \return Always true
-		  */
-	bool    SetFlag(const char* pName, FbxPropertyFlags::EFlags propFlag, bool pValue);
-
-        /** Get a FbxString property value using the full path.
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pDefValue  Value returned if the property is not found
-		  * \return The FbxString value
-		  */
-	FbxString GetStringProp(const char* pName, FbxString pDefValue) const;
-
-        /** Set a FbxString property value using the full path
-		  * \param pName
-		  * \param pValue
-		  */
-	void    SetStringProp(const char* pName, FbxString pValue);
-
-    /** \name XML Serialization Functions */
-    //@{
-     
-		/** Load the settings values from an XML file.
-		  * \param path The path of the XML file.
-		  * \return \c True on success, \c false otherwise.
-		  */
-	virtual bool ReadXMLFile(const FbxString& path);
-
-		/** Write the settings values to an XML file.
-		  * \param path The path of the XML file.
-          * \return \c True on success, \c false otherwise.
-		  * \remarks The flag of the property must be FbxPropertyFlags::eNotSavable == false
-		  */
-	virtual bool WriteXMLFile(const FbxString& path);
-
-		/** Write the settings values to an XML file.
-		  * \param pFullPath The path of the XML file.
-		  * \param propPath a prop Path
-          * \return \c True on success, \c false otherwise.
-		  * \remarks To save only a branch of the settings ex: Import branch only
-		  */
-	bool WriteXmlPropToFile(const FbxString& pFullPath, const FbxString& propPath);
-    //@}
-
-/*****************************************************************************************************************************
-** WARNING! Anything beyond these lines is for internal use, may not be documented and is subject to change without notice! **
-*****************************************************************************************************************************/
-#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
-	FbxIOPropInfo* GetPropInfo(FbxProperty &pProp);
-
-	ELanguage UILanguage;
-	FbxString GetLanguageLabel(FbxProperty& pProp);
-	void SetLanguageLabel(FbxProperty& pProp, FbxString& pLabel);
-	ELanguage Get_Max_Runtime_Language(FbxString pRegLocation);
-
-	FbxIOInfo impInfo;
-	FbxIOInfo expInfo;
-
-	static FbxString GetUserMyDocumentDir();
-	void SetPropVisible(FbxProperty& pProp, bool pWithChildren, bool pVisible);
-
-			// Read an XML file from MyDocument dir
-	bool ReadXmlPropFromMyDocument(const FbxString& subDir, const FbxString& filename);
-
-			// Write property branch to an XML file in MyDocument dir
-	bool WriteXmlPropToMyDocument(const FbxString& subDir, const FbxString& filename, const FbxString& propPath);
-
-    static const char* GetFileMergeDescription(int pIndex);
-
-    enum ELoadMode         
-    { 
-		eCreate,          /*!< Add to scene(duplicate the ones with the same name)    */  
-		eMerge,           /*!< Add to scene and update animation                      */
-        eExclusiveMerge  /*!< Update animation                                       */
-    };
-
-
-	enum EQuaternionMode   { eAsQuaternion, eAsEuler, eResample };
-	enum EObjectDerivation { eByLayer, eByEntity, eByBlock }; 
-
-	enum ESysUnits
-	{
-		eUnitsUser,
-		eUnitsInches, 
-		eUnitsFeet,
-		eUnitYards,
-		eUnitsMiles,
-		eUnitsMillimeters,
-		eUnitsCentimeters,
-		eUnitsMeters,
-		eUnitsKilometers
-	};
-
-	enum ESysFrameRate  
-	{
-		eFrameRateUser,
-		eFrameRateHours,
-		eFrameRateMinutes,
-		eFrameRateSeconds,
-		eFrameRateMilliseconds,
-		eFrameRateGames15,
-		eFrameRateFilm24,
-		eFrameRatePAL25,
-		eFrameRateNTSC30,
-		eFrameRateShowScan48,
-		eFrameRatePALField50,
-		eFrameRateNTSCField60
-	};
-    
-// Max
-	enum EEnveloppeSystem
-	{
-		eSkinModifier,
-		ePhysic,
-		eBonePro,
-		eEnveloppeSystemCount
-	};
-
-// Max
-	enum EGeometryType
-	{
-		eTriangle,
-		eSimplifiedPoly,
-		ePolygon,
-		eNurbs,
-		ePatch,
-		eGeometryTypeCount
-	};
-
-// Maya IK type
-	enum EIKType
-	{
-		eNone,
-		eFBIK,		
-		eHumanIK
-	};
-
-protected:
-	virtual void Construct(const FbxObject* pFrom);
-	virtual void ConstructProperties(bool pForceSet);
-	virtual void Destruct(bool pRecursive);
-
-private:
-	void AddNewPropInfo(FbxProperty& pProp);
-	void DeletePropInfo(FbxProperty& pProp);
-	void DeleteAllPropInfo(FbxProperty& pProp);
-#endif /* !DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS *****************************************************************************************/
-};
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_SETTINGS_H_ */

Exporters/FBX/3rdParty/Fbx2017.0.1/include/fbxsdk/fileio/fbxiosettingspath.h

@@ -1,930 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************************
- 
-   Copyright (C) 2015 Autodesk, Inc.
-   All rights reserved.
- 
-   Use of this software is subject to the terms of the Autodesk license agreement
-   provided at the time of installation or download, or which otherwise accompanies
-   this software in either electronic or hard copy form.
- 
-****************************************************************************************/
-
-//! \file fbxiosettingspath.h
-#ifndef _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_SETTINGS_PATH_H_
-#define _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_SETTINGS_PATH_H_
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_def.h>
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsbegin.h>
-
-#define KS_BS                           FbxString("\\")
-
-#define KS_IMPORT                       FbxString("\\import")
-#define KS_EXPORT                       FbxString("\\export")
-
-#define KS_FBX                          FbxString("\\FBX")       // must be upper case
-#define KS_PRESETS                      FbxString("\\Presets")
-#define KS_LOG                          FbxString("\\Logs")
-#define KS_FBXPRESETS                   KS_FBX + KS_PRESETS
-#define KS_FBXLOGS                      KS_FBX + KS_LOG
-
-#define KS_MAYA                         FbxString("\\maya")
-#define KS_3DSMAX                       FbxString("\\3dsmax")
-#define KS_3DSMAX_VIZ                   KS_3DSMAX                 // use same name in "My Document" directory
-#define KS_3DSMAX_DESIGN                FbxString("\\3dsMaxDesign")
-	
-#define KS_VERSION                      FbxString(FBXSDK_VERSION_STRING)
-
-#define FBXSDK_PLUGINS_REGISTRY_PATH	"SOFTWARE\\Autodesk\\FBX_Plugins_" FBXSDK_VERSION_STRING
-
-#define IMP_FBX_PRESET_EXT			    "fbximportpreset"
-#define EXP_FBX_PRESET_EXT		        "fbxexportpreset"
-
-#define M_E_FILENAME				    "Autodesk Media & Entertainment."
-#define ARCH_FILENAME                   "Autodesk Architectural (Revit)."
-#define MOBU_FILENAME                   "Autodesk MotionBuilder."
-#define USERDEFINED_FILENAME		    "User defined."
-
-#define IMP_DIR							KS_FBXPRESETS + KS_BS + KS_VERSION + KS_IMPORT
-#define EXP_DIR							KS_FBXPRESETS + KS_BS + KS_VERSION + KS_EXPORT
-
-#define LOG_VERSION_DIR                 KS_FBXLOGS + KS_BS + KS_VERSION
-
-#define MAX_LOG_VERSION_DIR             KS_3DSMAX + LOG_VERSION_DIR
-#define MAX_DESIGN_LOG_VERSION_DIR      KS_3DSMAX_DESIGN + LOG_VERSION_DIR
-
-#define PRESET_VERSION_DIR              KS_FBXPRESETS + KS_BS + KS_VERSION
-
-#define FN_LOCALIZATION_PREFIX          "localization_"
-#define FN_LOCALIZATION_EXT             ".xlf"
-
-#define FN_LANGUAGE                     "lang.dat"
-#define LANGUAGE_PATH                   KS_FBXPRESETS + KS_BS + KS_VERSION + KS_BS + FN_LANGUAGE
-
-// these defines are used for hierarchical properties names
-#define IOSROOT							"IOSRoot"
-
-#define IOSN_EXPORT			    		"Export"
-#define IOSN_IMPORT			    		"Import"
-
-#define	IOSN_PLUGIN_GRP					"PlugInGrp"
-
-#define IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_WIDTH			"PlugInUIWidth"
-#define IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_HEIGHT   		"PlugInUIHeight"
-#define IOSN_PLUGIN_VERSIONS_URL		"PluginVersionsURL"
-#define IOSN_PI_VERSION					"PIVersion"
-
-
-#define IOSN_PRESET_SELECTED            "PresetSelected"
-
-#define IOSN_PRESETS_GRP        		"PresetsGrp"
-#define IOSN_STATISTICS_GRP     		"StatisticsGrp"
-#define IOSN_UNITS_GRP          		"UnitsGrp"
-#define IOSN_INCLUDE_GRP        		"IncludeGrp"
-#define IOSN_ADV_OPT_GRP        		"AdvOptGrp"
-#define IOSN_AXISCONV_GRP       		"AxisConvGrp"
-#define IOSN_CAMERA_GRP					"CameraGrp"
-#define IOSN_LIGHT_GRP					"LightGrp"
-#define IOSN_EXTRA_GRP                  "ExtraGrp"
-#define IOSN_CONSTRAINTS_GRP			"ConstraintsGrp"
-#define IOSN_INPUTCONNECTIONS_GRP       "InputConnectionsGrp"
-#define IOSN_INFORMATION_GRP            "InformationGrp"
-
-#define IOSN_UP_AXIS					"UpAxis"
-#define IOSN_UP_AXIS_MAX				"UpAxisMax"
-#define IOSN_ZUPROTATION_MAX            "ZUProtation_max"	
-#define IOSN_AXISCONVERSION             "AxisConversion"
-#define IOSN_AUTO_AXIS                  "AutoAxis"
-#define IOSN_FILE_UP_AXIS               "FileUpAxis"
-
-#define IOSN_PRESETS	        		"Presets"
-#define IOSN_STATISTICS	        		"Statistics"
-#define IOSN_UNITS_SCALE           		"UnitsScale"
-#define IOSN_TOTAL_UNITS_SCALE_TB  		"TotalUnitsScale"
-
-#define IOSN_SCALECONVERSION            "ScaleConversion"
-#define IOSN_MASTERSCALE                "MasterScale"
-
-#define IOSN_DYN_SCALE_CONVERSION       "DynamicScaleConversion"
-#define IOSN_UNITSELECTOR				"UnitsSelector"
-
-#define IOSN_ANIMATION          		"Animation"
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRY           		"Geometry"
-#define IOSN_DEFORMATION				"Deformation"
-#define IOSN_MARKERS					"Markers"
-
-#define IOSN_CHARACTER					"Character"
-#define IOSN_CHARACTER_AS_MAYA_HIK      "CharacterAsMayaHIK"
-#define IOSN_CHARACTER_TYPE             "CharacterType"
-#define IOSN_CHARACTER_TYPE_DESC        "CharacterTypeDesc"
-
-#define IOSN_SETLOCKEDATTRIB			"LockedAttribute"		
-#define IOSN_TRIANGULATE                "Triangulate"
-
-#define IOSN_MRCUSTOMATTRIBUTES 		"MRCustomAttributes"
-#define IOSN_MESHPRIMITIVE      		"MeshPrimitive"
-#define IOSN_MESHTRIANGLE       		"MeshTriangle"
-#define IOSN_MESHPOLY           		"MeshPoly"
-#define IOSN_NURB               		"Nurb"
-#define IOSN_PATCH              		"Patch"
-#define IOSN_BIP2FBX            		"Bip2Fbx"
-#define IOSN_ASCIIFBX                   "AsciiFbx"
-
-#define IOSN_TAKE						"Take"
-
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRYMESHPRIMITIVEAS    "GeometryMeshPrimitiveAs"
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRYMESHTRIANGLEAS     "GeometryMeshTriangleAs"
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRYMESHPOLYAS         "GeometryMeshPolyAs"
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRYNURBSAS            "GeometryNurbsAs"
-
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRYNURBSSURFACEAS     "GeometryNurbsSurfaceAs"
-#define IOSN_GEOMETRYPATCHAS            "GeometryPatchAs"
-
-#define IOSN_TANGENTS_BINORMALS         "TangentsandBinormals"
-#define IOSN_SMOOTH_MESH                "SmoothMesh"
-#define IOSN_SELECTION_SET              "SelectionSet"
-#define IOSN_ANIMATIONONLY              "AnimationOnly"
-#define IOSN_SELECTIONONLY				"SelectionOnly"
-
-#define IOSN_BONE						"Bone"
-#define IOSN_BONEWIDTHHEIGHTLOCK 		"BoneWidthHeightLock"
-#define IOSN_BONEASDUMMY         		"BoneAsDummy"
-#define IOSN_BONEMAX4BONEWIDTH   		"Max4BoneWidth"
-#define IOSN_BONEMAX4BONEHEIGHT  		"Max4BoneHeight"
-#define IOSN_BONEMAX4BONETAPER   		"Max4BoneTaper"
-
-#define IOSN_REMOVE_SINGLE_KEY          "RemoveSingleKey"
-#define IOSN_CURVE_FILTER	    		"CurveFilter"
-#define IOSN_CONSTRAINT		    		"Constraint"
-#define IOSN_UI				    		"UI"
-#define IOSN_SHOW_UI_MODE               "ShowUIMode"
-#define IOSN_SHOW_WARNINGS_MANAGER      "ShowWarningsManager"
-#define IOSN_GENERATE_LOG_DATA          "GenerateLogData"
-
-#define IOSN_PERF_GRP					"Performance"
-#define IOSN_REMOVEBADPOLYSFROMMESH     "RemoveBadPolysFromMesh"
-#define IOSN_META_DATA                  "MetaData"
-
-#define IOSN_CACHE_GRP                  "Cache"
-#define IOSN_CACHE_SIZE                 "CacheSize"
-
-#define IOSN_MERGE_MODE	    		    "MergeMode"
-#define IOSN_MERGE_MODE_DESCRIPTION     "MergeModeDescription" 
-#define IOSN_ONE_CLICK_MERGE            "OneClickMerge"
-#define IOSN_ONE_CLICK_MERGE_TEXTURE    "OneClickMergeTexture"
-
-#define IOSN_SAMPLINGPANEL              "SamplingPanel"
-
-#define IOSN_FILE_FORMAT	    		"FileFormat"
-#define IOSN_FBX                		"Fbx"
-#define IOSN_DXF                		"Dxf"
-#define IOSN_OBJ                		"Obj"
-#define IOSN_3DS                		"Max_3ds"  // can't start by a number for xml node name
-#define IOSN_COLLADA            		"Collada"
-
-#define IOSN_MOTION_BASE				"Motion_Base"  // for commond Motion Readers/Writers stream options
-#define IOSN_BIOVISION_BVH       		"Biovision_BVH"
-#define IOSN_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR  		"MotionAnalysis_HTR"
-#define IOSN_MOTIONANALYSIS_TRC  		"MotionAnalysis_TRC"
-#define IOSN_ACCLAIM_ASF         		"Acclaim_ASF"
-#define IOSN_ACCLAIM_AMC         		"Acclaim_AMC"
-#define IOSN_VICON_C3D           		"Vicon_C3D"
-
-#define IOSN_SKINS				 		"Skins"
-#define IOSN_POINTCACHE          		"PointCache"
-#define IOSN_QUATERNION			 		"Quaternion"
-#define IOSN_NAMETAKE                   "UseSceneName"
-
-#define IOSN_SHAPE               		 "Shape"
-#define IOSN_LIGHT						 "Light"
-#define IOSN_LIGHTATTENUATION            "LightAttenuation"
-#define IOSN_CAMERA						 "Camera"
-#define IOSN_VIEW_CUBE				     "ViewCube"
-
-#define IOSN_BINDPOSE					 "BindPose"
-
-#define IOSN_EMBEDTEXTURE_GRP      		"EmbedTextureGrp"
-#define IOSN_EMBEDTEXTURE       		"EmbedTexture"
-#define IOSN_EMBEDDED_FOLDER       		"ExtractFolder"
-#define IOSN_CONVERTTOTIFF      		"Convert_2Tiff"
-
-#define IOSN_UNLOCK_NORMALS             "UnlockNormals"
-#define IOSN_CREASE             		"Crease"
-#define IOSN_FINESTSUBDIVLEVEL			"FinestSubdivLevel"
-
-#define IOSN_BAKEANIMATIONLAYERS		"BakeAnimationLayers"
-#define IOSN_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION		"BakeComplexAnimation"
-
-#define IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTART				"BakeFrameStart"		 
-#define IOSN_BAKEFRAMEEND				"BakeFrameEnd"		 
-#define IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTEP				"BakeFrameStep"		 
-#define IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTARTNORESET		"BakeFrameStartNoReset"
-#define IOSN_BAKEFRAMEENDNORESET		"BakeFrameEndNoReset"	 
-#define IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTEPNORESET		"BakeFrameStepNoReset" 
-
-#define IOSN_USEMATRIXFROMPOSE      	"UseMatrixFromPose"
-#define IOSN_NULLSTOPIVOT           	"NullsToPivot"
-#define IOSN_PIVOTTONULLS               "PivotToNulls"
-
-#define IOSN_GEOMNORMALPERPOLY		    "GeomNormalPerPoly"
-#define IOSN_MAXBONEASBONE				"MaxBoneAsBone"
-#define IOSN_MAXNURBSSTEP				"MaxNurbsStep"
-#define IOSN_PROTECTDRIVENKEYS          "ProtectDrivenKeys"
-#define IOSN_DEFORMNULLSASJOINTS        "DeformNullsAsJoints"
-
-#define IOSN_ENVIRONMENT                "Environment"
-
-// Note this will use IOSN_SAMPLINGRATE 
-#define IOSN_SAMPLINGRATESELECTOR       "SamplingRateSelector"
-
-#define IOSN_SAMPLINGRATE               "CurveFilterSamplingRate"
-#define IOSN_APPLYCSTKEYRED             "CurveFilterApplyCstKeyRed"
-#define IOSN_CSTKEYREDTPREC				"CurveFilterCstKeyRedTPrec"
-#define IOSN_CSTKEYREDRPREC				"CurveFilterCstKeyRedRPrec"
-#define IOSN_CSTKEYREDSPREC             "CurveFilterCstKeyRedSPrec"
-#define IOSN_CSTKEYREDOPREC             "CurveFilterCstKeyRedOPrec"
-#define IOSN_APPLYKEYREDUCE             "CurveFilterApplyKeyReduce"
-#define IOSN_KEYREDUCEPREC              "CurveFilterKeyReducePrec" 
-#define IOSN_APPLYKEYSONFRM             "CurveFilterApplyKeysOnFrm"
-#define IOSN_APPLYKEYSYNC               "CurveFilterApplyKeySync"  
-#define IOSN_APPLYUNROLL                "CurveFilterApplyUnroll"   
-#define IOSN_UNROLLPREC                 "CurveFilterUnrollPrec"    
-#define IOSN_UNROLLPATH                 "CurveFilterUnrollPath"
-#define IOSN_UNROLLFORCEAUTO            "CurveFilterUnrollForceAuto"
-
-#define IOSN_AUTOTANGENTSONLY           "AutoTangentsOnly"
-
-#define IOSN_SMOOTHING_GROUPS           "SmoothingGroups"
-#define IOSN_HARDEDGES                  "HardEdges"
-#define IOSN_EXP_HARDEDGES              "expHardEdges"
-#define IOSN_BLINDDATA                  "BlindData"
-#define IOSN_INPUTCONNECTIONS           "InputConnections"
-#define IOSN_INSTANCES                  "Instances"
-#define IOSN_REFERENCES                 "References"
-#define IOSN_CONTAINEROBJECTS           "ContainerObjects"
-#define IOSN_BYPASSRRSINHERITANCE       "BypassRrsInheritance"
-#define IOSN_FORCEWEIGHTNORMALIZE       "ForceWeightNormalize"
-#define IOSN_SHAPEANIMATION             "ShapeAnimation"
-#define IOSN_SMOOTHKEYASUSER            "SmoothKeyAsUser"
-
-#define IOSN_SCALEFACTOR				"ScaleFactor"
-#define IOSN_AXISCONVERSIONMETHOD		"AxisConversionMethod"
-#define IOSN_UPAXIS						"UpAxis"
-#define IOSN_SELECTIONSETNAMEASPOINTCACHE "SelectionSetNameAsPointCache"
-
-#define IOSN_KEEPFRAMERATE               "KeepFrameRate"
-#define IOSN_ATTENUATIONASINTENSITYCURVE "AttenuationAsIntensityCurve"
-
-#define IOSN_RESAMPLE_ANIMATION_CURVES	 "ResampleAnimationCurves"
-
-#define IOSN_TIMELINE                    "TimeLine"
-#define IOSN_TIMELINE_SPAN				 "TimeLineSpan"
-
-#define IOSN_BUTTON_WEB_UPDATE           "WebUpdateButton"
-#define IOSN_BUTTON_EDIT                 "EditButton"
-#define IOSN_BUTTON_OK                   "OKButton"
-#define IOSN_BUTTON_CANCEL               "CancelButton"
-#define IOSN_MENU_EDIT_PRESET            "EditPresetMenu"
-#define IOSN_MENU_SAVE_PRESET            "SavePresetMenu"
-
-#define IOSN_UIL                         "UILIndex"
-#define IOSN_PLUGIN_PRODUCT_FAMILY       "PluginProductFamily"
-
-#define IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_XPOS              "PlugInUIXpos"
-#define IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_YPOS              "PlugInUIYpos"
-
-#define IOSN_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK          "FBXExtentionsSDK"
-#define IOSN_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK_WARNING  "FBXExtentionsSDKWarning"
-
-#define IOSN_COLLADA_FRAME_COUNT         "FrameCount"
-#define IOSN_COLLADA_START               "Start"
-#define IOSN_COLLADA_TAKE_NAME           "TakeName"
-
-#define IOSN_COLLADA_TRIANGULATE         "Triangulate"
-#define IOSN_COLLADA_SINGLEMATRIX        "SingleMatrix"
-#define IOSN_COLLADA_FRAME_RATE          "FrameRate"
-
-#define IOSN_DXF_TRIANGULATE             "Triangulate"
-#define IOSN_DXF_DEFORMATION             "Deformation"
-
-#define IOSN_DXF_WELD_VERTICES           "WeldVertices"
-#define IOSN_DXF_OBJECT_DERIVATION       "ObjectDerivation"
-#define IOSN_DXF_REFERENCE_NODE          "ReferenceNode"
-
-#define IOSN_OBJ_REFERENCE_NODE          "ReferenceNode"
-#define IOSN_OBJ_TRIANGULATE			 "Triangulate"
-#define IOSN_OBJ_DEFORMATION             "Deformation"
-
-#define IOSN_3DS_REFERENCENODE			 "ReferenceNode"
-#define IOSN_3DS_TEXTURE      			 "Texture"
-#define IOSN_3DS_MATERIAL     			 "Material"
-#define IOSN_3DS_ANIMATION    			 "Animation"
-#define IOSN_3DS_MESH         			 "Mesh"
-#define IOSN_3DS_LIGHT        			 "Light"
-#define IOSN_3DS_CAMERA       			 "Camera"
-#define IOSN_3DS_AMBIENT_LIGHT			 "AmbientLight"
-#define IOSN_3DS_RESCALING    			 "Rescaling"
-#define IOSN_3DS_FILTER       			 "Filter"
-#define IOSN_3DS_SMOOTHGROUP  			 "Smoothgroup"
-#define IOSN_3DS_TAKE_NAME    			 "TakeName"
-#define IOSN_3DS_TEXUVBYPOLY			 "TexuvbyPoly"
-
-// so far, these three are for 3dsMax plug-in only
-#define IOSN_ZOOMEXTENTS					"ZoomExtents"
-#define IOSN_GLOBAL_AMBIENT_COLOR			"GlobalAmbientColor"
-#define IOSN_EDGE_ORIENTATION				"PreserveEdgeOrientation"
-
-#define IOSN_VERSIONS_UI_ALIAS           "VersionsUIAlias"
-#define IOSN_VERSIONS_COMP_DESCRIPTIONS  "VersionsCompDescriptions"
-	
-// FBX specific 
-#define IOSN_MODEL_COUNT                 "Model_Count"
-#define IOSN_DEVICE_COUNT                "Device_Count"     
-#define IOSN_CHARACTER_COUNT             "Character_Count"  
-#define IOSN_ACTOR_COUNT                 "Actor_Count"      
-#define IOSN_CONSTRAINT_COUNT            "Constraint_Count" 
-#define IOSN_MEDIA_COUNT                 "Media_Count" 
-#define IOSN_TEMPLATE                    "Template"
-#define IOSN_PIVOT                       "Pivot"
-#define IOSN_GLOBAL_SETTINGS             "Global_Settings"
-#define IOSN_MERGE_LAYER_AND_TIMEWARP    "Merge_Layer_and_Timewarp"
-#define IOSN_GOBO                        "Gobo"
-#define IOSN_LINK                        "Link"
-#define IOSN_MATERIAL                    "Material"
-#define IOSN_TEXTURE                     "Texture"
-#define IOSN_MODEL                       "Model"
-#define IOSN_EMBEDDED                    "EMBEDDED"
-#define IOSN_PASSWORD                    "Password"
-#define IOSN_PASSWORD_ENABLE             "Password_Enable"
-#define IOSN_CURRENT_TAKE_NAME           "Current_Take_Name"
-#define IOSN_COLLAPSE_EXTERNALS          "COLLAPSE EXTERNALS"
-#define IOSN_COMPRESS_ARRAYS             "Compress_Arrays"
-#define IOSN_COMPRESS_LEVEL              "Compress_Level"
-#define IOSN_COMPRESS_MINSIZE            "Compress_Minsize"
-#define IOSN_EMBEDDED_PROPERTIES_SKIP    "Embedded_Skipped_Properties"
-#define IOSN_EXPORT_FILE_VERSION         "ExportFileVersion"
-#define IOSN_SHOW_UI_WARNING			 "ShowUIWarning"
-#define IOSN_ADD_MATERIAL_TO_EDIT		 "AddMaterialToEdit"
-#define IOSN_ENABLE_TEX_DISPLAY          "EnableTexDisplay"
-#define IOSN_PREFERED_ENVELOPPE_SYSTEM   "kImportPreferedEnveloppeSystem"
-#define IOSN_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE       "FirstTimeRunNotice"
-#define IOSN_EXTRACT_EMBEDDED_DATA       "ExtractEmbeddedData"
-
-// internal usage
-#define IOSN_USETMPFILEPERIPHERAL		 "UseTmpFilePeripheral"
-#define IOSN_CONSTRUCTIONHISTORY         "ConstructionHistory"
-
-
-//---------------------------
-// import defined path
-
-#define IMP_PRESETS                     IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_PRESETS_GRP "|" IOSN_PRESETS
-#define IMP_STATISTICS                  IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_STATISTICS_GRP "|" IOSN_STATISTICS
-
-
-#define IMP_STATISTICS_GRP              IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_STATISTICS_GRP
-#define IMP_PRESETS_GRP                 IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_PRESETS_GRP
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_GRP                  IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_GRP
-#define IMP_INCLUDE_GRP         		IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_INCLUDE_GRP
-#define IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP         		IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_ADV_OPT_GRP
-#define IMP_FBX_EXT_SDK_GRP             IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK
-#define IMP_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE_GRP   IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE
-#define IMP_INFORMATION_GRP				IOSN_IMPORT "|" IOSN_INFORMATION_GRP
-
-#define IMP_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE       IMP_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE_GRP "|" IOSN_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE
-
-#define IMP_GEOMETRY            		IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_GEOMETRY
-#define IMP_ANIMATION           		IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ANIMATION
-#define IMP_SETLOCKEDATTRIB				IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_SETLOCKEDATTRIB
-
-#define IMP_MERGE_MODE            		IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_MERGE_MODE
-#define IMP_MERGE_MODE_DESCRIPTION      IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_MERGE_MODE_DESCRIPTION
-#define IMP_ONE_CLICK_MERGE				IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ONE_CLICK_MERGE
-#define IMP_ONE_CLICK_MERGE_TEXTURE     IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ONE_CLICK_MERGE_TEXTURE
-
-#define IMP_ADD_MATERIAL_TO_EDIT     	IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ADD_MATERIAL_TO_EDIT
-#define IMP_ENABLE_TEX_DISPLAY			IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ENABLE_TEX_DISPLAY
-#define IMP_PREFERED_ENVELOPPE_SYSTEM   IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_PREFERED_ENVELOPPE_SYSTEM		
-
-#define IMP_CAMERA_GRP                  IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_CAMERA_GRP
-#define IMP_LIGHT_GRP					IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_LIGHT_GRP
-#define IMP_EMBEDDED_GRP        		IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_EMBEDTEXTURE
-#define IMP_EXTRACT_FOLDER				IMP_EMBEDDED_GRP "|" IOSN_EMBEDDED_FOLDER
-
-#define IMP_LIGHT						IMP_LIGHT_GRP "|" IOSN_LIGHT
-#define IMP_ENVIRONMENT                 IMP_LIGHT_GRP "|" IOSN_ENVIRONMENT
-#define IMP_CAMERA						IMP_CAMERA_GRP "|" IOSN_CAMERA
-#define IMP_VIEW_CUBE                   IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_VIEW_CUBE
-
-// so far, this one is for 3dsMax plug-in only
-#define IMP_ZOOMEXTENTS                 IMP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ZOOMEXTENTS
-#define IMP_GLOBAL_AMBIENT_COLOR        IMP_LIGHT_GRP "|" IOSN_GLOBAL_AMBIENT_COLOR
-
-#define IMP_CURVEFILTERS        		IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_CURVE_FILTER
-#define IMP_SAMPLINGPANEL               IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_SAMPLINGPANEL
-
-#define IMP_DEFORMATION         		IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_DEFORMATION
-#define IMP_BONE						IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_BONE
-#define IMP_ATTENUATIONASINTENSITYCURVE IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_ATTENUATIONASINTENSITYCURVE
-
-#define IMP_EXTRA_GRP					IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_EXTRA_GRP
-
-#define IMP_TAKE                        IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_TAKE
-#define IMP_KEEPFRAMERATE               IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_KEEPFRAMERATE
-#define IMP_TIMELINE                    IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_TIMELINE
-#define IMP_TIMELINE_SPAN				IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_TIMELINE_SPAN
-#define IMP_BAKEANIMATIONLAYERS 		IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_BAKEANIMATIONLAYERS
-#define IMP_MARKERS             		IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_MARKERS
-#define IMP_QUATERNION          		IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_QUATERNION
-#define IMP_PROTECTDRIVENKEYS           IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_PROTECTDRIVENKEYS
-#define IMP_DEFORMNULLSASJOINTS         IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_DEFORMNULLSASJOINTS
-#define IMP_NULLSTOPIVOT        		IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_NULLSTOPIVOT
-#define IMP_POINTCACHE       			IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_POINTCACHE
-#define IMP_SHAPEANIMATION              IMP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_SHAPEANIMATION
-
-#define IMP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP				IMP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINTS_GRP
-
-#define IMP_CONSTRAINT          		IMP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINT
-
-#define IMP_CHARACTER            		IMP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP "|" IOSN_CHARACTER
-#define IMP_CHARACTER_AS_MAYA_HIK		IMP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP "|" IOSN_CHARACTER_AS_MAYA_HIK
-#define IMP_CHARACTER_TYPE              IMP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP "|" IOSN_CHARACTER_TYPE
-
-
-#define IMP_SAMPLINGRATESELECTOR        IMP_SAMPLINGPANEL "|" IOSN_SAMPLINGRATESELECTOR
-#define IMP_SAMPLINGRATE				IMP_SAMPLINGPANEL "|" IOSN_SAMPLINGRATE
-
-#define IMP_UNITS_GRP           		IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITS_GRP
-#define IMP_AXISCONV_GRP        		IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_AXISCONV_GRP
-#define IMP_CACHE_GRP                   IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_CACHE_GRP
-
-#define IMP_UI                  		IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_UI 
-#define IMP_FILEFORMAT          		IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_FILE_FORMAT
-#define IMP_PERF_GRP					IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_PERF_GRP
-
-#define IMP_REMOVEBADPOLYSFROMMESH      IMP_PERF_GRP "|" IOSN_REMOVEBADPOLYSFROMMESH
-#define IMP_META_DATA					IMP_PERF_GRP "|" IOSN_META_DATA
-
-#define IMP_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK_WARNING  IMP_FBX_EXT_SDK_GRP "|" IOSN_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK_WARNING
-
-#define IMP_SCALECONVERSION             IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_SCALECONVERSION
-#define IMP_UNITS_TB                    IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITS_TB
-#define IMP_MASTERSCALE                 IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_MASTERSCALE
-#define IMP_UNITS_SCALE                 IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITS_SCALE
-
-#define IMP_DYN_SCALE_CONVERSION		IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_DYN_SCALE_CONVERSION
-#define IMP_UNITSELECTOR                IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITSELECTOR
-#define IMP_TOTAL_UNITS_SCALE_TB        IMP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_TOTAL_UNITS_SCALE_TB
-
-#define IMP_SHOW_UI_MODE                IMP_UI "|" IOSN_SHOW_UI_MODE
-#define IMP_SHOW_UI_WARNING			    IMP_UI "|" IOSN_SHOW_UI_WARNING
-#define IMP_SHOW_WARNINGS_MANAGER       IMP_UI "|" IOSN_SHOW_WARNINGS_MANAGER
-#define IMP_GENERATE_LOG_DATA           IMP_UI "|" IOSN_GENERATE_LOG_DATA	
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_VERSIONS_URL			IMP_UI "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_VERSIONS_URL
-
-#define IMP_DXF                 		IMP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_DXF
-
-// note: IMP_FILEFORMAT group is not visible
-#define IMP_FBX                 		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_FBX
-#define IMP_OBJ                 		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_OBJ
-#define IMP_3DS                 		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_3DS
-
-#define IMP_MOTION_BASE         		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE
-#define IMP_BIOVISION_BVH       		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_BIOVISION_BVH
-#define IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR  		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF         		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_ACCLAIM_ASF
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC         		IMP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_ACCLAIM_AMC
-
-#define IMP_UNLOCK_NORMALS              IMP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_UNLOCK_NORMALS
-#define IMP_CREASE              		IMP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_CREASE
-
-#define IMP_SMOOTHING_GROUPS            IMP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_SMOOTHING_GROUPS
-#define IMP_HARDEDGES                   IMP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_HARDEDGES
-#define IMP_BLINDDATA                   IMP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_BLINDDATA
-
-#define IMP_BONE_WIDTHHEIGHTLOCK 		IMP_BONE "|" IOSN_BONEWIDTHHEIGHTLOCK
-#define IMP_BONEASDUMMY          		IMP_BONE "|" IOSN_BONEASDUMMY
-#define IMP_BONEMAX4BONEWIDTH    		IMP_BONE "|" IOSN_BONEMAX4BONEWIDTH   
-#define IMP_BONEMAX4BONEHEIGHT   		IMP_BONE "|" IOSN_BONEMAX4BONEHEIGHT  
-#define IMP_BONEMAX4BONETAPER    		IMP_BONE "|" IOSN_BONEMAX4BONETAPER
-
-#define IMP_SHAPE                		IMP_DEFORMATION "|" IOSN_SHAPE
-#define IMP_SKINS			     		IMP_DEFORMATION "|" IOSN_SKINS
-#define IMP_USEMATRIXFROMPOSE    		IMP_DEFORMATION "|" IOSN_USEMATRIXFROMPOSE
-#define IMP_FORCEWEIGHTNORMALIZE        IMP_DEFORMATION "|" IOSN_FORCEWEIGHTNORMALIZE
-
-
-
-#define IMP_APPLYCSTKEYRED              IMP_CURVEFILTERS "|" IOSN_APPLYCSTKEYRED
-#define IMP_CSTKEYREDTPREC				IMP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDTPREC	
-#define IMP_CSTKEYREDRPREC				IMP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDRPREC	
-#define IMP_CSTKEYREDSPREC				IMP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDSPREC  
-#define IMP_CSTKEYREDOPREC				IMP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDOPREC
-#define IMP_AUTOTANGENTSONLY            IMP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_AUTOTANGENTSONLY
-
-#define IMP_APPLYKEYREDUCE				IMP_CURVEFILTERS "|" IOSN_APPLYKEYREDUCE  
-#define IMP_KEYREDUCEPREC				IMP_APPLYKEYREDUCE "|" IOSN_KEYREDUCEPREC   
-#define IMP_APPLYKEYSONFRM				IMP_APPLYKEYREDUCE "|" IOSN_APPLYKEYSONFRM  
-#define IMP_APPLYKEYSYNC				IMP_APPLYKEYREDUCE "|" IOSN_APPLYKEYSYNC  
-
-#define IMP_APPLYUNROLL					IMP_CURVEFILTERS "|" IOSN_APPLYUNROLL     
-#define IMP_UNROLLPREC					IMP_APPLYUNROLL "|" IOSN_UNROLLPREC      
-#define IMP_UNROLLPATH					IMP_APPLYUNROLL "|" IOSN_UNROLLPATH
-#define IMP_UNROLLFORCEAUTO             IMP_APPLYUNROLL "|" IOSN_UNROLLFORCEAUTO
-
-#define IMP_UP_AXIS					    IMP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_UP_AXIS
-#define IMP_UP_AXIS_MAX					IMP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_UP_AXIS_MAX
-#define IMP_ZUPROTATION_MAX				IMP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_ZUPROTATION_MAX
-#define IMP_AXISCONVERSION              IMP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_AXISCONVERSION
-#define IMP_AUTO_AXIS                   IMP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_AUTO_AXIS
-#define IMP_FILE_UP_AXIS                IMP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_FILE_UP_AXIS
-
-#define IMP_CACHE_SIZE                  IMP_CACHE_GRP "|" IOSN_CACHE_SIZE
-
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_UI_WIDTH             IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_WIDTH
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_UI_HEIGHT            IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_HEIGHT
-#define IMP_PRESET_SELECTED             IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PRESET_SELECTED
-
-#define IMP_UIL                         IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_UIL
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_PRODUCT_FAMILY       IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_PRODUCT_FAMILY
-
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_UI_XPOS              IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_XPOS     
-#define IMP_PLUGIN_UI_YPOS              IMP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_YPOS     
-
-#define IMP_DXF_WELD_VERTICES           IMP_DXF "|" IOSN_DXF_WELD_VERTICES
-#define IMP_DXF_OBJECT_DERIVATION       IMP_DXF "|" IOSN_DXF_OBJECT_DERIVATION
-#define IMP_DXF_REFERENCE_NODE          IMP_DXF "|" IOSN_DXF_REFERENCE_NODE
-
-#define IMP_OBJ_REFERENCE_NODE		    IMP_OBJ "|" IOSN_OBJ_REFERENCE_NODE
-
-#define IMP_3DS_REFERENCENODE           IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_REFERENCENODE	
-#define IMP_3DS_TEXTURE                 IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_TEXTURE      	
-#define IMP_3DS_MATERIAL                IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_MATERIAL     	
-#define IMP_3DS_ANIMATION               IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_ANIMATION    	
-#define IMP_3DS_MESH                    IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_MESH         	
-#define IMP_3DS_LIGHT                   IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_LIGHT        	
-#define IMP_3DS_CAMERA                  IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_CAMERA       	
-#define IMP_3DS_AMBIENT_LIGHT           IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_AMBIENT_LIGHT	
-#define IMP_3DS_RESCALING               IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_RESCALING    	
-#define IMP_3DS_FILTER                  IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_FILTER       	
-#define IMP_3DS_SMOOTHGROUP             IMP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_SMOOTHGROUP  
-
-#define IMP_FBX_MODEL_COUNT             IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_MODEL_COUNT      
-#define IMP_FBX_DEVICE_COUNT            IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_DEVICE_COUNT     
-#define IMP_FBX_CHARACTER_COUNT         IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_CHARACTER_COUNT  
-#define IMP_FBX_ACTOR_COUNT             IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_ACTOR_COUNT      
-#define IMP_FBX_CONSTRAINT_COUNT        IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINT_COUNT 
-#define IMP_FBX_MEDIA_COUNT             IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_MEDIA_COUNT      
-
-#define IMP_FBX_TEMPLATE                    IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_TEMPLATE
-#define IMP_FBX_PIVOT                       IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_PIVOT
-#define IMP_FBX_GLOBAL_SETTINGS             IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_GLOBAL_SETTINGS
-#define IMP_FBX_CHARACTER                   IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_CHARACTER
-#define IMP_FBX_CONSTRAINT                  IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINT
-#define IMP_FBX_MERGE_LAYER_AND_TIMEWARP    IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_MERGE_LAYER_AND_TIMEWARP
-#define IMP_FBX_GOBO                        IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_GOBO
-#define IMP_FBX_SHAPE                       IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_SHAPE	
-#define IMP_FBX_LINK                        IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_LINK
-#define IMP_FBX_MATERIAL                    IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_MATERIAL
-#define IMP_FBX_TEXTURE                     IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_TEXTURE
-#define IMP_FBX_MODEL                       IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_MODEL
-#define IMP_FBX_ANIMATION                   IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_ANIMATION
-#define IMP_FBX_PASSWORD                    IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_PASSWORD        
-#define IMP_FBX_PASSWORD_ENABLE             IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_PASSWORD_ENABLE 
-#define IMP_FBX_CURRENT_TAKE_NAME           IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_CURRENT_TAKE_NAME
-#define IMP_FBX_EXTRACT_EMBEDDED_DATA       IMP_FBX "|" IOSN_EXTRACT_EMBEDDED_DATA
-
-#define IMP_BUTTON_WEB_UPDATE           IMP_INFORMATION_GRP "|" IOSN_BUTTON_WEB_UPDATE
-#define IMP_PI_VERSION                  IMP_INFORMATION_GRP "|" IOSN_PI_VERSION
-
-// end of import defined path
-//---------------------------
-
-//---------------------------
-// export defined path
-
-#define EXP_STATISTICS_GRP              IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_STATISTICS_GRP
-#define EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP         		IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_ADV_OPT_GRP
-#define EXP_PRESETS_GRP            		IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_PRESETS_GRP
-#define EXP_STATISTICS          		IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_STATISTICS_GRP "|" IOSN_STATISTICS
-#define EXP_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE_GRP   IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE
-#define EXP_INFORMATION_GRP				IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_INFORMATION_GRP
-
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_GRP                  IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_GRP
-#define EXP_INCLUDE_GRP         		IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_INCLUDE_GRP
-#define EXP_FBX_EXT_SDK_GRP             IOSN_EXPORT "|" IOSN_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK
-
-#define EXP_UNITS_GRP           		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITS_GRP
-#define EXP_FILEFORMAT          		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_FILE_FORMAT
-#define EXP_AXISCONV_GRP        		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_AXISCONV_GRP
-#define EXP_CACHE_GRP                   EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_CACHE_GRP
-
-#define EXP_UI                  		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_UI
-
-#define EXP_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK_WARNING  EXP_FBX_EXT_SDK_GRP "|" IOSN_FBX_EXTENTIONS_SDK_WARNING
-#define EXP_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE       EXP_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE_GRP "|" IOSN_FIRST_TIME_RUN_NOTICE
-
-#define EXP_SCALEFACTOR			        EXP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_SCALEFACTOR
-#define EXP_AXISCONVERSIONMETHOD	    EXP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_AXISCONVERSIONMETHOD
-#define EXP_UPAXIS					    EXP_AXISCONV_GRP "|" IOSN_UPAXIS
-
-#define EXP_UNITS_SCALE            		EXP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITS_SCALE
-#define EXP_MASTERSCALE                 EXP_UNITS_GRP  "|" IOSN_MASTERSCALE
-
-#define EXP_DYN_SCALE_CONVERSION		EXP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_DYN_SCALE_CONVERSION
-#define EXP_UNITSELECTOR                EXP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_UNITSELECTOR
-
-#define EXP_TOTAL_UNITS_SCALE_TB        EXP_UNITS_GRP "|" IOSN_TOTAL_UNITS_SCALE_TB
-
-#define EXP_SHOW_UI_MODE                EXP_UI "|" IOSN_SHOW_UI_MODE
-#define EXP_SHOW_UI_WARNING			    EXP_UI "|" IOSN_SHOW_UI_WARNING
-#define EXP_SHOW_WARNINGS_MANAGER       EXP_UI "|" IOSN_SHOW_WARNINGS_MANAGER
-#define EXP_GENERATE_LOG_DATA           EXP_UI "|" IOSN_GENERATE_LOG_DATA
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_VERSIONS_URL			EXP_UI "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_VERSIONS_URL
-
-#define EXP_PRESETS                     EXP_PRESETS_GRP "|" IOSN_PRESETS
-
-#define EXP_CAMERA_GRP                  EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_CAMERA_GRP
-#define EXP_LIGHT_GRP					EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_LIGHT_GRP
-
-#define EXP_GEOMETRY            		EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_GEOMETRY
-#define EXP_ANIMATION           		EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_ANIMATION
-#define EXP_PIVOTTONULLS                EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_PIVOTTONULLS
-#define EXP_LIGHT						EXP_LIGHT_GRP "|" IOSN_LIGHT
-#define EXP_LIGHTATTENUATION            EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_LIGHTATTENUATION
-#define EXP_ENVIRONMENT				    EXP_LIGHT_GRP "|" IOSN_ENVIRONMENT
-#define EXP_CAMERA						EXP_CAMERA_GRP "|" IOSN_CAMERA	
-#define EXP_BINDPOSE					EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_BINDPOSE
-#define EXP_SELECTIONONLY               EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_SELECTIONONLY
-
-
-#define EXP_INPUTCONNECTIONS_GRP        EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_INPUTCONNECTIONS_GRP
-#define EXP_INPUTCONNECTIONS	        EXP_INPUTCONNECTIONS_GRP "|" IOSN_INPUTCONNECTIONS
-
-#define EXP_BYPASSRRSINHERITANCE        EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_BYPASSRRSINHERITANCE
-
-#define EXP_EMBEDTEXTURE_GRP      		EXP_INCLUDE_GRP "|" IOSN_EMBEDTEXTURE_GRP
-#define EXP_EMBEDTEXTURE                EXP_EMBEDTEXTURE_GRP "|" IOSN_EMBEDTEXTURE
-#define EXP_CONVERTTOTIFF       		EXP_EMBEDTEXTURE "|" IOSN_CONVERTTOTIFF
-
-
-#define EXP_CURVEFILTERS        		EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_CURVE_FILTER
-
-#define EXP_DEFORMATION					EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_DEFORMATION
-#define EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION	    EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION
-#define EXP_BONE						EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_BONE
-
-#define EXP_SAMPLINGFRAMERATE           EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_SAMPLINGFRAMERATE
-#define EXP_POINTCACHE       			EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_POINTCACHE
-#define EXP_SMOOTHKEYASUSER             EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_SMOOTHKEYASUSER
-
-#define EXP_EXTRA_GRP					EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_EXTRA_GRP
-
-#define EXP_REMOVE_SINGLE_KEY           EXP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_REMOVE_SINGLE_KEY
-#define EXP_NAMETAKE                    EXP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_NAMETAKE
-#define EXP_QUATERNION          		EXP_EXTRA_GRP "|" IOSN_QUATERNION
-
-#define EXP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP				EXP_ANIMATION "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINTS_GRP
-
-#define EXP_CONSTRAINT          		EXP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINT
-#define EXP_CHARACTER            		EXP_CONSTRAINTS_GRP "|" IOSN_CHARACTER
-
-
-#define EXP_MRCUSTOMATTRIBUTES		 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_MRCUSTOMATTRIBUTES
-#define EXP_MESHPRIMITIVE			 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_MESHPRIMITIVE
-#define EXP_MESHTRIANGLE			 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_MESHTRIANGLE 
-#define EXP_MESHPOLY				 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_MESHPOLY
-#define EXP_NURB					 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_NURB
-#define EXP_PATCH					 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_PATCH
-#define EXP_BIP2FBX					 	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_BIP2FBX
-#define EXP_GEOMNORMALPERPOLY			EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMNORMALPERPOLY
-#define EXP_TANGENTSPACE				EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_TANGENTS_BINORMALS
-#define EXP_SMOOTHMESH                  EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_SMOOTH_MESH
-#define EXP_SELECTIONSET                EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_SELECTION_SET
-
-#define EXP_FINESTSUBDIVLEVEL			EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_FINESTSUBDIVLEVEL
-#define EXP_MAXBONEASBONE				EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_MAXBONEASBONE
-#define EXP_MAXNURBSSTEP				EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_MAXNURBSSTEP
-#define EXP_CREASE              		EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_CREASE
-#define EXP_BLINDDATA					EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_BLINDDATA
-#define EXP_NURBSSURFACEAS				EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMETRYNURBSSURFACEAS
-#define EXP_SMOOTHING_GROUPS			EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_SMOOTHING_GROUPS
-#define EXP_HARDEDGES					EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_EXP_HARDEDGES
-#define EXP_ANIMATIONONLY				EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_ANIMATIONONLY
-#define EXP_INSTANCES					EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_INSTANCES
-#define EXP_CONTAINEROBJECTS			EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_CONTAINEROBJECTS
-#define EXP_TRIANGULATE					EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_TRIANGULATE
-#define EXP_EDGE_ORIENTATION			EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_EDGE_ORIENTATION
-
-#define EXP_SELECTIONSETNAMEASPOINTCACHE EXP_POINTCACHE "|" IOSN_SELECTIONSETNAMEASPOINTCACHE
-
-#define EXP_GEOMETRYMESHPRIMITIVEAS  	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMETRYMESHPRIMITIVEAS
-#define EXP_GEOMETRYMESHTRIANGLEAS   	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMETRYMESHTRIANGLEAS 
-#define EXP_GEOMETRYMESHPOLYAS	     	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMETRYMESHPOLYAS     
-#define EXP_GEOMETRYNURBSAS	         	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMETRYNURBSAS        
-#define EXP_GEOMETRYPATCHAS          	EXP_GEOMETRY "|" IOSN_GEOMETRYPATCHAS        
-
-#define EXP_BAKEFRAMESTART				EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTART			
-#define EXP_BAKEFRAMEEND				EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKEFRAMEEND			
-#define EXP_BAKEFRAMESTEP				EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTEP	
-
-#define EXP_BAKE_RESAMPLE_ANIMATION_CURVES EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_RESAMPLE_ANIMATION_CURVES
-
-#define EXP_BAKEFRAMESTARTNORESET		EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTARTNORESET	
-#define EXP_BAKEFRAMEENDNORESET			EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKEFRAMEENDNORESET	
-#define EXP_BAKEFRAMESTEPNORESET		EXP_BAKECOMPLEXANIMATION "|" IOSN_BAKEFRAMESTEPNORESET	
-
-#define EXP_FBX                 		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_FBX
-#define EXP_DXF                 		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_DXF
-#define EXP_COLLADA             		EXP_ADV_OPT_GRP "|" IOSN_COLLADA
-
-// note: EXP_FILEFORMAT group is not visible
-#define EXP_OBJ                 		EXP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_OBJ
-#define EXP_3DS                 		EXP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_3DS
-#define EXP_MOTION_BASE         		EXP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE
-#define EXP_BIOVISION_BVH       		EXP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_BIOVISION_BVH
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF         		EXP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_ACCLAIM_ASF
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC         		EXP_FILEFORMAT "|" IOSN_ACCLAIM_AMC
-
-
-#define EXP_ASCIIFBX                    EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_ASCIIFBX
-
-#define EXP_CACHE_SIZE                  EXP_CACHE_GRP "|" IOSN_CACHE_SIZE
-
-#define EXP_SHAPE               		EXP_DEFORMATION "|" IOSN_SHAPE
-#define EXP_SKINS			    		EXP_DEFORMATION "|" IOSN_SKINS
-
-#define EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED              EXP_CURVEFILTERS "|" IOSN_APPLYCSTKEYRED
-#define EXP_SAMPLINGRATE				EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_SAMPLINGRATE
-#define EXP_CSTKEYREDTPREC				EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDTPREC	
-#define EXP_CSTKEYREDRPREC				EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDRPREC	
-#define EXP_CSTKEYREDSPREC				EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDSPREC  
-#define EXP_CSTKEYREDOPREC				EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_CSTKEYREDOPREC  
-#define EXP_AUTOTANGENTSONLY            EXP_APPLYCSTKEYRED "|" IOSN_AUTOTANGENTSONLY
-
-#define EXP_APPLYKEYREDUCE				EXP_CURVEFILTERS "|" IOSN_APPLYKEYREDUCE  
-#define EXP_KEYREDUCEPREC				EXP_APPLYKEYREDUCE "|" IOSN_KEYREDUCEPREC   
-#define EXP_APPLYKEYSONFRM				EXP_APPLYKEYREDUCE "|" IOSN_APPLYKEYSONFRM  
-#define EXP_APPLYKEYSYNC				EXP_APPLYKEYREDUCE "|" IOSN_APPLYKEYSYNC  
-
-#define EXP_APPLYUNROLL					EXP_CURVEFILTERS "|" IOSN_APPLYUNROLL     
-#define EXP_UNROLLPREC					EXP_APPLYUNROLL "|" IOSN_UNROLLPREC      
-#define EXP_UNROLLPATH					EXP_APPLYUNROLL "|" IOSN_UNROLLPATH 
-#define EXP_UNROLLFORCEAUTO             EXP_APPLYUNROLL "|" IOSN_UNROLLFORCEAUTO
-
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_UI_WIDTH             EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_WIDTH
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_UI_HEIGHT            EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_HEIGHT
-#define EXP_PRESET_SELECTED             EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PRESET_SELECTED
-
-#define EXP_UIL                         EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_UIL
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_PRODUCT_FAMILY       EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_PRODUCT_FAMILY
-
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_UI_XPOS              EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_XPOS     
-#define EXP_PLUGIN_UI_YPOS              EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_PLUGIN_UI_YPOS     
-
-#define EXP_BUTTON_WEB_UPDATE           EXP_INFORMATION_GRP "|" IOSN_BUTTON_WEB_UPDATE
-#define EXP_PI_VERSION                  EXP_INFORMATION_GRP "|" IOSN_PI_VERSION
-
-#define EXP_BUTTON_EDIT                 EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_BUTTON_EDIT      
-#define EXP_BUTTON_OK                   EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_BUTTON_OK        
-#define EXP_BUTTON_CANCEL               EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_BUTTON_CANCEL    
-#define EXP_MENU_EDIT_PRESET            EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_MENU_EDIT_PRESET 
-#define EXP_MENU_SAVE_PRESET            EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_MENU_SAVE_PRESET 
-// internal use
-#define EXP_USETMPFILEPERIPHERAL	    EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_USETMPFILEPERIPHERAL
-#define EXP_CONSTRUCTIONHISTORY	        EXP_PLUGIN_GRP "|" IOSN_CONSTRUCTIONHISTORY
-    
-#define EXP_COLLADA_TRIANGULATE         EXP_COLLADA "|" IOSN_COLLADA_TRIANGULATE 
-#define EXP_COLLADA_SINGLEMATRIX        EXP_COLLADA "|" IOSN_COLLADA_SINGLEMATRIX
-#define EXP_COLLADA_FRAME_RATE          EXP_COLLADA "|" IOSN_COLLADA_FRAME_RATE  
-
-#define EXP_DXF_TRIANGULATE             EXP_DXF "|" IOSN_DXF_TRIANGULATE
-#define EXP_DXF_DEFORMATION             EXP_DXF "|" IOSN_DXF_DEFORMATION
-
-#define EXP_OBJ_TRIANGULATE             EXP_OBJ "|" IOSN_OBJ_TRIANGULATE
-#define EXP_OBJ_DEFORMATION             EXP_OBJ "|" IOSN_OBJ_DEFORMATION
-
-#define EXP_3DS_REFERENCENODE           EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_REFERENCENODE	
-#define EXP_3DS_TEXTURE                 EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_TEXTURE      	
-#define EXP_3DS_MATERIAL                EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_MATERIAL     	
-#define EXP_3DS_ANIMATION               EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_ANIMATION    	
-#define EXP_3DS_MESH                    EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_MESH         	
-#define EXP_3DS_LIGHT                   EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_LIGHT        	
-#define EXP_3DS_CAMERA                  EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_CAMERA       	
-#define EXP_3DS_AMBIENT_LIGHT           EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_AMBIENT_LIGHT	
-#define EXP_3DS_RESCALING               EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_RESCALING    	
-#define EXP_3DS_TEXUVBYPOLY             EXP_3DS "|" IOSN_3DS_TEXUVBYPOLY	
-
-#define EXP_FBX_TEMPLATE                 EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_TEMPLATE
-#define EXP_FBX_PIVOT                    EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_PIVOT
-#define EXP_FBX_GLOBAL_SETTINGS          EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_GLOBAL_SETTINGS
-#define EXP_FBX_CHARACTER                EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_CHARACTER
-#define EXP_FBX_CONSTRAINT               EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_CONSTRAINT
-#define EXP_FBX_GOBO                     EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_GOBO
-#define EXP_FBX_SHAPE                    EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_SHAPE
-#define EXP_FBX_MATERIAL                 EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_MATERIAL
-#define EXP_FBX_TEXTURE                  EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_TEXTURE
-#define EXP_FBX_MODEL                    EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_MODEL
-#define EXP_FBX_ANIMATION                EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_ANIMATION
-#define EXP_FBX_EMBEDDED                 EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_EMBEDDED 
-#define EXP_FBX_PASSWORD                 EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_PASSWORD        
-#define EXP_FBX_PASSWORD_ENABLE          EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_PASSWORD_ENABLE 
-#define EXP_FBX_COLLAPSE_EXTERNALS       EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_COLLAPSE_EXTERNALS
-#define EXP_FBX_COMPRESS_ARRAYS          EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_COMPRESS_ARRAYS
-#define EXP_FBX_COMPRESS_LEVEL           EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_COMPRESS_LEVEL
-#define EXP_FBX_COMPRESS_MINSIZE         EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_COMPRESS_MINSIZE
-#define EXP_FBX_EMBEDDED_PROPERTIES_SKIP EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_EMBEDDED_PROPERTIES_SKIP
-#define EXP_FBX_EXPORT_FILE_VERSION		 EXP_FBX "|" IOSN_EXPORT_FILE_VERSION
-
-
-// end of export defined path
-//---------------------------
-
-//---------------------------
-// Motion files related options
-#define IOSN_MOTION_START									"MotionStart"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_COUNT								"MotionFrameCount"                       
-#define IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RATE								"MotionFrameRate"                        
-#define IOSN_MOTION_ACTOR_PREFIX							"MotionActorPrefix"                      
-#define IOSN_MOTION_RENAME_DUPLICATE_NAMES					"MotionRenameDuplicateNames"            
-#define IOSN_MOTION_EXACT_ZERO_AS_OCCLUDED					"MotionExactZeroAsOccluded"            
-#define IOSN_MOTION_SET_OCCLUDED_TO_LAST_VALID_POSITION		"MotionSetOccludedToLastValidPos"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_AS_OPTICAL_SEGMENTS						"MotionAsOpticalSegments"               
-#define IOSN_MOTION_ASF_SCENE_OWNED							"MotionASFSceneOwned" 
-#define IOSN_MOTION_MOTION_FROM_GLOBAL_POSITION				"MotionFromGlobalPosition"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_GAPS_AS_VALID_DATA						"MotionGapsAsValidData"  
-#define IOSN_MOTION_C3D_REAL_FORMAT							"MotionC3DRealFormat"     
-#define IOSN_MOTION_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE					"MotionCreateReferenceNode"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_TRANSLATION						    	"MotionTranslation"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET						"MotionBaseTInOffset"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION					"MotionBaseRInPrerotation"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_DUMMY_NODES						    	"MotionDummyNodes"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_LIMITS						        	"MotionLimits"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RATE_USED							"MotionFrameRateUsed"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RANGE						    	"MotionFrameRange"
-#define IOSN_MOTION_WRITE_DEFAULT_AS_BASE_TR                "MotionWriteDefaultAsBaseTR"
-
-// Import
-
-//Motion Base options
-#define IMP_MOB_START										IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_START
-#define IMP_MOB_FRAME_COUNT									IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_COUNT
-#define IMP_MOB_FRAME_RATE									IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RATE
-#define IMP_MOB_ACTOR_PREFIX								IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_ACTOR_PREFIX
-#define IMP_MOB_RENAME_DUPLICATE_NAMES						IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_RENAME_DUPLICATE_NAMES
-#define IMP_MOB_EXACT_ZERO_AS_OCCLUDED						IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_EXACT_ZERO_AS_OCCLUDED
-#define IMP_MOB_SET_OCCLUDED_TO_LAST_VALID_POSITION			IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_SET_OCCLUDED_TO_LAST_VALID_POSITION
-#define IMP_MOB_AS_OPTICAL_SEGMENTS							IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_AS_OPTICAL_SEGMENTS
-#define IMP_MOB_ASF_SCENE_OWNED								IMP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_ASF_SCENE_OWNED
-
-// Acclaim AMC options
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE				IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET         	IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION		IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC_DUMMY_NODES                         IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_DUMMY_NODES
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC_MOTION_LIMITS                       IMP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_LIMITS
-
-// Acclaim ASF options
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE				IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET         	IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION    	IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF_DUMMY_NODES                         IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_DUMMY_NODES 
-#define IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF_MOTION_LIMITS                       IMP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_LIMITS
-
-// Biovision BVH options
-#define IMP_BIOVISION_BVH_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE				IMP_BIOVISION_BVH "|" IOSN_MOTION_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE
-
-// Motion Analysis HTR options
-#define IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE		IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR "|" IOSN_MOTION_CREATE_REFERENCE_NODE
-#define IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET  	IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE_T_IN_OFFSET
-#define IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION IMP_MOTIONANALYSIS_HTR "|" IOSN_MOTION_BASE_R_IN_PREROTATION  
-
-// Export
-
-//Motion Base options
-#define EXP_MOB_START										EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_START
-#define EXP_MOB_FRAME_COUNT									EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_COUNT
-#define EXP_MOB_FROM_GLOBAL_POSITION						EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_MOTION_FROM_GLOBAL_POSITION
-#define EXP_MOB_FRAME_RATE									EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RATE
-#define EXP_MOB_GAPS_AS_VALID_DATA							EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_GAPS_AS_VALID_DATA
-#define EXP_MOB_C3D_REAL_FORMAT								EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_C3D_REAL_FORMAT
-#define EXP_MOB_ASF_SCENE_OWNED								EXP_MOTION_BASE "|" IOSN_MOTION_ASF_SCENE_OWNED
-
-//Acclaim AMC options
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC_MOTION_TRANSLATION					EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_TRANSLATION
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC_FRAME_RATE_USED						EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RATE_USED
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC_FRAME_RANGE							EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RANGE
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC_WRITE_DEFAULT_AS_BASE_TR			EXP_ACCLAIM_AMC "|" IOSN_MOTION_WRITE_DEFAULT_AS_BASE_TR
-
-//Acclaim ASF options
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF_MOTION_TRANSLATION					EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_TRANSLATION
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF_FRAME_RATE_USED						EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RATE_USED
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF_FRAME_RANGE							EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_FRAME_RANGE
-#define EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF_WRITE_DEFAULT_AS_BASE_TR            EXP_ACCLAIM_ASF "|" IOSN_MOTION_WRITE_DEFAULT_AS_BASE_TR
-
-//Biovision BVH options
-#define EXP_BIOVISION_BVH_MOTION_TRANSLATION				EXP_BIOVISION_BVH "|" IOSN_MOTION_TRANSLATION
-
-#include <fbxsdk/fbxsdk_nsend.h>
-
-#endif /* _FBXSDK_FILEIO_IO_SETTINGS_PATH_H_ */